STMicroelectronics N.V.
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 3, 2008
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form 20-F
 
     
o
  REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007
OR
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the transition period from           to           
o
  SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    Date of event requiring this shell company report                     
 
Commission file number: 1-13546
STMicroelectronics N.V.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
     
Not Applicable
  The Netherlands
(Translation of registrant’s
  (Jurisdiction of incorporation
name into English)
  or organization)
 
39, Chemin du Champ des Filles
1228 Plan-Les-Ouates
Geneva
Switzerland
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
     
Title of Each Class:
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered:
 
Common shares, nominal value €1.04 per share
  New York Stock Exchange
 
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
 
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None
 
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report:
 
899,760,539 common shares at December 31, 2007
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
 
Yes þ     No o
 
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
Yes o    No þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days:
Yes þ     No o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
             
Large accelerated filer þ
  Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company o
 
Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow:
 
Item 17 o    Item 18 þ
 
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
 
Yes o    No þ
 


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
                 
    2  
    4  
      Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers     4  
      Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable     4  
      Key Information     4  
      Information on the Company     20  
      Operating and Financial Review and Prospects     47  
      Directors, Senior Management and Employees     89  
      Major Shareholders and Related-Party Transactions     113  
      Financial Information     120  
      Listing     124  
      Additional Information     130  
      Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     148  
      Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities     150  
    151  
      Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies     151  
      Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds     151  
      Controls and Procedures     151  
      Audit Committee Financial Expert     152  
      Code of Ethics     152  
      Principal Accountant Fees and Services     152  
      Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees     153  
      Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers     154  
       
PART III     155  
      Financial Statements     155  
      Financial Statements     155  
      Exhibits     155  
 EX-1.1:Amended and Related Articles of Associations of STMicroelectronics N.V.
 EX-8.1:SUBSIDIARIES
 EX-12.1:CERTIFICATION
 EX-12.2:CERTIFICATION
 EX-13.1:CERTIFICATION
 EX-14.(a): CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED ACCOUNTING FIRM


1


Table of Contents

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION
 
In this annual report or Form 20-F (the “Form 20-F”), references to “we,” “us” and “Company” are to STMicroelectronics N.V. together with its consolidated subsidiaries, references to “EU” are to the European Union, references to “€” and the “Euro” are to the Euro currency of the EU, references to the “United States” and “U.S.” are to the United States of America and references to “$” or to “U.S. dollars” are to United States dollars. References to “mm” are to millimeters and references to “nm” are to nanometers.
 
We have compiled the market share, market size and competitive ranking data in this annual report using statistics and other information obtained from several third-party sources. Except as otherwise disclosed herein, all references to our competitive positions in this annual report are based on 2007 revenues according to provisional industry data published by iSuppli Corporation and 2006 revenues according to industry data published by iSuppli and Gartner, Inc., and references to trade association data are references to World Semiconductor Trade Statistics (“WSTS”). Certain terms used in this annual report are defined in “Certain Terms.”
 
We report our financial statements in U.S. dollars and prepare our Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). We also report certain non-U.S. GAAP financial measures (net operating cash flow and net financial position), which are derived from amounts presented in the financial statements prepared under U.S. GAAP. Furthermore, since 2005, we have been required by Dutch law to report our statutory and Consolidated Financial Statements, previously reported using generally accepted accounting principles in the Netherlands, in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). The financial statements reported in IFRS can differ materially from the statements reported in U.S. GAAP.
 
Various amounts and percentages used in this Form 20-F have been rounded and, accordingly, they may not total 100%.
 
We and our affiliates own or otherwise have rights to the trademarks and trade names, including those mentioned in this annual report, used in conjunction with the marketing and sale of our products.
 
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
Some of the statements contained in this Form 20-F that are not historical facts, particularly in “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors”, “Item 4. Information on the Company” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and “— Business Outlook”, are statements of future expectations and other forward-looking statements (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 or Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each as amended) that are based on management’s current views and assumptions, and are conditioned upon and also involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results, performance or events to differ materially from those in such statements due to, among other factors:
 
  •  the closing of the transaction announced in May 2007 with Intel and Francisco Partners concerning the creation of a new independent Flash memory company, which was later named “Numonyx,” within the timeframe and pursuant to the terms currently planned; as well as any future losses that may be incurred once Numonyx begins operations, which would affect us in proportion to our equity holding in this company;
 
  •  our ability to address changes in the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the Euro, in particular with the further weakening of the U.S. dollar which impacts our gross margin since our fixed costs are incurred in Euros, when our selling prices are mainly in U.S. dollars as well as changes in the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the currencies of the other major countries in which we have our operating infrastructure;
 
  •  the attainment of anticipated benefits of cooperative research and development alliances and our ability to secure new process technologies in a timely and cost effective manner so that the resultant products can be commercially viable and acceptable in the marketplace;
 
  •  our ability, in an intensively competitive environment and cyclical industry, to design competitive products, to secure timely acceptance of our products by our customers, to adequately operate our manufacturing facilities at sufficient levels to cover fixed operating costs, and to achieve our pricing expectations for high-volume supplies of new products in whose development we have been, or are currently, investing;
 
  •  the results of actions by our competitors, including new product offerings and our ability to react thereto;
 
  •  pricing pressures, losses or curtailments of purchases from key customers all of which are highly variable and difficult to predict;
 
  •  the ability of our suppliers to meet our demands for supplies and materials and to offer competitive pricing;


2


Table of Contents

 
  •  significant differences in the gross margins we achieve compared to expectations, based on changes in revenue levels, product mix and pricing, capacity utilization, variations in inventory valuation, excess or obsolete inventory, manufacturing yields, changes in unit costs, impairments of long-lived assets (including manufacturing, assembly/test and intangible assets), and the timing and execution of our manufacturing investment plans and associated costs, including start-up costs;
 
  •  the financial impact of obsolete or excess inventories if actual demand differs from our manufacturing plans;
 
  •  future developments of the world semiconductor market, in particular the future demand for semiconductor products in the key application markets and from key customers served by our products;
 
  •  changes in our overall tax position as a result of changes in tax laws or pursuant to tax audits, and our ability to accurately estimate tax credits, benefits, deductions and provisions and to realize deferred tax assets;
 
  •  the outcome of litigation;
 
  •  the impact of intellectual property claims by our competitors or other third parties, and our ability to obtain required licenses on reasonable terms and conditions; and
 
  •  changes in the economic, social or political environment, including military conflict and/or terrorist activities, as well as natural events such as severe weather, health risks, epidemics or earthquakes in the countries in which we, our key customers and our suppliers, operate.
 
Such forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties, which may cause actual results and performance of our business to differ materially and adversely from the forward-looking statements. Certain forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, such as “believes”, “expects”, “may”, “are expected to”, “will”, “will continue”, “should”, “would be”, “seeks” or “anticipates” or similar expressions or the negative thereof or other variations thereof or comparable terminology, or by discussions of strategy, plans or intentions. Some of these risk factors are set forth and are discussed in more detail in “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors.” Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those described in this Form 20-F as anticipated, believed or expected. We do not intend, and do not assume any obligation, to update any industry information or forward-looking statements set forth in this Form 20-F to reflect subsequent events or circumstances.
 
Unfavorable changes in the above or other factors listed under “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors” from time to time in our Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filings, could have a material adverse effect on our business and/or financial condition.


3


Table of Contents

 
PART I
 
Item 1.   Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers
 
Not applicable.
 
Item 2.   Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable
 
Not applicable.
 
Item 3.   Key Information
 
Selected Financial Data
 
The table below sets forth our selected consolidated financial data for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2007. Such data have been derived from our Consolidated Financial Statements. Consolidated audited financial statements for each of the years in the three-year periods ended December 31, 2007, including the Notes thereto (collectively, the “Consolidated Financial Statements”), are included elsewhere in this Form 20-F, while data for prior periods have been derived from our Consolidated Financial Statements used in such periods.
 
The following information should be read in conjunction with “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”, the Consolidated Financial Statements and the related Notes thereto included in “Item 8. Financial Information — Financial Statements” in this Form 20-F.
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
    (In millions except per share and ratio data)  
 
Consolidated Statements of Income Data:
                                       
Net sales
  $ 9,966     $ 9,838     $ 8,876     $ 8,756     $ 7,234  
Other revenues
    35       16       6       4       4  
                                         
Net revenues
    10,001       9,854       8,882       8,760       7,238  
Cost of sales
    (6,465 )     (6,331 )     (5,845 )     (5,532 )     (4,672 )
                                         
Gross profit
    3,536       3,523       3,037       3,228       2,566  
Operating expenses:
                                       
Selling, general and administrative
    (1,099 )     (1,067 )     (1,026 )     (947 )     (785 )
Research and development(1)
    (1,802 )     (1,667 )     (1,630 )     (1,532 )     (1,238 )
Other income and expenses, net(1)
    48       (35 )     (9 )     10       (4 )
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs
    (1,228 )     (77 )     (128 )     (76 )     (205 )
                                         
Total operating expenses
    (4,081 )     (2,846 )     (2,793 )     (2,545 )     (2,232 )
Operating income (loss)
    (545 )     677       244       683       334  
Other-than-temporary impairment charge on financial assets
    (46 )                        
Interest income (expense), net
    83       93       34       (3 )     (52 )
Earnings (loss) on equity investments
    14       (6 )     (3 )     (4 )     (1 )
Loss on extinguishment of convertible debt
                      (4 )     (39 )
Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interests
    (494 )     764       275       672       242  
Income tax benefit (expense)
    23       20       (8 )     (68 )     14  
                                         
Income (loss) before minority interests
    (471 )     784       267       604       256  
Minority interests
    (6 )     (2 )     (1 )     (3 )     (3 )
                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (477 )   $ 782     $ 266     $ 601     $ 253  
                                         
Earnings (loss) per share (basic)
  $ (0.53 )   $ 0.87     $ 0.30     $ 0.67     $ 0.29  
Earnings (loss) per share (diluted)
  $ (0.53 )   $ 0.83     $ 0.29     $ 0.65     $ 0.27  
Number of shares used in calculating earnings per share (basic)
    898.7       896.1       892.8       891.2       888.2  
Number of shares used in calculating earnings per share (diluted)
    898.7       958.5       935.6       935.1       937.1  


4


Table of Contents

                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
    (In millions except per share and ratio data)  
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (end of period):
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents(2)
  $ 1,855     $ 1,659     $ 2,027     $ 1,950     $ 2,998  
Marketable securities
    1,014       764                    
Short-term deposits
          250                    
Restricted cash for equity investments
    250       218                    
Non-current marketable securities
    369                          
Total assets
    14,272       14,198       12,439       13,800       13,477  
Short-term debt (including current portion of long-term debt)
    103       136       1,533       191       151  
Long-term debt (excluding current portion)(2)
    2,117       1,994       269       1,767       2,944  
Shareholders’ equity(2)
    9,573       9,747       8,480       9,110       8,100  
Capital stock(3)
    3,253       3,177       3,120       3,074       3,051  
Other Data:
                                       
Dividends per share
  $ 0.30     $ 0.12     $ 0.12     $ 0.12     $ 0.08  
Capital expenditures(4)
    1,140       1,533       1,441       2,050       1,221  
Net cash provided by operating activities
    2,188       2,491       1,798       2,342       1,920  
Depreciation and amortization(4)
    1,413       1,766       1,944       1,837       1,608  
Debt-to-equity ratio(5)
    0.23       0.22       0.21       0.21       0.38  
Net debt (cash) to total shareholders’ equity ratio(5)
    (0.132 )     (0.078 )     (0.026 )     0.001       0.012  
 
 
(1) “Other income and expenses, net” includes, among other things, funds received through government agencies for research and development expenses, the cost of new production facilities start-ups, foreign currency gains and losses, gains on sales of marketable securities and non-current assets and the costs of certain activities relating to intellectual property. Our reported research and development expenses are mainly in the areas of product design, technology and development, and do not include marketing design center costs, which are accounted for as selling expenses, or process engineering, pre-production and process-transfer costs, which are accounted for as cost of sales.
 
(2) On November 16, 2000, we issued $2,146 million initial aggregate principal amount of Zero-Coupon Senior Convertible Bonds due 2010 (the “2010 Bonds”), for net proceeds of $1,458 million; in 2003, we repurchased on the market approximately $1,674 million aggregate principal amount at maturity of 2010 Bonds. During 2004, we completed the repurchase of our 2010 Bonds and repurchased on the market approximately $472 million aggregate principal amount at maturity for a total amount paid of $375 million. In 2001, we redeemed the remaining $52 million of our outstanding Liquid Yield Option Notes due 2008 (our “2008 LYONs”) and converted them into common shares in May and June 2001. In 2001, we repurchased 9,400,000 common shares for $233 million, and in 2002, we repurchased an additional 4,000,000 shares for $115 million. We reflected these purchases at cost as a reduction of shareholders’ equity. The repurchased shares have been designated for allocation under our share-based compensation programs on non-vested shares, including the plans as approved by the 2005, 2006 and 2007 annual general shareholders’ meetings, and those which may be attributed in the future. As of December 31, 2007, 2,867,119 shares were transferred to employees upon vesting of stock awards. In August 2003, we issued $1,332 million principal amount at issuance of our convertible bonds due 2013 (our “2013 Convertible Bonds”) with a negative yield of 0.5% that resulted in a higher principal amount of $1,400 million and net proceeds of $1,386 million. During 2004, we repurchased all of our outstanding Liquid Yield Option Notes due 2009 (our “2009 LYONs”) for a total amount of cash paid of $813 million. In February 2006, we issued Zero Coupon Senior Convertible Bonds due 2016 (our “2016 Convertible Bonds”) representing total gross proceeds of $974 million. In March 2006, we issued €500 million Floating Rate Senior Bonds due 2013 (our “2013 Senior Bonds”). In August 2006, as a result of almost all of the holders of our 2013 Convertible Bonds exercising their August 4, 2006 put option, we repurchased $1,397 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding convertible bonds at a conversion ratio of $985.09 per $1,000 aggregate principal amount at issuance resulting in a cash disbursement of $1,377 million.
 
(3) Capital stock consists of common stock and capital surplus.
 
(4) Capital expenditures are net of certain funds received through government agencies, the effect of which is to decrease depreciation.

5


Table of Contents

 
(5) Net debt (cash) to total shareholders’ equity ratio is a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure. The most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure is considered to be “Debt-to-Equity Ratio.” However, the Debt-to-Equity Ratio measures gross debt relative to equity, and does not reflect the current cash position of the Company. We believe that our net debt (cash) to total shareholders’ equity ratio is useful to investors as a measure of our financial position and leverage. The ratio is computed on the basis of our net financial position divided by total shareholders’ equity. Our net financial position is the difference between our total cash position (cash and cash equivalents, current and non-current marketable securities, short-term deposits and restricted cash) net of total financial debt (bank overdrafts, current portion of long-term debt and long-term debt). For more information on our net financial position, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Capital Resources — Net financial position.” Our computation of net debt (cash) to total shareholders’ equity ratio may not be consistent with that of other companies, which could make comparability difficult.
 
Risk Factors
 
Risks Related to the Semiconductor Industry
 
The semiconductor industry is cyclical and downturns in the semiconductor industry can negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition.
 
The semiconductor industry is cyclical and has been subject to significant economic downturns at various times. Downturns are typically characterized by diminished demand giving rise to production overcapacity, accelerated erosion of average selling prices, high inventory levels and reduced revenues. Downturns may be the result of industry-specific factors, such as excess capacity, product obsolescence, price erosion, evolving standards, changes in end-customer demand, and/or macroeconomic trends impacting global economies. Such macroeconomic trends relate to the semiconductor industry as a whole and not necessarily to the individual semiconductor markets to which we sell our products. The negative effects on our business from industry downturns may also be increased to the extent that such downturns are concurrent with the timing of new increases in production capacity in our industry.
 
We have experienced revenue volatility and market downturns in the past and expect to experience them in the future, which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.
 
Reduction in demand or increase in production capacity for semiconductor products may lead to overcapacity, which in turn may require plant closures, asset impairments, restructuring charges and inventory write-offs.
 
Capital investments for semiconductor manufacturing equipment are made both by integrated semiconductor companies like us and by specialist semiconductor foundry companies, which are subcontractors that manufacture semiconductor products designed by others.
 
According to data published by industry sources, investments in worldwide semiconductor fabrication capacity totaled approximately $29.5 billion in 2003, $45.7 billion in 2004, $46.1 billion in 2005, $54.8 billion in 2006 and an estimated $57.2 billion in 2007, or approximately 18%, 22%, 20%, 22% and 22%, respectively, of the total available market (the “TAM”) for these years. The net increase of manufacturing capacity, defined as the difference between capacity additions and capacity reductions, may exceed demand requirements, leading to overcapacity and price erosion.
 
In recent years, overcapacity and cost optimization have led us to close manufacturing facilities that used more mature process technologies and, as a result, to incur significant impairment, restructuring charges and related closure costs. In 2007 we announced closures of our Phoenix, Carrollton, and Ain Sebaa manufacturing facilities and recorded impairment, restructuring charges and related closure costs of $73 million. Previously announced restructuring and cost reduction plans were substantially completed as of December 31, 2007 and resulted in total charges of approximately $38 million. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Impairment, Restructuring Charges and Other Related Closure Costs.”
 
There can be no assurance that future changes in the market demand for our products and/or the need to mitigate overcapacity or obsolescence in our manufacturing facilities may not require us to lower the prices we charge for our products, and/or that market downturns, or overcapacity or obsolescence may not lead us to incur additional impairment and restructuring charges, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.


6


Table of Contents

Competition in the semiconductor industry is intense, and we may not be able to compete successfully if our product design technologies, process technologies and products do not meet market requirements.
 
We compete in different product lines to various degrees on the following characteristics:
 
  •  price;
 
  •  technical performance;
 
  •  product features;
 
  •  product system compatibility;
 
  •  product design and technology;
 
  •  timely introduction of new products;
 
  •  product availability;
 
  •  manufacturing yields; and
 
  •  sales and technical support.
 
We face significant competition in each of our product lines. Similarly, many of our competitors also offer a large variety of products. Some of our competitors may have greater financial and/or more focused research and development resources than we do. If these competitors substantially increase the resources they devote to developing and marketing products that compete with ours, we may not be able to compete successfully. Any consolidation among our competitors could also enhance their product offerings, manufacturing efficiency and financial resources, further strengthening their competitive position.
 
Given the intense competition in the semiconductor industry, if our products are not selected based on any of the above factors, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
 
We regularly devote substantial resources to winning competitive bid selection processes, known as “product design wins”, to develop products for use in our customers’ equipment and products. These selection processes can be lengthy and can require us to incur significant design and development expenditures, with no guarantee of winning or generating revenue. Delays in developing new products with anticipated technological advances and failure to win new design projects for customers or in commencing volume shipments of new products may have an adverse effect on our business. In addition, there can be no assurance that new products, if introduced, will gain market acceptance or will not be adversely affected by new technological changes or new product announcements from other competitors that may have greater resources or are more focused than we are. Because we typically focus on only a few customers in a product area, the loss of a design win can sometimes result in our failure to offer a generation of a product. This can result in lost sales and could hurt our position in future competitive selection processes because we may be perceived as not being a technology or industry leader.
 
Even after obtaining a product design win from one of our customers, we may still experience delays in generating revenue from our products as a result of our customers or our lengthy development and design cycle. In addition, a delay or cancellation of a customer’s plans could significantly adversely affect our financial results, as we may have incurred significant expense and generated no revenue at the time of such delay or cancellation. Finally, if our customers fail to successfully market and sell their own products, it could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations as the demand for our products falls.
 
Semiconductor and other products that we design and manufacture are characterized by rapidly changing technology and new product introductions, and our success depends on our ability to develop and manufacture complex products cost- effectively and to scale.
 
Semiconductor design and process technologies are subject to constant technological improvements and may require large expenditures for capital investments, advanced research and technology development. Many of the resulting products that we market, in turn, have short life cycles, with some being less than one year.
 
If we experience substantial delays or are unable to develop new design or process technologies, our results of operations or financial condition could be adversely affected.
 
We also regularly incur costs to acquire technology from third parties without any guarantee of realizing the anticipated value of such expenditures due to better market acceptance of technologies developed by competitors or market demand. We charged $47 million as annual amortization expense on our consolidated statement of income in 2007 related to technologies and licenses acquired from third parties. In 2007 we signed a major technology


7


Table of Contents

development agreement with IBM to develop 32-nm and 22-nm complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (“CMOS”) process technology for 300-mm silicon wafers in order to pursue ongoing core CMOS technology development following the termination of the R&D Crolles 2 Alliance with Freescale Semiconductor and NXP Semiconductors starting this year. We also signed an agreement with IBM to license a derivative technology to implement in our proprietary process for the manufacture of 45-nm integrated circuits. As of December 31, 2007, the residual value, net of amortization, registered in our consolidated balance sheet for these technologies and licenses was $128 million. In addition to amortization expenses, the value of these assets may be subject to impairment with associated charges being made to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
In November 2007 we closed a business acquisition, which included intellectual property and design engineers, in the wireless market for approximately $92 million. In December 2007 we announced, and in January 2008 completed the acquisition of Genesis Microchip Inc. (“Genesis Microchip”) for intellectual property related to the digital consumer marketplace and design engineers for $342 million. There is no assurance that such purchases will be successful and will not lead to impairments and associated charges.
 
The competitive environment of the semiconductor industry may lead to further measures to improve our competitive position and cost structure, which in turn may result in loss of revenues, asset impairments and/or capital losses.
 
We are continuously considering various measures to improve our competitive position and cost structure in the semiconductor industry.
 
In 2007 we also made the decision to divest our Flash Memory activities by combining our business with that of Intel and announcing the planned creation of a new independent semiconductor company in the area of Flash memories, which was named Numonyx. The intent is that such new company will benefit from critical size to be competitive in this market. The transaction concerning the creation of Numonyx is planned to close in the first quarter of 2008. There is no assurance that such transaction will close within the timeframe and pursuant to the terms currently planned.
 
Recently, our sales increased at a slower pace than the semiconductor industry as a whole and our market share declined, even in relation to the markets we serve. Although we recovered in 2006 with an increase in our sales of 11% compared to an increase of 9% for the industry overall, in 2007, our sales increased 1.5% while the industry increased by approximately 3%. There is no assurance that we will be able to maintain or to grow our market share, if we are not able to accelerate product innovation, extend our customer base, realize manufacturing improvements and/or otherwise control our costs. In addition, in recent years the semiconductor industry has continued to increase manufacturing capacity in Asia in order to access lower-cost production and to benefit from higher overall efficiency, which has led to a stronger competitive environment. We may also in the future, if market conditions so require, consider additional measures to improve our cost structure and competitiveness in the semiconductor market, such as increasing our production capacity in Asia, discontinuing certain product families or adding restructurings, which in turn may result in loss of revenues, asset impairments and/or capital losses.
 
Risks Related to Our Operations
 
Strategic repositioning may be required, in light of market dynamics, to improve our business performance.
 
As a result of a strategic review of our product portfolio, we decided in 2007 to divest our Flash Memory activities by combining our business with that of Intel and announcing the planned creation of a new independent semiconductor company in the area of Flash memories, which was named Numonyx. The intent is that such new company will benefit from critical size to be competitive in this market. The transaction concerning the creation of Numonyx is planned to close in the first quarter of 2008. In 2007 we incurred a loss of $1,106 million in connection with this planned transaction. The amount of the loss may increase pending the final evaluation report being prepared by an independent firm, as well as the impact of any further deterioration in the market conditions of the Flash memory business and the credit markets generally. Further, if the transaction is postponed or not consummated as planned, we may incur additional charges. Once Numonyx begins operations, we may also incur losses proportionate to our equity holding in this company.
 
Additionally, we are constantly monitoring our product portfolio and cannot exclude that additional steps in this repositioning process may be required; further, we cannot assure that the strategic repositioning of our business will be successful and produce the planned operational and strategic benefits and may not result in further impairment and associated charges.


8


Table of Contents

Future acquisitions or divestitures may adversely affect our business.
 
Our strategies to improve our results of operations and financial condition may lead us to make significant acquisitions of businesses that we believe to be complementary to our own, or to divest ourselves of activities that we believe do not serve our longer term business plans. In addition, certain regulatory approvals for potential acquisitions may require the divestiture of business activities.
 
Our potential acquisition strategies depend in part on our ability to identify suitable acquisition targets, finance their acquisition and obtain required regulatory and other approvals. Our potential divestiture strategies depend in part on our ability to define the activities in which we should no longer engage, and then determine and execute appropriate methods to divest of them.
 
Acquisitions and divestitures involve a number of risks that could adversely affect our operating results, including:
 
  •  diversion of management’s attention;
 
  •  difficult integration of acquired company operations and personnel;
 
  •  loss of activities and technologies that may have complemented our remaining businesses;
 
  •  insufficient intellectual property rights or potential inaccuracies in the ownership of key IP;
 
  •  assumption of potential liabilities, disclosed or undisclosed, associated with the business acquired, which liabilities may exceed the amount of indemnification available from the seller;
 
  •  potential inaccuracies in the financial and accounting systems utilized by the business acquired;
 
  •  that the businesses acquired will not maintain the quality of products and services that we have historically provided;
 
  •  whether we are able to attract and retain qualified management for the acquired business;
 
  •  loss of important services provided by key employees that are assigned to divested activities;
 
  •  whether we are able to retain customers of the acquired entity; and
 
  •  goodwill and other intangible asset impairment, due to the inability of the business to meet management’s expectations at the time of the acquisition.
 
These and other factors may cause a materially adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
 
In difficult market conditions, our high fixed costs adversely impact our results.
 
In less favorable industry environments, we are driven to reduce prices in response to competitive pressures and we are also faced with a decline in the utilization rates of our manufacturing facilities due to decreases in product demand. Reduced average selling prices for our products adversely affect our results of operations. Since the semiconductor industry is characterized by high fixed costs, we are not always able to reduce our total costs in line with revenue declines. Furthermore, in periods of reduced customer demand for our products, our wafer fabrication plants (“fabs”) do not operate at full capacity and the costs associated with the excess capacity are charged directly to cost of sales as unused capacity charges. Additionally, a significant number of our manufacturing facilities are located in France and Italy and their cost of operation have been significantly affected by the rise of the Euro against the U.S. dollar, our reporting currency, over the last few years. In 2007 the U.S. dollar was $1.35 to €1.00 compared to $1.24 in 2006 and may weaken further in the future. Over the last five years, our gross profit margin has varied from a high of 37.9% in the third quarter of 2004 to a low of 32.9% in the first quarter of 2005. We cannot guarantee that difficult market conditions will not adversely affect the capacity utilization of our fabs and, consequently our future gross margins. We cannot guarantee that increased competition in our core product markets will not lead to further price erosion, lower revenue growth rates and lower margins.
 
The competitive environment of the semiconductor industry has led to industry consolidation and we may face even more intense competition from newly merged competitors or we may seek to acquire a competitor or become an acquisition target.
 
The intensely competitive environment of the semiconductor industry and the high costs associated with developing marketable products and manufacturing technologies may lead to further consolidation in the industry. Such consolidation can allow a company to further benefit from economies of scale, provide improved or more


9


Table of Contents

diverse product portfolios and increase the size of its serviceable market. Consequently, we may seek to acquire a competitor to improve our market position and the applications and products we can market. We may also become a target for a company looking to improve its competitive position. Such an occurrence may take place at any time with consequences that may not be predictable and which can have a materially adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
 
Our financial results can be adversely affected by fluctuations in exchange rates, principally in the value of the U.S. dollar.
 
A significant variation of the value of the U.S. dollar against the principal currencies which have a material impact on us (primarily the Euro, but also certain other currencies of countries where we have operations) could result in a favorable impact on our net income in the case of an appreciation of the U.S. dollar, or a negative impact on our net income if the U.S. dollar depreciates relative to these currencies. Currency exchange rate fluctuations affect our results of operations because our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar, in which we receive the major part of our revenues, while, more importantly, we incur a significant portion of our costs in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Certain significant costs incurred by us, such as manufacturing labor costs and depreciation charges, selling, general and administrative expenses, and research and development expenses, are incurred in the currencies of the jurisdictions in which our operations are located. Our effective average exchange rate, which reflects actual exchange rate levels combined with the impact of hedging programs, was $1.35 to €1.00 in 2007, compared to $1.24 in 2006.
 
A decline of the U.S. dollar compared to the other major currencies that affect our operations negatively impacts our expenses, margins and profitability, especially if we are unable to balance or shift our Euro-denominated costs to other currency areas or to U.S. dollars. Any such actions may not be immediately effective, could prove costly, and their implementation could prove demanding on our management resources.
 
In order to reduce the exposure of our financial results to the fluctuations in exchange rates, our principal strategy has been to balance as much as possible the proportion of sales to our customers denominated in U.S. dollars with the amount of purchases from our suppliers denominated in U.S. dollars and to reduce the weight of the other costs, including labor costs and depreciation, denominated in Euros and in other currencies. In order to further reduce our exposure to U.S. dollar exchange rate fluctuations, we have hedged certain line items on our consolidated statements of income, in particular with respect to a portion of the cost of goods sold, most of the research and development expenses and certain selling and general and administrative expenses located in the Euro zone. No assurance can be given that the value of the U.S. dollar will not actually appreciate with hedging transactions, potentially preventing us from benefiting from lower Euro-denominated manufacturing costs when translated into our U.S. dollar-based accounts or that we will not suffer from weakening of the U.S. dollar compared to the Euro on the non-hedged portion of our costs and expenses. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Impact of Changes in Exchange Rates” and “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”
 
Because we have our own manufacturing facilities, our capital needs are high compared to competitors who do not produce their own products.
 
As a result of our choice to maintain control of a certain portion of our advanced proprietary manufacturing technologies to better serve our customer base and to develop our strategic alliances, significant amounts of capital to maintain or upgrade our facilities could be required in the future. Our capital expenditures have been significant in recent years and we spent $1.1 billion in 2007. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Liquidity and Capital Resources.” We have evolved our strategy towards a less capital intensive model and as such we expect our capital expenditures to be in the range of 10% of our 2008 revenues. Our costs may also increase as the complexity of the individual manufacturing equipment increases. We have the flexibility to modulate our investments up or down in response to changes in market conditions, and we are prepared to accelerate investments in leading-edge technologies if market conditions require.
 
To stay competitive in the semiconductor industry, we must transition towards 300-mm manufacturing technology, which is much more expensive than 150-mm or 200-mm technologies. We operated a 300-mm facility with Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. (formerly a division of Motorola Inc.) (“Freescale Semiconductor”) and NXP Semiconductors B.V. (formerly Philips Semiconductor International B.V.) (“NXP Semiconductors”) until December 31, 2007 in Crolles, France (“Crolles2”). This relationship has since expired and we have chosen to take full ownership of the fab and acquire our former partners’ equipment. This choice may lead to an increase in our manufacturing costs. Following the announced closures in 2007 of our 200-mm facility in Phoenix and our


10


Table of Contents

150-mm facility in Carrollton, we are in the process of transferring production primarily to other facilities, which involves certain risks as customers are required to requalify these facilities.
 
We may also need additional funding in the coming years to finance our investments or to purchase other companies or technologies developed by third parties.
 
In an increasingly complex and competitive environment, we may need to invest in other companies and/or in technology developed by third parties to improve our position in the market. We may also consider acquisitions to complement or expand our existing business. Any of the foregoing may also require us to issue additional debt, equity, or both; the timing and the size of any new share or bond offering would depend upon market conditions as well as a variety of factors, and any such transaction or any announcement concerning such a transaction could materially impact the market price of our common shares. If we are unable to access such capital on acceptable terms, this may adversely affect our business and results of operations.
 
Our research and development efforts are increasingly expensive and dependent on alliances, and our business, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected by the failure or termination of such alliances, or failure to find new partners in such alliance and/or in developing new process technologies in line with market requirements.
 
We are dependent on alliances to develop or access new technologies, due to the increasing levels of required investments, and there can be no assurance that these alliances will be successful. For example, we had been cooperating with Freescale Semiconductor and NXP Semiconductors for the joint research and development of CMOS process technology to provide 90-nm to 45-nm chip technologies on 300-mm wafers, as well as the operation of a 300-mm wafer pilot line fab in Crolles, France. We had first formed the Crolles2 alliance with NXP Semiconductors in 2000 and renewed the partnership in 2002 when Freescale Semiconductor joined the alliance (“Crolles2 Alliance”). The Crolles2 Alliance was strengthened in 2002 through a joint development program with TSMC for process technology alignment, in 2004 by the Nanotec-300 research program with CEA-LETI for the development of the 45-nm and 32-nm process technology nodes, and again in 2005 by including 300-mm wafer testing and packaging, as well as the development and licensing of core libraries and intellectual property (“IP”). The Crolles2 Alliance expired on December 31, 2007, as a result of the decision of both NXP Semiconductors and Freescale Semiconductors to terminate their participation at the end of the initial term.
 
We signed an agreement with IBM effective January 1, 2008 to collaborate on the development of advanced CMOS process technology that is used in semiconductor development and manufacturing. The agreement includes 32-nm and 22-nm CMOS process-technology development, design enablement and advanced research adapted to the manufacturing of 300-mm silicon wafers. In addition, it includes both the core bulk CMOS technology and value-added derivative System-on-Chip (“SoC”) technologies. The new agreement between IBM and us will also include collaboration on IP development and platforms to speed the design of SoC devices in these technologies. We also signed an agreement with IBM to license a derivative technology to implement in our proprietary process for the manufacture of 45nm integrated circuits.
 
We continue to believe that the shared research and development (“R&D”) business model contributes to the fast acceleration of semiconductor process technology development while allowing us to lower our development and manufacturing costs. However, there can be no assurance that alliances will be successful and allow us to develop and access new technologies in due time, in a cost-effective manner and/or to meet customer demands. Furthermore, if these alliances terminate before our intended goals are accomplished we may lose our investment, or incur additional unforeseen costs, and our business, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected. In addition, if we are unable to develop or otherwise access new technologies independently, we may fail to keep pace with the rapid technology advances in the semiconductor industry, our participation in the overall semiconductor industry may decrease and we may also lose market share in the market addressed by our products.
 
Our operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter and annually and may differ significantly from our expectations or guidance.
 
Our operating results are affected by a wide variety of factors that could materially and adversely affect revenues and profitability or lead to significant variability of operating results. These factors include, among others, the cyclicality of the semiconductor and electronic systems industries, capital requirements, inventory management, availability of funding, competition, new product developments, technological changes and manufacturing problems. Furthermore, our effective tax rate currently takes into consideration certain favorable tax rates and


11


Table of Contents

incentives, which, in the future, may not be available to us. See Note 23 to our Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, a number of other factors could lead to fluctuations in quarterly and annual operating results, including:
 
  •  performance of our key customers in the markets they serve;
 
  •  order cancellations or reschedulings by customers;
 
  •  excess inventory held by customers leading to reduced bookings or product returns by key customers;
 
  •  manufacturing capacity and utilization rates;
 
  •  restructuring and impairment charges;
 
  •  fluctuations in currency exchange rates, particularly between the U.S. dollar and other currencies in jurisdictions where we have activities;
 
  •  intellectual property developments;
 
  •  changes in distribution and sales arrangements;
 
  •  failure to win new design projects;
 
  •  manufacturing performance and yields;
 
  •  product liability or warranty claims;
 
  •  litigation;
 
  •  acquisitions or divestitures;
 
  •  problems in obtaining adequate raw materials or production equipment on a timely basis;
 
  •  property damage or business interruption losses resulting from a catastrophic event not covered by insurance; and
 
  •  changes in the market value or yield of the financial instruments in which we invest our liquidity.
 
Unfavorable changes in any of the above factors have in the past and may in the future adversely affect our operating results. Furthermore, in periods of industry overcapacity or when our key customers encounter difficulties in their end markets, orders are more exposed to cancellations, reductions, price renegotiation or postponements, which in turn reduce our management’s ability to forecast the next quarter or full year production levels, revenues and margins. For these reasons and others that we may not yet have identified, our revenues and operating results may differ materially from our expectations or guidance as visibility is reduced. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Backlog.”
 
Our business is dependent in large part on continued growth in the industries and segments into which our products are sold and in our ability to attract and retain new customers. A market decline in any of these industries or our inability to attract new customers could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
 
We derive and expect to continue to derive significant sales from the telecommunications equipment, industrial and automotive industries, as well as the home, personal and consumer segments generally. Growth of demand in the telecommunications equipment, industrial and automotive industries as well as the home, personal and consumer segments, has in the past fluctuated, and may in the future fluctuate, significantly based on numerous factors, including:
 
  •  spending levels of telecommunications equipment, industrial and/or automotive providers;
 
  •  development of new consumer products or applications requiring high semiconductor content;
 
  •  evolving industry standards;
 
  •  the rate of adoption of new or alternative technologies; and
 
  •  demand for automobiles, consumer confidence and general economic conditions.
 
We cannot guarantee the rate, or the extent to which, the telecommunications equipment or automotive industries or the home, personal or consumer segments will grow. Any decline in these industries or segments could result in slower growth or a decline in demand for our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.


12


Table of Contents

In addition, spending on process and product development well ahead of market acceptance could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations if projected industry growth rates do not materialize as forecasted.
 
Our business is dependent upon our ability to attract and retain new customers. The competition for such new customers is intense. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in attracting and retaining new customers. Our failure to do so could materially adversely affect our business, financial position and results of operations.
 
Disruptions in our relationships with any one of our key customers could adversely affect our results of operations.
 
A substantial portion of our sales is derived from several large customers, some of whom have entered into strategic alliances with us. As of December 31, 2007, our largest customer was Nokia, which accounted for 21.1% of our 2007 net revenues, compared to 21.8% in 2006 and 22.4% in 2005. In 2007, our top ten original equipment manufacturers (“OEM”) customers accounted for approximately 49% of our net revenues, compared to approximately 51% of our 2006 net revenues and approximately 50% of our 2005 net revenues. We cannot guarantee that our largest customers will continue to book the same level of sales with us that they have in the past and will not solicit alternative suppliers. Many of our key customers operate in cyclical businesses that are also highly competitive, and their own demands and market positions may vary considerably. In recent years, certain customers of the semiconductor industry have experienced consolidation. Such consolidations may impact our business in the sense that our relationships with the new entities could be either reinforced or jeopardized pursuant thereto. Our customers have in the past, and may in the future, vary order levels significantly from period to period, request postponements to scheduled delivery dates or modify their bookings. Approximately 20% of our net revenues were made through distributors in 2007, compared to approximately 19% in 2006 and approximately 18% in 2005. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to maintain or enhance our market share with our key customers or distributors. If we were to lose one or more design wins for our products with our key customers, or if any key customer or distributors were to reduce or change its bookings, seek alternate suppliers, increase its product returns or fail to meet its payment obligations, our business financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. If customers do not purchase products made specifically for them, we may not be able to resell such products to other customers or require the customers who have ordered these products to pay a cancellation fee. Furthermore, developing industry trends, including customers’ use of outsourcing and new and revised supply chain models, may reduce our ability to forecast the purchase date for our products and evolving customer demand, thereby affecting our revenues and working capital requirements. For example, pursuant to industry developments, some of our products are required to be delivered on consignment to customer sites with recognition of revenue delayed until such moment, which must occur within a defined period of time, when the customer chooses to take delivery of our products from our consignment stock.
 
Our operating results can also vary significantly due to impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets incurred in the course of acquisitions, as well as to impairment of tangible assets due to changes in the business environment.
 
Our operating results can also vary significantly due to impairment of goodwill booked pursuant to acquisitions and to the purchase of technologies and licenses from third parties. As of December 31, 2007, the value registered on our audited consolidated balance sheet for goodwill was $290 million and the value for technologies and licenses acquired from third parties was $128 million, net of amortization. Because the market for our products is characterized by rapidly changing technologies, and because of significant changes in the semiconductor industry, our future cash flows may not support the value of goodwill and other intangibles registered in our consolidated balance sheet. Furthermore, the ability to generate revenues for our fixed assets located in Europe may be impaired by an increase in the value of the Euro with respect to the U.S. dollar, as the revenues from the use of such assets are generated in U.S. dollars. We are required to annually test goodwill and to assess the carrying values of intangible and tangible assets when impairment indicators exist. As a result of such tests, we could be required to book impairment in our statement of income if the carrying value in our consolidated balance sheet is in excess of the fair value. The amount of any potential impairment is not predictable as it depends on our estimates of projected market trends, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, the introduction of new accounting standards can lead to a different assessment of goodwill carrying value, which could lead to a potential impairment of the goodwill amount. Any potential impairment, if required, could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.


13


Table of Contents

Because we depend on a limited number of suppliers for raw materials and certain equipment, we may experience supply disruptions if suppliers interrupt supply or increase prices.
 
Our ability to meet our customers’ demand to manufacture our products depends upon obtaining adequate supplies of quality raw materials on a timely basis. A number of materials are available only from a limited number of suppliers, or only from a limited number of suppliers in a particular region. In addition, we purchase raw materials such as silicon wafers, lead frames, mold compounds, ceramic packages and chemicals and gases from a number of suppliers on a just-in-time basis, as well as other materials such as copper and gold whose prices on the world markets have fluctuated significantly during recent periods. Although supplies for the raw materials we currently use are adequate, shortages could occur in various essential materials due to interruption of supply or increased demand in the industry. In addition, the costs of certain materials, such as copper and gold, may increase due to market pressures and we may not be able to pass on such cost increases to the prices we charge to our customers. We also purchase semiconductor manufacturing equipment from a limited number of suppliers and because such equipment is complex it is difficult to replace one supplier with another or to substitute one piece of equipment for another. In addition, suppliers may extend lead times, limit our supply or increase prices due to capacity constraints or other factors. Furthermore, suppliers tend to focus their investments on providing the most technologically advanced equipment and materials and may not be in a position to address our requirements for equipment or materials of older generations. Shortages of supplies have in the past impacted and may in the future impact the semiconductor industry, in particular with respect to silicon wafers due to increased demand and decreased production. Although we work closely with our suppliers to avoid these types of shortages, there can be no assurances that we will not encounter these problems in the future. Our quarterly or annual results of operations would be adversely affected if we were unable to obtain adequate supplies of raw materials or equipment in a timely manner or if there were significant increases in the costs of raw materials or problems with the quality of these raw materials.
 
Our manufacturing processes are highly complex, costly and potentially vulnerable to impurities, disruptions or inefficient implementation of production changes that can significantly increase our costs and delay product shipments to our customers.
 
Our manufacturing processes are highly complex, require advanced and increasingly costly equipment and are continuously being modified or maintained in an effort to improve yields and product performance. Impurities or other difficulties in the manufacturing process can lower yields, interrupt production or result in losses of products in process. As system complexity and production changes have increased and sub-micron technology has become more advanced, manufacturing tolerances have been reduced and requirements for precision have become even more demanding. Although in the past few years we have significantly enhanced our manufacturing capability in terms of efficiency, precision and capacity, we have from time to time experienced bottlenecks and production difficulties that have caused delivery delays and quality control problems, as is common in the semiconductor industry. We cannot guarantee that we will not experience bottlenecks, production or transition difficulties in the future. In addition, during past periods of high demand for our products, our manufacturing facilities have operated at high capacity, which has led to production constraints. Furthermore, if production at a manufacturing facility is interrupted, we may not be able to shift production to other facilities on a timely basis, or customers may purchase products from other suppliers. In either case, the loss of revenue and damage to the relationship with our customer could be significant. Furthermore, we periodically transfer production equipment between production facilities and must ramp up and test such equipment once installed in the new facility before it can reach its optimal production level.
 
As is common in the semiconductor industry, we have, from time to time, experienced and may in the future experience difficulties in transferring equipment between our sites, ramping up production at new facilities or effecting transitions to new manufacturing processes. Our operating results may be adversely affected by an increase in fixed costs and operating expenses linked to production if revenues do not increase commensurately with such fixed costs and operating expenses.
 
We may be faced with product liability or warranty claims.
 
Despite our corporate quality programs and commitment, our products may not in each case comply with specifications or customer requirements. Although our practice, in line with industry standards, is to contractually limit our liability to the repair, replacement or refund of defective products, warranty or product liability claims could result in significant expenses relating to compensation payments or other indemnification to maintain good customer relationships if a customer threatens to terminate or suspend our relationship pursuant to a defective product supplied by us. Furthermore, we could incur significant costs and liabilities if litigation occurs to defend against such claims and if damages are awarded against us. In addition, it is possible for one of our customers to


14


Table of Contents

recall a product containing one of our parts. Costs or payments we may make in connection with warranty claims or product recalls may adversely affect our results of operations. There is no guarantee that our insurance policies will be available or adequate to protect against such claims.
 
If our outside contractors fail to perform, this could adversely affect our ability to exploit growth opportunities.
 
We currently use outside contractors, both for foundries and back-end activities. Our foundries are primarily manufacturers of high-speed complementary metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor (“HCMOS”) wafers and nonvolatile memory technology, while our back-end subcontractors engage in the assembly and testing of a wide variety of packaged devices. If our outside suppliers are unable to satisfy our demand, or experience manufacturing difficulties, delays or reduced yields, our results of operations and ability to satisfy customer demand could suffer. In addition, purchasing rather than manufacturing these products may adversely affect our gross profit margin if the purchase costs of these products are higher than our own manufacturing costs. Our internal manufacturing costs include depreciation and other fixed costs, while costs for products outsourced are based on market conditions. Prices for these services also vary depending on capacity utilization rates at our suppliers, quantities demanded, product technology and geometry. Furthermore, these outsourcing costs can vary materially from quarter to quarter and, in cases of industry shortages, they can increase significantly further, negatively impacting our gross margin.
 
We depend on patents to protect our rights to our technology.
 
We depend on our ability to obtain patents and other intellectual property rights covering our products and their design and manufacturing processes. We intend to continue to seek patents on our inventions relating to product designs and manufacturing processes. However, the process of seeking patent protection can be long and expensive, and we cannot guarantee that we will receive patents from currently pending or future applications. Even if patents are issued, they may not be of sufficient scope or strength to provide meaningful protection or any commercial advantage. In addition, effective patent, copyright and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited in some countries. Competitors may also develop technologies that are protected by patents and other intellectual property and therefore either be unavailable to us or be made available to us subject to adverse terms and conditions. We have in the past used our patent portfolio to negotiate broad patent cross-licenses with many of our competitors enabling us to design, manufacture and sell semiconductor products, without fear of infringing patents held by such competitors. We may not, however, in the future be able to obtain such licenses or other rights to protect necessary intellectual property on favorable terms for the conduct of our business, and such failure may adversely impact our results of operations.
 
We have from time to time received, and may in the future receive, communications alleging possible infringement of patents and other intellectual property rights. Furthermore, we may become involved in costly litigation brought against us regarding patents, mask works, copyrights, trademarks or trade secrets. We are currently involved in patent litigation with SanDisk Corporation with respect to our Flash memory products and in litigation with Tessera, Inc. regarding packaging technologies. See “Item 8. Financial Information — Legal Proceedings.” In the event that the outcome of any litigation would be unfavorable to us, we may be required to obtain a license to the underlying intellectual property rights upon economically unfavorable terms and conditions, possibly pay damages for prior use and/or face an injunction, all of which, singly or in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and ability to compete.
 
Finally, litigation could cost us financial and management resources necessary to enforce our patents and other intellectual property rights or to defend against third party intellectual property claims, when we believe that the amounts requested for a license are unreasonable.
 
Some of our production processes and materials are environmentally sensitive, which could lead to increased costs due to environmental regulations or to damage to the environment.
 
We are subject to a variety of laws and regulations relating, among other things, to the use, storage, discharge and disposal of chemicals, gases and other hazardous substances used in our manufacturing processes, air emissions, waste water discharges, waste disposal, as well as the investigation and remediation of soil and ground water contamination. European Directive 2002/96/EC (“WEEE” Directive) imposes a “take back” obligation on manufacturers for the financing of the collection, recovery and disposal of electrical and electronic equipment. Additionally, European Directive 2002/95/EC (“ROHS” Directive) banned the use of lead and some flame retardants in electronic components as of July 2006. Our activities in the EU are also subject to the European Directive 2003/87/EC establishing a scheme for greenhouse gas allowance trading, and to the applicable national implementing legislation. In addition, Regulation 1907/2006 of December 18, 2006 requires the registration,


15


Table of Contents

evaluation, authorization and restriction of a large number of chemicals (“REACH”). The REACH process started on June 1, 2007. The implementation of any such legislation could adversely affect our manufacturing costs or product sales by requiring us to acquire costly equipment, materials or greenhouse gas allowances, or to incur other significant expenses in adapting our manufacturing processes or waste and emission disposal processes. We are not in a position to quantify specific costs, in part because these costs are part of our business process. Furthermore, environmental claims or our failure to comply with present or future regulations could result in the assessment of damages or imposition of fines against us, suspension of production or a cessation of operations. As with other companies engaged in similar activities, any failure by us to control the use of, or adequately restrict the discharge of, chemicals or hazardous substances could subject us to future liabilities. Any specific liabilities we identify as probable would be reflected in our consolidated balance sheet. To date, we have not identified any such specific liabilities. We therefore have not booked specific reserves for any specific environmental risks. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Environmental Matters.”
 
Loss of key employees could hurt our competitive position.
 
As is common in the semiconductor industry, success depends to a significant extent upon our key senior executives and research and development, engineering, marketing, sales, manufacturing, support and other personnel. Our success also depends upon our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel. The competition for such employees is intense, and the loss of the services of any of these key personnel without adequate replacement or the inability to attract new qualified personnel could have a material adverse effect on us.
 
We operate in many jurisdictions with highly complex and varied tax regimes. Changes in tax rules or the outcome of tax assessments and audits could cause a material adverse effect on our results.
 
We operate in many jurisdictions with highly complex and varied tax regimes. Changes in tax rules or the outcome of tax assessments and audits could have a material adverse effect on our results in any particular quarter. For example, in 2007, we had a tax benefit of $23 million, as compared to a tax benefit of $20 million in 2006. In 2007, it included $72 million of benefit related to the impairment on assets to be contributed into the planned disposal of the Flash Memories Group’s (“FMG”) assets held for sale. In 2006, we benefited from a favorable assessment of our tax assets and liabilities mainly due to a favorable outcome of a tax litigation in one of the jurisdictions in which we operate. Our tax rate is variable and depends on changes in the level of operating profits within various local jurisdictions and on changes in the applicable taxation rates of these jurisdictions, as well as changes in estimated tax provisions due to new events. We currently receive certain tax benefits in some countries, and these benefits may not be available in the future due to changes in the local jurisdictions. As a result, our effective tax rate could increase in the coming years.
 
In line with our strategic repositioning of our product portfolio, the purchase or divestiture of businesses in different jurisdictions could materially affect our effective tax rate in future periods.
 
We are subject to the possibility of loss contingencies arising out of tax claims, assessment of uncertain tax positions and provisions for specifically identified income tax exposures. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in resolving such tax claims. Our failure to do so and/or the need to increase our provisions for such claims could have a material adverse effect on our financial position.
 
We are required to prepare Consolidated Financial Statements using both International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) in addition to our Consolidated Financial Statements prepared pursuant to Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) and dual reporting may impair the clarity of our financial reporting.
 
We are incorporated in the Netherlands and our shares are listed on Euronext Paris and on the Borsa Italiana, and, consequently, we are subject to an EU regulation issued on September 29, 2003 requiring us to report our results of operations and Consolidated Financial Statements using IFRS (previously known as International Accounting Standards or “IAS”). As from January 1, 2008 we are also required to prepare a semi-annual set of accounts using IFRS reporting standards. We use U.S. GAAP as our primary set of reporting standards, as U.S. GAAP has been our reporting standard since our creation in 1987. Applying U.S. GAAP in our financial reporting is designed to ensure the comparability of our results to those of our competitors, as well as the continuity of our reporting, thereby providing our investors with a clear understanding of our financial performance.
 
The obligation to report our Consolidated Financial Statements under IFRS requires us to prepare our results of operations using two different sets of reporting standards, U.S. GAAP and IFRS, which are currently not consistent. Such dual reporting materially increases the complexity of our investor communications. The main potential areas of discrepancy concern capitalization and amortization of development expenses required under IFRS and the


16


Table of Contents

accounting for compound financial instruments. Our financial condition and results of operations reported in accordance with IFRS will differ from our financial condition and results of operations reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which could adversely affect the market price of our common shares.
 
Our reporting under two different accounting standards filed with the relevant regulatory authorities, also now in interim periods, could result in confusion if recipients of the information do not properly distinguish between the information reported using U.S. GAAP and the information reported using IFRS, particularly when viewing our profitability and operating margins under one or the other set of accounting standards. Given this risk, and the complexity of maintaining and reviewing two sets of accounts, we may consider at some point in the future to report primarily in IFRS.
 
If our internal control over financial reporting fails to meet the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, it may have a materially adverse effect on our stock price.
 
The SEC, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, adopted rules that require us to include a management report assessing the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our annual report on Form 20-F. In addition, we must also include an attestation by our independent registered public accounting firm regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We have successfully completed our Section 404 assessment and received the auditors’ attestation as of December 31, 2007. However, in the future, if we fail to complete a favorable assessment from our management or to obtain our auditors’ attestation, we may be subject to regulatory sanctions or may suffer a loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which could lead to an adverse effect on our stock price.
 
Reduction in the amount of public funding available to us, changes in existing public funding programs or demands for repayment may increase our costs and impact our results of operations.
 
Like many other manufacturers operating in Europe, we benefit from governmental funding for research and development expenses and industrialization costs (which include some of the costs incurred to bring prototype products to the production stage), as well as from incentive programs for the economic development of underdeveloped regions. Public funding may also be characterized by grants and/or low-interest financing for capital investment and/or tax credit investments. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Public Funding.” We have entered into public funding agreements in France and Italy, which set forth the parameters for state support to us under selected programs. These funding agreements may require compliance with EU regulations and approval by EU authorities.
 
We rely on receiving funds on a timely basis pursuant to the terms of the funding agreements. However, the funding of programs in France and Italy is subject to the annual appropriation of available resources and compatibility with the fiscal provisions of their annual budgets, which we do not control, as well as to our continuing compliance with all eligibility requirements. If we are unable to receive anticipated funding on a timely basis, or if existing government-funded programs were curtailed or discontinued, or if we were unable to fulfill our eligibility requirements, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. There is no assurance that any alternative funding would be available, or that, if available, it could be provided in sufficient amounts or on similar terms.
 
The application for and implementation of such grants often involves compliance with extensive regulatory requirements including, in the case of subsidies to be granted within the EU, notification to the European Commission by the member state making the contemplated grant prior to disbursement and receipt of required EU approval. In addition, compliance with project-related ceilings on aggregate subsidies defined under EU law often involves highly complex economic evaluations. Furthermore, public funding arrangements are generally subject to annual and project-by-project reviews and approvals. If we fail to meet applicable formal or other requirements, we may not be able to receive the relevant subsidies, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. If we do not receive anticipated fundings, this may lead us to curtail or discontinue existing projects, which may lead to further impairments. In addition, if we do not complete projects for which public funding has been approved we may be required to repay any advances received for completed milestones, which may lead to a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
 
The interests of our controlling shareholders, which are in turn controlled respectively by the French and Italian governments, may conflict with investors’ interests.
 
We have been informed that as of December 31, 2007, STMicroelectronics Holding II B.V. (“ST Holding II”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of STMicroelectronics Holding N.V. (“ST Holding”), owned 250,704,754 shares, or approximately 27.5%, of our issued common shares. ST Holding is therefore effectively in a position to control


17


Table of Contents

actions that require shareholder approval, including corporate actions, the election of our Supervisory Board and our Managing Board and the issuance of new shares or other securities.
 
We have also been informed that the shareholders’ agreement among ST Holding’s shareholders (the “STH Shareholders’ Agreement”), to which we are not a party, governs relations between our current indirect shareholders Areva Group, Cassa Depositi e Prestiti S.p.A. (“CDP”) and Finmeccanica S.p.A. (“Finmeccanica”), each of which is ultimately controlled by the French or Italian government, see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related-Party Transactions — Major Shareholders.” The STH Shareholders’ Agreement includes provisions requiring the unanimous approval by shareholders of ST Holding before ST Holding can make any decision with respect to certain actions to be taken by us. Furthermore, as permitted by our Articles of Association, the Supervisory Board has specified selected actions by the Managing Board that require the approval of the Supervisory Board. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related-Party Transactions — Major Shareholders.” These requirements for the prior approval of various actions to be taken by us and our subsidiaries may give rise to a conflict of interest between our interests and investors’ interests, on the one hand, and the interests of the individual shareholders approving such actions, on the other, and may affect the ability of our Managing Board to respond as may be necessary in the rapidly changing environment of the semiconductor industry. Our ability to issue new shares or other securities may be limited by the existing shareholders’ desire to maintain their proportionate shareholding at a certain minimum level and our ability to buy back shares may be limited by a recently enacted Dutch law that may require shareholders that own more than 30% of our voting rights to launch a tender offer for our outstanding shares. Dutch law, however, requires members of our Supervisory Board to act independently in supervising our management and to comply with applicable Dutch and non-Dutch corporate governance standards.
 
Our shareholder structure and our preference shares may deter a change of control.
 
On November 27, 2006, our Supervisory Board decided to authorize us to enter into an option agreement with an independent foundation, Stichting Continuïteit ST (the “Stichting”), and to terminate a substantially similar option agreement dated May 31, 1999, as amended, between us and ST Holding II. Our Managing Board and our Supervisory Board, along with the board of the Stichting, have declared that they are jointly of the opinion that the Stichting is independent of our Company and our major shareholders. Our Supervisory Board approved the new option agreement to reflect changes in Dutch legal requirements, not in response to any hostile takeover attempt. On February 7, 2007, the May 31, 1999 option agreement, as amended, was terminated by mutual consent by ST Holding II and us and the new option agreement we concluded with the Stichting became effective on the same date. The new option agreement provides for the issuance of up to a maximum of 540,000,000 preference shares, the same number as the May 31, 1999 option agreement, as amended. The Stichting would have the option, which it shall exercise in its sole discretion, to take up the preference shares. The preference shares would be issuable in the event of actions considered hostile by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board, such as a creeping acquisition or an unsolicited offer for our common shares, which are unsupported by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board and which the board of the Stichting determines would be contrary to the interests of our Company, our shareholders and our other stakeholders. If the Stichting exercises its call option and acquires preference shares, it must pay at least 25% of the par value of such preference shares. The preference shares may remain outstanding for no longer than two years.
 
No preference shares have been issued to date. The effect of the preference shares may be to deter potential acquirers from effecting an unsolicited acquisition resulting in a change of control or otherwise taking actions considered hostile by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board. In addition, any issuance of additional capital within the limits of our authorized share capital, as approved by our shareholders, is subject to the requirements of our Articles of Association, see “Item 10. Additional Information — Memorandum and Articles of Association — Share Capital as of December 31, 2007 — Issuance of Shares, Preemption Rights and Preference Shares (Article 4).”
 
Our direct or indirect shareholders may sell our existing common shares or issue financial instruments exchangeable into our common shares at any time. In addition, substantial sales by us of new common shares or convertible bonds could cause our common share price to drop significantly.
 
The STH Shareholders’ Agreement, to which we are not a party, between respectively FT1CI our French Shareholder controlled by Areva, and Cassa Depositi e Prestiti and Finmeccanica, our Italian shareholder, permits our respective French and Italian indirect shareholders to cause ST Holding to dispose of its stake in us at its sole discretion at any time from their current level, and to reduce the current level of their respective indirect interests in our common shares. We have recently been informed that FT1CI, Areva, Cassa Depositi e Prestiti have agreed to modify the STH Shareholders’ Agreement. The details of the STH Shareholders’ Agreement as declared by ST Holding II are further explained in “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related-Party Transactions — Major Shareholders.” Disposals of our shares by the parties to the STH Shareholders’ Agreement can be made by


18


Table of Contents

way of the issuance of financial instruments exchangeable for our shares, equity swaps, structured finance transactions or sales of our shares. An announcement with respect to one or more of such dispositions could be made at any time without our advance knowledge.
 
In addition, Finmeccanica Finance S.A. (“Finmeccanica Finance”), a subsidiary of Finmeccanica, has issued €501 million aggregate principal amount of exchangeable notes, exchangeable into up to 20 million of our existing common shares due 2010 (the “Finmeccanica Notes”). The Finmeccanica Notes have been exchangeable at the option of the holder into our existing common shares since January 2, 2004. In September 2005, France Telecom caused the sale of approximately 26 million of our common shares pursuant to the terms of a convertible bond issued by France Telecom. In December 2005, Finmeccanica caused the sale of approximately 1.5 million of our common shares. On February 27, 2008 Finmeccanica announced that it would sell approximately 26 million of our shares representing approximately 2,85% of our share capital to FT1CI.
 
Further sales of our common shares or issue of bonds exchangeable into our common shares or any announcements concerning a potential sale by ST Holding, FT1CI, Areva, CDP or Finmeccanica, could materially impact the market price of our common shares. The timing and size of any future share or exchangeable bond offering by ST Holding, FT1CI, Areva, CDP or Finmeccanica would depend upon market conditions as well as a variety of factors.
 
Because we are a Dutch company subject to the corporate law of the Netherlands, U.S. investors might have more difficulty protecting their interests in a court of law or otherwise than if we were a U.S. company.
 
Our corporate affairs are governed by our Articles of Association and by the laws governing corporations incorporated in the Netherlands. The corporate affairs of each of our consolidated subsidiaries are governed by the Articles of Association and by the laws governing such corporations in the jurisdiction in which such consolidated subsidiary is incorporated. The rights of the investors and the responsibilities of members of our Supervisory Board and Managing Board under Dutch law are not as clearly established as under the rules of some U.S. jurisdictions. Therefore, U.S. investors may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions by our management, members of our Supervisory Board or our controlling shareholders than U.S. investors would have if we were incorporated in the United States.
 
Our executive offices and a substantial portion of our assets are located outside the United States. In addition, ST Holding II and most members of our Managing and Supervisory Boards are residents of jurisdictions other than the United States and Canada. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for shareholders to effect service within the United States or Canada upon us, ST Holding II, or members of our Managing or Supervisory Boards. It may also be difficult or impossible for shareholders to enforce outside the United States or Canada judgments obtained against such persons in U.S. or Canadian courts, or to enforce in U.S. or Canadian courts judgments obtained against such persons in courts in jurisdictions outside the United States or Canada. This could be true in any legal action, including actions predicated upon the civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws. In addition, it may be difficult or impossible for shareholders to enforce, in original actions brought in courts in jurisdictions located outside the United States, rights predicated upon U.S. securities laws.
 
We have been advised by our Dutch counsel, De Brauw Blackstone Westbroek N.V., that the United States and the Netherlands do not currently have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters. As a consequence, a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any federal or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the federal securities laws of the United States, will not be enforceable in the Netherlands. However, if the party in whose favor such final judgment is rendered brings a new suit in a competent court in the Netherlands, such party may submit to the Netherlands court the final judgment that has been rendered in the United States. If the Netherlands court finds that the jurisdiction of the federal or state court in the United States has been based on grounds that are internationally acceptable and that proper legal procedures have been observed, the court in the Netherlands would, under current practice, give binding effect to the final judgment that has been rendered in the United States unless such judgment contravenes the Netherlands’ public policy.
 
Removal of our common shares from the CAC 40 on Euronext Paris, the S&P/MIB on the Borsa Italiana or the Philadelphia Stock Exchange Semiconductor Sector Index could cause the market price of our common shares to drop significantly.
 
Our common shares have been included in the CAC 40 index on Euronext Paris since November 12, 1997; the S&P/MIB on the Borsa Italiana, or Italian Stock Exchange since March 18, 2002; and the Philadelphia Stock Exchange Semiconductor Index (“SOX”) since June 23, 2003. However, our common shares could be removed from the CAC 40, the S&P/MIB or the SOX at any time, and any such removal or announcement thereof could cause the market price of our common shares to drop significantly.


19


Table of Contents

Item 4.  Information on the Company
 
History and Development of the Company
 
STMicroelectronics N.V. was formed and incorporated in 1987 and resulted from the combination of the semiconductor business of SGS Microelettronica (then owned by Società Finanziaria Telefonica (S.T.E.T.), an Italian corporation) and the non-military business of Thomson Semiconducteurs (then owned by the former Thomson-CSF, now Thales, a French corporation). Until 1998, we operated as SGS-Thomson Microelectronics N.V. Our length of life is indefinite. We are organized under the laws of the Netherlands. We have our corporate legal seat in Amsterdam and our head offices at WTC Schiphol Airport, Schiphol Boulevard 265, 1118 BH Schiphol Airport, Amsterdam, the Netherlands. Our telephone number there is +31-20-654-3210. Our headquarters and operational offices are located at 39 Chemin du Champ des Filles, 1228 Plan-Les-Ouates, Geneva, Switzerland. Our main telephone number there is +41-22-929-2929. Our agent for service of process in the United States related to our registration under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is STMicroelectronics, Inc., 1310 Electronics Drive, Carrollton, Texas, 75006-5039 and the main telephone number there is +1-972-466-6000. Our operations are also conducted through our various subsidiaries, which are organized and operated according to the laws of their country of incorporation, and consolidated by STMicroelectronics N.V.
 
We completed our initial public offering in December 1994 with simultaneous listings on Euronext Paris and the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”). In 1998, we listed our shares on the Borsa Italiana.
 
Business Overview
 
We are a global independent semiconductor company that designs, develops, manufactures and markets a broad range of semiconductor products used in a wide variety of microelectronic applications, including automotive products, computer peripherals, telecommunications systems, consumer products, industrial automation and control systems. According to provisional industry data published by iSuppli, we have been ranked the world’s fifth largest semiconductor company based on forecasted 2007 total market sales and we held leading positions in sales of Analog Products and Application Specific Integrated Circuits (or “ASICs”). Based on provisional 2007 results published by iSuppli, we believe we were number one in industrial products, number two in analog products, number three in wireless and automotive electronics, and number four in NOR Flash. Based on most recent industry results, we also believe we ranked as a leading supplier of semiconductors in 2007 for set-top boxes, power management devices and for the inkjet printer market. Our top 20 customers include Alcatel-Lucent, Bosch, Cisco, Conti, Delphi, Delta, Denso, Ericsson, Hewlett-Packard, LG Electronics, Marelli, Motorola, Nintendo, Nokia, Philips, Pioneer, Samsung, Seagate, Sharp, Siemens, Thomson and Western Digital. We also sell our products through global distributors and retailers, including Arrow Electronics, Avnet, BSI Semiconductor, Future Electronics, Wintech and Yosun.
 
The semiconductor industry has historically been a cyclical one and we have responded through emphasizing balance in our product portfolio, in the applications we serve, and in the regional markets we address. Consequently, from 1994 through 2007, our revenues grew at a compounded annual growth rate of 10.8% compared to 7.3% for the industry as a whole.
 
We offer a broad and diversified product portfolio and develop products for a wide range of market applications to reduce our dependence on any single product, application or end market. Within our diversified portfolio, we have focused on developing products that leverage our technological strengths in creating customized, system-level solutions with high-growth digital and mixed-signal content. Our product families include differentiated application-specific products (which we define as being our dedicated analog, mixed-signal and digital ASIC and Application Specific Standard Products (“ASSP”) offerings and semicustom devices) that we organized under our Application Specific Product Groups (“ASG”); power devices, microcontrollers, discrete products, special nonvolatile memory and Smartcard products organized under our Industrial and Multisegment Sector (“IMS”) and Flash Memories Group (“FMG”). Our ASG products, which are generally less vulnerable to market cycles than standard commodity products, accounted for 54.4% of our net revenues in 2007. Our IMS product accounted for 31.4% of our net revenues in 2007, while sales of our FMG products accounted for 13.6% of our net revenues in 2007.
 
Our products are manufactured and designed using a broad range of manufacturing processes and proprietary design methods. We use all of the prevalent function-oriented process technologies, including CMOS, bipolar and nonvolatile memory technologies. In addition, by combining basic processes, we have developed advanced systems-oriented technologies that enable us to produce differentiated and application-specific products, including bipolar CMOS technologies (“BiCMOS”) for mixed-signal applications, and diffused metal oxide semiconductor (“DMOS”) technology and Bipolar, CMOS and DMOS (“BCD technologies”) for intelligent power applications


20


Table of Contents

and embedded memory technologies. This broad technology portfolio, a cornerstone of our strategy for many years, enables us to meet the increasing demand for SoC and System-in-Package (“SiP”) solutions. Complementing this depth and diversity of process and design technology is our broad intellectual property portfolio that we also use to enter into important patent cross-licensing agreements with other major semiconductor companies.
 
Effective January 1, 2007, to meet the evolving requirements of the market together with the pursuit of a strategic repositioning in Flash memory, we reorganized our product segment groups into ASG, IMS and FMG. Since this date, we report our sales and operating income in three segments:
 
  •  ASG is comprised of the Mobile, Multimedia & Communications Group (“MMC”), the Home Entertainment & Displays Group (“HED”), the Automotive Product Group (“APG”) and the Computer Peripherals Group (“CPG”);
 
  •  IMS is comprised of the Analog, Micro-Electronic-Mechanical Systems (“MEMS”), and Power Group (“AMP”) and the Microcontrollers, Memories and Smartcards Group (“MMS”); and
 
  •  the FMG incorporates all of the Flash memory operations (both NOR and NAND), including technology R&D, all product related activities, front-end and back-end manufacturing, marketing and sales worldwide.
 
Our principal investment and resource allocation decisions in the semiconductor business area are for expenditures on technology research and development as well as capital investments in front-end and back-end manufacturing facilities, which are planned at the corporate level; therefore, our product segments share common research and development for process technology and manufacturing capacity for most of their products. However, in view of the contemplated FMG business disposal, FMG has incorporated since January 1, 2007 all of the Flash memory operations (both NOR and NAND), including technology R&D, all product related activities, front-end and back-end manufacturing, marketing and sales worldwide.
 
In the past three years, we have pursued various initiatives to reshape our company by (i) establishing a less capital-intensive business model; (ii) repositioning our product portfolio in order to improve financial returns; (iii) improving our manufacturing competitiveness through the restructuring of our production capacity with a view to increased overall efficiencies; (iv) improving our research and development effectiveness through a program focusing on our key products and redeployment of certain resources with the aim to improve time-to-market; (v) promoting sales expansion for mass market applications and new major key accounts with a special focus on the Chinese and Japanese markets; and (vi) changing and reorganizing our management team.


21


Table of Contents

Results of Operations
 
The tables below set forth information on our net revenues by product group segment and by geographic region:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (In millions, except percentages)  
 
Net Revenues by Product Segment
                       
Application Specific Groups (ASG)
  $ 5,439     $ 5,395     $ 4,991  
Industrial and Multisegment Sector (IMS)
    3,138       2,842       2,482  
Flash Memories Group (FMG)
    1,364       1,570       1,351  
Others(1)
    60       47       58  
                         
Total
  $ 10,001     $ 9,854     $ 8,882  
                         
Net Revenues by Location of Order Shipment(2)
                       
Europe
  $ 3,159     $ 3,073     $ 2,789  
North America(3)
    1,176       1,232       1,281  
Asia Pacific(4)
    1,874       2,084       1,860  
Greater China(4)
    2,750       2,552       2,203  
Japan
    475       400       307  
Emerging Markets(3)(5)
    567       513       442  
                         
Total
  $ 10,001     $ 9,854     $ 8,882  
                         
Percentage of Net Revenues by Product Segment
                       
Application Specific Groups (ASG)
    54.4 %     54.8 %     56.2 %
Industrial and Multisegment Sector (IMS)
    31.4       28.8       27.9  
Flash Memories Group (FMG)
    13.6       15.9       15.2  
Others(1)
    0.6       0.5       0.7  
                         
Total
    100 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
                         
Percentage of Net Revenues by Location of Order Shipment(2)
                       
Europe
    31.6 %     31.2 %     31.4 %
North America(3)
    11.8       12.5       14.4  
Asia Pacific(4)
    18.7       21.1       20.9  
Greater China(4)
    27.5       25.9       24.8  
Japan
    4.7       4.1       3.5  
Emerging Markets(3)(5)
    5.7       5.2       5.0  
                         
Total
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
                         
 
 
(1) Includes revenues from sales of Subsystems and other revenues not allocated to product segments.
 
(2) Net revenues by location of order shipment are classified by location of customer invoiced. For example, products ordered by U.S.-based companies to be invoiced to Asia Pacific affiliates are classified as Asia Pacific revenues.
 
(3) As of July 2, 2006, the region “North America” includes Mexico which was part of Emerging Markets in prior periods. Amounts have been reclassified to reflect this change.
 
(4) As of January 1, 2006, we created a new region, “Greater China” to focus exclusively on our operations in China, Hong Kong and Taiwan. Net revenues for Asia Pacific for prior periods were restated according to the new perimeter.
 
(5) Emerging Markets includes markets such as India, Latin America (excluding Mexico), the Middle East and Africa, Europe (non-EU excluding Bulgaria and Romania and non-EFTA) and Russia.


22


Table of Contents

 
Strategy
 
The semiconductor industry is undergoing several significant structural changes characterized by:
 
  •  the changing long-term structural growth of the overall market for semiconductor products, which has moved from double-digit average growth rate to single-digit average growth rate over the last several years;
 
  •  the strong development of new emerging applications in areas such as wireless communications, solid-state storage, digital TV and video products and games;
 
  •  the increasing importance of the Asia Pacific region, particularly in China, and other emerging countries, which represents the fastest growing regional markets;
 
  •  the importance of convergence between wireless, consumer and computer applications, which drives customer demand to seek new system-level, turnkey solutions from semiconductor suppliers;
 
  •  the evolution of the customer base from original equipment manufacturers (“OEM”) to a mix of OEM, electronic manufacturing service providers (“EMS”) and original design manufacturers (“ODM”);
 
  •  the expansion of available manufacturing capacity through third-party providers; and
 
  •  the recent consolidation process and increased participation of private equity firms, which may lead to further strategic repositionings and reorganization amongst industry players.
 
Our strategy within this challenging environment is designed to focus on the following complementary key elements:
 
Broad, balanced market exposure.  We offer a diversified product portfolio and develop products for a wide range of market applications using a variety of technologies, thereby reducing our dependence on any single product, application or end market. Within our diversified portfolio, we have focused on developing products that leverage our technological strengths in creating customized, system-level solutions for high-growth digital and mixed-signal applications. We target five key markets comprised of: (i) communications, primarily wireless and portable multimedia; (ii) computer peripherals, including data storage and printers; (iii) digital consumer, including set-top boxes, DVDs, digital TVs, digital cameras and digital audio; (iv) automotive, including engine, body and safety, car radio, car multimedia and telematics; and (v) industrial and multisegment products, including MEMS, power supply, motor-control, lighting, metering, banking and Smartcard.
 
Product innovation.  We aim to be leaders in multimedia convergence and power applications. In order to serve these segments, our plan is to maintain and further establish existing leadership positions for (i) platforms and chipset solutions for digital consumer, mobile handsets and car navigation; and (ii) power applications, which are driving system solutions for customer specific applications, as well as a wide client base in the field of industrial applications, motor control, factory automation, lighting, power supply and automotive, all of which require less research and development effort and manufacturing capital intensity than more advanced and complex application-specific devices.
 
We also dedicate significant resources to new product development. We have identified our key product offerings in each of the targeted market segments and have concentrated our R&D resources to develop leading-edge products for each. Examples include: digital-base band and multi-media solutions for wireless, digital consumer products focused on set-top boxes and digital TVs, SoC offerings in data storage and system-oriented products for the multisegment sector. We are also targeting new end markets, such as medical applications.
 
Finally, we have decided to strategically reposition our participation in the Flash memory business in order to achieve the appropriate economies of scale which are demanded in this competitive segment, which will also result in reducing our exposure to the capital intensity of the industry.
 
Customer-based initiatives.  There are three tenets to our sales strategy. First, we work with our key customers to identify evolving needs and new applications and to develop innovative products and product features. We have formal alliances with certain strategic customers that allow us and our customers (with whom we jointly share certain product developments) to exchange information and which give our customers access to our process technologies and manufacturing infrastructure. We have formed alliances with customers including Alcatel-Lucent, Bosch, Hewlett-Packard, Marelli, Nokia, Nortel, Pioneer, Seagate, Continental AG, Thomson and Western Digital. Our strategic alliances have been historically a major growth driver for us. In 2005, 2006 and 2007, revenues from strategic customer alliances accounted for approximately 44%, 41% and 40% respectively of our net revenues. Secondly, we are targeting new major key accounts, where we can leverage our position as a supplier of application-specific products with a broad range product portfolio to better address the requirements of large users of semiconductor products with whom our penetration has historically been quite low. Finally, we have


23


Table of Contents

targeted the mass market, or those customers outside of our traditional top 50 customers, who require system-level solutions for multiple market segments. In addition, we have focused on two regions as key ingredients in our future sales growth, Greater China and Japan, where we have recently launched new marketing initiatives.
 
Global integrated manufacturing infrastructure.  We have a diversified, leading-edge manufacturing infrastructure, comprising front-end and back-end facilities, capable of producing silicon wafers using our broad process technology portfolio, including our CMOS, BiCMOS and BCD technologies as well as our discretes technologies. Assembling, testing and packaging of our semiconductor products take place in our large and modern back-end facilities, which generally are located in low-cost areas. We have also developed relationships with outside contractors for foundry and back-end services.
 
Reduced asset intensity.  While confirming our mission to remain an integrated device manufacturing company, and in conjunction with our decision to pursue the strategic repositioning of our Flash memories to meet the requirements of the market, we have recently decided to reduce our capital intensity in order to optimize opportunities between internal and external front-end production, reduce our dependence on market cycles that impact the loading of our fabs, and decrease the burden of depreciation on our financial performance. We have been able to reduce the capex-to-sales ratio from a historic average of 26% of sales during the period of 1995 through 2004, to 11.4% of sales in 2007, with a target at about 10% of sales in 2008.
 
Research and development partnerships.  The semiconductor industry is increasingly characterized by higher costs and technological risks involved in the research and development of state-of-the-art processes. These higher costs and technological risks have driven us to enter into cooperative partnerships, in particular for the development of basic CMOS technology: specifically, following the decision of Freescale Semiconductor and NXP Semiconductors to terminate their participation in the Crolles2 Alliance for the development of the CMOS process technology at the end of December 2007, we reached an agreement with IBM to collaborate on the development of CMOS process technology for 32-nm and 22-nm nodes. We remain convinced that the shared R&D business development model contributes to the fast acceleration of semiconductor process technology development, and we therefore remain committed to our strategy of our alliances to reinforce cooperation in the area of technology development. Additionally, we maintain our commitment to develop proprietary derivatives from advanced CMOS technology. Furthermore, we are continuing our development in the proprietary process technologies in order to maintain our leadership in Smart Power, analog, discretes, MEMS and mixed signal processes.
 
Integrated presence in key regional markets.  We have sought to develop a competitive advantage by building an integrated presence in each of the world’s economic zones that we target: Europe, Asia, China and America. An integrated presence means having design and sales and marketing capabilities in each region, in order to ensure that we are well positioned to anticipate and respond to our customers’ business requirements. We also have front-end manufacturing facilities in the U.S., Europe and Asia. Our more labor-intensive back-end facilities are located in Malaysia, Malta, Morocco, Singapore and China, enabling us to take advantage of more favorable production cost structures, particularly lower labor costs. Major design centers and local sales and marketing groups are within close proximity of key customers in each region, which we believe enhances our ability to maintain strong relationships with our customers.
 
Product quality excellence.  We aim to develop the quality excellence of our products and in the various applications we serve and we have launched a company-wide Product Quality Awareness program built around a three-pronged approach: (i) the improvement of our full product cycle involving robust design and manufacturing, improved detection of potential defects, and better anticipation of failures through improved risk assessment, particularly in the areas of product and process changes; (ii) improved responsiveness to customer demands; and (iii) ever increasing focus on quality and discipline in execution.
 
Sustainable Excellence and Compliance.  In 2007, we launched a program focusing on sustainable excellence and compliance. Ethics training deployed through all levels of our organizations are based on our “Principles for Sustainable Excellence” (“PSE”) which require us to integrate and execute all of our business activities, focusing on our employees, customers, shareholders and global business partners. Further, we introduced a process to enable our employees to report matters relating to ethics violations through a confidential reporting line and we formed an Ethics Committee, whose mandate is to provide advice to management and employees about our Principles for Sustainable Excellence and other ethical issues. We also created the position of Chief Compliance Officer in December 2007.
 
Return on capital employed.  We remain focused on providing our shareholders with value creation, specifically measured in terms of return on net assets in excess of our weighted average cost of capital.


24


Table of Contents

Products and Technology
 
We design, develop, manufacture and market a broad range of products used in a wide variety of microelectronic applications, including telecommunications systems, computer systems, consumer goods, automotive products and industrial automation and control systems. Our products include discretes, memories and standard commodity components, ASICs (full custom devices and semicustom devices) and ASSPs for analog, digital, and mixed-signal applications. Historically, we have not produced dynamic random access memory (“DRAMs”) or x86 microprocessors, despite seeking to develop or acquire the necessary IP to use them as components in our SoC solutions.
 
In 2007, we ran our business along product lines and managed our revenues and internal operating income performance based on the following product segments:
 
  •  ASG;
 
  •  IMS; and
 
  •  FMG.
 
We also design, develop, manufacture and market subsystems and modules for a wide variety of products in the telecommunications, automotive and industrial markets in our Subsystems division. Based on its immateriality, we do not report information separately for Subsystems.
 
Application Specific Product Groups
 
The Application Specific Product Groups (“ASG”) is responsible for the design, development and manufacture of application-specific products, as well as mixed analog/digital semicustom-devices, using advanced bipolar, CMOS, BiCMOS mixed-signal and power technologies. The businesses in the ASG offer complete system solutions to customers in several application markets. All products are ASSPs, full-custom or semicustom devices that may also include digital signal processor (“DSP”) and microcontroller cores. The businesses in the ASG particularly emphasize dedicated Integrated Circuits (“ICs”) for automotive, computer peripherals, consumer and certain industrial application segments, as well as for mobile and fixed communication, computing and networking application segments.
 
Our businesses in the ASG work closely with customers to develop application-specific products using our technologies, intellectual property, and manufacturing capabilities. The breadth of our customer and application base provides us with a better source of stability in the cyclical semiconductor market.
 
The ASG is comprised of four product lines — Mobile, Multimedia & Communications Group (“MMC’) Home Entertainment and Displays Group (“HED”), Computer Peripherals Group (“CPG”), and our Automotive Products Group (“APG”).
 
Mobile, Multimedia and Communications Group
 
This product line encompasses our largest application segment: telecommunications, and contains four divisions, serving telecommunications products.
 
(i) Wireless Multimedia Division.  We focus our product offerings on mobile handsets serving several major OEMs, with a combination of application specific ICs as well as a growing capability in our platform offering. In this market we are strategically positioned in energy management, audio coding and decoding functions (“CODEC”) and radio frequency ICs. We estimate that we ship over 30%, by volume, of the mobile-phone industry’s primary energy-management devices and audio ICs. We are transitioning from ICs to modular solutions in the field of radio frequency and energy management for 3G handsets. In December 2006, we announced a major design win for an ASIC solution for use in 3G/3.5G digital basebands at Ericsson Mobile Platforms. This award represents a significant new product category for us. Furthering our presence in the digital baseband field, in November 2007 we acquired 185 design engineers and certain intellectual property in the wireless field from Nokia, as part of our multifaceted agreement related to 3G chipset development for production beginning in 2010. We also have developed a product offering in the application processor segment known as the “Nomadik” family, addressing the market for multimedia application processor chips. These products are designed for smart- and feature-based mobile phones, portable wireless products and other applications including automotive entertainment and navigation, and digital consumer products, and the chips are being sampled by a wide range of potential customers. We have design wins at Nokia, Samsung and LG.
 
(ii) Imaging Division.  We focus on the wireless handset image-sensor market. We are in production of CMOS-based camera modules and processors for low-and-high density pixel resolutions, which also meet the auto


25


Table of Contents

focus, advanced fixed focus and miniaturization requirements of this market. In certain situations, we will also sell leading-edge sensors. We have cumulatively shipped hundreds of millions of CMOS camera-phone solutions since entering this market in 2003. We believe that we are one of the leading camera module providers in 2007.
 
(iii) Connectivity Division.  To respond to the market need for increased functionality of handsets, we created the Connectivity Division to address wireless LAN (“WLAN”), Bluetooth and connectivity requirements. Our product offerings include WLAN and Bluetooth and Bluetooth/FM radio combination chips designed for low power consumption and a small form factor. We have multiple design wins and are in volume production for several customers in Asia and Europe for our products. In particular, we are manufacturing in volume our single-chip WLAN, Bluetooth and combination ICs for several customers, including a tier-one cell phone manufacturer. Our next generation of ICs increase combination chip offerings with single-die multi-function capability in 65-nm.
 
(iv) Communications Infrastructure Division.  This division provides solutions for the wireless and wireline infrastructure segments Our wireline telecommunications products, both ASIC and ASSP, are used in telephone sets, modems, subscriber line interface cards (“SLICs”) for digital central office switching equipment and the high-speed electronic and optical communications networks. In the wireless field we focus on ASIC market due to our many years of experience in the fields of digital baseband chip, radio frequency and mixed-signal products, having recently closed our design activity in the wireless infrastructure ASSP market.
 
Home Entertainment and Displays Group
 
Our Home Entertainment Group (“HED”) addresses product requirements for the digital consumer application market and has four divisions.
 
(i) Home Video Division.  This division focuses on products for digital retail, satellite, cable and IPTV set-top box products and digital television offerings. We continue to expand our product offerings and customer base by introducing solutions for the set-top box market with features such as web-browsing, digital video recording and time-shifting capabilities. In 2007, we further reinforced our historical market leadership in set-top box back-end decoders with the introduction of the STi710x series of products, the latest member of our OMEGA family of set-top box decoder solutions. This 90-nm family of single-chip SoC devices address the fast growing high-definition market, performs at an advanced speed and has enhanced graphics and security features as well as integrated DVR capability, while retaining compatibility with our earlier products. We continue to strengthen our product offerings by addressing software solutions supporting multiple codes, including DVB-MHP (Java) and Microsoft Windows Media based systems.
 
Our latest product, the STi7109, is our second-generation H.264 high-definition TV (“HDTV”) AVC and VC-1 decoder. Building on the success of the STi710x, the world’s first single-chip AVC and MPEG-2 decoder, the STi7109 adds VC-1 decoding, improved security, connectivity features, and support for emerging DVD formats and security standards. These products are being deployed for satellite, IPTV, and terrestrial broadcast by several operators, including Canal+, France Telecom and Telecom Italia. The successor products, the STi7111 and the STi7200, both single-chip dual-decode devices in 65-nm technology, are now being sampled by customers.
 
We address the digital television markets with a wide range of highly integrated ASSPs and application-specific microcontrollers. Significant numbers of televisions integrating digital terrestrial capability using the STi55xx family as digital plug-in solutions have been sold, primarily in Europe. We acquired Genesis Microchip on January 17, 2008 and will integrate the company’s intellectual property, products and personnel into this division and the Home Display Division in 2008. We expect to significantly improve our integrated television product offering as a result of this integration.
 
(ii) Interactive System Solutions Division.  We offer customers and partners the capability to jointly develop highly integrated solutions for their consumer products. We utilize a broad and proven base of expertise, advanced technologies and hardware/software intellectual property to provide best-in-class differentiated products for a select base of customers and markets.
 
(iii) Home Display Division.  This division offers products aimed at the analog TV market, switches and sound processors as well as CRT monitors. Our products cover driver chips for the flat-panel industry and CRT applications. Our product development is focused mainly on driver chips for various kinds of flat-panel display technologies used in small and large LCDs, having curtailed our efforts in drivers for Plasma and small screen applications in 2007. These products use proprietary technologies fitting the various electrical parameters required by those market segments, ranging from low to very high voltages and currents and from junction to oxide isolation (SOI).


26


Table of Contents

(iv) Audio Division.  We design and manufacture a wide variety of components for use in audio applications. Our audio products include audio power amplifiers, audio processors and graphic-equalizer ICs. We recently introduced a family of class ‘D’ audio amplifier offerings aimed primarily at home, desktop and mobile applications with digital-to-digital complete system solution capability that improve sound quality while reducing power consumption, size and cost.
 
Computer Peripherals Group
 
(i) Data Storage Division.  We produce SoCs and analog ASICs for several data storage applications, specializing in disk drives with advanced solutions for read/write-channels, disk controllers, host interfaces, digital power processing, motor controllers and micromachinery. We believe that based on sales, we are, and have been for many years, one of the largest semiconductor companies supplying the hard disk drive market.
 
Complementing our strong position in SoCs, we believe we are the market leader in motor controllers and we are providing solutions for all market segments, including enterprise, desktop and mobile applications. We are currently providing SoC solutions based on proprietary IP in production at 130-nm and 90-nm for desktop, mobile and server applications. We also supply a kit including a SoC disk controller and a motion-control power combo to a leading maker of drives for mobile applications. A market leader in the data storage market selected our latest 65-nm SoC for its next generation of drives, which we expect to begin shipping in volume in 2009. This SoC includes a rich variety of our own IP including our proprietary read/write channel, Serial ATA controller and microcomputer core.
 
(ii) Printer Division.  We are focusing on inkjet and multifunction printer components and are an important supplier of pen chips, motor drivers, and head drivers, digital engines, including those in high performance photo-quality applications and digital color copiers. We are also expanding our offerings to include a reconfigurable ASSP product family, known as SPEAr (Structured Processor Enhanced Architecture), designed for flexibility and ease-of-use by printer manufacturers. We have successfully validated and released our SPEAr Head, a new member of our SPEAr family of configurable SoCs that address various applications, including digital engines for printers, scanners, and other embedded-control applications. Additionally in this area, our partnership with one of our major customers expanded with two new digital engine designs wins in next-generation printer and MultiFunction platforms.
 
(iii) Microfluidics Division.  This division builds on the years of our success in microfluidic product design, developed primarily for the inkjet print-head product line, and expands our offering into related fields, such as molecular and health diagnostics. As a result, we announced an agreement with MobiDiag to create a complete system for genomic-based detection of infectious diseases based on our silicon MEMS Lab-on-Chip technology and with Veredus for the detection of Avian Flu.
 
Automotive Products Group
 
Our automotive products include alternator regulators, airbag controls, anti-skid braking systems, vehicle stability control, ignition circuits, injection circuits, multiplex wiring kits and products for body and chassis electronics, engine management, instrumentation systems, car radio and multimedia, as well as car satellite and navigation systems. We hold a leading position in the IC market for automotive products. We have developed a joint initiative with Freescale Semiconductor for the development of 90-nm embedded Flash technology and common products based on cost-effective 32-bit microcontrollers for use in all automotive applications.
 
(i) Powertrain and Safety Division.  From engine and transmission control to mechanical-electronic solutions, microelectronics are steadily pervading all sectors of the automotive industry. Our robust family of automotive products, including MEMS accelerometers, complete standard solutions for DC-motor control and automotive grade 16-bit microcontrollers with embedded Flash memory provide a broad range of features that enhance performance, safety and comfort while reducing the environmental impact of the automobile.
 
(ii) Car Body Division.  We manufacture products for the body and chassis electronics requirements of the car. These products range from microcontrollers used in lighting, door and window/wiper applications to junction boxes, power solutions, dashboards and climate-control needs.
 
(iii) Car Radio and Multimedia Division.  We provide auto manufacturers with full solutions for analog and digital car radio solutions for tolling, navigation and other telematic applications. The increasingly complex requirements of the car/driver interface have opened a market for us in the area of car multimedia to include products based on our Nomadik platform of multimedia processors. We have the know-how and experience to offer to the market complete telematics solutions, which include circuits for GPS navigation, voice recognition, audio amplification and audio signal processing.


27


Table of Contents

(iv) Digital Broadcast Radio Division.  Our products are used by the fast-growing satellite radio segment. We provide a number of components to this application, including base-band products for the reception of signals by the market leaders. Our penetration in the digital satellite broadcast market is growing with the success of the two American providers.
 
Industrial and Multisegment Sector
 
The Industrial and Multisegment Sector (“IMS”) is responsible for the design, development and manufacture of discrete power devices, (power transistors and other discrete power devices), standard linear and logic ICs, and radio frequency products. In addition, this segment spearheads our ongoing efforts to maintain and develop high-end analog products and of consolidating our world leadership position in power applications, with full solutions centered around microcontroller applications. This segment is organized into two groups: Analog Power and MEMS (“APM”) and Microcontrollers, Memories and Smartcards (“MMS”).
 
APM
 
(i) Power MOSFET Division.  We design, manufacture and sell Power MOSFETs (Metal-Oxide-Silicon Field Effect Transistors) ranging from 20 to 1000 volts for most of the “switching” applications on the market today. Our products are particularly well suited for high voltage switch-mode power supplies and lighting applications, where we hold a leadership position from low-power, high-volume consumer to high-power industrial applications.
 
(ii) Power Bipolar, IGBT and RF Division.  Our bipolar power transistors are used in a variety of voltage applications, including television/monitor horizontal deflection circuits, lighting systems and high power supplies. Our family of ESBT (Emitter Switch Bipolar Transistor) is suitable for very high current — very high voltage applications, such as welding machines and PFC (Power Factor Corrector) devices. The IGBT transistors are well suited for automotive applications, such as motor control and high-voltage electronic-ignition actuators. Within this Division we also supply RF transistors used in television broadcasting transmission systems, radars, telecommunications systems and avionic equipment.
 
(iii) ASD and IPAD Division.  This division offers a full range of rectifiers, protection thyristors (silicon controlled rectifiers or “SCRs” and three-terminal semiconductors or “Triacs” for controlling current in either direction) and other protection devices. These components are used in various applications, including telecommunications systems (telephone sets, modems and line cards), household appliances and industrial systems (motor-control and power-control devices). More specifically, rectifiers are used in voltage converters and regulators and protection devices, while thyristors vary current flows through a variety of electrical devices, including lamps and household appliances. We are leaders in a highly successful range of new products built with our proprietary Application Specific Discrete (“ASD”tm) technology, which allows a variety of discrete components (diodes, rectifiers, thyristors) to be merged into a single device optimized for specific applications such as electromagnetic interference filtering for cellular phones. Additionally, we are leaders in electronic devices integrating both passive and active components on the same chip, also known as Integrated Passive and Active Devices (“IPAD”), which are widely used in the wireless handset market.
 
(iv) Linear and Interface Division.  We offer a broad product portfolio of linear and switching regulators along with operational amplifiers, comparators, and serial and parallel interfaces covering a variety of applications like decoders, DC-DC converters and mobile phones.
 
(vi) Industrial and Power Conversion Division.  We design and manufacture products for industrial automation systems, lighting applications (lamp ballast), battery chargers and Switched Mode Power Supplies (“SMPS”). Our key products are power ICs for motor controllers and read/write amplifiers, intelligent power ICs for spindle motor control and head positioning in hard disk drives and battery chargers for portable electronic systems, including mobile handsets.
 
(vii) Advanced Analog and Logic Division.  We develop innovative, differentiated and value-added analog products for a number of markets and applications including point-of-sales terminals, power meters and white goods. We recently introduced our NEATSwitch portfolio of application-specific analog, digital, and power switches and extended our supervisor and reset-IC family. We also produce a variety of HCMOS logic device families, which include clocks, registers, gates, latches and buffers. Such devices are used in a variety of applications, including portable computers, computer networks and telecommunications systems.
 
(viii) Micro-electronic-mechanical systems (“MEMS”).  We manufacture these unique mechanical devices for a wide variety of applications where real-world input is required. Our product line includes three-dimensional accelerometers for use in gaming, disk drives and mobile phone devices.


28


Table of Contents

MMS
 
(i) Microcontroller Division.  We offer a wide range of 8-, 16- and 32-bit microcontrollers suitable for a wide variety of applications from those where a minimum cost is a primary requirement to those that need powerful real-time performance and high-level language support. These products are manufactured in processes capable of embedding EPROM, EEPROM and Flash nonvolatile memories as appropriate. In 2007, we added to our product offering the STM 32 family of 32-bit Flash microcontrollers based on an advanced ARM CortexTM M3 core.
 
(ii) Memory Division.  We believe we are the world’s number one supplier of serial nonvolatile memories that can be electronically rewritten. They are used for perimeter storage in various electronic devices used in all market segments. We manufacture our EEPROMs with sub-micron technology that delivers world-class performance and serves as a reference in the industry. Our EEPROM portfolio ranges from 1-Kb to 1-Mb devices delivered in innovative packages. This division also manufactures application-specific devices, RFID chips and legacy EPROM products.
 
(iii) Smartcard IC Division.  Smartcards are card devices containing ICs that store data and provide an array of security capabilities. They are used in a wide and growing variety of applications, including public pay-telephone systems, cellular telephone systems and banks, as well as pay television systems and ID/passport cards. Other applications include medical record applications, card-access security systems, toll-payment and secure transactions over the Internet applications. We have a long track record of leadership in Smartcard ICs. Our expertise in security is a key to our leadership in the finance and pay-TV segments and development of IT applications. In addition, our mastering of the nonvolatile memory technologies is instrumental to offering the highest memory sizes (128 KBytes and even to 1 MByte), particularly important to address the emerging high-end mobile phone market.
 
(vi) Incard Division.  The division develops, manufactures and sells plastic cards (both memory and microprocessor based) for banking, identification and telecom applications. Incard operates as a standalone organization and also directly controls the sales force for this product offering.
 
Flash Memories Group
 
The Flash Memories Group (“FMG”) designs, develops and manufactures a broad range of semiconductor memory products. Flash memory technology, which is one of the enablers of digital convergence, is the core of our nonvolatile memory activity. The products developed by the various divisions are complementary and are addressing different functions and/or market segments.
 
In December 2006, we announced our decision to establish a stand-alone FMG. This group consolidates all of our Flash memory operations including NAND and NOR Flash memories technology R&D, all product related activities, front-end manufacturing, marketing and sales worldwide. This strategic repositioning of Flash memories was designed to allow for potential industry consolidation and dimension of scale which we view as a necessity to compete successfully in this business.
 
Our memory business is comprised as follows:
 
(i) Wireless Flash Memories Division.  Wireless applications have very specific requirements in power consumption, packaging and memory capabilities. We offer a very wide portfolio of wireless NOR Flash memories from single-die low-density products through high-density 2-Gbit solutions, as well as multiple chip packages containing several memory technology components.
 
(ii) Imbedded Nor Division.  We pioneered the concept of serial Flash. This division develops products used in computer, automotive and consumer applications utilizing parallel NOR and Serial Flash technology. Serial Flash allows integration of up to 64 Mbit and 128 Mbit in an 8-pin package for a large variety of applications.
 
(iii) NAND Flash and Storage Media Division.  In 2004, we began offering NAND Flash memory products pursuant to a co-development and manufacturing agreement with Hynix Semiconductor Inc. (“Hynix Semiconductor”). Our efforts are targeted at the lower density memory requirements evolving for embedded wireless applications. Our most advanced offering, a single die 8 Gigabit (“Gbit”) NAND Flash manufactured in 57-nm technology, is now available in production. NAND Flash is primarily used to store information such as music, still pictures, video and data files in a variety of consumer applications, including mobile phones, MP3 readers, universal serial bus (“USB”) keys and digital still cameras.
 
We have made significant progress on improving the cost position of our FMG segment, in particular widely developing the two-bit-per-cell architecture and transitioning to more advanced technologies, and will continue to


29


Table of Contents

seek to enhance our competitive position on all fronts of the memory market we serve both by adding new products and improving manufacturing costs.
 
We expect to deconsolidate this group with the closing of the Numonyx transaction planned for the first quarter of 2008. From that point forward, our Flash memory exposure will consist of our 48.6% equity interest in Numonyx and will be reported in the Earnings/Loss on equity investments line item on our consolidated statement of Income, and certain financing arrangements.
 
Strategic Alliances with Customers and Industry Partnerships
 
We believe that strategic alliances with customers and industry partnerships are critical to success in the semiconductor industry. We have entered into several strategic customer alliances, including alliances with Alcatel-Lucent, Bosch, Hewlett-Packard, Marelli, Nokia, Nortel, Pioneer, Seagate, Continental AG, Thomson and Western Digital. Customer alliances provide us with valuable systems and application know-how and access to markets for key products, while allowing our customers to share some of the risks of product development with us and to gain access to our process technologies and manufacturing infrastructure. We are actively working to expand the number of our customer alliances, targeting OEMs in the United States, in Europe and in Asia and our recently announced digital base-band relationship with Ericsson Mobile Platform is an example of our success in formalizing this program.
 
Partnerships with other semiconductor industry manufacturers permit costly research and development and manufacturing resources to be shared to mutual advantage for joint technology development. We have a long history of partnership for the collaborative development of CMOS process technologies in Crolles, France. Since January 1, 2008, we are collaborating with IBM on the development of 32-nm and 22-nm CMOS process technologies. We will pursue the development, with IBM, of CMOS derivatives in Crolles. This cooperation follows the termination at the end of 2007 of the cooperation with Freescale Semiconductor and NXP Semiconductors for the joint research and development of advanced CMOS process technology on 300-mm wafers, as well as for the operations of a 300-mm wafer pilot line fab which has been built in Crolles2. We remain convinced that the shared R&D business model contributes to the fast acceleration of semiconductor process technology development and we will continue to actively pursue an expansion of our portfolio of alliances to reinforce cooperation in the area of technology development in Crolles2.
 
We have also established joint development programs with leading suppliers such as Air Liquide, Applied Materials, ASM Lithography, Canon, Hewlett-Packard, KLA-Tencor, LAM Research, MEMC, Teradyne and Siltronics and with electronic design automation (“EDA”) tool producers, including Cadence, Co-Ware and Synopsys. We also participate in joint European research programs, such as the MEDEA+ and ITEA programs, and cooperate on a global basis with major research institutions and universities. In 2007 we were a founding member of SOI (Silicon-on-Insulator) Industry Consortium.
 
We participated in the definition of the New Eureka program named CATRENE and to the European Nanoelectronics Initiative Advisory (“ENIAC”) programs definition.
 
In 2004, we signed and announced a joint venture agreement with Hynix Semiconductor to build a front-end memory-manufacturing facility in Wuxi City, China, and we plan to contribute this asset to Numonyx.
 
Customers and Applications
 
We design, develop, manufacture and market thousands of products that we sell to thousands of customers. Our major customers include Alcatel-Lucent, Bosch, Cisco, Conti, Delphi, Delta, Denso, Ericsson, Hewlett-Packard, LG Electronics, Marelli, Maxtor, Motorola, Nintendo, Nokia, Philips, Pioneer, Samsung, Seagate, Sharp, Siemens, Thomson and Western Digital. To many of our key customers we provide a wide range of products, including application-specific products, discrete devices, memory products and programmable products. Our position as a strategic supplier of application-specific products to certain customers fosters close relationships that provide us with opportunities to supply such customers’ requirements for other products, including discrete devices, programmable products and memory products. We also sell our products through distributors and retailers, including Arrow Electronics, Avnet, BSI Semiconductor, Future Electronics, Wintech and Yosun.


30


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth certain of our significant customers and certain applications for our products:
 
                 
Telecommunications
           
Customers:
  2Wire   Huawei   Nortel Networks   Sharp
    Alcatel-Lucent   LG Electronics   Research in Motion   Siemens
    Cisco   Motorola   Safran   SIRF
    Finisar   Nokia   Samsung   Sony Ericsson
Applications:
  Camera modules/mobile imaging
Central office switching systems
Data transport (routing, switching for electronic and optical networks)
Cellular telephones
Internet access (XDSL)
Imaging
      Portable multimedia Telephone terminals (wireline and wireless) Wireless connectivity (Bluetooth, WLAN, FM radio)
Wireless infrastructure
   
Computer Peripherals
           
Customers:
  Agilent   Delta   Intel   Seagate
    Apple   Eastman Kodak   Lexmark   Taiwan-Liteon
    BenQ   Epson   Microsoft   Western Digital
    Dell   Hewlett-Packard   Samsung   Xilinx
Applications:
  Data storage       Power management    
    Monitors and displays       Printers
Webcams
   
Automotive
               
Customers:
  Bosch   Harman   Lear   TRW
    Continental   Hella   Marelli   Valeo
    Delphi   Hitachi   Pioneer   Visteon
    Denso   Kostal   Continental AG   Sirius Satellite Radio
Applications:
  Airbags
Anti-lock braking systems
Body and chassis electronics
Engine management systems
(ignition and injection)
  Global positioning systems Multimedia
Radio/satellite radio
Telematics
Vehicle stability
control
   
Consumer
               
Customers:
  ADB   Echostar   Philips   Skyworth
    AOC   Hyundai   Safran   Sony
    Bose Corporation   LG Electronics   Samsung   Thomson
    ChangHong   Nintendo   Scientific Atlanta   Vestel
Applications:
  Audio processing (CD,       DVDs    
    DVD, Hi-Fi)       Imaging    
    Analog/digital TVs       Set-top boxes    
    Digital cameras       VCRs    
    Digital music players       Displays    
             
Industrial/Other Applications
           
Customers:
  American Power Conversion   Delta   Giesecke & Devrient   Siemens
    Artesyn   Enel   Nagra   Taiwan-Liteon
    Astec   Gemalto   NDS   UPEK
    Autostrade   General Electric   Philips   Vodafone
Applications:
  Battery chargers       MEMS    
    Smartcard ICs       Motor controllers    
    Intelligent power switches       Power supplies    
    Industrial automation/control systems       Switch mode power supplies    
    Lighting systems            
    (lamp ballasts)            
 
In 2007, our largest customer, Nokia, represented approximately 21% of our net revenues, compared to approximately 22% in both 2006 and 2005. No other single customer accounted for more than 10% of our net revenues. Sales to our OEM customers accounted for approximately 80% of our net revenues in 2007, from approximately 81% of our net revenues in 2006 and 82% in 2005. Sales to our top ten OEM customers were approximately 49% of total revenues in 2007, 51% in 2006 and 50% in 2005. We have several large customers, certain of whom have entered into strategic alliances with us. Many of our key customers operate in cyclical businesses and have in the past, and may in the future, vary order levels significantly from period to period. In addition, approximately 20% of our net revenues in 2007 were sold through distributors, compared to 19% in 2006 and 18% in 2005. There can be no assurance that such customers or distributors, or any other customers, will continue to place orders with us in the future at the same levels as in prior periods. See “Item 3. Key Information —


31


Table of Contents

Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations — Disruptions in our relationships with any one of our key customers could adversely affect our results of operations.”
 
Sales, Marketing and Distribution
 
We operate regional sales organizations in Europe, North America, Asia Pacific, Greater China, Japan, and Emerging Markets, which include Latin America, the Middle East and Africa, Europe (non-EU and non-EFTA), Russia and India. For a breakdown of net revenues by product segment and geographic region for each of the three years ended December 31, 2007, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Results of Operations — Segment Information.”
 
The European region is divided into seven business units: automotive, consumer and computers, Smartcard, telecom, EMS, industrial, and distribution. Additionally, for all products, including commodities and dedicated ICs, we actively promote and support the sales of these products through sales force, field application engineers, supply-chain management and customer-service, and technical competence center for system-solutions, with support functions provided locally.
 
In the North America region, the sales and marketing team is organized into six business units. They are located near major centers of activity for either a particular application or geographic region: automotive (Detroit, Michigan), industrial (Boston, Massachusetts), consumer (Chicago, Illinois), computer and peripheral equipment (San Jose, California and Longmont, Colorado), and RFID, communications (Dallas, Texas) and distribution (Boston, Massachusetts). Each regional business unit has a sales force that specializes in the relevant business sector, providing local customer service, market development and specialized application support for differentiated system-oriented products. This structure allows us to monitor emerging applications, to provide local design support, and to identify new products for development in conjunction with the various product divisions as well as to develop new markets and applications with our current product portfolio. A central product-marketing operation in Boston provides product support and training for standard products for the North American region, while a logistics center in Phoenix, Arizona supports just-in-time delivery throughout North America. In addition, a comprehensive distribution business unit provides product and sales support for the regional distribution network.
 
In the Asia Pacific region during 2007, sales and marketing segments were managed from our regional sales headquarters in Singapore and organized into seven business units (computer and peripheral, automotive, industrial, home entertainment, communications and mobile multimedia, distribution and EMS) with regional and central support organizations (business management, field quality, HR, Korean country strategic planning and design coordination). We have sales offices in Korea, Malaysia, Thailand, Vietnam and Australia. The Singapore sales organization provides central marketing, customer service, technical support, logistics, an application laboratory and design services for the entire region. In addition, there is a design center in Korea.
 
On January 1, 2006, we created a sales region, “Greater China”, which encompasses China, Taiwan and Hong Kong. This sales region is dedicated to sales, design and support resources and is aimed at expanding on our many years of successful participation in this quickly growing market, not only with transnational customers that have transferred their manufacturing to China, but also with domestic customers. This market is expected to grow significantly in the next few years according to industry analysts. In 2007, we grew our sales in Greater China by 7.7% and believe that we were one of the leading semiconductor suppliers in China.
 
In Japan, the large majority of our sales have historically been made through distributors, as is typical for foreign suppliers to the Japanese market. However, we are now seeking to work more directly with our major customers to address their requirements. We provide marketing and technical support services to customers through sales offices in Tokyo and Osaka. In addition, we have established a design center and application laboratory in Tokyo. The design center designs custom ICs for Japanese clients, while the application laboratory allows Japanese customers to test our products in specific applications. In 2006, we implemented changes in our organization for Japan and are targeting, by expanding our sales design and support resources, to improve our coverage of this significant market for the products we serve. In 2007, our sales grew by more than 18.7% in Japan, while the Japanese market grew only 5.2%.
 
Our Emerging Markets organization includes Latin America, the Middle East and Africa, Europe (non-EU and non-EFTA) and Russia as well as our design and software development centers in India.
 
The sales and marketing activities carried out by our regional sales organizations are supported by the product marketing that is carried out by each product division, which also include product development functions. This matrix system reinforces our sales and marketing activities and our broader strategic objectives. We have initiated a program to expand our customer base. This program’s key elements include adding sales representatives, adding regional competence centers and new generations of electronic tools for customer support.


32


Table of Contents

Except for Emerging Markets, each of our regional sales organizations operates dedicated distribution organizations. To support the distribution network, we operate logistic centers in Saint Genis, France; Phoenix, Arizona and Singapore.
 
We also use distributors and representatives to distribute our products around the world. Typically, distributors handle a wide variety of products, including products that compete with our products, and fill orders for many customers. Most of our sales to distributors are made under agreements allowing for price protection and/or the right-of-return on unsold merchandise. We generally recognize revenues upon transfer of ownership of the goods at shipment. Sales representatives generally do not offer products that compete directly with our products, but may carry complementary items manufactured by others. Representatives do not maintain a product inventory; instead, their customers place large quantity orders directly with us and are referred to distributors for smaller orders.
 
At the request of certain of our customers, we are also selling and delivering our products to EMS, which, on a contractual basis with our customers, incorporate our products into the application-specific products which they manufacture for our customers. Certain customers require us to hold inventory on consignment in their hubs and only purchase inventory when they require it for their own production. This may lead to delays in recognizing revenues as such customers may choose within a specific period of time the moment when they accept delivery of our products.
 
Research and Development
 
We believe that research and development is critical to our success. The main research and development challenge we face is to continually increase the functionality, speed and cost-effectiveness of our semiconductor devices, while ensuring that technological developments translate into profitable commercial products as quickly as possible.
 
In 2007, underlining our commitment to our research and development efforts, we established a new ST Technology Council composed of 15 leading experts in the field including internationally recognized university professors. The Technology Council is chaired by Robert White, a former member of our Supervisory Board and a professor at Stanford University. The role of the technology council is to meet annually without senior management and leaders of our research and development activities to review, evaluate and advise us on the competitive technical landscape.
 
We are market driven in our research and development and focused on leading-edge products and technologies developed in close collaboration with strategic alliance partners, leading universities and research institutions, key customers and global equipment manufacturers working at the cutting edge of their own markets. Front-end manufacturing and technology R&D, while being separate organizations, are under the responsibility of the Chief Operating Officer, thereby ensuring a smooth flow of information between the R&D and manufacturing organizations. The research and development activities relating to new products are managed by the Product Segments and consist mainly of design activities.
 
In 2005, we reallocated approximately 10% of our research and development resources in favor of higher priority projects for both process technology development and product design with the aim to increase the efficiency of our research and development activity and accelerate product innovation.
 
We continue to make significant investments in research and development and we intend to increase our focus on innovative product development. In 2007, we spent $1,802 million on research and development, which represented approximately a 8% increase from $1,667 million in 2006, while 2006 spending represented a 2% increase from $1,630 million in 2005. The table below sets forth information with respect to our research and development spending since 2005. Our reported research and development expenses are mainly in product design, technology and development and do not include marketing and design-center costs which are accounted for as selling expenses, or process engineering, pre-production and process-transfer costs, which are accounted for as cost of sales:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2007   2006   2005
    (In millions, except percentages)
 
Expenditures
  $ 1,802     $ 1,667     $ 1,630  
As a percentage of net revenues
    18.0 %     16.9 %     18.3 %
 
Approximately 85% of our research and development expenses in 2007 were incurred in Europe, primarily in France and Italy. See “— Public Funding” below. As of December 31, 2007, we employed approximately 10,570 employees in research and development activities worldwide.


33


Table of Contents

We devote significant effort to R&D because semiconductor manufacturers face immense pressure to be the first to make breakthroughs that can be leveraged into competitive advantages; new developments in semiconductor technology can make end products significantly cheaper, smaller, faster or more reliable than their predecessors and enable, through their timely appearance on the market, significant value creation opportunities.
 
To ensure that new technologies can be exploited in commercial products as quickly as possible an integral part of our R&D philosophy is concurrent engineering, meaning that new fabrication processes and the tools needed to exploit them are developed simultaneously. Typically, these include not only EAD software, but also cell libraries that allow access to our rich IP portfolio and a demonstrator product suitable for subsequent commercialization. In this way, when a new process is delivered to our product segments or made available to external customers, they are more able to develop commercial products immediately.
 
Our advanced R&D centers are strategically located around the world, primarily in France (Crolles) and Italy (Agrate), as well as in Italy (Catania), France (Grenoble, Tours and Rousset), the United States (Phoenix, Carrollton, and San Diego), Canada (Ottawa), the United Kingdom (Bristol and Edinburgh), Switzerland (Geneva), India (Noida and Bangalore), China (Beijing, Shenzhen and Shanghai) and Singapore.
 
From 2002 to December 31, 2007, we cooperated with NXP Semiconductors and Freescale Semiconductor as part of the Crolles2 Alliance to jointly develop sub-micron CMOS logic processes on 300-mm wafers and to operate an advanced 300-mm wafer pilot line in Crolles, France. Effective January 1, 2008, we began working with IBM and its partners under an agreement to co-develop 32-nm and 22-nm core CMOS at IBM’s East Fiskill (United States) facility as well as to continue to develop with IBM state-of-the-art derivative technologies (defined as RF CMOS, Power CMOS and CMOS Imaging) at Crolles2. We may in the future add new partners to strengthen the cooperative activities in Crolles2.
 
In addition, our manufacturing facility in Crolles, France houses a research and development center that is operated in the legal form of a French Groupement d’intérêt économique named “Centre Commun de Microelectronique de Crolles.” Laboratoire d’Electronique de Technologie d’Instrumentation (“LETI”), a research laboratory of Commissariat à l’Energie Atomique (“CEA”), an affiliate of Areva Group (one of our indirect shareholders), is our partner.
 
There can be no assurance that we will be able to develop future technologies and commercially implement them on satisfactory terms, or that our alliances will allow the successful development of state-of-the-art core or derivative CMOS technologies on satisfactory terms. See “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations — Our research and development efforts are increasingly expensive and dependent on alliances, and our business, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected by the failure or termination of such alliances, or failure to find new partners in such alliance, or in developing new process technologies in line with market requirements.”
 
The Agrate R2 activity encompasses prototyping, pilot and volume production of the newly developed technologies with the objective to accelerate process industrialization and time-to-market for Smart power affiliation (BCD) and MEMS, in addition to certain memory products.
 
Our intellectual property design center in Noida, India supports all of our major design activities worldwide and hosts a major central R&D activity focused on software and core libraries development, with a strong emphasis on system solutions. Our corporate technology R&D teams work in a wide variety of areas that offer opportunities to harness our deep understanding of microelectronics and our ability to synthesize knowledge from around the world. These include:
 
  •  Soft Computing, in which a variety of problem-solving techniques such as fuzzy logic, neural networks and genetic algorithms are applied to situations where the knowledge is inexact or the computational resources required to obtain a complete solution would be excessive using traditional computing architectures. Potential applications include more effective automotive engine control, emerging fuel-cell technology and future quantum-computing techniques that will offer much greater computational speeds than are currently achievable;
 
  •  Nano-Organics, which encompasses a variety of emerging technologies that deal with structures smaller than the deep sub-micron scale containing as little as a few hundred or thousand atoms. Examples include carbon nanotubes, which have potential applications in displays and memories, and all applications that involve electronic properties of large molecules such as proteins; and
 
  •  Micro-Machining, in which the ability to precisely control the mechanical attributes of silicon structures is exploited. There are many potential applications, including highly sensitive pressure and acceleration sensors, miniature microphones, microfluidic devices and optical devices. In addition, along with its optical


34


Table of Contents

  properties, the mechanical properties of silicon represent one of the most important links between conventional SoC technology and all the new technologies such as bioelectronics that can benefit from our semiconductor expertise.
 
The fundamental mission of our Advanced System Technology (“AST”) organization is to create system knowledge that supports our SoC development. AST’s objective is to develop the advanced architectures that will drive key strategic applications, including digital consumer, wireless communications, computer peripherals and Smartcards, as well as the broad range of emerging automotive applications such as car multimedia. The group has played a key role in establishing our pre-eminence in mobility, connectivity, multimedia, storage and security, the core competences required to drive today’s convergence markets.
 
AST’s challenge is to combine the expertise and expectations of our customers, industrial and academic partners, our central R&D teams and product segments to create a cohesive, practical vision that defines the hardware, software and system integration knowledge that we will need in the next three to five years and the strategies required to master them. AST has eight large laboratories around the world, plus a number of smaller locations located near universities and research partners. Its major laboratories are located in: Agrate Brianza; Catania; Castelletto; Geneva; Grenoble; Lecce; Noida; Portland, Oregon; Rousset; and San Diego, California.
 
We also have divisional R&D centers such as those in Castelletto, Catania and Tours that carry out more specialized work that benefits from their close relationship to their markets. For example, Castelletto pioneered the BCD process that created the world smart-power market and has developed advanced MEMS technologies used to build products such as inkjet printheads, accelerometers and the world’s first single chip microarray for DNA amplification and detection.
 
The ASDtm technology developed at Tours has allowed ST to bring to the market numerous products that can handle high bi-directional currents, sustain high voltages or integrate various discrete elements in a single chip, like the IPADs. ASD technology has proved increasingly successful in a variety of telecom, computer and industrial applications: ESD protection and AC switching are key areas together with RF filter devices.
 
The Catania facility hosts a wide range of R&D activities and its major divisional R&D achievements in recent years include the development of our revolutionary PowerMESHtm and STripFETtm MOSFET families.
 
Our other specialized divisional R&D centers are located in Grenoble (packaging R&D, IP center), and Rousset (Smartcard and microcontroller development), in addition to a host of centers focusing on providing a complete system approach in digital consumer applications, such as TVs, DVD players, set-top boxes and cameras. These centers are located in various locations including: Beijing; Bristol; Carrollton, Texas; Edinburgh; Grenoble; Noida; Rousset; and Singapore. For Smartcard SoC, we have centers in Prague and Shanghai.
 
All of these worldwide activities create new ideas and innovations that enrich our portfolio of intellectual property and enhance our ability to provide our customers with winning solutions.
 
Furthermore, an array of important strategic customer alliances ensures that our R&D activities closely track the changing needs of the industry, while a network of partnerships with universities and research institutes around the world ensures that we have access to leading-edge knowledge from all corners of the world. We also play leadership roles in numerous projects running under the European Union’s IST (Information Society Technologies) programs. We actively participate in these programs and continue collaborative R&D efforts within the MEDEA+ research program.
 
Finally, we believe that platforms are the answer to the growing need for full system integration, as customers require from their silicon suppliers not just chips, but an optimized combination of hardware and software. More than 1,500 engineers and designers are currently developing platforms we selected to spearhead our future growth in some of the fastest developing markets of the microelectronics industry. The platforms include Application Processors, namely our Nomadik platform that is bringing multimedia to the next-generation mobile devices, set-top boxes/integrated digital TV, which include the promising new wave of high-definition images, and in the area of computer peripherals, the SPEAr family of reconfigurable SoC ICs for printers and related applications.


35


Table of Contents

Property, Plants and Equipment
 
We currently operate 15 (as per table below) main manufacturing sites around the world. The table below sets forth certain information with respect to our current manufacturing facilities, products and technologies. Front-end manufacturing facilities are wafer fabrication plants, known as fabs, and back-end facilities are assembly, packaging and final testing plants. Some of these fabs where Flash memory production is concerned are earmarked to be transferred to Numonyx, our pending joint venture with Intel.
 
         
Location
 
Products
 
Technologies
 
Front-end facilities
       
Crolles1, France
  Application-specific products, image sensors   Fab: 200-mm CMOS and BiCMOS, Analog/RF, imaging
Crolles2, France(1)
  Application-specific products and leading edge logic products   Fab: 300-mm research and development on deep sub-micron (90-nm and below) CMOS and differentiated SoC technology development, TSV pilot line
Phoenix, Arizona
(identified for closure)
  Application-specific products and microcontrollers   Fab: 200-mm CMOS, BiCMOS, BCD, microcontrollers
Agrate, Italy
  Nonvolatile memories, microcontrollers and application- specific products MEMS Smart power   Fab 1: 200-mm BCD, nonvolatile memories, MEMS
Fab 2: 200-mm Flash, embedded Flash, research and development on nonvolatile memories and BCD technologies
Rousset, France
  Microcontrollers, nonvolatile memories and Smartcard ICs, application-specific products and image sensors   Fab 1: 150-mm CMOS, Smartcard (shut down March 2007)
Fab 2: 200-mm CMOS, Smartcard, embedded Flash, imaging
Catania, Italy
  Power transistors, Smart Power ICs and nonvolatile memories   Fab 1: 150-mm Power metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor process technology
        (“MOS”),VIPpowertm and Pilot Line RF
Fab 2: 200-mm Flash, Smartcard, EEPROM BCD
Fab 4: 300-mm building constructed but not fully facilitized and equipped
Tours, France
  Protection thyristors, diodes and ASD power transistors, IPAD   Fab: 125-mm, 150-mm and 200-mm pilot line discrete
Ang Mo Kio, Singapore
  Analog, microcontrollers, power transistors, commodity products, nonvolatile memories, and application-specific products   Fab 1: 125-mm, power MOS, bipolar, power
Fab 2: 150-mm bipolar, power MOS and BCD, EEPROM, Smartcard, Micros, CMOS logic
Fab 3: 200-mm, Flash memories
Fab 4: 150 mm Microfluidic, MEMS, BCD, BiCMOS, CMOS
Carrollton, Texas
(identified for closure)
  Application-specific products, MEMS, Microfluidics   Fab: 150-mm BiCMOS, BCD and CMOS
Back-end facilities
       
Muar, Malaysia
  Application-specific and standard products, microcontrollers, Flash    
Kirkop, Malta
  Application-specific products    
Toa Payoh, Singapore
  Nonvolatile memories and power ICs under reconversion into an EWS center    
Ain Sebaa, Morocco
(identified for closure)
  Discrete and standard products    
Bouskoura, Morocco
  Nonvolatile memories, discrete and standard products, micromodules, RF and subsystems    
Shenzhen, China(2)
  Nonvolatile memories, discrete and standard products    
 
 
(1) Operated jointly with NXP Semiconductors and Freescale Semiconductor. The agreement terminated at the end of 2007.
 
(2) Jointly operated with SHIC, a subsidiary of Shenzhen Electronics Group.


36


Table of Contents

 
At the end of 2007, our front-end facilities had total capacity of approximately 125,000 200-mm equivalent wafer starts per week. The number of wafer starts per week varies from facility to facility and from period to period as a result of changes in product mix. We have seven 200-mm wafer production facilities currently in operation. Of these, four (at Crolles, France; Agrate, Italy; Catania, Italy; and Phoenix, Arizona) have full design capacity installed as of December 31, 2007; as of the same date, fabs (in Rousset, France and in Singapore) have approximately two-thirds of the ultimate capacity installed. Some of our facilities where we manufacture flash memory products have been earmarked for transfer to Numonyx, upon closing of our announced transaction with Intel and Francisco Partners in the field of Flash Memory Products.
 
Our advanced 300-mm wafer pilot-line fabrication facility in Crolles, France produced approximately 2,500 wafers per week at the end of 2007 and we may in the future increase production as required by market conditions.
 
We own all of our manufacturing facilities, except Crolles2, France, which is the subject of a capital lease for the building shell only.
 
We have historically subcontracted a portion of total manufacturing volumes to external suppliers. Our goal is to reduce our capital investment spending to sales ratio from above 20% in previous years to a target of approximately 10%, due to the change in the structural growth of the semiconductor market which has moved from double to single digit over the last ten years. The reduction in our capital investments is also designed to reduce our dependence on economic cycles which affects the loading of our fabs and to decrease the burden of depreciation on our financial performance while optimizing opportunities between internal and external front-end production.
 
As of December 31, 2007, we had $683 million in outstanding commitments for purchases of equipment and other assets for delivery in 2008. The most significant of our 2008 capital expenditure projects are expected to be: (a) for the front-end facilities: (i) full capacity ownership of our 300-mm fab in Crolles, through the purchase of the Alliance partners tools; (ii) a specific program of capacity growth devoted to MEMS in Agrate (Italy) and mixed technologies in Agrate and Catania (Italy) to support the significant growth opportunity in these technologies; (iii) focused investment both in manufacturing and R&D in France sites to secure and develop our system oriented proprietary technologies portfolio (HCMOS derivatives and mixed signal) required by our strategic customers; and (b) for the back-end facilities, the capital expenditures will mainly be dedicated to the technology evolution to support the ICs path to package size reduction in Shenzhen (China) and Muar (Malaysia) and to prepare for future years capacity growth by completing the new production area in Muar and the new plant in Longgang (China). In the last five years, we have closed six manufacturing plants globally and upgraded one production line. In addition, we have announced the closure plans for three more manufacturing sites as well as the transfer to Numonyx of four sites.
 
Our manufacturing processes are highly complex, require advanced and costly equipment and are continuously being modified in an effort to improve yields and product performance. Impurities or other difficulties in the manufacturing process can lower yields, interrupt production or result in losses of products in process. As system complexity has increased and sub-micron technology has become more advanced, manufacturing tolerances have been reduced and requirements for precision and excellence have become even more demanding. Although our increased manufacturing efficiency has been an important factor in our improved results of operations, we have from time to time experienced production difficulties that have caused delivery delays and quality control problems, as is common in the semiconductor industry.
 
No assurance can be given that we will be able to increase manufacturing efficiency in the future to the same extent as in the past or that we will not experience production difficulties in the future.
 
As is common in the semiconductor industry, we have from time to time experienced difficulty in ramping up production at new facilities or effecting transitions to new manufacturing processes and, consequently, have suffered delays in product deliveries or reduced yields. There can be no assurance that we will not experience manufacturing problems in achieving acceptable yields, product delivery delays or interruptions in production in the future as a result of, among other things, capacity constraints, production bottlenecks, construction delays, equipment failure or maintenance, ramping up production at new facilities, upgrading or expanding existing facilities, changing our process technologies, or contamination or fires, storms, earthquakes or other acts of nature, any of which could result in a loss of future revenues. In addition, the development of larger fabrication facilities that require state-of-the-art sub-micron technology and larger-sized wafers has increased the potential for losses associated with production difficulties, imperfections or other causes of defects. In the event of an incident leading to an interruption of production at a fab, we may not be able to shift production to other facilities on a timely basis, or our customers may decide to purchase products from other suppliers, and, in either case, the loss of revenues and the impact on our relationship with our customers could be significant. Our operating results could also be adversely affected by the increase in our fixed costs and operating expenses related to increases in production capacity if


37


Table of Contents

revenues do not increase commensurately. Finally, in periods of high demand, we increase our reliance on external contractors for foundry and back-end service. Any failure to perform by such subcontractors could impact our relationship with our customers and could materially affect our results of operations.
 
Intellectual Property
 
Intellectual property rights that apply to our various products include patents, copyrights, trade secrets, trademarks and mask work rights. A mask work is the two or three-dimensional layout of an integrated circuit. We own close to 19,000 patents or pending patent applications which have been registered in several countries around the world and correspond to more than 9,000 patent families (each patent family containing all patents originating from the same invention). We filed 497 new patent applications around the world in 2007.
 
Our success depends in part on our ability to obtain patents, licenses and other intellectual property rights covering our products and their design and manufacturing processes. To that end, we intend to continue to seek patents on our circuit designs, manufacturing processes, packaging technology and other inventions. The process of seeking patent protection can be long and expensive, and there can be no assurance that patents will issue from currently pending or future applications or that, if patents are issued, they will be of sufficient scope or strength to provide meaningful protection or any commercial advantage to us. In addition, effective copyright and trade-secret protection may be unavailable or limited in certain countries. Competitors may also develop technologies that are protected by patents and other intellectual property rights and therefore such technologies may be unavailable to us or available to us subject to adverse terms and conditions. Management believes that our intellectual property represents valuable assets and intends to protect our investment in technology by enforcing all of our intellectual property rights. We have used our patent portfolio to enter into several broad patent cross-licenses with several major semiconductor companies enabling us to design, manufacture and sell semiconductor products without fear of infringing patents held by such companies, and intend to continue to use our patent portfolio to enter into such patent cross-licensing agreements with industry participants on favorable terms and conditions. As our sales increase compared to those of our competitors, the strength of our patent portfolio may not be sufficient to guarantee the conclusion or renewal of broad patent cross-licenses on terms which do not affect our results of operations. Furthermore, as a result of litigation, or to address our business needs, we may be required to take a license to third-party intellectual property rights upon economically unfavorable terms and conditions, and possibly pay damages for prior use, and/or face an injunction or exclusion order, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and ability to compete.
 
From time to time, we are involved in intellectual property litigation and infringement claims. See “Item 8. Financial Information — Legal Proceedings.” In the event a third-party intellectual property claim were to prevail, our operations may be interrupted and we may incur costs and damages, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flow and financial condition.
 
Finally, we have received from time to time, and may in the future receive communications from competitors or other parties alleging infringement of certain patents and other intellectual property rights of others, which has been and may in the future be followed by litigation. Regardless of the validity or the successful assertion of such claims, we may incur significant costs with respect to the defense thereof, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flow or financial condition. See “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations — We depend on patents to protect our rights to our technology.”
 
Backlog
 
Our sales are made primarily pursuant to standard purchase orders that are generally booked from one to twelve months in advance of delivery. Quantities actually purchased by customers, as well as prices, are subject to variations between booking and delivery and, in some cases, to cancellation due to changes in customer needs or industry conditions. During periods of economic slowdown and/or industry overcapacity and/or declining selling prices, customer orders are not generally made far in advance of the scheduled shipment date. Such reduced lead time can reduce management’s ability to forecast production levels and revenues. When the economy rebounds, our customers may strongly increase their demands, which can result in capacity constraints due to our inability to match manufacturing capacity with such demand.
 
In addition, our sales are affected by seasonality, with the first quarter generally showing lowest revenue levels in the year, and the third or fourth quarter generating the highest amount of revenues due to electronic products purchased from many of our targeted market segments for the holiday period.
 
We also sell certain products to key customers pursuant to frame contracts. Frame contracts are annual contracts with customers setting forth quantities and prices on specific products that may be ordered in the future.


38


Table of Contents

These contracts allow us to schedule production capacity in advance and allow customers to manage their inventory levels consistent with just-in-time principles while shortening the cycle times required to produce ordered products. Orders under frame contracts are also subject to a high degree of volatility, because they reflect expected market conditions which may or may not materialize. Thus, they are subject to risks of price reduction, order cancellation and modifications as to quantities actually ordered resulting in inventory build-ups.
 
Furthermore, developing industry trends, including customers’ use of outsourcing and their deployment of new and revised supply chain models, may reduce our ability to forecast changes in customer demand and may increase our financial requirements in terms of capital expenditures and inventory levels.
 
Following the industry-wide over-inventory situation and the declining level of order bookings in the second half of 2004, we entered 2005 with an order backlog (defined here to include frame orders) that was lower than we had entering 2004. During 2005, our backlog registered a solid increase. We entered 2006, with a backlog higher than we had entering 2005, and, due to a more difficult industry environment, we entered 2007 with an order backlog lower than what we had entering 2006. We are entering 2008 with a backlog significantly higher compared to 2007 due to good order flow in the last quarter of 2007. However, based on the current outlook for the world economy, or if the demand for semiconductors were to be reduced, we cannot guarantee that our outstanding backlog will result in revenues during 2008.
 
Competition
 
Markets for our products are intensely competitive. While only a few companies compete with us in all of our product lines, we face significant competition in each of our product lines. We compete with major international semiconductor companies, some of which may have substantially greater financial and other more focused resources than we do with which to pursue engineering, manufacturing, marketing and distribution of their products. Smaller niche companies are also increasing their participation in the semiconductor market, and semiconductor foundry companies have expanded significantly, particularly in Asia. Competitors include manufacturers of standard semiconductors, ASICs and fully customized ICs, including both chip and board-level products, as well as customers who develop their own IC products and foundry operations. Some of our competitors are also our customers.
 
The primary international semiconductor companies that compete with us include Analog Devices, Broadcom, Hynix, IBM, Infineon Technologies, Intel, International Rectifier, Fairchild Semiconductor, Freescale Semiconductor, Linear Technology, LSI Logic, Marvell Technology Group, Maxim Integrated Products, Microchip Technology, National Semiconductor, Nippon Electric Company, NXP Semiconductors, ON Semiconductor, NXP Semiconductors, Qualcomm, Renesas, Samsung, Spansion, Texas Instruments and Toshiba.
 
We compete in different product lines to various degrees on the basis of price, technical performance, product features, product system compatibility, customized design, availability, quality and sales and technical support. In particular, standard products may involve greater risk of competitive pricing, inventory imbalances and severe market fluctuations than differentiated products. Our ability to compete successfully depends on elements both within and outside of our control, including successful and timely development of new products and manufacturing processes, product performance and quality, manufacturing yields and product availability, customer service, pricing, industry trends and general economic trends.
 
Organizational Structure and History
 
We are a multinational group of companies that designs, develops, manufactures and markets a broad range of products used in a wide variety of microelectronic applications, including telecommunications systems, computer systems, consumer goods, automotive products and industrial automation and control systems. We are organized in a matrix structure with geographical regions interacting with product divisions, both being supported by central functions, bringing all levels of management closer to the customer and facilitating communication among research and development, production, marketing and sales organizations.
 
While STMicroelectronics N.V. is the parent company, we also conduct our operations through our subsidiaries. With the exception of our subsidiaries in Shenzhen, China, in which we own 60% of the shares and voting rights; Hynix, ST (China), a joint venture company, in which we own a 17% equity participation; Shanghai Blue Media Co. Ltd (China), in which we own 65%; and Incard do Brazil, in which we own 50% of the shares and voting rights, STMicroelectronics N.V. owns directly or indirectly 100% of all of our significant operating subsidiaries’ shares and voting rights, which have their own organization and management bodies, and are operated independently in compliance with the laws of their country of incorporation. We provide certain administrative, human resources, legal, treasury, strategy, manufacturing, marketing and other overhead services to our consolidated subsidiaries pursuant to service agreements for which we receive compensation.


39


Table of Contents

The following list includes our principal subsidiaries and equity investments and the percentage of ownership we held as of December 31, 2007:
 
             
        Percentage Ownership
 
Legal Seat
 
Name
 
(Direct or Indirect)
 
 
Australia — Sydney
  STMicroelectronics PTY Ltd     100  
Belgium — Zaventem
  STMicroelectronics Belgium N.V.     100  
Belgium — Zaventem
  Proton World International N.V.     100  
Brazil — Sao Paolo
  STMicroelectronics Ltda     100  
Brazil — Sao Paulo
  Incard do Brazil Ltda     50  
Canada — Ottawa
  STMicroelectronics (Canada), Inc.     100  
China — Jiangsu(1)
  Hynix-ST Semiconductor Ltd     17  
China — Shenzhen
  Shenzhen STS Microelectronics Co. Ltd     60  
China — Shenzhen
  STMicroelectronics (Shenzhen) Co. Ltd     100  
China — Shenzhen
  STMicroelectronics (Shenzhen) Manufacturing Co. Ltd     100  
China — Shenzhen
  STMicroelectronics (Shenzhen) R&D Co. Ltd     100  
China — Shanghai
  STMicroelectronics (Shanghai) Co. Ltd     100  
China — Shanghai
  STMicroelectronics (Shanghai) R&D Co. Ltd     100  
China — Shanghai
  Shanghai Blue Media Co. Ltd     65  
China — Shanghai
  STMicroelectronics (China) Investment Co. Ltd     100  
China — Beijing
  STMicroelectronics (Beijing) R&D Co. Ltd     100  
Czech Republic — Prague
  STMicroelectronics Design and Application s.r.o.     100  
Finland — Lohja
  STMicroelectronics OY     100  
Finland — Helsinki
  STMicroelectronics R&D OY     100  
France — Crolles
  STMicroelectronics (Crolles 2) SAS     100  
France — Montrouge
  STMicroelectronics S.A.     100  
France — Rousset
  STMicroelectronics (Rousset) SAS     100  
France — Tours
  STMicroelectronics (Tours) SAS     100  
France — Grenoble
  STMicroelectronics (Grenoble) SAS     100  
Germany — Grasbrunn
  STMicroelectronics GmbH     100  
Germany — Grasbrunn
  STMicroelectronics Design and Application GmbH     100  
Holland — Amsterdam
  STMicroelectronics Finance B.V.     100  
Hong Kong — Hong Kong
  STMicroelectronics LTD     100  
India — Noida
  STMicroelectronics Pvt Ltd     100  
India — New Delhi
  STMicroelectronics Marketing Pvt Ltd     100  
Israel — Netanya
  STMicroelectronics Ltd     100  
Italy — Caivano(1)
  INGAM S.r.l.     20  
Italy — Catania
  CO.RI.M.ME.     100  
Italy — Aosta
  DORA S.p.a.     100  
Italy — Agrate Brianza
  ST Incard S.r.l.     100  
Italy — Naples
  STMicroelectronics Services S.r.l.     100  
Italy — Agrate Brianza
  STMicroelectronics S.r.l.     100  
Italy — Agrate Brianza
  STMicroelectronics (Memory) S.r.l.     100  
Japan — Tokyo
  STMicroelectronics KK     100  
Malaysia — Kuala Lumpur
  STMicroelectronics Marketing SDN BHD     100  
Malaysia — Muar
  STMicroelectronics SDN BHD     100  
Malaysia — Muar
  STMicroelectronics (Memory) Sdn Bhd     100  
Malta — Kirkop
  STMicroelectronics Ltd     100  
Mexico — Guadalajara
  STMicroelectronics Marketing, S. de R.L. de C.V.     100  
Mexico — Guadalajara
  STMicroelectronics Design and Applications, S. de R.L. de C.V.     100  
Morocco — Rabat
  Electronic Holding S.A.     100  
Morocco — Casablanca
  STMicroelectronics S.A.     100  
Singapore — Ang Mo Kio
  STMicroelectronics ASIA PACIFIC Pte Ltd     100  
Singapore — Ang Mo Kio
  STMicroelectronics Pte Ltd     100  
Singapore — Ang Mo Kio
  STMicroelectronics (Memory) Pte Ltd     100  
Singapore — Ang Mo Kio
  STMicroelectronics ASIA PACIFIC (Memory) Pte Ltd     100  
Spain — Madrid
  STMicroelectronics S.A.     100  
Sweden — Kista
  STMicroelectronics A.B.     100  
Switzerland — Geneva
  STMicroelectronics S.A.     100  
Switzerland — Geneva
  INCARD S.A.     100  
Switzerland — Geneva
  INCARD Sales and Marketing S.A.     100  
Turkey — Istanbul
  STMicroelectronics Elektronik Arastirma ve Gelistirme Anonim Sirketi     100  
United Kingdom — Marlow
  STMicroelecrtonics Limited     100  
United Kingdom — Marlow
  STMicroelectronics (Research & Development) Limited     100  
United Kingdom — Bristol
  Inmos Limited     100  
United Kingdom — Reading
  Synad Technologies Limited     100  
United States — Carrollton
  STMicroelectronics Inc.     100  
United States — Wilmington
  STMicroelectronics (North America) Holding, Inc.     100  
United States — Wilsonville
  The Portland Group, Inc.     100  
 
 
(1) Equity Investments


40


Table of Contents

 
Public Funding
 
We participate in certain programs established by the EU, individual countries and local authorities in Europe (principally France and Italy). Such funding is generally provided to encourage research and development activities, industrialization and the economic development of underdeveloped regions. These programs are characterized by direct partial support to research and development expenses or capital investment or by low-interest financing.
 
Public funding in France, Italy and Europe generally is open to all companies, regardless of their ownership or country of incorporation, for research and development and for capital investment and low-interest-financing related to incentive programs for the economic development of under-developed regions. The EU has developed model contracts for research and development funding that require beneficiaries to disclose the results to third parties on reasonable terms. As disclosed, the conditions for receipt of government funding may include eligibility restrictions, approval by EU authorities, annual budget appropriations, compliance with European Commission regulations, as well as specifications regarding objectives and results.
 
Some of our government funding contracts for research and development involve advance payments that requires us to justify our expenses after receipt of funds. Certain specific contracts (Crolles2, Rousset, France and Catania, Italy) contain obligations to maintain a minimum level of employment and investment during a certain amount of time. There could be penalties (partial refund) if these objectives are not fulfilled. Other contracts contain penalties for late deliveries or for breach of contract, which may result in repayment obligations. However, the obligation to repay such funding is never automatic.
 
The main programs for research and development in which we are involved include: (i) the Micro-Electronics Development for European Application (“MEDEA+”) cooperative research and development program; (ii) EU research and development projects with FP6 and FP7 (Sixth and Seventh Frame Program) for Information Technology; and (iii) national or regional programs for research and development and for industrialization in the electronics industries involving many companies and laboratories. The pan-European programs cover a period of several years, while national or regional programs in France and Italy are subject mostly to annual budget appropriation.
 
The MEDEA+ cooperative research and development program was launched in June 2000 by the Eureka Conference and is designed to bring together many of Europe’s top researchers in a 12,000 man-year program that covers the period 2001-2008 in two phases of four years each. The MEDEA+ program replaced the joint European research program called MEDEA, which was a European cooperative project in microelectronics among several countries that covered the period 1996 through 2000 and involved more than 80 companies. With a program duration of eight years, MEDEA+ will conclude at the end of 2008. The new EUREKA strategic initiative, called CATRENE (“Cluster for Application and Technology Research in Europe on NanoElectronics”, launched October 25, 2007, builds on the highly successful European MEDEA+ nanoelectronics programme) will start in January 2008, with the first call for project proposals expected in the first half of 2008.
 
In Italy, there are some national funding programs established to support the FIST (Fondo per gli Investimenti nella Ricerca Scientifica e Tecnologica) that groups previous funding regulations (FIRB, Fondo per gli Investimenti della Ricerca di Base, aimed to fund fundamental research, and FAR, Fondo per le Agevolazioni alla Ricerca, to fund industrial research), and the FCS (Fondo per la Competitivita’ e lo Sviluppo) that replaces FIT (Fondo per l’Innovazione Tecnologica, to fund precompetitive development). These programs are not limited to microelectronics and are suitable to support industry R&D in any segment. Italian programs often cover several years and the approval phase is quite long, up to two/three years. During 2004, submissions for FAR and FIT were suspended for new projects, including the MEDEA+ projects whose Italian activities are subject to FAR rules and availability. In July 2005, however, the Italian Government began considering funding new projects related to limited “strategic programmes” in areas it had selected. One of these areas was semiconductors. The company submitted 7 proposals which are expected to be approved in the first half of 2008. In July 2007 a call was launched on FCS (specifically for “Better Efficiency in Energy” and “Sustainable Mobility”) where we submitted 9 proposals. Furthermore, there are some regional funding tools that can be addressed by local initiatives, primarily in the regions of Puglia and Val D’Aosta, provided that a reasonable regional socio-economic impact could be recognized in terms of industrial exploitation, new professional hiring and/or cooperation with local academia and public laboratories.”
 
In a decision on December 6, 2006 sent to the Italian Foreign Minister, the EU Commission accepted to modify the conditions of a grant, which was originally approved in 2002 for an amount of €542.3 million (Decision N844/2001), representing approximately 26.25% of the total cost (estimated at €2,066 million) (the “M6 Grant”) for the building, facilitization and equipment of a new 300-mm manufacturing facility in Catania M6 capable of producing approximately 5,000 wafers per week for nonvolatile memory products (the “M6 Plant”).


41


Table of Contents

Pursuant to this decision, the authorized timeframe for the completion of the project for the planned investment was extended and the Italian government was authorized to allocate, out of the €542.3 million grants originally authorized, €446 million for the completion of the M6 Plant if we made a further investment of €1,700 million between January 1, 2006 through the end of 2009. The €446 million M6 Grant is conditional upon the conclusion of a Contratto di Programma providing, inter alia, for (i) the creation of a minimum number of new jobs, (ii) the fixed assets remaining at least five years after the completion of the M6 Plant, (iii) at least 31.25% of the total of €1,700 million investment for the M6 Plant being either in the form of equity or loan, (iv) an annual report on work progress being submitted to the Italian authorities and the EU Commission, and (v) a general verification of the consistency of the project. For the period prior to December 31, 2006, the Commission, upon the proposal of the Italian government, considered that we would have been entitled to the remaining €96 million grant (out of the total €542.3 million originally granted) in the form of a tax credit if we had made a total cumulated investment of €366 million as of such date. As of December 31, 2006, we had invested a cumulative amount of €298 million instead of €366 million and recorded a cumulative amount of tax credit of €78 million out of the €96 million to which we could have been entitled. The M6 Plant is designated for transfer to Numonyx, which will benefit from future M6 Grants linked to the completion of the M6 Plant and assume related responsibilities.
 
In France, support for microelectronics is provided to over 30 companies with activities in the semiconductor industry. The amount of support under French programs is decided annually and subject to budget appropriation. We also plan to benefit from the new French law on Credit Impot Recherche which increases the amount of tax deductible R&D expenses.
 
In accordance with SEC Statement Accounting Bulletin No. 104 Revenue Recognition (SAB 104) and our revenue recognition policy, funding related to these contracts is booked when the conditions required by the contracts are met. Our funding programs are classified in three general categories for accounting purposes: funding for research and development activities, funding for research and development capital investments, and loans.
 
Funding for research and development activities is the most common form of funding that we receive. Public funding for research and development is recorded as “Other Income and Expenses, net” in our consolidated statements of income. Public funding for research and development is booked pro rata in relation to the relevant cost once the agreement with the applicable government agency has been signed and as any applicable conditions are met. See Note 20 to our Consolidated Financial Statements. Such funding has totaled $97 million, $54 million and $76 million in the years 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Government support for capital expenditures funding has totaled $9 million, $15 million and $38 million in the years 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Such funding has been used to support our capital investment. Although receipt of these funds is not directly reflected in our results of operations, the resulting lower amounts recorded in property, plant and equipment costs reduce the level of depreciation recognized by us. Public funding reduced depreciation charges by $33 million, $54 million and $66 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
As a third category of government funding, we receive some loans, mainly related to large capital investment projects, at preferential interest rates. We recognize these loans as debt on our consolidated balance sheet in accordance with paragraph 35 of Statements of Financial Accounting Concepts No. 6, Elements of Financial Statements (CON 6). Low interest financing has been made available (principally in Italy) under programs such as the Italian Republic’s Fund for Applied Research, established in 1988 for the purpose of supporting Italian research projects meeting specified program criteria. At year-end 2007, 2006 and 2005, we had approximately $150 million, $125 million and $120 million, respectively, of indebtedness outstanding under state-assisted financing programs at an average interest cost of 2.4%, 0.9% and 1.0%, respectively.
 
Funding of programs in France and Italy is subject to annual appropriation, and if such governments or local authorities were unable to provide anticipated funding on a timely basis or if existing government- or local-authority-funded programs were curtailed or discontinued, or if we were unable to fulfill our eligibility requirements, such an occurrence could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. Furthermore, we may need to rely on public funding as we transition to 300-mm manufacturing technology. We are dependent on public funding for equipping the 300-mm wafers production facility in Catania (Italy). If such planned funding does not materialize, we may lack financial resources to continue with our investment plan for this facility, which in turn could lead us to discontinue our investment in such facility and consequentially incur significant impairments. From time to time, we have experienced delays in the receipt of funding under these programs. As the availability and timing of such funding are substantially outside our control, there can be no assurance that we will continue to benefit from such government support, that funding will not be delayed from time to time, that sufficient alternative funding would be available if necessary or that any such alternative funding would be provided on terms as favorable to us as those previously committed.


42


Table of Contents

Due to changes in legislation and/or review by the competent administrative or judicial bodies, there can be no assurance that government funding granted to us may not be revoked or challenged or discontinued in whole or in part, by any competent state or European authority, until the legal time period for challenging or revoking such funding has fully lapsed. See “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations — Reduction in the amount of public funding available to us, changes in existing public funding programs or demands for repayment may increase our costs and impact our results of operations.”
 
Suppliers
 
We use three main critical types of suppliers in our business: equipment suppliers, raw material suppliers and external subcontractors.
 
In the front-end process, we use steppers, scanners, tracking equipment, strippers, chemo-mechanical polishing equipment, cleaners, inspection equipment, etchers, physical and chemical vapor-deposition equipment, implanters, furnaces, testers, probers and other specialized equipment. The manufacturing tools that we use in the back-end process include bonders, burn-in ovens, testers and other specialized equipment. The quality and technology of equipment used in the IC manufacturing process defines the limits of our technology. Demand for increasingly smaller chip structures means that semiconductor producers must quickly incorporate the latest advances in process technology to remain competitive. Advances in process technology cannot be brought about without commensurate advances in equipment technology, and equipment costs tend to increase as the equipment becomes more sophisticated.
 
Our manufacturing processes use many raw materials, including silicon wafers, lead frames, mold compound, ceramic packages and chemicals and gases. The prices of many of these raw materials are volatile. We obtain our raw materials and supplies from diverse sources on a just-in-time basis. Although supplies for the raw materials used by us are currently adequate, shortages could occur in various essential materials due to interruption of supply or increased demand in the industry. See “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations — Because we depend on a limited number of suppliers for raw materials and certain equipment, we may experience supply disruptions if suppliers interrupt supply or increase prices.”
 
Finally, we also use external subcontractors to outsource wafer manufacturing and assembly and testing of finished products. See “— Property, Plants and Equipment” above. We also have an agreement with Hynix Semiconductor for the co-development and manufacturing of NAND products pursuant to which Hynix Semiconductor from Korea is supplying the co-developed NAND products to us. We have also set up a joint venture in China which has built and operates a memory manufacturing facility in Wuxi City, China, which entitles us to receive an amount of wafers produced at this facility at competitive conditions and commensurate with our equity interest in the joint venture. This equity interest and the right to receive wafers from the Wuxi City facility is designated to be transferred to Numonyx.
 
Environmental Matters
 
Our manufacturing operations use many chemicals, gases and other hazardous substances, and we are subject to a variety of evolving environmental and health and safety regulations related, among other things, to the use, storage, discharge and disposal of such chemicals and gases and other hazardous substances, emissions and wastes, as well as the investigation and remediation of soil and ground water contamination. In most jurisdictions in which we operate, our manufacturing activities are subject to obtaining permits, licenses or other authorizations, or to prior notification. Because a large portion of our manufacturing activities are located in the EU, we are subject to European Commission regulation on environmental protection, as well as regulations of the other jurisdictions where we have operations.
 
Consistent with our Principles for Sustainable Excellence, we have established proactive environmental policies with respect to the handling of chemicals, gases, emissions and waste disposals from our manufacturing operations, and we have not suffered material environmental claims in the past. We believe that our activities comply with presently applicable environmental regulations in all material respects. We have engaged outside consultants to audit all of our environmental activities and created environmental management teams, information systems and training. We have also instituted environmental control procedures for processes used by us as well as our suppliers. As a company, we have been certified to be in compliance with the quality standard ISO9001:2000 and with the technical specification ISO/TS16949:2002. In addition, all 15 of our manufacturing facilities have been certified to conform to the environmental standard ISO14001, to the Eco Management and Audit Scheme (EMAS) and to the Health and Safety standard OHSAS18001.


43


Table of Contents

Our activities are subject to two directives adopted on January 27, 2003: Directive 2002/95/EC on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment (“ROHS” Directive, as amended by Commission Decision 2005/618/EC of August 18, 2005) and Directive 2002/96/EC on waste electrical and electronic equipment (“WEEE” Directive, as modified by Directive 2003/108/EC of December 8, 2003). Directive 2002/95/EC aims at banning the use of lead and other flame-retardant substances in manufacturing electronic components by July 1, 2006. Directive 2002/96/EC promotes the recovery and recycling of electrical and electronic waste. In France, Directives 2002/95/EC and 2002/96/EC have been implemented by a decree dated July 20, 2005 and five ministerial orders published in November 2005, December 2005 and March 2006. The French scheme for the recovery and recycling of WEEE was officially launched on November 15, 2006.
 
Our activities in the EU are also subject to the European Directive 2003/87/EC establishing a scheme for greenhouse gas allowance trading (as modified by Directive 2004/101/EC), and the applicable national legislation. Two of our manufacturing sites (Crolles, France, and Agrate, Italy) have been allocated a quota of greenhouse gas for the period 2005-2007. Failure to comply would have forced us to acquire potentially expensive additional emission allowances from third parties, or to pay a fee for each extra ton of gas emitted. This risk did not materialize, since both sites were within the allocated quota at the end of 2007. Our visibility on future emissions confirms this trend, and we do not foresee any significant impact on ST. Our on-going programs to reduce CO2 emissions will allow us to comply with the greenhouse gas quota allocations which have been defined for Crolles and Agrate for the period 2008-2012. In the United States, we participate in the Chicago Climate Exchange program, a voluntary greenhouse gas trading program whose members commit to reduce emissions. During Phase I (2003-2006), emission reduction targets were 1% per year, below the baseline which is an average of annual emissions over the 1998-2001 period. During Phase II (2008-2010), we confirmed our commitment to an additional 2% reduction. The idea is that all members should be 6% below this baseline by 2010. We have also implemented voluntary reforestation projects in several countries in order to sequester additional CO2 emissions.
 
Furthermore, Regulation 1907/2006 of December 18, 2006 concerning the registration, evaluation, authorization and restriction of chemicals (“REACH”) entered into force on June 1, 2007. Regulations implementing the REACH are in preparation, particularly with regards to fees to be paid by the industry for the registration and authorization of chemical products, as well as test methods. We intend to proactively implement such new legislation, in line with our commitment toward environmental protection.
 
The implementation of any such legislation could adversely affect our manufacturing costs or product sales by requiring us to acquire costly equipment or materials, or to incur other significant expenses in adapting our manufacturing processes or waste and emission disposal processes. However, we are currently unable to evaluate such specific expenses and therefore have no specific reserves for environmental risks. Furthermore, environmental claims or our failure to comply with present or future regulations could result in the assessment of damages or imposition of fines against us, suspension of production or a cessation of operations and, as with other companies engaged in similar activities, any failure by us to control the use of, or adequately restrict the discharge of hazardous substances could subject us to future liabilities. See “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations — Some of our production processes and materials are environmentally sensitive, which could lead to increased costs due to environmental regulations or to damage to the environment.” We have identified potential liabilities relating to environmental matters that are reflected on our consolidated balance sheet.
 
Industry Background
 
The Semiconductor Market
 
Semiconductors are the basic building blocks used to create an increasing variety of electronic products and systems. Since the invention of the transistor in 1948, continuous improvements in semiconductor process and design technologies have led to smaller, more complex and more reliable devices at a lower cost per function. As performance has increased and size and cost have decreased, semiconductors have expanded beyond their original primary applications (military applications and computer systems) to applications such as telecommunications systems, consumer goods, automotive products and industrial automation and control systems. In addition, system users and designers have demanded systems with more functionality, higher levels of performance, greater reliability and shorter design cycle times, all in smaller packages at lower costs. These demands have resulted in increased semiconductor content as a percentage of system cost. Calculated on the basis of the total available market (the “TAM”), which includes all semiconductor products, as a percentage of worldwide revenues from production of electronic equipment according to published industry data, semiconductor content has increased from approximately 12% in 1992 to approximately 21% in 2007.
 
Semiconductor sales have increased significantly over the long term but have experienced significant cyclical variations in growth rates. According to trade association data, the TAM increased from $45 billion in 1988 to


44


Table of Contents

$256 billion in 2007 (growing at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 10%). In 2006, the TAM increased by approximately 9% and in 2007 by approximately 3%. On a sequential, quarter-by-quarter basis in 2007 (including actuators), the TAM decreased by approximately 6% in the first quarter over the fourth quarter 2006, while in the second quarter it decreased by approximately 2% over the first quarter, it increased by approximately 13% in the third quarter over the second quarter, and decreased by approximately 1% in the fourth quarter over the third quarter. To better reflect our corporate strategy and our current product offering, we measure our performance against our serviceable available market (“SAM”), redefined as the TAM without DRAMs, microprocessors and optoelectronic products. The SAM increased from approximately $35 billion in 1988 to $174 billion in 2007, growing at a compound annual rate of approximately 9%. The SAM increased by approximately 6% in 2007 compared to 2006. In 2007, approximately 17% of all semiconductors were shipped to the Americas, 16% to Europe, 19% to Japan, and 48% to the Asia Pacific region.
 
The following table sets forth information with respect to worldwide semiconductor sales by type of semiconductor and geographic region:
 
                                                                                                 
    Worldwide Semiconductor Sales(1)     Compound Annual Growth Rates(2)  
       
    2007     2006     2005     2004     1998     1988     06-07     05-06     04-05     88-07     88-98     98-07  
    (In billions)     (Expressed as percentages)  
 
Integrated Circuits and Sensors
  $ 222.9     $ 214.8     $ 197.3     $ 183.5     $ 109.1     $ 35.9       3.8 %     8.9 %     7.5 %     10.1 %     11.8 %     8.3 %
Analog, Sensors and Actuators
    41.6       42.3       36.5       36.1       19.1       7.2       (1.7 )     16.0       0.9       9.6       10.2       9.0  
Digital Logic
    123.5       114.1       112.4       100.3       67.0       17.8       8.2       1.5       12.1       10.7       14.2       7.0  
Memory:
                                                                                               
DRAM
    31.3       33.8       25.6       26.8       14.0       6.3       (7.4 )     32.0       (4.7 )     8.8       8.3       9.3  
Others
    26.6       24.7       22.9       20.3       9.0       4.6       7.7       7.7       13.0       9.7       6.9       12.8  
                                                                                                 
Total Memory
    57.9       58.5       48.5       47.1       23.0       10.9       (1.1 )     20.5       2.9       9.2       7.7       10.8  
Total Digital
    181.4       172.6       160.9       147.4       90.0       28.7       5.1       7.3       9.1       10.2       12.1       8.1  
Discrete
    16.8       16.6       15.2       15.8       11.9       7.0       1.3       8.8       (3.3 )     4.7       5.5       3.9  
Optoelectronics
    15.9       16.3       14.9       13.7       4.6       2.1       (2.3 )     9.3       8.6       11.2       8.1       14.7  
                                                                                                 
TAM
  $ 255.6     $ 247.7     $ 227.5     $ 213.0     $ 125.6     $ 45.0       3.2 %     8.9 %     6.8 %     9.6 %(3)     10.8 %     8.2 %(3)
                                                                                                 
Europe
    41.0       39.9       39.3       39.4       29.4       8.1       2.7       1.6       (0.4 )     8.9       13.8       3.8  
Americas
    42.3       44.9       40.7       39.1       41.4       13.4       (5.7 )     10.3       4.3       6.2       11.9       0.2  
Asia Pacific
    123.5       116.5       103.4       88.8       28.9       5.4       6.0       12.7       16.5       17.9       18.3       17.5  
Japan
    48.8       46.4       44.1       45.8       25.9       18.1       5.2       5.3       (3.7 )     5.4       3.7       7.3  
                                                                                                 
TAM
  $ 255.6     $ 247.7     $ 227.5     $ 213.0     $ 125.6     $ 45.0       3.2 %     8.9 %     6.8 %     9.6 %(3)     10.8 %     8.2 %(3)
                                                                                                 
 
 
(1) Source: WSTS.
 
(2) Calculated using end points of the periods specified.
 
(3) Calculated on a comparable basis, without information with respect to actuators as they were not included in the indicator before 2003.
 
Although cyclical changes in production capacity in the semiconductor industry and demand for electronic systems have resulted in pronounced cyclical changes in the level of semiconductor sales and fluctuations in prices and margins for semiconductor products from time to time, the semiconductor industry has experienced substantial growth over the long term. Factors that are contributing to long-term growth include the development of new semiconductor applications, increased semiconductor content as a percentage of total system cost, emerging strategic partnerships and growth in the electronic systems industry in the Asia Pacific region.
 
Semiconductor Classifications
 
The process technologies, levels of integration, design specificity, functional technologies and applications for different semiconductor products vary significantly. As differences in these characteristics have increased, the semiconductor market has become highly diversified as well as subject to constant and rapid change. Semiconductor product markets may be classified according to each of these characteristics.
 
Semiconductors can be manufactured using different process technologies, each of which is particularly suited to different applications. Since the mid-1970s, the two dominant processes have been bipolar (the original technology used to produce ICs) and CMOS. Bipolar devices typically operate at higher speeds than CMOS


45


Table of Contents

devices, but CMOS devices consume less power and permit more transistors to be integrated on a single IC. CMOS has become the prevalent technology, particularly for devices used in personal computers and consumer applications. Advanced technologies have been developed during the last decade that are particularly suited to more systems-oriented semiconductor applications. BiCMOS technologies have been developed to combine the high-speed and high-voltage characteristics of bipolar technologies with the low power consumption and high integration of CMOS technologies. BCD technologies have been developed that combine bipolar, CMOS and DMOS technologies. Such systems-oriented technologies require more process steps and mask levels, and are more complex than the basic function-oriented technologies.
 
Semiconductors are often classified as either discrete devices (such as individual diodes, thyristors and transistors, as well as optoelectronic products) or ICs (in which thousands of functions are combined on a single “chip” of silicon to form a more complex circuit). Compared to the market for ICs, there is typically less differentiation among discrete products supplied by different semiconductor manufacturers. Also, discrete markets have generally grown at slower, but more stable, rates than IC markets.
 
Semiconductors may also be classified as either standard components, ASSPs or ASICs. Standard components are used for a broad range of applications, while ASSPs and ASICs are designed to perform specific functions in specific applications.
 
The two basic functional technologies for semiconductor products are analog and digital. Mixed-signal products combine both analog and digital functionality. Analog devices monitor, condition, amplify or transform analog signals, which are signals that vary continuously over a wide range of values.
 
Analog/digital (or “mixed-signal”) ICs combine analog and digital devices on a single chip to process both analog signals and digital data. System designers are increasingly demanding system-level integration in which complete electronic systems containing both analog and digital functions are integrated on a single IC.
 
Digital devices are divided into two major types: memory products and logic devices. Memory products, which are used in electronic systems to store data and program instructions, are classified as either volatile memories (which lose their data content when power to the device is switched off) or nonvolatile memories (which retain their data content without the need for continuous power).
 
The primary volatile memory devices are DRAMs, which accounted for approximately 54% of semiconductor memory sales in 2007, and static RAMs (“SRAMs”), which accounted for approximately 4% of semiconductor memory sales in 2007. SRAMs are roughly four times as complex as DRAMs. DRAMs are used in a computer’s main memory. SRAMs are principally used as caches and buffers between a computer’s microprocessor and its DRAM-based main memory and in other applications such as mobile handsets.
 
Nonvolatile memories are used to store program instructions. Among such nonvolatile memories, read-only memories (“ROMs”) are permanently programmed when they are manufactured while programmable ROMs (“PROMs”) can be programmed by system designers or end-users after they are manufactured. Erasable PROMs (“EPROMs”) may be erased after programming by exposure to ultraviolet light and can be reprogrammed several times using an external power supply. Electrically erasable PROMs (“EEPROMs”) can be erased byte by byte and reprogrammed “in-system” without the need for removal.
 
“Flash” memories, which accounted for approximately 38% of semiconductor memory sales in 2007, are products that represent an intermediate solution between EPROMs and EEPROMs based on their cost and functionality. Because Flash memories can be erased and reprogrammed electrically and in-system, they are more flexible than EPROMs and are therefore progressively replacing EPROMs in many current applications. Flash memories are typically used in high volume in digital mobile phones and digital consumer applications (set-top boxes, DVDs, digital cameras, MP3 digital music players) and, because of their ability to store large amounts of information, are also suitable for solid-state mass storage of data and emerging high-volume applications.
 
Logic devices process digital data to control the operation of electronic systems. The largest segment of the logic market includes microprocessors, microcontrollers and DSPs. Microprocessors are the central processing units of computer systems. Microcontrollers are complete computer systems contained on single ICs that are programmed to specific customer requirements. Microcontrollers control the operation of electronic and electromechanical systems by processing input data from electronic sensors and generating electronic control signals. They are used in a wide variety of consumer, communications, automotive, industrial and computer products. DSPs are parallel processors used for high complexity, high-speed real-time computations in a wide variety of applications.


46


Table of Contents

Item 5.   Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
 
Overview
 
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included elsewhere in this Form 20-F. The following discussion contains statements of future expectations and other forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, or Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each as amended, particularly in the sections “— Critical Accounting Policies Using Significant Estimates”, “— Business Outlook” and “— Liquidity and Capital Resources — Financial Outlook.” Our actual results may differ significantly from those projected in the forward-looking statements. For a discussion of factors that might cause future actual results to differ materially from our recent results or those projected in the forward-looking statements in addition to the factors set forth below, see “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and Item 3, “Key Information — Risk Factors.” We assume no obligation to update the forward-looking statements or such risk factors.
 
Critical Accounting Policies Using Significant Estimates
 
The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”), requires us to make estimates and assumptions that have a significant impact on the results we report in our Consolidated Financial Statements, which we discuss under the section “Results of Operations.” Some of our accounting policies require us to make difficult and subjective judgments that can affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of net revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The primary areas that require significant estimates and judgments by management include, but are not limited to, sales returns and allowances; reserves for price protection to certain distributor customers; allowances for doubtful accounts; inventory reserves and normal manufacturing loading thresholds to determine costs to be capitalized in inventory; accruals for warranty costs, litigation and claims; assumptions used to discount monetary assets expected to be recovered beyond one year; valuation of acquired intangibles, goodwill, investments and tangible assets as well as the impairment of their related carrying values; estimated value of the consideration to be received and used as fair value for disposal asset group classified as assets to be disposed of by sale; evaluation of the fair value of marketable securities available-for-sale for which no observable market price is obtainable and assessment of any potential impairment; estimates relating to the valuation of business transactions and relevant accounting considerations; restructuring charges; other non-recurring special charges; assumptions used in calculating pension obligations and share-based compensation including assessment of the number of awards expected to vest upon future performance condition achievement; assumptions used to measure and recognize a liability for the fair value of the obligation we assume at the inception of a guarantee; assessment of hedge effectiveness of derivative instruments; deferred income tax assets, including required valuation allowances and liabilities; and provisions for specifically identified income tax exposures and income tax uncertainties. We base our estimates and assumptions on historical experience and on various other factors such as market trends, business plans and levels of materiality that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. While we regularly evaluate our estimates and assumptions, our actual results may differ materially and adversely from our estimates. To the extent there are material differences between the actual results and these estimates, our future results of operations could be significantly affected.
 
We believe the following critical accounting policies require us to make significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements:
 
  •  Revenue recognition.  Our policy is to recognize revenues from sales of products to our customers when all of the following conditions have been met: (a) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (b) delivery has occurred; (c) the selling price is fixed or determinable; and (d) collectibility is reasonably assured. This usually occurs at the time of shipment.
 
Consistent with standard business practice in the semiconductor industry, price protection is granted to distributor customers on their existing inventory of our products to compensate them for declines in market prices. The ultimate decision to authorize a distributor refund remains fully within our control. We accrue a provision for price protection based on a rolling historical price trend computed on a monthly basis as a percentage of gross distributor sales. This historical price trend represents differences in recent months between the invoiced price and the final price to the distributor, adjusted if required, to accommodate a significant move in the current market price. The short outstanding inventory time period, visibility into the standard inventory product pricing (as opposed to certain customized products) and long distributor pricing history have enabled us to reliably estimate price protection provisions at period-end. We record the accrued amounts as a deduction of revenue at the time of the sale. If market conditions differ from our assumptions,


47


Table of Contents

this could have an impact on future periods; in particular, if market conditions were to deteriorate, net revenues could be reduced due to higher product returns and price reductions at the time these adjustments occur.
 
Our customers occasionally return our products from time to time for technical reasons. Our standard terms and conditions of sale provide that if we determine that products are non-conforming, we will repair or replace the non-conforming products, or issue a credit or rebate of the purchase price. In certain cases, when the products we have supplied have been proven to be defective, we have agreed to compensate our customers for claimed damages in order to maintain and enhance our business relationship. Quality returns are not related to any technological obsolescence issues and are identified shortly after sale in customer quality control testing. Quality returns are always associated with end-user customers, not with distribution channels. We provide for such returns when they are considered as probable and can be reasonably estimated. We record the accrued amounts as a reduction of revenue.
 
Our insurance policies relating to product liability only cover physical and other direct damages caused by defective products. We do not carry insurance against immaterial, non-consequential damages. We record a provision for warranty costs as a charge against cost of sales based on historical trends of warranty costs incurred as a percentage of sales which we have determined to be a reasonable estimate of the probable losses to be incurred for warranty claims in a period. Any potential warranty claims are subject to our determination that we are at fault and liable for damages, and that such claims usually must be submitted within a short period following the date of sale. This warranty is given in lieu of all other warranties, conditions or terms expressed or implied by statute or common law. Our contractual terms and conditions typically limit our liability to the sales value of the products, which gave rise to the claims.
 
We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for potential estimated losses resulting from our customers’ inability to make required payments. We base our estimates on historical collection trends and record a provision accordingly. Furthermore, we are required to evaluate our customers’ credit ratings from time to time and take an additional provision for any specific account that we estimate as doubtful. In 2007, we did not record any new material specific provision related to bankrupt customers in addition to our standard provision of 1% of total receivables based on the estimated historical collection trends. If we receive information that the financial condition of our customers has deteriorated, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances could be required.
 
While the majority of our sales agreements contain standard terms and conditions, we may, from time to time, enter into agreements that contain multiple elements or non-standard terms and conditions, which require revenue recognition judgments. Where multiple elements exist in an arrangement, the arrangement is allocated to the different elements based upon verifiable objective evidence of the fair value of the elements, as governed under Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables (“EITF 00-21”).
 
  •  Goodwill and purchased intangible assets.  The purchase method of accounting for acquisitions requires extensive use of estimates and judgments to allocate the purchase price to the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired, including in-process research and development, which is expensed immediately. Goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives are not amortized but are instead subject to annual impairment tests. The amounts and useful lives assigned to other intangible assets impact future amortization. If the assumptions and estimates used to allocate the purchase price are not correct or if business conditions change, purchase price adjustments or future asset impairment charges could be required. At December 31, 2007, the value of goodwill amounted to $290 million.
 
  •  Impairment of goodwill.  Goodwill recognized in business combinations is not amortized and is instead subject to an impairment test to be performed on an annual basis, or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist, in order to assess the recoverability of its carrying value. Goodwill subject to potential impairment is tested at a reporting unit level, which represents a component of an operating segment for which discrete financial information is available and is subject to regular review by segment management. This impairment test determines whether the fair value of each reporting unit for which goodwill is allocated is lower than the total carrying amount of relevant net assets allocated to such reporting unit, including its allocated goodwill. If lower, the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill is then compared to the carrying value of the goodwill and an impairment charge is recognized for any excess. In determining the fair value of a reporting unit, we usually estimate the expected discounted future cash flows associated with the reporting unit. Significant management judgments and estimates are used in forecasting the future discounted cash flows including: the applicable industry’s sales volume forecast and selling price evolution; the reporting unit’s market penetration; the market acceptance of certain new technologies and relevant cost


48


Table of Contents

  structure; the discount rates applied using a weighted average cost of capital; and the perpetuity rates used in calculating cash flow terminal values. Our evaluations are based on financial plans updated with the latest available projections of the semiconductor market evolution, our sales expectations and our costs evaluation and are consistent with the plans and estimates that we use to manage our business. It is possible, however, that the plans and estimates used may be incorrect, and future adverse changes in market conditions or operating results of acquired businesses not in line with our estimates may require impairment of certain goodwill. During 2007, we performed our annual review of impairment of goodwill and based on this test no impairment charges were required to be recorded.
 
  •  Intangible assets subject to amortization.  Intangible assets subject to amortization include the cost of technologies and licenses purchased from third parties, internally developed software that is capitalized and purchased software. Intangible assets subject to amortization are reflected net of any impairment losses. These are amortized over a period ranging from three to seven years. The carrying value of intangible assets subject to amortization is evaluated whenever changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. In determining recoverability, we initially assess whether the carrying value exceeds the undiscounted cash flows associated with the intangible assets. If exceeded, we then evaluate whether an impairment charge is required by determining if the asset’s carrying value also exceeds its fair value. An impairment loss is recognized for the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value. We normally estimate the fair value based on the projected discounted future cash flows associated with the intangible assets. Significant management judgments and estimates are required and used in the forecasts of future operating results that are used in the discounted cash flow method of valuation, including: the applicable industry’s sales volume forecast and selling price evolution; our market penetration; the market acceptance of certain new technologies; and costs evaluation. Our evaluations are based on financial plans updated with the latest available projections of the semiconductor market evolution and our sales expectations and are consistent with the plans and estimates that we use to manage our business. It is possible, however, that the plans and estimates used may be incorrect and that future adverse changes in market conditions or operating results of businesses acquired may not be in line with our estimates and may therefore require impairment of certain intangible assets. We recorded $2 million of impairment charges in 2007 on certain technologies following our decision to discontinue our activities using those technologies. At December 31, 2007, the value of intangible assets in our Consolidated Financial Statements subject to amortization amounted to $238 million.
 
  •  Property, plant and equipment.  Our business requires substantial investments in technologically advanced manufacturing facilities, which may become significantly underutilized or obsolete as a result of rapid changes in demand and ongoing technological evolution. We estimate the useful life for the majority of our manufacturing equipment, which is the largest component of our long-lived assets, to be six years. This estimate is based on our experience with using equipment over time. Depreciation expense is a major element of our manufacturing cost structure. We begin to depreciate new equipment when it is placed into service.
 
We evaluate each period when there is reason to suspect that the carrying value of tangible assets or groups of assets might not be recoverable. Factors we consider important which could trigger an impairment review include: significant negative industry trends, significant underutilization of the assets or available evidence of obsolescence of an asset, strategic management decisions impacting production or an indication that its economic performance is, or will be, worse than expected and a more likely than not expectation that assets will be sold or disposed of prior to their estimated useful life. In determining the recoverability of assets to be held and used, we initially assess whether the carrying value exceeds the undiscounted cash flows associated with the tangible assets or group of assets. If exceeded, we then evaluate whether an impairment charge is required by determining if the asset’s carrying value also exceeds its fair value. We normally estimate this fair value based on independent market appraisals or the sum of discounted future cash flows, using market assumptions such as the utilization of our fabrication facilities and the ability to upgrade such facilities, change in the selling price and the adoption of new technologies. We also evaluate the continued validity of an asset’s useful life when impairment indicators are identified. Assets classified as held for sale are reflected at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less selling costs and are not depreciated during the selling period. Selling costs include incremental direct costs to transact the sale that we would not have incurred except for the decision to sell.
 
Our evaluations are based on financial plans updated with the latest projections of the semiconductor market evolution and of our sales expectations, from which we derive the future production needs and loading of our manufacturing facilities, and which are consistent with the plans and estimates that we use to manage our business. These plans are highly variable due to the high volatility of the semiconductor


49


Table of Contents

business and therefore are subject to continuous modifications. If the future evolution differs from the basis of our plans, both in terms of market evolution and production allocation to our manufacturing plants, this could require a further review of the carrying amount of our tangible assets resulting in a potential impairment loss. At December 31, 2007, as part of the 2007 manufacturing restructuring plan and of the planned disposal of the FMG assets held for sale, we identified certain tangible assets, mainly equipment, without alternative future use, which generated a charge of $12 million.
 
  •  Inventory.  Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is based on the weighted average cost by adjusting standard cost to approximate actual manufacturing costs on a quarterly basis; the cost is therefore dependent on our manufacturing performance. In the case of underutilization of our manufacturing facilities, we estimate the costs associated with the excess capacity; these costs are not included in the valuation of inventories but are charged directly to cost of sales. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less applicable variable selling expenses.
 
The valuation of inventory requires us to estimate obsolete or excess inventory as well as inventory that is not of saleable quality. Provisions for obsolescence are estimated for excess uncommitted inventories based on the previous quarter sales, order backlog and production plans. To the extent that future negative market conditions generate order backlog cancellations and declining sales, or if future conditions are less favorable than the projected revenue assumptions, we could be required to record additional inventory provisions, which would have a negative impact on our gross margin.
 
  •  Asset disposal.  On May 22, 2007, we entered into a definitive agreement with Intel Corporation and Francisco Partners L.P. to create a new independent semiconductor company from the key assets of businesses which for our Company had been included in our Flash Memories Group (“FMG”). Upon signature of this agreement, the conditions were met for “Assets held for sale” treatment in our Consolidated Financial Statements for the assets to be contributed to the new company. Upon movement of the assets to be contributed, which consisted primarily of fixed and intangible assets to “Assets held for sale”, the relevant depreciation and amortization charges were stopped under Statement of Financial Standards No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets (“FAS 144”). Furthermore, FAS 144 requires an impairment analysis when assets are moved to “Assets held for sale” based on the difference between the Net Book Value and the Fair Value, less costs to sell, of the group of assets (and liabilities) to be sold. As a result of this review, we have registered a pre-tax loss in 2007 of $1,106 million, an additional pre-tax $1 million impairment charge on certain specific equipment that could not be transferred and for which no alternative future use could be found in the Company (as disclosed above in the paragraph related to property, plant and equipment) and an additional pre-tax $5 million of other related disposal costs. Fair value less costs to sell was based on the net consideration of the agreement and significant estimates about the valuation of our associated equity ownership. The final amount could be different subject to adjustments due to business evolution before closing of the transaction.
 
  •  Restructuring charges.  We have undertaken, and we may continue to undertake, significant restructuring initiatives, which have required us, or may require us in the future, to develop formalized plans for exiting any of our existing activities. We recognize the fair value of a liability for costs associated with exiting an activity when a probable liability exists and it can be reasonably estimated. We record estimated charges for non-voluntary termination benefit arrangements such as severance and outplacement costs meeting the criteria for a liability as described above. Given the significance of and the timing of the execution of such activities, the process is complex and involves periodic reviews of estimates made at the time the original decisions were taken. As we operate in a highly cyclical industry, we monitor and evaluate business conditions on a regular basis. If broader or newer initiatives, which could include production curtailment or closure of other manufacturing facilities, were to be taken, we may be required to incur additional charges as well as to change estimates of amounts previously recorded. The potential impact of these changes could be material and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition. In 2007, the net amount of restructuring charges and other related closure costs amounted to $105 million before taxes (including the $5 million related to the FMG deconsolidation as mentioned above). As of December 31, 2007, we had incurred $62 million of restructuring charges (excluding any impairment charges that are mentioned above) of the total expected approximate $270 million to $300 million in pre-tax charges associated with the new 2007 manufacturing restructuring plan of our manufacturing activities. The plan was defined on July 10, 2007 and is expected to take two to three years to complete. See Note 21 to our Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
  •  Share-based compensation.  We are required to expense our employees’ share-based compensation awards for financial reporting purposes. We measure our share-based compensation cost based on the fair value on


50


Table of Contents

  the grant date of each award. This cost is recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award or the requisite service period, usually the vesting period, and is adjusted for actual forfeitures that occur before vesting. Our share-based compensation plans may award shares contingent on the achievement of certain financial objectives, including market performance and financial results. In order to assess the fair value of this share-based compensation, we are required to estimate certain items, including the probability of meeting the market performance and financial results targets, the forfeitures and the service period of our employees. As a result, in 2007 we recorded a total pre-tax expense of $73 million out of which $9 million are related to the 2005 Unvested Stock Award Plan, $44 million to the 2006 Unvested Stock Award Plan and $20 million to the 2007 Unvested Stock Award Plan.
 
  •  Income taxes.  We are required to make estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments also occur in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities and provisions. Furthermore, the adoption of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (“FIN 48”) requires an evaluation of the probability of any tax uncertainties and the booking of the relevant charges.
 
We are also required to assess the likelihood of recovery of our deferred tax assets. If recovery is not likely, we are required to record a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets that we estimate will not ultimately be recoverable, which would increase our provision for income taxes. As of December 31, 2007, we believed that all of the deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowances, as recorded on our consolidated balance sheet, would ultimately be recovered. However, should there be a change in our ability to recover our deferred tax assets (in our estimates of the valuation allowance) or a change in the tax rates applicable in the various jurisdictions, this could have an impact on our future tax provision in the periods in which these changes could occur.
 
  •  Patent and other intellectual property litigation or claims.  As is the case with many companies in the semiconductor industry, we have from time to time received, and may in the future receive, communications alleging possible infringement of patents and other intellectual property rights of others. Furthermore, we may become involved in costly litigation brought against us regarding patents, mask works, copyrights, trademarks or trade secrets. In the event that the outcome of any litigation would be unfavorable to us, we may be required to take a license to the underlying intellectual property right upon economically unfavorable terms and conditions, and possibly pay damages for prior use, and/or face an injunction, all of which singly or in the aggregate could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and ability to compete. See “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations — We depend on patents to protect our rights to our technology.”
 
We record a provision when we believe that it is probable that a liability has been incurred and when the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. We regularly evaluate losses and claims with the support of our outside counsel to determine whether they need to be adjusted based on the current information available to us. Legal costs associated with claims are expensed as incurred. In the event of litigation that is adversely determined with respect to our interests, or in the event that we need to change our evaluation of a potential third-party claim based on new evidence or communications, this could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition at the time it were to materialize. We are in discussion with several parties with respect to claims against us relating to possible infringements of patents and similar intellectual property rights of others.
 
As of December 31, 2007, based on our assessment, we did not record any provisions in our financial statements relating to legal proceedings, because we had not identified any risk of probable loss that is likely to arise out of the proceedings. There can be no assurance, however, that we will be successful in resolving these proceedings. If we are unsuccessful, or if the outcome of any litigation or claim were to be unfavorable to us, we may incur monetary damages, or an injunction. Furthermore, our products as well as the products of our customers which incorporate our products may be excluded from entry into U.S. territory pursuant to an exclusion order.
 
  •  Pension and Post Retirement Benefits.  Our results of operations and our consolidated balance sheet include the impact of pension and post retirement benefits that are measured using actuarial valuations. At December 31, 2007, our pension obligations amounted to $323 million based on the assumption that our employees will work with us until they reach the age of retirement. These valuations are based on key assumptions, including discount rates, expected long-term rates of return on funds and salary increase rates. These assumptions are updated on an annual basis at the beginning of each fiscal year or more frequently


51


Table of Contents

  upon the occurrence of significant events. Any changes in the pension schemes or in the above assumptions can have an impact on our valuations.
 
  •  Other claims.  We are subject to the possibility of loss contingencies arising in the ordinary course of business. These include, but are not limited to: warranty costs on our products not covered by insurance, breach of contract claims, tax claims and provisions for specifically identified income tax exposures as well as claims for environmental damages. In determining loss contingencies, we consider the likelihood of a loss of an asset or the incurrence of a liability, as well as our ability to reasonably estimate the amount of such loss or liability. An estimated loss is recorded when we believe that it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. We regularly reevaluate any losses and claims and determine whether our provisions need to be adjusted based on the current information available to us. In the event we are unable to estimate in a correct and timely manner the amount of such loss this could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition at the time such loss were to materialize.
 
Fiscal Year 2007
 
Under Article 35 of our Articles of Association, our financial year extends from January 1 to December 31, which is the period end of each fiscal year. Our fiscal year starts on January 1 and the first quarter of 2007 ended on March 31, 2007. The second quarter of 2007 ended on June 30, 2007, and the third quarter of 2007 ended on September 29, 2007. The fourth quarter ended on December 31, 2007. Based on our fiscal calendar, the distribution of our revenues and expenses by quarter may be unbalanced due to a different number of days in the various quarters of the fiscal year.
 
2007 Business Overview
 
In 2007, the semiconductor market was characterized by a solid increasing demand in units, supported by a strong economic environment, but with a significant decline in average selling prices, particularly in memory products. As a result, the 2007 growth rate for the semiconductor industry was lower than the 2006 growth rate.
 
The total available market is defined as the “TAM”, while the serviceable available market, the “SAM”, is defined as the market for products produced by us (which consists of the TAM and excludes PC motherboard major devices such as microprocessors (“MPU”), dynamic random access memories (“DRAM”), and optoelectronics devices).
 
Based upon recently published data by the World Semiconductor Trade Statistics (“WSTS”), semiconductor industry revenues increased year-over-year by approximately 3% for the TAM and 6% for the SAM in 2007 to reach approximately $256 billion and approximately $174 billion, respectively. This increase was driven by a robust demand in units while average selling prices declined compared to 2006.
 
Our 2007 revenues were characterized by a significantly high volume demand and improved products mix, which did not translate into an equivalent revenue performance due to the persisting negative impact of price pressure in the markets we serve. As a result, our revenues increased by approximately 2% to $10,001 million compared to $9,854 million in 2006. Strong growth in revenues was driven by a double-digit increase in digital consumer application and a mid-single contribution of Automotive application, while FMG revenues registered a double-digit revenues decrease. Our 2007 sales performance was below both the TAM and the SAM growth rates. Excluding Flash segment, our revenues increased about 4.3%. This performance was above the TAM without Flash, which increased about 2.6% but below the SAM without Flash, which increased by 5.1%.
 
With reference to the quarterly results, our fourth quarter 2007 revenues performance was above the TAM and the SAM on a sequential basis. On a year-over-year basis, our performance was above the TAM but below the SAM.
 
On a year-over-year basis, our fourth quarter 2007 revenues increased by approximately 10% to $2,742 million compared to $2,483 million in the fourth quarter of 2006, due largely to the ASG segment, which grew by approximately 13%, driven primarily by imaging products, data storage and application-specific wireless, and IMS revenues which improved by approximately 11% reflecting strength in MEMS and in advanced analog products. The revenues of the FMG segment continued to register a decline. On a year-over-year basis, the TAM and the SAM registered increases of approximately 3% and 12% respectively.
 
On a sequential basis, in the fourth quarter of 2007 revenues increased approximately 7% mainly due to the overall strength in the Telecom sector. Our net revenues performance was slightly above the mid-range of our guidance, which indicated a sequential growth between 4% and 9%. Sequentially, the TAM registered a decrease of approximately 1% while the SAM remained flat.


52


Table of Contents

In 2007, our effective average U.S. dollar exchange rate was €1.00 for $1.35, which reflects the actual exchange rate levels and the impact of certain hedging contracts, compared to our 2006 effective average exchange rate of €1.00 for $1.24. For a more detailed discussion of our hedging arrangements and the impact of fluctuations in exchange rates, see “— Impact of Changes in Exchange Rates” below.
 
On a total year basis, our gross margin decreased from 35.8% in 2006 to 35.4% in 2007 due to the negative impact of declining selling prices and the weakening of the U.S. dollar, which offset the improvements coming from better manufacturing performance and improved products mix. In 2007, our gross margin also benefited from the suspended depreciation on our assets that were part of the FMG disposal and were classified as held for sale following the announcement of the transaction on May 22, 2007.
 
On a sequential basis, our gross margin increased from 35.2% to 36.9% in the fourth quarter 2007, due to improved manufacturing efficiency which also included the suspended depreciation on the FMG assets held for sale. Our fourth quarter gross margin was above the midpoint of our guidance that had indicated a gross margin of approximately 36.5% plus or minus one percentage point.
 
Our operating expenses combining selling, general and administrative expenses and research and development increased in 2007 compared to 2006 due to the unfavorable U.S. dollar impact, the higher spending in research and development and higher share-based compensation charges for our employees and members and professionals of the Supervisory Board.
 
Our total impairment and restructuring charges for 2007 were significantly higher compared to 2006 due to the impairment charge for the planned disposal of the FMG assets held for sale and for the new manufacturing restructuring plan launched in 2007.
 
In 2007, we benefited from a significant increase in funding for our research and development activities, which contributed to move “Other income and expenses, net” caption in our consolidated statements of income from a net expense of $35 million in 2006 to a net income of $48 million.
 
The combined effect of the above mentioned factors and the other operating items resulted in a negative impact on our operating income, mainly related to the impairment charge and other related closure costs of the planned disposal of the FMG assets held for sale; excluding the impairment and restructuring charges, our operating income registered a decrease in 2007 over 2006 mainly due to the weakening of the U.S. dollar and declining prices, which offset the benefit of the higher sales volume and of the improved products mix. On a quarterly basis, however, the fourth quarter 2007 operating income registered solid improvement both on a year-over-year and a sequential basis when excluding the impact of impairment and restructuring charges.
 
In summary, our financial results for 2007 compared to the results of 2006 were favorably impacted by the following factors:
 
  •  continuous improvement of our manufacturing performances;
 
  •  the suspension of depreciation on the FMG assets held for sale;
 
  •  higher sales volume and a more favorable products mix; and
 
  •  benefit of increased funding to our research and development activities.
 
Our financial results in 2007 were negatively affected by the following factors:
 
  •  the provision for the upcoming disposal of the FMG assets held for sale and other impairment and restructuring charges;
 
  •  the weakening of the U.S. dollar exchange rate; and
 
  •  negative pricing trends.
 
In 2007, we continued to invest in upgrading and expanding our manufacturing capacity but at a reduced capital expenditures to sales ratio. Total capital expenditures in 2007 were $1,140 million, which were financed entirely by net cash generated from operating activities. In fact, we generated $840 million of net operating cash flow during the year. Net operating cash flow is not a U.S. GAAP measure, as further discussed in the section “Liquidity and Capital Resources — Liquidity — Net operating cash flow.” At December 31, 2007, we had cash, cash equivalents, marketable securities (both current and non-current) and short-term deposits of $3,238 million of which approximately $415 million were invested in ‘auction rate securities’ that were partially impaired in the fourth quarter of 2007. Total debt and bank overdrafts were $2,220 million, of which $2,117 million was long-term debt.


53


Table of Contents

Our fourth quarter 2007 financial results exceeded the mid-point of our outlook, both in terms of revenues with 6.9% sequential growth and in terms of gross margin which reached 36.9%. Sequential sales growth was driven by our strong Industrial products offering and improving Wireless positioning, both of which are areas of significant product-development focus for us.
 
Over the course of 2007 we made progress in strengthening our ASG segment. ASG’s revenue growth of approximately 25%, comparing fourth quarter 2007 results with those of the year’s first quarter, was in line with our earlier expectations and is evidence of our strengthening portfolio. Additionally, IMS, which includes Advanced Analog, MEMS, Smartcards and Microcontrollers, had sales growth over 10% in 2007, demonstrating the quality of our product portfolio and capability to increase market share in the industrial and analog markets.
 
While we continue to make significant improvements in a number of areas, such as our product portfolio competitiveness, capital intensity, manufacturing performance and cost structure, the financial benefits of our actions are difficult to see, as a rapidly weakening U.S. dollar has absorbed much of our progress. We remain vigilant in the management of our assets, especially in a weak U.S. dollar environment, and we will continue to take the necessary actions and portfolio efforts required to further improve our operating leverage.
 
We continue to emphasize a lighter asset strategy and are reconfirming our target to have capital expenditures represent approximately 10% of sales in 2008. Importantly, we have significantly increased our net operating cash flow during 2007, improving by 26% over the prior year to $840 million.
 
In the fourth quarter of 2007 we acquired a world-class product development team as part of our multifaceted agreement with Nokia to deepen our collaboration announced during the third quarter of 2007. This transaction has been accounted as a business purchase and booked during the fourth quarter of 2007 in our financial statements.
 
Business Outlook
 
Looking to the first quarter of 2008, in line with traditional seasonality, we expect net revenues to decline sequentially in the range between 5% and 11%, which represents a year-over-year improvement of about 11% at the midpoint. The gross margin is expected to be about 36.3%, plus or minus 1 percentage point.
 
This outlook refers to our entire company, including expected results from FMG for the full quarter and Genesis for the final two months; the amount of the loss may increase pending the final evaluation report being prepared by an independent firm, as well as the impact of any further deterioration in the market conditions of the Flash memory business and the credit markets generally. Our outlook is based on an assumed currency exchange rate of approximately $1.46 to €1.00 for the first quarter of 2008, which reflects current exchange rate levels combined with the impact of existing hedging contracts.
 
These are forward-looking statements that are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially; in particular, refer to those known risks and uncertainties described in “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and Item 3, “Key Information — Risk Factors” in this Form 20-F.
 
Other Developments
 
As of January 1, 2007, we reorganized our product segment groups as follows: the Application Specific Groups, the Industrial and Multisegment Sector and the Flash Memories Group. The Application Specific Groups include the existing Automotive Products Group and Computer Peripherals Group and the newly created Mobile, Multimedia & Communications Group and Home Entertainment & Displays Group. The Industrial and Multisegment Sector contain the Microcontrollers, Memories & Smartcards Group and the Analog, Power & MEMS Group. The Flash Memories Group incorporates all Flash memory operations, including research and development and product-related activities, front- and back-end manufacturing, marketing and sales. In conjunction with this realignment, we announced a number of new executive and corporate vice presidents. These include the promotion of Mr. Carmelo Papa to Executive Vice President of the Industrial and Multisegment Sector; Mr. Tommi Uhari as Executive Vice President over the Mobile, Multimedia & Communications Group; Mr. Mario Licciardello as the Corporate Vice President and General Manager of the stand-alone Flash Memories Group; Mr. Claude Dardanne as the Corporate Vice President leading the Microcontrollers, Memories & Smartcards Group; and Mr. Christos Lagomichos as the Corporate Vice President for the Home Entertainment & Displays Group.
 
On January 16, 2007, we confirmed that the technology development at Crolles will continue beyond 2007, after the announcement that NXP Semiconductors would withdraw from the Crolles2 alliance at the end of 2007 and the joint technology cooperation agreements with NXP Semiconductors and Freescale Semiconductor would expire on December 31, 2007. The Crolles2 alliance, for which we have partnered with NXP Semiconductors and


54


Table of Contents

Freescale Semiconductor, has worked together to complete the program on 45-nm CMOS and manage the transition throughout 2007.
 
On January 22, 2007, a new option agreement was enacted with an independent foundation, Stichting Continuïteit ST (the “Stichting”), which will have an independent board. The new option agreement provides for the issuance of up to a maximum of 540,000,000 preference shares. The Stichting has the option, which it shall exercise in its sole discretion, to take up the preference shares. The preference shares would be issuable if the board of the Stichting determines that hostile actions, such as a creeping acquisition or an unsolicited offer for our common shares, would be contrary to our interests, the interests of our shareholders, or of other stakeholders. If the Stichting exercises its call option and acquires preference shares, it must pay at least 25% of the par value of such preference shares. The new option agreement with the Stichting reflects changes in Dutch legal requirements, not a response to any hostile takeover attempt.
 
On February 14, 2007, we announced the expansion of our partnership with Premier Indian Institutes, BITS Pilani and IIT Delhi, to set up research and innovation labs. The main objective of these partnerships is to facilitate proliferation of Very Large Scale Integration (VLSI) design and the labs have been operational since the second quarter of 2007.
 
In 2006, our shareholders at our annual shareholders meeting approved the grant of up to 5 million Unvested Stock Awards to our senior executives and certain of our key employees, as well as the grant of up to 100,000 Unvested Stock Awards to our President and CEO. Pursuant to such approval, the Compensation Committee approved in April 2006 the conditions which shall apply to the vesting of such awards. These conditions related to three criteria related to our financial performance as well as the continued presence at the defined vesting dates in 2007, 2008 and 2009. About 5 million shares had been awarded under this plan as of March 31, 2007 and on February 28, 2007, the Compensation Committee noted that the three conditions fixed in April 2006 had been fulfilled triggering the vesting of the first tranche of the 2006 awards on April 27, 2007.
 
At our annual general meeting of shareholders held on April 26, 2007, our shareholders approved the following proposals of our Managing Board and our Supervisory Board:
 
  •  a cash dividend of $0.30 per share (representing, an approximately 150% increase to last year’s cash dividend distribution.) The cash dividend distribution took place in May 2007. On May 21, 2007, our common shares traded ex-dividend on the three stock exchanges on which they are listed;
 
  •  the appointment of Mr. Ray Bingham and Mr. Alessandro Ovi for three-year terms until the 2010 annual general meeting of shareholders as new Supervisory Board members in replacement of Mr. Robert White whose mandate was up at such annual shareholders’ meeting and Mr. Antonio Turicchi who resigned from his position effective as of such annual shareholders’ meeting;
 
  •  the approval of the main principles of the 2007 share-based compensation plan for our employees and CEO. As part of such plan and specifically as approved by the general meeting of shareholders, our President and CEO will be entitled to receive a maximum of 100,000 ordinary shares;
 
  •  the adoption of a share-based compensation plan, for members and professionals of our Supervisory Board;
 
  •  the designation of our Supervisory Board as the corporate body authorized to resolve upon (i) issuance of any number of shares as comprised in the authorized share capital of our Company as this shall read from time to time, (ii) upon the terms and conditions of an issuance of shares, (iii) upon limitation and/or exclusion of pre-emptive rights of existing shareholders upon issuance of shares, and (iv) upon the granting of rights to subscribe for shares, all for a five-year period as of the date of our 2007 annual shareholders’ meeting;
 
  •  the authorization of our Managing Board to acquire for a consideration on a stock exchange or otherwise up to such a number of fully paid-up ordinary shares and/or preference shares in our share capital as is permitted by law and our Articles of Association as per the moment of such acquisition — other than acquisition of shares pursuant to article 5, paragraph 2 of our Articles of Association — for a price (i) per ordinary share which at such moment is within a range between the par value of an ordinary share and 110% of the share price per ordinary share on Eurolist by Euronexttm Paris, the New York Stock Exchange or Borsa Italiana, whichever at such moment is the highest, and (ii) per preference share which is calculated in accordance with article 5, paragraph 5 of our Articles of Association, taking into account the amendment to our Articles of Association, for a period of eighteen months as of the date of our 2007 annual shareholders’ meeting; and
 
  •  amendments to our Articles of Association.


55


Table of Contents

 
In addition, at our annual general meeting of shareholders held in Amsterdam on April 26, 2007, our shareholders approved our statutory annual accounts for the 2006 financial year which were reported in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).
 
On May 22, 2007, we announced that we had entered into a definitive agreement with Intel Corporation and Francisco Partners L.P. to create a new independent semiconductor company from the key assets of our and Intel’s Flash Memory businesses, which generated over $3 billion in combined annual revenue in 2007. The new company’s strategic focus will be on supplying Flash memory solutions for a variety of consumer and industrial devices, including cellular phones, MP3 players, digital cameras, computers and other high-tech equipment. Under the terms of the agreement, we will sell our Flash memory assets, including our manufacturing NAND joint venture interest with Hynix Semiconductor in Wuxi People’s Republic of China and other NOR and NAND resources, to a new company, while Intel will sell its NOR assets and business. In exchange, at closing Intel will have received a 45.1% equity ownership stake, and we will receive a 48.6% equity ownership stake. Francisco Partners L.P., a Menlo Park, California-based private equity firm, will invest $150 million in cash for convertible preferred stock representing a 6.3% ownership interest, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances. On July 19, 2007, we announced that the pending new company will be named “Numonyx.” All required regulatory clearances for Numonyx have been received. On December 26, 2007, we agreed with Intel and Francisco Partners to extend the deadline for the closing of Numonyx to March 28, 2008 pending finalization of revised financing terms and conditions. The three parties continue to work to satisfy the conditions to closing for the transaction and expect the closing to take place in the first quarter of 2008. As described in further detail above under the heading “Critical Accounting Policies Using Significant Estimates — Asset Disposal”, the creation of Numonyx gave rise to the assets being contributed to the new company being classified as “Assets held for sale” requiring an impairment analysis, As a result of this review, we have registered a pre-tax loss in 2007 of $1,106 million, an additional pre-tax $1 million impairment charge on certain specific equipment that could not be transferred and for which no alternative future use could be found in the Company and an additional pre-tax $5 million of other related disposal costs. The current estimated loss is the balance between the estimated value of our consideration and an updated calculation of our expected equity value in Numonyx at closing, and the estimated asset value of our contribution which mainly consists of tangible assets related to our fabs in Ang Mo Kio 200-mm (Singapore), our Agrate R2 200-mm pilot line (Italy), our 300-mm building in Catania (Italy), and part of our back-end facility in Muar (Malaysia), the inventory of FMG products, the rights to use certain portions of our manufacturing capacity for a certain period of time, and our participation in the China JV with Hynix Semiconductors. The amount of the loss may increase pending the final evaluation report being prepared by an independent firm, as well as the impact of any further deterioration in the market conditions of the Flash memory business and the credit markets generally.
 
On June 18, 2007, we committed to a new program to optimize our cost structure which involves the closing of three manufacturing operations. Over the next two to three years we will wind down operations of our 200-mm wafer fab in Phoenix (Arizona), our 150-mm wafer fab in Carrollton (Texas) and our back-end packaging and test facility in Ain Sebaa (Morocco). The plan was announced on July 10, 2007. We expect these measures to generate savings of approximately $150 million per year in the cost of goods sold once the plan is completed. The total impairment and restructuring charges for this program are expected to be in the range of $270 million and $300 million of which approximately $250 million are estimated to be cash charges.
 
On July 24, 2007, we announced that we had signed an agreement with IBM to collaborate on the development of next-generation process technology that is used in semiconductor development and manufacturing. The agreement includes 32-nm and 22-nm CMOS process-technology development, design enablement and advanced research adapted to the manufacturing of 300-mm silicon wafers. In addition, it includes both the core bulk CMOS technology and value-added derivative SoC technologies and aims to position both companies at the leading edge of technology development. The new agreement between IBM and us will also include collaboration on IP development and platforms to speed the design of SoC devices in these technologies.
 
On August 8, 2007, we announced our intention to deepen our collaboration with Nokia on the licensing and supply of integrated circuit designs and modem technologies for 3G and its evolution and on November 5, 2007 we announced that we had completed the transaction. As part of the agreement, a part of Nokia’s Integrated Circuit (IC) operations were transferred to us. The multifaceted agreement is intended to enable us to design and manufacture in volume 3G chipsets based on Nokia’s modem technologies, energy management and RF (radio frequency) technologies, and deliver complete solutions to Nokia and the open market. The transaction also involves the transfer to us of approximately 185 Nokia employees in Finland and the UK. Nokia has awarded us a design win of an advanced 3G HSPA (high-speed packet access) chipset supporting high data rates, which would be the first contribution of the acquired IC design operations. This design win represents our first win of a complete 3G chipset.


56


Table of Contents

On August 9, 2007, we announced that Mr. Philippe Lambinet joined our Company as Corporate Vice President and General Manager of our Home Entertainment and Displays Group, reporting directly to our President and CEO. Mr Lambinet replaced Christos Lagomichos, who resigned in June 2007.
 
On January 15, 2008, we announced that the following individuals had been appointed as new executive officers, all reporting to President and Chief Executive Officer Carlo Bozotti: Orio Bellezza, as Executive Vice President and General Manager, Front-End Manufacturing; Jean-Marc Chery, as Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer; Executive Vice-President Andrea Cuomo, as General Manager of our Europe Region, who will also maintain his responsibility for the Advanced System Technology organization; Loïc Lietar, as Corporate Vice President, Corporate Business Development; and Pierre Ollivier, as Corporate Vice President and General Counsel. In addition, we announced the hiring and appointment of Alisia Grenville as Corporate Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer, and the retirement of both Laurent Bosson, as Executive Vice-President for Front-End Technology and Manufacturing, and Enrico Villa, as Executive Vice President and General Manager of our Europe Region.
 
On January 17, 2008, we acquired effective control of Genesis Microchip Inc. (“Genesis Microchip”) under the terms of a tender offer announced on December 11, 2007. On January 24, 2008, we completed a second-step merger in which the remaining common shares of Genesis Microchip that had not been acquired through the tender offer were converted into the right to receive the same $8.65 per share price paid in the tender offer. Payment of approximately $340 million for the acquired shares was made through a wholly-owned subsidiary that was merged with and into Genesis Microchip promptly thereafter. Additional direct costs associated with the acquisition are estimated to be approximately $2 million. On closing, Genesis Microchip became part of our Home Entertainment & Displays Group which is part of the Application Specific Product Groups segment. At acquisition date, the fair value of net assets acquired, including $157.3 million of cash, cash equivalent and short term investment at closing date, was estimated to be $342  million net of $53 million of liabilities assumed.
 
Results of Operations
 
Segment Information
 
We operate in two business areas: Semiconductors and Subsystems.
 
In the semiconductors business area, we design, develop, manufacture and market a broad range of products, including discrete, memories and standard commodity components, application-specific integrated circuits (“ASICs”), full-custom devices and semi-custom devices and application-specific standard products (“ASSPs”) for analog, digital and mixed-signal applications. In addition, we further participate in the manufacturing value chain of Smart Card products through our divisions, which include the production and sale of both silicon chips and Smart Cards.
 
Pursuing the strategic repositioning in Flash Memory and in order to better meet the requirements of the market, we realigned our product groups effective January 1, 2007. Since such date, we report our semiconductor sales and operating income in the following three product segments:
 
  •  Application Specific Groups (“ASG”), comprised of three product lines: Home Entertainment & Displays Group (“HED”), Mobile, Multimedia & Communications Group (“MMC”) and Automotive Products (“APG”);
 
  •  Flash Memories Group (“FMG”), which will be disposed; and
 
  •  Industrial and Multisegment Sector (“IMS”), comprised of the former Micro, Power, Analog (“MPA”) segment, non-Flash memory products and Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems (“MEMS”).
 
We have restated our results in prior periods for illustrative comparisons of our performance by product segment and by period using the same principles applied to 2007. The preparation of segment information according to the new segment structure requires management to make significant estimates, assumptions and judgments in determining the operating income of the segments for the reporting periods. However, we believe the presentation of the segment information for 2005 and 2006 is comparable to 2007 and we are using these comparatives for business management.
 
Certain significant investment and resource allocation decisions in the semiconductor business area are for expenditures on process, research and development and capital investments in front-end and back-end manufacturing facilities. These decisions are not made by product group segments, but on the basis of the semiconductor business area. All of these product group segments share common research and development for process technology and manufacturing capacity for most of their products.


57


Table of Contents

In the subsystems business area, we design, develop, manufacture and market subsystems and modules for the telecommunications, automotive and industrial markets including mobile phone accessories, battery chargers, ISDN power supplies and in-vehicle equipment for electronic toll payment. Based on its immateriality to our business as a whole, the Subsystems segment does not meet the requirements for a reportable segment as defined in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information (“FAS 131”).
 
The following tables present our consolidated net revenues and consolidated operating income by semiconductor product group segment. For the computation of the segments’ internal financial measurements, we use certain internal rules of allocation for the costs not directly chargeable to the segments, including cost of sales, selling, general and administrative expenses and a significant part of research and development expenses. Additionally, in compliance with our internal policies, certain cost items are not charged to the segments, including impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs, start-up costs of new manufacturing facilities, some strategic and special research and development programs or other corporate-sponsored initiatives, including certain corporate level operating expenses such as patent costs and litigation expenses and certain other miscellaneous charges. Starting in the first quarter of 2005, we allocated the start-up costs to expand our marketing and design presence in new developing areas to each segment, and we restated prior year’s results accordingly.
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Net revenues by product segment:
                       
Application Specific Groups (ASG)
  $ 5,439     $ 5,395     $ 4,991  
Industrial and Multisegment Sector (IMS)
    3,138       2,842       2,482  
Flash Memories Group (FMG)
    1,364       1,570       1,351  
Others(1)
    60       47       58  
                         
Total consolidated net revenues
  $ 10,001     $ 9,854     $ 8,882  
                         
 
 
(1) Net revenues of “Others” include revenues from sales of Subsystems mainly and other products not allocated to product segments.
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Operating income (loss) by product segment:
                       
Application Specific Groups (ASG)
  $ 303     $ 439     $ 355  
Industrial and Multisegment Sector (IMS)
    469       441       336  
Flash Memories Group (FMG)
    (51 )     (53 )     (199 )
                         
Total operating income (loss) of product segments
    721       827       492  
Others(1)
    (1,266 )     (150 )     (248 )
                         
Total consolidated operating income (loss)
  $ (545 )   $ 677     $ 244  
                         
 
 
(1) Operating income (loss) of “Others” includes items or parts of them, which are not allocated to product segments such as impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs, start-up costs, and other unallocated expenses, such as: strategic or special research and development programs, certain corporate-level operating expenses, certain patent claims and litigations, and other costs that are not allocated to the product segments, as well as operating earnings or losses of the Subsystems and Other Products segment. Certain costs, mainly R&D, formerly in the “Others” category, have been allocated to the product segments; comparable amounts reported in this category have been reclassified accordingly in the above table.
 


58


Table of Contents

                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (As a percentage of total net revenues)  
 
Operating income (loss) by product segment:
                       
Application Specific Groups (ASG)(1)
    5.6 %     8.1 %     7.1 %
Industrial and Multisegment Sector (IMS)(1)
    14.9       15.5       13.5  
Flash Memories Group (FMG)(1)
    (3.7 )     (3.4 )     (14.7 )
Others(2)
                 
                         
Total consolidated operating income (loss)(3)
    (5.4 )%     6.9 %     2.7 %
                         
 
 
(1) As a percentage of net revenues per product segment.
 
(2) As a percentage of total net revenues, “Operating income (loss)” of “Others” includes items or parts of them, which are not allocated to product segments such as impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs, start-up costs, and other unallocated expenses, such as: strategic or special research and development programs, certain corporate-level operating expenses, certain patent claims and litigations, and other costs that are not allocated to the product segments, as well as operating earnings or losses of the Subsystems and Other Products segment. Certain costs, mainly R&D, formerly in the “Others” category, have been allocated to the product segments; comparable amounts reported in this category have been reclassified accordingly in the above table.
 
(3) As a percentage of total net revenues.
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Reconciliation to consolidated operating income (loss):
                       
Total operating income of product segments
  $ 721     $ 827     $ 492  
Operating income (loss) of others(1)
                       
Strategic and other research and development programs
    (20 )     (12 )     (28 )
Start-up costs
    (24 )     (57 )     (56 )
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs
    (1,228 )     (77 )     (128 )
Subsystems and Other Products Group
    6       (1 )     1  
One-time compensation and special contributions(2)
                (22 )
Seniority awards
    (21 )            
Other non-allocated provisions(3)
    21       (3 )     (15 )
Total operating income (loss) of others
    (1,266 )     (150 )     (248 )
                         
Total consolidated operating income (loss)
  $ (545 )   $ 677     $ 244  
                         
 
 
(1) Operating income (loss) of “Others” includes items or parts of them, which are not allocated to product segments such as impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs, start-up costs, and other unallocated expenses, such as: strategic or special research and development programs, certain corporate-level operating expenses, certain patent claims and litigations, and other costs that are not allocated to the product segments, as well as operating earnings or losses of the Subsystems and Other Products segment. Certain costs, mainly R&D, formerly in the “Others” category, have been allocated to the product segments; comparable amounts reported in this category have been reclassified accordingly in the above table.
 
(2) One-time compensation and special contributions to our former CEO and other executives not allocated to product group segments.
 
(3) Includes unallocated expenses such as certain corporate level operating expenses and other costs.

59


Table of Contents

 
Net Revenues by Location of Order Shipment
 
The table below sets forth information on our net revenues by location of order shipment and as a percentage of net revenues:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Net Revenues by Location of Order Shipment:(1)
                       
Europe
  $ 3,159     $ 3,073     $ 2,789  
North America(2)
    1,176       1,232       1,281  
Asia Pacific(3)
    1,874       2,084       1,860  
Greater China(3)
    2,750       2,552       2,203  
Japan
    475       400       307  
Emerging Markets(2)(4)
    567       513       442  
                         
Total
  $ 10,001     $ 9,854     $ 8,882  
                         
Net Revenues by Location of Order Shipment:(1)
                       
Europe
    31.6 %     31.2 %     31.4 %
                         
North America(2)
    11.8       12.5       14.4  
Asia Pacific(3)
    18.7       21.1       20.9  
Greater China(3)
    27.5       25.9       24.8  
Japan
    4.7       4.1       3.5  
Emerging Markets(2)(4)
    5.7       5.2       5.0  
                         
Total
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
                         
 
 
(1) Net revenues by location of order shipment region are classified by location of customer invoiced. For example, products ordered by U.S.-based companies to be invoiced to Asia Pacific affiliates are classified as Asia Pacific revenues.
 
(2) As of July 2, 2006, the region “North America” includes Mexico which was part of Emerging Markets in prior periods. Amounts have been reclassified to reflect this change.
 
(3) As of January 1, 2006, we created a new region “Greater China” to focus exclusively on our operations in China, Hong Kong and Taiwan. Net revenues for Asia Pacific for prior periods were restated according to the new perimeter.
 
(4) Emerging Markets include markets such as India, Latin America (excluding Mexico), the Middle East and Africa, Europe (non-EU and non-EFTA) and Russia.
 
Net Revenues by Market Segment
 
The table below estimates, within a variance of 5% to 10% in the absolute dollar amount, the relative weight of each of our target segments in percentages of net revenues:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (As a percentage of
 
    net revenues)  
 
Net Revenues by Market Segment:
                       
Automotive
    15 %     15 %     16 %
Consumer
    17       16       18  
Computer
    16       17       17  
Telecom
    37       38       35  
Industrial and Other
    15       14       14  
                         
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %
                         


60


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth certain financial data from our consolidated statements of income since 2005, expressed in each case as a percentage of net revenues:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (As a percentage of net revenues)  
 
Net sales
    99.7 %     99.8 %     99.9 %
Other revenues
    0.3       0.2       0.1  
                         
Net revenues
    100.0       100.0       100.0  
Cost of sales
    (64.6 )     (64.2 )     (65.8 )
                         
Gross profit
    35.4       35.8       34.2  
Selling, general and administrative
    (11.0 )     (10.8 )     (11.6 )
Research and development
    (18.0 )     (16.9 )     (18.3 )
Other income and expenses, net
    0.5       (0.4 )     (0.1 )
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs
    (12.3 )     (0.8 )     (1.5 )
Total operating expenses
    (40.8 )     (28.9 )     (31.5 )
                         
Operating income (loss)
    (5.4 )     6.9       2.7  
Other than temporary impairment charge on financial asset
    (0.4 )            
Interest income (expense), net
    0.8       0.9       0.4  
Earnings (loss) on equity investment
    0.1       (0.1 )      
Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interests
    (4.9 )     7.7       3.1  
Income tax benefit (expense)
    0.2       0.2       (0.1 )
                         
Income (loss) before minority interests
    (4.7 )     7.9       3.0  
Minority interests
    (0.1 )            
                         
Net income (loss)
    (4.8 )%     7.9 %     3.0 %
                         
 
2007 vs. 2006
 
In 2007, based upon published industry data by WSTS, the semiconductor industry experienced a year-over-year revenue increase of approximately 3% for the TAM and approximately 6% for the SAM.
 
For the full year 2007, the effective average exchange rate for our company was approximately $1.35 to €1.00, compared to $1.24 to €1.00 for the full year 2006. Our effective exchange rate reflects actual exchange rate levels combined with the impact of hedging programs.
 
Net revenues
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,        
    2007     2006     % Variation  
    (In millions)  
 
Net sales
  $ 9,966     $ 9,838       1.3 %
Other revenues
    35       16        
                         
Net revenues
  $ 10,001     $ 9,854       1.5 %
                         
 
The increase in our net revenues in 2007 was primarily due to our higher sales volumes and improved products mix, as our average selling prices declined by approximately 8% due to the continuing broad-based price pressure in the industry.
 
With respect to our product group segments, the yearly revenue was characterized by a strong increase in IMS, a slight increase in ASG and a significant decrease in FMG. ASG net revenues increased approximately 1% over 2006, since the increase in units sold was almost entirely offset by pricing pressures; this slight revenue increase was entirely generated by Automotive, while Telecom and Computer revenues were flat and Consumer registered a decline. IMS’ net revenues increase reached a double-digit level of approximately 10%, thanks to improved products mix and higher volume, led in particular by MEMS products, with almost all of its product group segments registering a sales volume increase. In 2007, FMG net revenues decreased by approximately 13% compared to


61


Table of Contents

2006, due to the sharp decline in prices, and also to a decrease in the units sold by our NOR business, while NAND volume increased.
 
Net revenues by market segment increased in Industrial and other by approximately 8%, Automotive and Consumer both by approximately 4%, while Computer and Telecom decreased by approximately 2% and 1%, respectively. As a significant portion of our sales are made through distributors, the foregoing are necessarily estimates within a variance of 5% to 10% in absolute dollar amounts of the relative weighting of each of our targeted market segments.
 
By location of order shipment, net revenues increased strongly in Japan, Emerging Markets, and Greater China by approximately 19%, 11% and 8%, respectively. Europe marginally increased by approximately 3% while North America decreased by approximately 5% and Asia Pacific by approximately 10%. Geographic distribution of order shipment may significantly change due to the re-location of manufacturing by our customers.
 
In 2007, we had several large customers, with the largest one, the Nokia Group of companies, accounting for approximately 21% of our net revenues, decreasing from the 22% it accounted for in 2006. Our top ten OEM customers accounted for approximately 49% of our net revenues in 2007, compared to approximately 51% of our net revenues in 2006.
 
Gross profit
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,        
    2007     2006     % Variation  
    (In millions)  
 
Cost of sales
  $ (6,465 )   $ (6,331 )     (2.1 )%
Gross profit
  $ 3,536     $ 3,523       0.4 %
Gross margin (as a percentage of net revenues)
    35.4 %     35.8 %      
 
Our cost of sales registered a 2.1% growth year-over-year, which resulted from a higher number of units sold and also from the negative impact of the effective U.S. dollar exchange rate on our manufacturing costs since a large part of our manufacturing activities is located in the Euro zone. As a result, our gross margin deteriorated by 40 basis points to 35.4% because the profitable contribution of higher sales volume, improved products mix and manufacturing efficiencies was offset by the negative impact of the decline in selling prices and the weakening effective U.S. dollar exchange rate; this was offset in part, however, by the benefit in 2007 of the suspended depreciation on the FMG assets held for sale, which is estimated at approximately $75 million.
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,    
    2007   2006   % Variation
    (In millions)
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
  $ (1,099 )   $ (1,067 )     (3.0 )%
As a percentage of net revenues
    (11.0 )%     (10.8 )%      
 
The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was mainly due to the negative impact of the effective U.S. dollar exchange rate. Furthermore, these expenses in 2007 included $37 million in charges related to share-based compensation compared to $14 million in 2006.
 
Research and development expenses
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,    
    2007   2006   % Variation
    (In millions)
 
Research and development expenses
  $ (1,802 )   $ (1,667 )     (8.1 )%
As a percentage of net revenues
    (18.0 )%     (16.9 )%      
 
Research and development expenses increased compared to last year mainly due to the unfavorable impact of the U.S. dollar exchange rate since a large part of our activities are located in Europe. Furthermore, expenses in 2007 included $22 million in charges related to share-based compensation compared to $8 million in 2006. As a percentage of net revenues, research and development expenses increased from 16.9% in 2006 to 18.0% in 2007. Our reported research and development expenses are mainly in the areas of product design, technology and


62


Table of Contents

development and do not include marketing design center costs, which are accounted for as selling expenses, or process engineering, pre-production or process-transfer costs, which are accounted for as cost of sales.
 
Other income and expenses, net
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (In millions)  
 
Research and development funding
  $ 97     $ 54  
Start-up costs
    (24 )     (57 )
Exchange gain (loss), net
    1       (9 )
Patent litigation costs
    (18 )     (22 )
Patent pre-litigation costs
    (10 )     (7 )
Gain on sale of Accent subsidiary
          6  
Gain on sale of non-current assets, net
    2       2  
Other, net
            (2 )
Other income and expenses, net
  $ 48     $ (35 )
As a percentage of net revenues
    0.5 %     (0.4 )%
 
Other income and expenses, net, mainly include, as income, items such as research and development funding and, as expenses, start-up costs, and patent claim costs. Other income and expenses, net resulted in an income of $48 million, compared to a net expense of $35 million in the prior year. The main supportive item of the favorable balance was the benefit associated with research and development funding, which reached $97 million in 2007, compared to $54 million in 2006. The major amounts of research and development funding were received in France and, to a less extent, in Italy. Start-up costs in 2006 were related to our 150-mm fab expansion in Singapore, the conversion to 200-mm fab in Agrate (Italy) and the build-up of our 300-mm fab in Catania (Italy); however, they declined significantly in 2007 since these activities, excluding the 300-mm fab in Catania, were almost entirely completed during the year. Patent claim costs included costs associated with several ongoing litigations and claims.
 
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (In millions)  
 
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs
  $ (1,228 )   $ (77 )
 
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs increased significantly compared to the previous year in view of new items which have been recorded in 2007. This expense was mainly composed of:
 
  •  a pre-tax impairment loss estimated at $1,106 million booked for the planned disposal of the FMG assets held for sale, an additional pre-tax $1 million impairment charge on certain specific equipment that could not be transferred as part of FMG deconsolidation and for which no alternative future use could be found in the Company and an additional pre-tax $5 million of other related disposal costs;
 
  •  an amount of $73 million related to the severance costs and impairment charge booked in relation to the 2007 manufacturing restructuring plan of our manufacturing activities which is on-going;
 
  •  a charge of $29 million generated by our 150-mm restructuring plan which has been completed;
 
  •  a charge of approximately $9 million for employee benefits relating to our headcount restructuring plan;
 
  •  an impairment charge of $3 million related to an equity investment carried at cost; and
 
  •  an impairment charge of $2 million related to certain technologies without alternative future use.
 
  •  In 2006, we incurred $77 million of impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs, including $45 million relating to our headcount restructuring plan, $22 million relating to our 150-mm restructuring plan, and an impairment charge of approximately $10 million recorded pursuant to subsequent decisions to discontinue adoption of Tioga related technologies in certain products.


63


Table of Contents

 
Operating income (loss)
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,        
    2007     2006     % Variation  
    (In millions)  
 
Operating income (loss)
  $ (545 )   $ 677        
As a percentage of net revenues
    (5.4 )%     6.9 %        
 
Our operating result translated from an operating income of $677 million in 2006 to an operating loss of $545 million in 2007, mainly due to the provisions associated with the impairment and restructuring charges described above.
 
In 2007, ASG registered an operating income of $303 million, significantly decreasing from an operating income of $439 million in 2006 in spite of higher sales, mainly due to the negative impact of selling price and currency trends. IMS registered an operating income of $470 million compared to $441 million mainly originated by its sales growth, despite an unfavorable currency impact. FMG operating loss was $51 million, slightly improving compared to a loss of $53 million in 2006, since depreciation charges on its assets held for sale were suspended upon signing the agreement for their disposal. The total benefit estimated for the suspended depreciation was about $75 million.
 
Interest income (expense), net
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (In millions)  
 
Interest income (expense), net
  $ 83     $ 93  
 
In 2007, interest income, net, decreased approximately by $10 million compared to 2006, mainly as a result of the redemption in August 2006 of $1.4 billion of our 2013 Convertible Bonds (with 0.5% of positive yield and significant interest income contribution).
 
Other-than-temporary impairment charges on marketable securities
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (In millions)  
 
Other-than-temporary impairment charges on marketable securities
  $ (46 )   $ 0  
 
Beginning in May 2006, we gave a specific mandate to a global financial institution to invest a portion of our cash in a U.S. federally-guaranteed student loan program. In August 2007, we became aware that the financial institution had deviated from our instruction and that our account had been credited with investments in unauthorized auction rate securities. There is currently no active market for these assets and, therefore, we are required to evaluate the fair value of these assets based on available valuation techniques, taking into account available information. Due to the lack of liquidity, we have classified this impairment as other-than-temporary. As a result of the unauthorized investments, we have recognized impairment to the fair market value of these securities in the fourth quarter of 2007 of $46 million. The estimated value of these securities could further decrease in the future as a result of credit market deterioration and/or other downgrading. Believing we have been defrauded, and after failing to reach an amicable settlement with the responsible financial institution, we have initiated an arbitration proceeding against the financial institution that purchased the unauthorized securities for our account and are seeking full recovery of the losses. We intend to pursue our claim vigorously. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” for a further description of the auction rate securities.
 
Earning (loss) on equity investments
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (In millions)  
 
Earning (loss) on equity investments
  $ 14     $ (6 )
 
Our equity investments in 2007 resulted in a gain of $14 million compared to a loss of $6 million in the prior year, benefiting from the full production ramp-up of our joint venture with Hynix Semiconductor in China during 2007.


64


Table of Contents

Income tax benefit (expense)
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (In millions)  
 
Income tax benefit (expense)
  $ 23     $ 20  
 
In 2007, we registered an income tax benefit of $23 million, similar to the amount registered in 2006. The 2007 tax benefit reflected the annual effective tax rate for recurring operations of approximately 8% before the effect of the Flash memory planned disposal and included a tax benefit from our restructuring charges that have positively affected our effective tax rate this year. Including the impact of the impairment on assets to be contributed into the planned disposal of the Flash Memories Group’s (“FMG”) assets held for sale, and other one time charges, the effective tax rate was approximately 5%. In 2006, we had an income tax benefit of $20 million, reflecting an annual effective tax rate of approximately 8%, as a result of a certain favorable adjustments in our tax position that occurred during that year.
 
Our tax rate is variable and depends on changes in the level of operating income within various local jurisdictions and on changes in the applicable taxation rates of these jurisdictions, as well as changes in estimated tax provisions due to new events. We currently enjoy certain tax benefits in some countries; as such benefits may not be available in the future due to changes in the local jurisdictions, our effective tax rate could be different in future quarters and may increase in the coming years.
 
Net income (loss)
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (In millions)  
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (477 )   $ 782  
 
In fiscal year 2007, we reported a net loss of $477 million compared to a net income of $782 million for 2006, mainly due to the booking of the significant amount of impairment and restructuring charges as described above. Loss per share for 2007 was $0.53, compared to basic and diluted earnings of $0.87 and $0.83 per share for 2006. In 2007, the impact of impairment, restructuring charges, and other one-time items (net of taxes) was estimated to be $1.29 per diluted share.
 
2006 vs. 2005
 
In 2006, based upon recent industry data, the semiconductor industry experienced a year-over-year revenue increase of approximately 9% for the TAM and an increase of approximately 8% for the SAM, respectively.
 
Net revenues
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,        
    2006     2005     % Variation  
    (In millions)  
 
Net sales
  $ 9,838     $ 8,876       10.8 %
Other revenues
    16       6        
                         
Net revenues
  $ 9,854     $ 8,882       11.0 %
                         
 
The increase in our net revenues in 2006 was primarily due to our higher sales volumes and improved products mix, which exceeded the negative impact of the declining selling prices due to the continuing pricing pressure in the markets we serve. Our average selling prices decreased overall by approximately 8%, which is the result of a tougher pure pricing effect mitigated by a higher selling price from improved products mix.
 
All product group segments registered a positive revenue performance. ASG net revenues increased 8.1% over 2005, mainly driven by Imaging, Computer Peripherals, Connectivity, Digital Consumer and Automotive products. Cellular Communication slightly increased, while Data Storage registered a decline. Net revenues for IMS significantly increased by 14.5% compared to 2005 and FMG net revenues increased by 16.2% compared to 2005, supported by NOR Flash for wireless applications and other memory products.
 
By market segment application, the most important contribution to net revenue growth came from Telecom and Industrial, while Automotive, Consumer and Computer registered approximately mid-single digit growth. Net


65


Table of Contents

revenues by market segment increased in Telecom by approximately 19% and Industrial by approximately 10%, while Automotive, Consumer and Computer each increased by approximately 6%. As a significant portion of our sales are made through distributors, the foregoing are necessarily estimates within a variance of 5% to 10% in absolute dollar amounts of the relative weighting of each of our targeted market segments.
 
By location of order shipment, Japan revenues strongly increased by approximately 31%, all of the other regions registered a solid double-digit growth, with the exception of North America which slightly declined compared to last year.
 
In 2006, we had several large customers, with the largest one, the Nokia Group of companies, accounting for approximately 22% of our net revenues, which remained flat compared to 2005. Our top ten OEM customers accounted for approximately 51% of our net revenues in 2006, compared to approximately 50% of our net revenues in 2005.
 
Gross profit
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,        
    2006     2005     % Variation  
    (In millions)  
 
Cost of sales
  $ (6,331 )   $ (5,845 )     (8.3 )%
Gross profit
  $ 3,523     $ 3,037       16.0  
Gross margin (as a percentage of net revenues)
    35.8 %     34.2 %      
 
The cost of sales increased at a lower pace than the net revenues, therefore leveraging a 16% improvement of our gross profit. The increase in gross profit was driven by sales volume, more favorable products mix and improved manufacturing efficiencies, which are the result of lower depreciation charges, the cost savings realized from the 150-mm restructuring plan that has been almost totally completed, and the benefit of a solid level of loading in our facilities over the first three quarters of 2006. As a result of these improvements, which were partially offset by the negative impact of severe price pressures, our gross margin increased 160 basis points to 35.8%.
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,        
    2006     2005     % Variation  
    (In millions)  
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
  $ (1,067 )   $ (1,026 )     (4.0 )%
As a percentage of net revenues
    (10.8 )%     (11.6 )%      
 
The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was largely due to the higher expenses associated with increased activities and to the charges related to the share-based compensation which amounted to $14 million. However, as a percentage to sales ratio, the selling, general and administrative expenses decreased to 10.8%.
 
Research and development expenses
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,        
    2006     2005     % Variation  
    (In millions)  
 
Research and development expenses
  $ (1,667 )   $ (1,630 )     (2.3 )%
As a percentage of net revenues
    (16.9 )%     (18.3 )%      
 
Research and development expenses increased 2.3% in 2006 resulting from a combination of higher spending in relation to our activities and $8 million in share-based compensation charges. As a percentage of net revenues, research and development expenses decreased significantly by 140 basis points to 16.9%. Our reported research and development expenses are mainly in the areas of product design, technology and development and do not include marketing design center costs, which are accounted for as selling expenses, or process engineering, pre-production or process-transfer costs, which are accounted for as cost of sales.


66


Table of Contents

Other income and expenses, net
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Research and development funding
  $ 54     $ 76  
Start-up costs
    (57 )     (56 )
Exchange gain (loss), net
    (9 )     (16 )
Patent litigation costs
    (22 )     (14 )
Patent pre-litigation costs
    (7 )     (8 )
Gain on sale of Accent subsidiary
    6        
Gain on sale of non-current assets, net
    2       12  
Other, net
    (2 )     (3 )
Other income and expenses, net
  $ (35 )   $ (9 )
As a percentage of net revenues
    (0.4 )%     (0.1 )%
 
“Other income and expenses, net” results include miscellaneous items, such as research and development funding, gains on sale of non-current assets, start-up and phase-out costs, net exchange gain or loss and patent claim costs. Research and development funding includes income of some of our research and development projects, which qualify as funding on the basis of contracts with local government agencies in locations where we pursue our activities. The major amounts of research and development funding were received in Italy and France; however, the funding significantly decreased in 2006 due to restricted support in certain jurisdictions. The net gain on sale of non-current assets is mainly related to the sale of a minor investment. Start-up and phase-out costs in 2006 were related to our 150-mm fab expansion in Singapore, the conversion to 200-mm fab in Agrate (Italy) and the build-up of the 300-mm fab in Catania (Italy). The net exchange loss related to transactions not designated as a cash flow hedge denominated in foreign currencies.
 
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs
  $ (77 )   $ (128 )
As a percentage of net revenues
    (0.8 )%     (1.5 )%
 
In 2006, we recorded impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs of $77 million. This expense was mainly composed of:
 
  •  Our headcount restructuring plan resulted in total charges of $45 million mainly for employee termination benefits; the total cost of this restructuring plan was estimated to be approximately $100 million and was substantially complete at the end of 2006, with total charges of $86 million incurred through December 31, 2006;
 
  •  An impairment charge of approximately $10 million was recorded pursuant to subsequent decisions to discontinue adoption of Tioga related technologies in certain products, of which $6 million corresponded to the write-off of Tioga goodwill and $4 million to impairment charges on technologies purchased as part of the Tioga business acquisition which were determined to be without any alternative use;
 
  •  Our ongoing 150-mm restructuring plan and related manufacturing initiatives generated restructuring charges of approximately $22 million. As of December 31, 2006, we have incurred $316 million of the total expected of approximately $330 million to $350 million in pre-tax charges in connection with this restructuring plan, which was announced in October 2003.
 
In 2005, we incurred $128 million of impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs mainly related to our 2005 headcount restructuring plan and our 150-mm restructuring plan. See Note 21 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.


67


Table of Contents

Operating income
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,        
    2006     2005     % Variation  
    (In millions)  
 
Operating income
  $ 677     $ 244       178.0 %
As a percentage of net revenues
    6.9 %     2.7 %      
 
Operating income increased significantly in 2006 as the combined effect of all of the factors presented above.
 
In 2006, all of our product group segments were profitable. ASG registered an increase in its operating income from $355 million in 2005 to $439 million in 2006, mainly resulting from the contribution of an increase in sales volume. IMS operating income increased significantly from $336 million in 2005 to $441 million in 2006. FMG moved from an operating loss of $199 million in 2005 to an operating loss of $53 million in 2006. All the product group segments were negatively impacted by declines in pricing.
 
Interest income (expense), net
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Interest income (expense), net
  $ 93     $ 34  
 
The interest income, net, significantly increased to $93 million in 2006 from $34 million in 2005, reflecting more effective placement of liquidity investments and rising interest rates in the U.S. dollar and the Euro on our available cash, and the strong net operating cash flow which further contributed additional cash during the year.
 
Loss on equity investments
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Loss on equity investments
  $ (6 )   $ (3 )
 
During 2006, we recorded a loss of $6 million and in 2005 we recorded a loss of $3 million, mainly related to start-up costs due to our investment as a minority shareholder in our joint venture in China with Hynix Semiconductor.
 
Income tax benefit (expense)
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Income tax benefit (expense)
  $ 20     $ (8 )
 
In 2006, we had an income tax benefit of $20 million. This is the result of our effective tax rate for the full year 2006 which was approximately 8% and the benefit of certain favorable adjustments in our tax position that occurred during the year. In particular, in 2006, we recorded a reversal of a $90 million provision due to a favorable outcome of a tax litigation claim in one of our jurisdictions and approximately a $23 million benefit pursuant to the application of certain favorable tax regimes. Our tax rate is variable and depends on changes in the level of operating profits within various local jurisdictions and on changes in the applicable taxation rates of these jurisdictions, as well as changes in estimated tax provisions due to new events. We currently enjoy certain tax benefits in some countries; as such benefits may not be available in the future due to changes within the local jurisdictions, our effective tax rate could increase in the coming years.
 
Net income
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,        
    2006     2005     % Variation  
    (In millions)  
 
Net income
  $ 782     $ 266       193.9 %
As a percentage of net revenues
    7.9 %     3.0 %      


68


Table of Contents

For 2006, we reported a net income of $782 million, a strong increase compared to 2005. Basic and diluted earnings per share for 2006 were $0.87 and $0.83, respectively, compared to basic and diluted earnings of $0.30 and $0.29 per share, respectively, for 2005.
 
Quarterly Results of Operations
 
Certain quarterly financial information for the years 2007 and 2006 are set forth below. Such information is derived from unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements, prepared on a basis consistent with the Consolidated Financial Statements that include, in the opinion of management, all normal adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the interim information set forth therein. Operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period. In addition, in view of the significant growth we have experienced in recent years, the increasingly competitive nature of the markets in which we operate, the changes in products mix and the currency effects of changes in the composition of sales and production among different geographic regions, we believe that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.
 
Our quarterly and annual operating results are also affected by a wide variety of other factors that could materially and adversely affect revenues and profitability or lead to significant variability of operating results, including, among others, capital requirements and the availability of funding, competition, new product development and technological change and manufacturing developments in litigation and possible intellectual property claims. In addition, a number of other factors could lead to fluctuations in operating results, including order cancellations or reduced bookings by key customers or distributors, intellectual property developments, international events, currency fluctuations, problems in obtaining adequate raw materials on a timely basis, impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs, as well as the loss of key personnel. As only a portion of our expenses varies with our revenues, there can be no assurance that we will be able to reduce costs promptly or adequately in relation to revenue declines to compensate for the effect of any such factors. As a result, unfavorable changes in the above or other factors have in the past and may in the future adversely affect our operating results. Quarterly results have also been and may be expected to continue to be substantially affected by the cyclical nature of the semiconductor and electronic systems industries, the speed of some process and manufacturing technology developments, market demand for existing products, the timing and success of new product introductions and the levels of provisions and other unusual charges incurred. Certain additions of quarterly results will not total to annual results due to rounding.
 
In the fourth quarter of 2007, based upon recently published data by WSTS, the TAM and the SAM increased approximately 3% and 12% year-over-year, respectively, while the TAM decreased approximately 1% and the SAM remained basically flat sequentially.
 
In the fourth quarter of 2007, our effective average exchange rate was approximately $1.43 to €1.00, compared to $1.36 to €1.00 in the third quarter of 2007 and $1.28 to €1.00 in the year-ago quarter. Our effective exchange rate reflects actual exchange rate levels combined with the impact of hedging programs.
 
Net revenues
 
                                         
    Quarter Ended     % Variation  
    Dec 31, 2007     Sept 29, 2007     Dec 31, 2006     Sequential     Year-Over-Year  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)              
    (In millions)              
 
Net sales
  $ 2,733     $ 2,555     $ 2,482       6.9 %     10.1 %
Other revenues
    9       10       1       (2.0 )%      
                                         
Net revenues
  $ 2,742     $ 2,565     $ 2,483       6.9 %     10.4 %
                                         
 
Year-over-year comparison
 
Our fourth quarter 2007 net revenues increased by 10.4%, primarily as a result of higher sales volume and improved products mix. Average selling prices remained flat thanks to the more favorable products mix, which offsets the 8% pure pricing decline.
 
With reference to our product group segments, both IMS and ASG registered a double-digit revenue growth rate, while FMG registered a negative variation. The growth rate for IMS was 11.3% and 13.3% for ASG; both groups’ performances were mainly driven by higher sales volumes and a more favorable products mix. ASG net revenues increased mainly in imaging products, data storage and application-specific wireless products. IMS


69


Table of Contents

revenues increased mainly due to MEMS and Advanced Analog products. FMG net revenues decreased 4.0% as a result of a drop in selling prices.
 
By market segment application, Telecom, Industrial and Automotive were the main contributors to the positive year-over-year variation.
 
By location of order shipment, the most significant increase was experienced in Emerging Markets, Greater China, and Asia Pacific, which improved by approximately 30%, 23%, and 8%, respectively. Japan and Europe improved approximately by 5% and 3%, respectively, while North America basically remained flat. We had several large customers, with the largest one, the Nokia group of companies, accounting for approximately 24% of our fourth quarter 2007 net revenues, which was higher than the approximate 21% it accounted for during the fourth quarter 2006. Our top ten OEM (original equipment manufacturers) customers accounted for approximately 51% of our net revenues compared to approximately 49% in prior year fourth quarter. Sales to distributors accounted for approximately 19% in the fourth quarter of 2007, compared to 20% in the fourth quarter of 2006.
 
Sequential comparison
 
Our fourth quarter 2007 net revenues grew by 6.9% due to higher overall units sold and an improved products mix. All product group segments registered an increase in net revenues. ASG increased by 9.1%, driven by higher sales volume, with double-digit growth in Telecom. The other groups registered a single-digit increase. IMS increased by 5.3% led by higher volume. FMG sales were up by 1.6% driven by sales volume; NOR Flash products increased while NAND products decreased.
 
Our fourth quarter revenue was characterized by strong performances in Telecom and Industrial, with good results also coming from Automotive and Computer while Consumer was basically flat.
 
By location of order shipment, the larger revenue increases were in Emerging Markets with approximately 29%; Asia Pacific, Greater China, Europe and Japan registered a good performance with approximately 10%, 7%, 4%, and 3%, respectively, while North America was basically flat. In the fourth quarter of 2007, we had several large customers, with the largest one, the Nokia group of companies, accounting for approximately 24% of our net revenues, increasing from the 21% it accounted for during the third quarter of 2007. Our top ten OEM customers accounted for approximately 51% of our net revenues in the fourth quarter of 2007 compared to 50% in the third quarter of 2007. Sales to distributors were approximately 19% in the fourth quarter of 2007 at the same level as in the third quarter of 2007.
 
Gross profit
 
                                         
    Quarter Ended     % Variation  
    Dec 31, 2007     Sept 29, 2007     Dec 31, 2006     Sequential     Year-Over-Year  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)              
    (In millions)              
 
Cost of sales
  $ (1,731 )   $ (1,663 )   $ (1,582 )     (4.1 )%     (9.4 )%
Gross profit
  $ 1,011     $ 902     $ 901       12.1 %     12.2 %
Gross margin (as a percentage of net revenues)
    36.9 %     35.2 %     36.3 %            
 
On a year-over-year basis, our gross profit increased led by improved manufacturing efficiencies which also contributed to an improvement in the gross margin from 36.3% to 36.9%. Fourth quarter 2007 gross profit also benefited from the suspended depreciation on FMG assets held for-sale. The gross margin expansion has also been supported by strong sales volume performance, and a favorable products mix, but was negatively impacted by price declines and the weakening U.S. dollar exchange rate.
 
On a sequential basis, our gross margin improved 170 basis points, driven by operating efficiencies, higher sales volume and improved products mix, which were partially negatively offset by the weakening of the U.S. dollar exchange rate and pricing pressure.


70


Table of Contents

Selling, general and administrative expenses
 
                                         
    Quarter Ended     % Variation  
    Dec 31, 2007     Sept 29, 2007     Dec 31, 2006     Sequential     Year-Over-Year  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)              
    (In millions)              
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
  $ (295 )   $ (272 )   $ (281 )     (8.6 )%     (5.3 )%
As percentage of net revenues
    (10.8 )%     (10.6 )%     (11.3 )%            
 
The amount of our SG&A expenses increased on a year-over-year basis, mainly due to the negative impact of the U.S. dollar rate and higher share-based compensation charges. Our share-based compensation charges were $11 million in the fourth quarter of 2007 ($9 million in the fourth quarter of 2006). Thanks to our net revenues increase, our fourth quarter 2007 ratio of SG&A as a percentage of net revenues decreased to 10.8%.
 
SG&A expenses increased sequentially mainly due to the negative U.S. dollar exchange rate impact and increased charges related to share-based compensation, which were $7 million in the third quarter. Thanks to higher revenues, SG&A expenses as a ratio to revenues remained basically flat on a sequential basis.
 
Research and development expenses
 
                                         
    Quarter Ended     % Variation  
    Dec 31, 2007     Sept 29, 2007     Dec 31, 2006     Sequential     Year-Over-Year  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)              
    (In millions)              
 
Research and development expenses
  $ (480 )   $ (442 )   $ (430 )     (8.7 )%     (11.7 )%
As percentage of net revenues
    (17.5 )%     (17.2 )%     (17.3 )%            
 
On a year-over-year basis, our research and development expenses increased in line with the expansion of our activities, including the acquisition of a design team from Nokia, and also due to the negative impact of the U.S. dollar exchange rate. Furthermore, the fourth quarter 2007 amount included $9 million of share-based compensation charges ($5 million in the fourth quarter of 2006). On a sequential basis, research and development expenses increased again due to the negative impact of the U.S. dollar exchange rate and also because of the costs associated with recent business acquisitions which included $7 million following the acquisition of a design team from Nokia.
 
Other income and expenses, net
 
                         
    Quarter Ended  
    Dec 31, 2007     Sept 29, 2007     Dec 31, 2006  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
    (In millions)  
 
Research and development funding
  $ 36     $ 35     $ 21  
Start-up costs
    (5 )     (4 )     (16 )
Exchange gain (loss) net
    5             1  
Patent litigation costs
    (3 )     (3 )     (8 )
Patent pre-litigation costs
    (3 )     (3 )     (3 )
Gain on sale of other non-current assets
    2       1        
Other, net
    (4 )     (2 )     (2 )
Other income and expenses, net
    28       24       (7 )
As a percentage of net revenues
    (1.0 )%     (0.9 )%     (0.3 )%
 
Other income and expenses, net, mainly include, as income, items such as research and development funding and as expenses, start-up costs, and patent claim costs. In the fourth quarter of 2007, research and development funding income was associated with our research and development projects, which qualify as funding on the basis of contracts with local government agencies in locations where we pursue our activities. In the fourth quarter of 2007, all of these factors resulted in a net income of $28 million, originated by the $36 million in research and development funding which experienced a quarterly-related strong increase in comparison to prior periods. As a result of the rationalized manufacturing activity, the amount of start-up costs also decreased compared to 2006 fourth quarter.


71


Table of Contents

Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs
 
                         
    Quarter Ended  
    Dec 31, 2007     Sept 29, 2007     Dec 31, 2006  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
    (In millions)  
 
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs
  $ (279 )   $ (31 )   $ (10 )
As a percentage of net revenues
    (10.2 )%     (1.2 )%     (0.4 )%
 
In the fourth quarter of 2007, we recorded impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs of $279 million. This expense was related to:
 
  •  an additional $249 million loss related to the ongoing disposal of FMG assets and $3 million of other related disposal costs, primarily originated by the revised terms of the transaction and by an updated calculation of our expected equity value at closing;
 
  •  an amount of $17 million related to the severance costs and other charges booked in relation to the 2007 restructuring plan of our manufacturing activities;
 
  •  a charge of $9 million generated by our 150-mm restructuring plan; and
 
  •  a charge of $1 million for employee benefits relating to other headcount restructuring plans
 
In the fourth quarter of 2006, impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs amounted to $10 million and were mainly related to $4 million for the headcount restructuring plan and $6 million for 150-mm restructuring plan.
 
In the third quarter of 2007, we recorded $31 million in impairment, restructuring charges and other related closures costs, mainly composed of $3 million booked upon signing the agreement for the planned disposal of our FMG assets, $16 million for severance costs related to the 2007 restructuring plan of our manufacturing activities, $5 million for the 150-mm restructuring plan, and $2 million for another headcount restructuring plan. See Note 21 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Operating income (loss)
 
                         
    Quarter Ended  
    Dec 31, 2007     Sept 29, 2007     Dec 31, 2006  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
    (In millions)  
 
Operating income (loss)
  $ (15 )   $ 181     $ 173  
In percentage of net revenues
    (0.6 )%     7.0 %     7.0 %
 
Year-over-year basis
 
Our operating income decreased from a profit of $173 million to a loss of $15 million because of the charges booked as impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs. Excluding these extraordinary items, our operating income showed significant improvement driven by the surge in sales volume and improvement of operating performance, which exceeded the negative impact of the U.S. dollar exchange rate and of the decline in selling prices. With reference to our product group segments, we registered operating income in all the product groups, but FMG took a large benefit from the suspended depreciation associated with assets held for sale. ASG’s operating income was $108 million, while IMS operating income slightly increased thanks to sales volume.
 
Sequentially
 
On a sequential basis, our operating results deteriorated because of the impairment and restructuring charges, and other costs; excluding these costs, our operating income improved supported by higher revenues and operating efficiencies.
 
ASG operating income declined sequentially in spite of an increase in sales volume due to the negative impact of the U.S. dollar exchange rate and higher expenses. IMS operating income registered an improvement due to a higher level of sales and despite the unfavorable currency impact. FMG moved from a loss in the third quarter of 2007 to a profit in fourth quarter of 2007 benefiting from the suspended depreciation on its assets held for sale.


72


Table of Contents

Interest income, net
 
                         
    Quarter Ended  
    Dec 31, 2007     Sept 29, 2007     Dec 31, 2006  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
    (In millions)  
 
Interest income, net
  $ 25     $ 22     $ 25  
 
Net interest income was $25 million in the fourth quarter of 2007. The slight increase versus the previous quarter was due to the higher values of liquidity due to continuous cash generation and one-off interest income.
 
Other-than-temporary impairment charges on marketable securities
 
                         
    Quarter Ended  
    Dec 31, 2007     Sept 29, 2007     Dec 31, 2006  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
    (In millions)  
 
Other-than-temporary impairment charges on marketable securities
  $ (46 )   $ 0     $ 0  
 
Beginning in May 2006, we gave a specific mandate to a global financial institution to invest a portion of our cash in a U.S. federally-guaranteed student loan program. In August 2007, we became aware that the financial institution had deviated from our instruction and that our account had been credited with investments in unauthorized auction rate securities. In the third quarter of 2007, we determined that since the unauthorized auction rate securities had experienced auction failure since August, and pending the above legal actions against the financial institution to recover the full amount of the losses for these unauthorized investments, the investments were to be more properly classified on our consolidated balance sheet as “Marketable securities” instead of “Cash and cash equivalents” as done in previous periods. The revision of the December 31, 2006 consolidated balance sheet results in a decrease of “Cash and cash equivalents” from $1,963 million to $1,659 million with an offsetting increase to “Marketable securities” from $460 million to $764 million. The revision of the December 31, 2006 consolidated statements of cash flows affects “Net cash used in investing activities”, which increased from $2,753 million to $3,057 million based on the increase in the investing activities line “Payment for purchase of marketable securities” from $460 million to $764 million. The “Net cash increase (decrease)” caption was also reduced $304 million from a decrease of $64 million to a decrease of $368 million, and the “Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period” changes to match the $1,659 million on the revised consolidated balance sheet. There are no other changes on the consolidated statements of cash flows, including the “Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period,” as we started to purchase auction rate securities only in 2006. We believe that investments made for our account in auction rate securities other than U.S. federally-guaranteed student loans were made without our authorization, and in 2008 we instituted proceedings against the responsible financial institution with a view to full recovery of the losses in our account. We intend to pursue our claim vigorously.
 
Earning (loss) on equity investments
 
                         
    Quarter Ended  
    Dec 31, 2007     Sept 29, 2007     Dec 31, 2006  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
    (In millions)  
 
Earning (loss) on equity investments
  $ 2     $ 3     $ (1 )
 
In the fourth quarter of 2007, we registered an income on equity investments, mainly related to our investment as minority shareholder in our joint venture with Hynix Semiconductor in China, basically equivalent to the amount in the previous quarter.
 
Income tax benefit (expense)
 
                         
    Quarter Ended  
    Dec 31, 2007     Sept 29, 2007     Dec 31, 2006  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
    (In millions)  
 
Income tax benefit (expense)
  $ 55     $ (18 )   $ 80  
 
During the fourth quarter of 2007, we registered an income tax benefit of $55 million, which includes a $72 million impairment on assets to be contributed into the planned disposal of the Flash Memories Group’s (“FMG”) assets held for sale. During the fourth quarter of 2006, we had an income tax benefit of $80 million, which was primarily the result of a favorable outcome of a tax litigation matter. During the third quarter of 2007, we recorded an income tax expense of $18 million.


73


Table of Contents

Our tax rate is variable and depends on changes in the level of operating income within various local jurisdictions and on changes in the applicable taxation rates of these jurisdictions, as well as changes in estimated tax provisions due to new events. We currently enjoy certain tax benefits in some countries; as such benefits may not be available in the future due to changes in the local jurisdictions, our effective tax rate could be different in future quarters and may increase in the coming years.
 
Net income
 
                         
    Quarter Ended  
    Dec 31, 2007     Sept 29, 2007     Dec 31, 2006  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
    (In millions)  
 
Net income
  $ 20     $ 187     $ 276  
As percentage of net revenues
    0.7 %     7.3 %     11.1 %
 
For the fourth quarter of 2007, we reported a net income of $20 million, compared to a net income of $276 million in the fourth quarter of 2006 and net income of $187 million in the third quarter of 2007. Our fourth quarter of 2007 was penalized by the higher value of impairment, restructuring charges, and other-than-temporary impairment on marketable securities. Basic and diluted earnings per share for the fourth quarter of 2007 were $0.02, lower than $0.31 and $0.30, respectively, in the fourth quarter of 2006. The diluted earnings per share were negatively impacted for $0.25 due to impairment, restructuring and other than temporary impairment charges on marketable securities.
 
Impact of Changes in Exchange Rates
 
Our results of operations and financial condition can be significantly affected by material changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and other currencies, particularly the Euro.
 
As a market rule, the reference currency for the semiconductor industry is the U.S. dollar and product prices are mainly denominated in U.S. dollars. However, revenues for certain of our products (primarily our dedicated products sold in Europe and Japan) are quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and as such are directly affected by fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar. As a result of currency variations, the appreciation of the Euro compared to the U.S. dollar could increase, in the short term, our level of revenues when reported in U.S. dollars; revenues for all other products, which are either quoted in U.S. dollars and billed in U.S. dollars or in local currencies for payment, tend not to be affected significantly by fluctuations in exchange rates, except to the extent that there is a lag between changes in currency rates and adjustments in the local currency equivalent price paid for such products. Furthermore, certain significant costs incurred by us, such as manufacturing, labor costs and depreciation charges, selling, general and administrative expenses, and research and development expenses, are largely incurred in the currency of the jurisdictions in which our operations are located. Given that most of our operations are located in the Euro zone or other non-U.S. dollar currency areas, our costs tend to increase when translated into U.S. dollars in case of dollar weakening or to decrease when the U.S. dollar is strengthening.
 
In summary, as our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar, currency exchange rate fluctuations affect our results of operations: if the U.S. dollar weakens, we receive a limited part of our revenues, and more importantly, we increase a significant part of our costs, in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. As described below, our effective average U.S. dollar exchange rate weakened during 2007, particularly against the Euro, causing us to report higher expenses and negatively impacting both our gross margin and operating income. Our consolidated statements of income for 2007 include income and expense items translated at the average U.S. dollar exchange rate for the period.
 
Our principal strategy to reduce the risks associated with exchange rate fluctuations has been to balance as much as possible the proportion of sales to our customers denominated in U.S. dollars with the amount of raw materials, purchases and services from our suppliers denominated in U.S. dollars, thereby reducing the potential exchange rate impact of certain variable costs relative to revenues. Moreover, in order to further reduce the exposure to U.S. dollar exchange fluctuations, we have hedged certain line items on our consolidated statements of income, in particular with respect to a portion of cost of goods sold, most of the research and development expenses and certain selling and general and administrative expenses, located in the Euro zone. Our effective average exchange rate of the Euro to the U.S. dollar was $1.35 for €1.00 in 2007 compared to $1.24 for €1.00 in 2006. These effective exchange rates reflect the actual exchange rates combined with the impact of hedging contracts matured in the period.
 
As of December 31, 2007, the outstanding hedged amounts to cover manufacturing costs were €158 million and to cover operating expenses were €170 million, at an average rate of about $1.46 and $1.45 for €1.00


74


Table of Contents

respectively (including the premium paid to purchase foreign exchange options), maturing over the period from January 8, 2008 to May 7, 2008. As of December 31, 2007, these outstanding hedging contracts and certain expired contracts covering manufacturing expenses capitalized in inventory represented a deferred gain of approximately $8 million after tax, recorded in “Other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity”, compared to a deferred gain of approximately $13 million after tax as of December 31, 2006. Our hedging policy is not intended to cover the full exposure. In addition, in order to mitigate potential exchange rate risks on our commercial transactions, we purchased and entered into forward foreign currency exchange contracts and currency options to cover foreign currency exposure in payables or receivables at our affiliates. We may in the future purchase or sell similar types of instruments. See “Item 11, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk,” for full details of outstanding contracts and their fair values. Furthermore, we may not predict in a timely fashion the amount of future transactions in the volatile industry environment. Consequently, our results of operations have been and may continue to be impacted by fluctuations in exchange rates.
 
Our treasury strategies to reduce exchange rate risks are intended to mitigate the impact of exchange rate fluctuations. No assurance may be given that our hedging activities will sufficiently protect us against declines in the value of the U.S. dollar. Furthermore, if the value of the U.S. dollar increases, we may record losses in connection with the loss in value of the remaining hedging instruments at the time. In 2007, as the result of cash flow hedging, we recorded a net profit of $36 million, consisting of a profit of $16 million to cost of sales, a profit of $15 million to research and development expenses, and a profit of $5 million to selling, general and administrative expenses, while in 2006, we recorded a net profit of $19 million.
 
The net effect of the consolidated foreign exchange exposure resulted in a net gain of $1 million in “Other income and expenses, net” in 2007.
 
Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries are, for consolidation purposes, translated into U.S. dollars at the period-end exchange rate. Income and expenses are translated at the average exchange rate for the period. The balance sheet impact of such translation adjustments has been, and may be expected to be, significant from period to period since a large part of our assets and liabilities are accounted for in Euros as their functional currency. Adjustments resulting from the translation are recorded directly in shareholders’ equity, and are shown as “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” in the consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity. At December 31, 2007, our outstanding indebtedness was denominated mainly in U.S. dollars and in Euros.
 
For a more detailed discussion, see Item 3, “Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations” — Our financial results can be adversely affected by fluctuations in exchange rates, principally in the value of the U.S. dollar.”
 
Impact of Changes in Interest Rates
 
Interest rates may fluctuate upon changes in financial market conditions and material changes can affect our results from operations and financial condition, since these changes can impact the total interest income received on our cash and cash equivalents and the total interest expense paid on our financial debt.
 
Our interest income, net, as reported on our consolidated statements of income, is the balance between interest income received from our cash and cash equivalent and marketable securities investments and interest expense paid on our long-term debt. Our interest income is dependent on the fluctuations in the interest rates, mainly in the U.S. dollar and the Euro, since we are investing on a short-term basis; any increase or decrease in the short-term market interest rates would mean an equivalent increase or decrease in our interest income. Our interest expenses are associated with our long-term convertible bonds (with a fixed rate) and floating rate senior bonds whose rate is fixed quarterly at LIBOR + 40bps. To manage the interest rate mismatch, in the second quarter of 2006, we entered into cancelable swaps to hedge a portion of the fixed rate obligations on our outstanding long-term debt with floating rate derivative instruments. Of the $974 million in 2016 Convertible Bonds issued in the first quarter of 2006, we entered into cancelable swaps for $200 million of the principal amount of the bonds, swapping the 1.5% yield equivalent on the bonds for 6 Month USD LIBOR minus 3.375%. We also have $250 million of restricted cash at fixed rate (our joint venture with Hynix Semiconductor) partially offsetting the interest rate mismatch of the 2016 Convertible Bond. Our hedging policy is not intended to cover the full exposure and all risks associated with these instruments.
 
As of December 31, 2007, our cash and cash equivalents generated an average interest income rate of 4.75%; the 9-year U.S. swap interest rate was 4.81%. The fair value of the swaps as of December 31, 2007 was $8 million since they were executed at higher than current market rates. In compliance with FAS 133 provisions on fair value hedges, the net impact of the hedging transaction on our consolidated statements of income was $1 million in 2007, which represents the ineffective part of the hedge. This amount was recorded in “Other income and expenses, net.”


75


Table of Contents

These cancelable swaps were designed and are expected to effectively replicate the bond’s behavior through a wide range of changes in financial market conditions and decisions made by both the holders of the bonds and us, thus being classified as highly effective hedges; however no assurance can be given that our hedging activities will sufficiently protect us against future significant movements in interest rates.
 
We may in the future enter into further cancellable swap transactions related to the 2016 Convertible Bonds or other fixed rate instruments. For full details of quantitative and qualitative information, see Item 11, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.”
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Treasury activities are regulated by our policies, which define procedures, objectives and controls. The policies focus on the management of our financial risk in terms of exposure to currency rates and interest rates. Most treasury activities are centralized, with any local treasury activities subject to oversight from our head treasury office. The majority of our cash and cash equivalents are held in U.S. dollars and Euros and are placed with financial institutions rated “A” or better. Part of our liquidity is also held in Euros to naturally hedge intercompany payables in the same currency and is placed with financial institutions rated at least single A long-term rating, meaning at least A3 from Moody’s Investor Service and A- from Standard & Poor’s and Fitch Ratings. Marginal amounts are held in other currencies. See Item 11, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”
 
In the third quarter of 2007, we determined that since unauthorized investments in auction rate securities other than U.S. federally-guaranteed student loan program experienced auction failure since August such investments were to be more properly classified on our consolidated balance sheet as “Marketable securities” instead of “Cash and cash equivalents” as done in previous periods. The revision of the December 31, 2006 consolidated balance sheet results in a decrease of “Cash and cash equivalents” from $1,963 million to $1,659 million with an offsetting increase to “Marketable securities” from $460 million to $764 million. The revision of the December 31, 2006 consolidated statements of cash flows affects “Net cash used in investing activities”, which increased from $2,753 million to $3,057 million based on the increase in the investing activities line “Payment for purchase of marketable securities” from $460 million to $764 million. The “Net cash increase (decrease)” caption was also reduced $304 million from a decrease of $64 million to a decrease of $368 million, and the “Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period” changes to match the $1,659 million on the revised consolidated balance sheet. There are no other changes on the consolidated statements of cash flows, including the “Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period” as we started to purchase auction rate securities only in 2006. We believe that investments made for our account in auction rate securities other than U.S. federally guaranteed student loans have been made without our due authorization and in 2008 we instituted proceedings against the responsible financial institution with a view to (fully) recovery of our losses. We intend to pursue our claim vigorously.
 
As of December 31, 2007, we had $1,855 million in cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities amounted to $1,014 million as current assets, composed of senior debt floating rate notes issued by primary financial institutions, $250 million as restricted cash and $369 million as non-current assets invested in auction rate securities.
 
At December 31, 2007, cash and cash equivalents totaled $1,855 million, compared to $1,659 million at December 31, 2006 and to $2,027 million at December 31, 2005. Cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2006 had been changed from $1,963 million, due to a reclassification of certain marketable securities previously accounted for as cash and cash equivalents as described above. At December 31, 2007, we had no investments in short-term deposits, compared to $250 million at December 31, 2006.
 
As of December 31, 2007, we had $1,014 million in marketable securities, with primary financial institutions with a minimum rating of A1/A+. They are reported at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized as a separate component of “Accumulated other comprehensive income” in the consolidated statement of changes in shareholders’ equity. The change in fair value of these instruments amounted to approximately $3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Marketable securities amounted to $764 million as of December 31, 2006, while we did not have any as of December 31, 2005. Changes in the instruments adopted to invest our liquidity in future periods may occur and may significantly affect our interest income (expense), net.
 
As of December 31, 2007, we had auction rate securities with a par value of $415 million. These securities represent interest in collateralized obligations and other commercial obligations. In the fourth quarter 2007, we registered a decline in fair value of these auction rate securities and considered this decline as “Other-than-temporary.” Recent credit concerns arising in the capital markets have reduced the ability to liquidate auction rate securities that we classify as available for sale securities on our consolidated balance sheet. Therefore, in the fourth quarter of 2007, we recorded an impairment charge of $46 million to reduce the value of these securities to their


76


Table of Contents

estimated fair value. The fair value of these securities has been evaluated on the basis of the weighted average of available information: (i) from publicly available indexes of securities with the same rating and comparable/similar underlying collaterals or industries exposure and (ii) using “mark to market” bids and “mark to model” valuations received from the structuring financial institutions of the outstanding auction rate securities. The estimated value of these securities could further decrease in the future as a result of credit market deterioration and/or other downgrading. After the judgment for the $46 million impairment charge recorded in fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, our auction rate securities have, therefore, an estimated fair value of approximately $369 million as of December 31, 2007. At December 31, 2007, these securities were rated AAA from at least one major rating agency.
 
Liquidity
 
We maintain a significant cash position and a low debt to equity ratio, which provide us with adequate financial flexibility. As in the past, our cash management policy is to finance our investment needs with net cash generated from operating activities.
 
During 2007, the evolution of our cash flow produced an increase in our cash and cash equivalent of $196 million, resulting in a level of cash and cash equivalent of $1,855 million.
 
The evolution of our cash flow over the last 3 years can be summarized as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Net cash from operating activities
  $ 2,188     $ 2,491     $ 1,798  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (1,737 )     (3,057 )     (1,528 )
Net cash from (used in) financing activities
    (296 )     132       (178 )
Effect of change in exchange rates
    41       66       (15 )
                         
Net cash increase (decrease)
    196       (368 )     77  
Cash and cash equivalent at the beginning of the period
    1,659       2,027       1,950  
                         
Cash and cash equivalent at the end of the period
    1,855       1,659       2,027  
 
Net cash from operating activities.  As in prior periods, the major source during 2007 was cash provided by operating activities. Our net cash from operating activities totaled $2,188 million in 2007, decreasing compared to $2,491 million in 2006 and increasing compared to $1,798 million in 2005.
 
Changes in our operating assets and liabilities resulted in a generation of net cash for the amount of $62 million in 2007, compared to net cash used of $60 million used in 2006. The main favorable variations were due to the net cash provided by inventory and by trade receivables.
 
Net cash used in investing activities.  Net cash used in investing activities was $1,737 million in 2007, compared to the $3,057 million used in 2006 and compared to the $1,528 million used in 2005. Payments for purchases of tangible assets were the main utilization of cash, amounting to $1,140 million for 2007, a decrease over $1,533 million in 2006. The 2006 payments were net of $660 million proceeds from matured short-term deposits and from the sale of our Accent subsidiary. In 2007, cash used for investments in intangible assets and financial assets was $208 million and capital contributions to equity investments was $32 million. In addition, we had payment for marketable securities of $708 million, balanced by proceeds from sales of marketable securities and from material short-term deposits for $101 million and $250 million respectively.
 
Capital expenditures for 2007 were principally allocated to:
 
  •  the completion of capacity ramp-up as per our Crolles2 alliance program with Freescale Semiconductor and NXP Semiconductors in our 300-mm fab in Crolles (France) and the acquisition of a portion of the tools from our former partners;
 
  •  the upgrading and expansion of our 200-mm fab in Agrate (Italy) for BCD technology and MEMS;
 
  •  the completion of the program of capacity expansion and the upgrading to finer geometry technologies of our 200-mm front-end facility in Rousset (France);
 
  •  the capacity ramp-up for one of our discrete process families and upgrading of our 150-mm fabs in Singapore;
 
  •  the upgrading to leading edge technologies, down to 45 nm, of our 200-mm R&D fab in Agrate (Italy);
 
  •  the capacity expansion for 65 nm, NAND and NOR Flash Memories, of our 200-mm fab in Singapore; and


77


Table of Contents

 
  •  the capacity expansion of our back-end plants in Muar (Malaysia) and Shenzhen (China).
 
Capital expenditures for 2006 were principally allocated to:
 
  •  the expansion of the 300-mm front-end joint project with NXP Semiconductors and Freescale Semiconductor in Crolles2 (France);
 
  •  the capacity expansion and the upgrading to finer geometry technologies for our 200-mm plant in Rousset (France);
 
  •  the capacity expansion and the upgrading of our 150-mm and 200-mm plant in Singapore;
 
  •  the upgrading of our 200-mm fab and pilot line in Agrate (Italy); and
 
  •  the capacity expansion for our back-end facilities in Malta, Shenzhen (China), Bouskoura (Morocco) and Muar (Malaysia).
 
Capital expenditures for 2005 were principally allocated to:
 
  •  the capacity expansion of our 200-mm and 150-mm front-end facilities in Singapore;
 
  •  the conversion to 200-mm of our front-end facility in Agrate (Italy);
 
  •  the capacity expansion of our back-end plants in Muar (Malaysia), Shenzhen (China), Toa Payoh (Singapore) and Malta;
 
  •  the expansion of our 200-mm front-end facility in Phoenix (Arizona);
 
  •  the capacity expansion of our 200-mm front-end facility in Rousset (France);
 
  •  the completion of building and continuation of facilities for our 300-mm front-end plant in Catania (Italy);
 
  •  the expansion of a 150-mm front-end and a 200-mm pilot line in Tours (France); and
 
  •  the expansion of the 300-mm front-end joint project with NXP Semiconductors and Freescale Semiconductor in Crolles2 (France).
 
Net operating cash flow.  We also present net operating cash flow defined as net cash from operating activities minus net cash used in investing activities, excluding payment for purchases of and proceeds from the sale of marketable securities (both current and non-current), short-term deposits and restricted cash. We believe net operating cash flow provides useful information for investors and management because it measures our capacity to generate cash from our operating and investing activities to sustain our operating activities. Net operating cash flow is not a U.S. GAAP measure and does not represent total cash flow since it does not include the cash flows generated by or used in financing activities. In addition, our definition of net operating cash flow may differ from definitions used by other companies. Net operating cash flow is determined as follows from our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Net cash from operating activities
  $ 2,188     $ 2,491     $ 1,798  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (1,737 )     (3,057 )     (1,528 )
Payment for purchase and proceeds from sale of marketable securities (current and non-current), short-term deposits and restricted cash, net
    389       1,232        
Net operating cash flow
  $ 840     $ 666     $ 270  
                         
 
Our net operating cash flow constantly increased over the last 3 years, thanks to a solid generation of cash from operating activities and a tight control on the level of our capital investments. We were able to significantly reduce the level of our capital investments as a percentage of sales. In 2007 and 2005, our operating activities were capable of generating cash in excess of our investing activities, whereas in 2006 cash used in investing activities exceeded that from operating activities. Due to purchases of marketable securities and investments in short-term deposits, however, which are excluded from the computation of operating cash flow, net operating cash flow improved to $840 million in 2007, compared to net operating cash flow of $666 million in 2006 and of $270 million in 2005.
 
Net cash used in financing activities.  Net cash from financing activities was $296 million used in 2007 compared to $132 million generated in 2006 and $178 million used in 2005. The main item used in financing activities in 2007 was the dividend payment for the amount of $269 million, while there were no major activities


78


Table of Contents

related to proceeds and repayment of long-term debt. The net cash from financing activities in 2006 was mainly due to the balance of the proceeds from the issuance of our 2013 Senior Bonds and 2016 Convertible Bonds, which amounted to $1,554 million net of issuance costs, and the repayment of long-term debts, primarily the redemption of the 2013 Convertible Bonds, of $1,377 million. In 2005 and 2006, we paid dividends in the amount of $107 million.
 
Capital Resources
 
Net financial position
 
We define our net financial position as the difference between our total cash position (cash, cash equivalents, current and non-current marketable securities, short-term deposits and restricted cash) net of total financial debt (bank overdrafts, current portion of long-term debt and long-term debt). Net financial position is not a U.S. GAAP measure. We believe our net financial position provides useful information for investors because it gives evidence of our global position either in terms of net indebtedness or net cash by measuring our capital resources based on cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities and the total level of our financial indebtedness. The net financial position is determined as follows from our Consolidated Balance Sheets as at December 31, 2007, December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 1,855     $ 1,659     $ 2,027  
Marketable securities, current
    1,014       764        
Short-term deposits
          250        
Restricted cash
    250       218        
Marketable securities, non-current
    369              
Total cash position
    3,488       2,891       2,027  
                         
Bank overdrafts
                (11 )
Current portion of long-term debt
    (103 )     (136 )     (1,522 )
Long-term debt
    (2,117 )     (1,994 )     (269 )
                         
Total financial debt
    (2,220 )     (2,130 )     (1,802 )
                         
Net financial position
  $ 1,268     $ 761     $ 225  
                         
 
The net financial position as of December 31, 2007 resulted in a net cash position of $1,268 million, representing an improvement from the net cash position of $761 million as of December 31, 2006. This improvement primarily results from favorable net operating cash flow generated during 2007. The restricted cash for 2007 is a long-term deposit with a bank to guarantee a loan from the bank to our joint venture in China with Hynix Semiconductor; in 2007, the restricted cash amounted to $250 million. Furthermore, following the recent deteriorating conditions in the capital markets, we have classified part of our marketable securities as non-current; the fair value of these marketable securities was estimated on December 31, 2007 to be in the amount of $369 million.
 
At December 31, 2007, the aggregate amount of our long-term debt was $2,220 million, including $2 million of our 2013 Convertible Bonds, $1,010 million of our 2016 Convertible Bonds and $736 million of our 2013 Senior Bonds (corresponding to the €500 million issuance). Additionally, the aggregate amount of our total available short-term credit facilities, excluding foreign exchange credit facilities, was approximately $1,212 million, which was not used at December 31, 2007. Our long-term capital market financing instruments contain standard covenants, but do not impose minimum financial ratios or similar obligations on us. Upon a change of control, the holders of our 2016 Convertible Bonds and 2013 Senior Bonds may require us to repurchase all or a portion of such holder’s bonds. See Note 17 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
As of December 31, 2007, debt payments due by period and based on the assumption that convertible debt redemptions are at the holder’s first redemption option were as follows:
 
                                                         
    Payments Due by Period  
    Total     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012     Thereafter  
    (In millions)  
 
Long-term debt (including current portion)
  $ 2,220     $ 103     $ 114     $ 60     $ 1,053     $ 41     $ 849  


79


Table of Contents

On August 7, 2006, as a result of almost all of the holders of our 2013 Convertible Bonds exercising the August 4, 2006 put option, we repurchased $1,397 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding convertible bonds. The outstanding 2013 Convertible Bonds, corresponding to approximately $2 million and approximately 2,505 bonds, may be redeemed, at the holder’s option, for cash on August 5, 2008 at a conversion ratio of $975.28, or on August 5, 2010 at a conversion ratio of $965.56, subject to adjustments in certain circumstances.
 
As of the end of 2007, we have the following credit ratings on our 2013 and 2016 Bonds:
 
                 
    Moody’s Investors
    Standard &
 
    Service     Poor’s  
 
Zero Coupon Senior Convertible Bonds due 2013
    WR(1 )     A-  
Zero Coupon Senior Convertible Bonds due 2016
    A3       A-  
Floating Rate Senior Bonds due 2013
    A3       A-  
 
 
(1) Rating withdrawn since the redemption in August 2006 of $1.4 billion of our 2013 Convertible Bonds, which left only $2 million of our 2013 Convertible Bonds outstanding.
 
On January 9, 2007, Standard & Poor’s confirmed the A- ratings and issued a “stable” outlook. On May 25, 2007, Moody’s issued a credit report confirming the A3 ratings and changing the outlook to “stable” from “under review for possible downgrade.”
 
In the event of a downgrade of these ratings, we believe we would continue to have access to sufficient capital resources.
 
Contractual Obligations, Commercial Commitments and Contingencies
 
Our contractual obligations, commercial commitments and contingencies as of December 31, 2007, and for each of the five years to come and thereafter, were as follows (1):
 
                                                         
    Total     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012     Thereafter  
 
Operating leases(1)
  $ 300     $ 57     $ 41     $ 30     $ 25     $ 18     $ 129  
Purchase obligations(1)
    1,200       1,100       65       30       5              
of which:
                                                       
Equipment and other asset purchase
    683       683                                
Foundry purchase
    266       266                                
Software, technology licenses and design
    251       151       65       30       5                  
Other obligations(1)
    622       463       92       37       9       8       13  
Long-term debt obligations (including current portion)(2)(3)(4) of which:
    2,220       103       114       60       1,053       41       849  
Capital leases(2)
    22       6       6       6       2             2  
Pension obligations(2)
    323       34       25       22       24       24       194  
Other non-current liabilities(2)
    115       17       37       15       2       2       42  
Total
  $ 4,780     $ 1,774     $ 374     $ 194     $ 1,118     $ 93     $ 1,227  
 
 
(1) Contingent liabilities which cannot be quantified are excluded from the table above.
 
(2) Items not reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2007.
 
(3) Items reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2007.
 
(4) See Note 17 to our Consolidated Financial Statements at December 31, 2007 for additional information related to long-term debt and redeemable convertible securities.
 
(5) Year of payment is based on maturity before taking into account any potential acceleration that could result from a triggering of the change of control provisions of the 2016 Convertible Bonds and the 2013 Senior Bonds.
 
As a consequence of our July 10, 2007 announcement concerning the planned closures of certain of our manufacturing facilities, the future shutdown of our plants in the United States will lead to negotiations with some of our suppliers. As no final date has been set, none of the contracts as reported above have been terminated nor do the reported amounts take into account any termination fees. This concerns approximately $54 million commitments (capital and operating leases and purchasing obligations.)


80


Table of Contents

Operating leases are mainly related to building leases. The amount disclosed is composed of minimum payments for future leases from 2008 to 2012 and thereafter. We lease land, buildings, plants and equipment under operating leases that expire at various dates under non-cancelable lease agreements.
 
Purchase obligations are primarily comprised of purchase commitments for equipment, for outsourced foundry wafers and for software licenses. Following the termination of the Crolles2 alliance with our partners Freescale Semiconductor and NXP Semiconductors, we signed an agreement with each of the two partners to commit to purchasing 300-mm equipment during 2008. The timing of the purchase has been agreed on the basis of our current visibility of the loading for our Crolles2 wafer fab.
 
Other obligations primarily relate to firm contractual commitments with respect to cooperation agreements. Following the agreement signed on December 11, 2007 to acquire Genesis Microchip, we committed to a cash tender offer to purchase all of the outstanding shares of Genesis Microchip for $8.65 per share, net to the holder in cash, for a total amount of $345 million approximately. The transaction was completed in January 2008. See more details in the “Other Developments” paragraph above.
 
Long-term debt obligations mainly consist of bank loans, convertible and non-convertible debt issued by us that is totally or partially redeemable for cash at the option of the holder. They include maximum future amounts that may be redeemable for cash at the option of the holder, at fixed prices. On August 7, 2006, as a result of almost all of the holders of our 2013 Convertible Bonds exercising the August 4, 2006 put option, we repurchased $1,397 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding convertible bonds. The outstanding 2013 Convertible Bonds, corresponding to approximately $2 million and approximately 2,505 bonds, may be redeemed, at the holder’s option, for cash on August 5, 2008 at a conversion ratio of $975.28, or on August 5, 2010 at a conversion ratio of $965.56, subject to adjustments in certain circumstances.
 
In February 2006, we issued $1,131 million principal amount at maturity of Zero Coupon Senior Convertible Bonds due in February 2016. The bonds are convertible by the holder at any time prior to maturity at a conversion rate of 43.118317 shares per one thousand dollars face value of the bonds corresponding to 41,997,240 equivalent shares. The holders can also redeem the convertible bonds on February 23, 2011 at a price of $1,077.58, on February 23, 2012 at a price of $1,093.81 and on February 24, 2014 at a price of $1,126.99 per one thousand dollars face value of the bonds. We can call the bonds at any time after March 10, 2011 subject to our share price exceeding 130% of the accreted value divided by the conversion rate for 20 out of 30 consecutive trading days.
 
At our annual general meeting of shareholders held on April 26, 2007, our shareholders approved a cash dividend distribution of $0.30 per share. Pursuant to the terms of our 2016 Convertible Bonds, the payment of this dividend gave rise to a slight change in the conversion rate thereof. The new conversion rate is 43.363087 corresponding to 42,235,646 equivalent shares.
 
In March 2006, STMicroelectronics Finance B.V. (“ST BV”), one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, issued Floating Rate Senior Bonds with a principal amount of €500 million at an issue price of 99.873%. The notes, which mature on March 17, 2013, pay a coupon rate of the three-month Euribor plus 0.40% on the 17th of June, September, December and March of each year through maturity. The notes have a put for early repayment in case of a change of control.
 
Pension obligations and termination indemnities amounting to $323 million consist of our best estimates of the amounts projected to be payable by us for the retirement plans based on the assumption that our employees will work for us until they reach the age of retirement. The final actual amount to be paid and related timings of such payments may vary significantly due to early retirements, terminations and changes in assumptions rates. See Note 16 to our Consolidated Financial Statements. The projected benefit obligation at December 31, 2007 was estimated at $590 million, increasing by $18 million compared to 2006; this obligation is partially funded by plan assets which have an estimated fair value of $278 million, increasing $37 million compared to previous year. As a result, the pension benefits showed an unfunded status of $312 million as at December 31, 2007, decreasing compared to $331 million as at December 31, 2006. We project to pay benefits in 2008 for an amount of $32 million, and we expect to increase our contributions to $34 million.
 
Other non-current liabilities include future obligations related to our restructuring plans and miscellaneous contractual obligations.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
At December 31, 2007, we had convertible debt instruments outstanding. Our convertible debt instruments contain certain conversion and redemption options that are not required to be accounted for separately in our


81


Table of Contents

financial statements. See Note 17 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more information about our convertible debt instruments and related conversion and redemption options.
 
We have no other material off-balance sheet arrangements at December 31, 2007.
 
Financial Outlook
 
We are reconfirming our target to have capital expenditures represent approximately 10% of sales in 2008; we, therefore, currently expect that capital spending for 2008 will decrease compared to the $1.14 billion spent in 2007. The most significant of our 2008 capital expenditure projects are expected to be: (a) for the front-end facilities: (i) full capacity ownership of our 300-mm fab in Crolles, through the purchase of the Alliance partners tools; (ii) a specific program of capacity growth devoted to MEMS in Agrate (Italy) and mixed technologies in Agrate and Catania (Italy) to support the significant growth opportunity in these technologies; (iii) focused investment both in manufacturing and R&D in France sites to secure and develop our system oriented proprietary technologies portfolio (HCMOS derivatives and mixed signal) required by our strategic customers; and (b) for the back-end facilities, the capital expenditures will mainly be dedicated to the technology evolution to support the ICs path to package size reduction in Shenzhen (China) and Muar (Malaysia) and to prepare for future years capacity growth by completing the new production area in Muar and the new plant in Longgang (China).
 
The Crolles2 alliance with NXP Semiconductors and Freescale Semiconductor expired on December 31, 2007 and we have signed an agreement to buy the remainder of their equipment in the first half 2008, based on our capacity needs. The timing of the purchase has been agreed on the basis of our current visibility of the loading for our Crolles2 300-mm wafer fab. The contracts provide for the following schedule of purchases of the equipment: $140 million on March 14, 2008; $135 million on April 1, 2008; and, $129 million on June 30, 2008.
 
We will continue to monitor our level of capital spending by taking into consideration factors such as trends in the semiconductor industry, capacity utilization and announced additions. We expect to have significant capital requirements in the coming years and in addition we intend to continue to devote a substantial portion of our net revenues to research and development. We plan to fund our capital requirements from cash provided by operating activities, available funds and available support from third parties (including state support), and may have recourse to borrowings under available credit lines and, to the extent necessary or attractive based on market conditions prevailing at the time, the issuing of debt, convertible bonds or additional equity securities. A substantial deterioration of our economic results and consequently of our profitability could generate a deterioration of the cash generated by our operating activities. Therefore, there can be no assurance that, in future periods, we will generate the same level of cash as in the previous years to fund our capital expenditures for expansion plans, our working capital requirements, research and development and industrialization costs.
 
Impact of Recently Issued U.S. Accounting Standards
 
(a) Accounting pronouncements effective in 2007 and expected to impact the Company’s operations
 
In February 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 155, Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140 (“FAS 155”). The statement amended Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“FAS 133”) and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities (“FAS 140”). The primary purposes of this statement were (1) to allow companies to select between bifurcation of hybrid financial instruments or fair valuing the hybrid as a single instrument, (2) to clarify certain exclusions of FAS 133 related to interest and principal-only strips, (3) to define the difference between freestanding and hybrid securitized financial assets, and (4) to eliminate the FAS 140 prohibition of Special Purpose Entities holding certain types of derivatives. The statement is effective for annual periods beginning after September 15, 2006, with early adoption permitted prior to a company issuing first quarter financial statements. We adopted FAS 155 in 2007 and FAS 155 did not have any material effect on our financial position or results of operations.
 
In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (“FIN 48”). The interpretation seeks to clarify the accounting for tax positions taken, or expected to be taken, in a company’s tax return and the uncertainty as to the amount and timing of recognition in the company’s financial statements in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes (“FAS 109”). The interpretation also addresses derecognition of previously recognized tax positions, classification of related tax assets and liabilities, accrual of interest and penalties, interim period accounting, and disclosure and transition provisions. The interpretation is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. We adopted


82


Table of Contents

FIN 48 as at January 1, 2007. The cumulative effect of the change in the accounting principle that we applied to uncertain income tax positions was recorded in 2007 as an adjustment to retained earnings. The impact of such adoption is detailed in Note 2.11. Uncertain tax positions, unrecognized tax benefits and related accrued interest and penalties are further described in Note 23.
 
(b) Accounting pronouncements effective in 2007 and not expected to impact the Company’s operations
 
In March 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 156, Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140 (“FAS 156”). This statement requires initial fair value recognition of all servicing assets and liabilities for servicing contracts entered in the first fiscal year beginning after September 15, 2006. After initial recognition, the servicing assets and liabilities are either amortized over the period of expected servicing income or loss or fair value is reassessed each period with changes recorded in earnings for the period. We adopted FAS 156 in 2007 and FAS 156 did not have any material effect on our financial position and results of operations.
 
(c) Accounting pronouncements expected to impact the Company’s operations that are not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Company
 
In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“FAS 157”). This statement defines fair value as “the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.” In addition, the statement defines a fair value hierarchy which should be used when determining fair values, except as specifically excluded (i.e. stock awards, measurements requiring vendor specific objective evidence, and inventory pricing). The hierarchy places the greatest relevance on Level 1 inputs which include quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 inputs, which are observable either directly or indirectly, include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in non-active markets, and inputs that could vary based on either the condition of the assets or liabilities or volumes sold. The lowest level of the hierarchy, Level 3, is unobservable inputs and should only be used when observable inputs are not available. This would include company level assumptions and should be based on the best available information under the circumstances. FAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 with early adoption permitted for fiscal year 2007 if first quarter statements have not been issued. However, in November 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board drafted a proposed FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) that would partially defer the effective date of FAS 157 for one year for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are recognized at fair value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis. The final FSP was issued in February 2008. However, it does not defer recognition and disclosure requirements for financial assets and financial liabilities or for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are measured at least annually. We have adopted FAS 157 as of January 1, 2008. FAS 157 adoption is prospective, with no cumulative effect of the change in the accounting guidance for fair value measurement to be recorded as an adjustment to retained earnings, except for the following: valuation of financial instruments previously measured with block premiums and discounts; valuation of certain financial instruments and derivatives at fair value using the transaction price; and valuation of a hybrid instrument previously measured at fair value using the transaction price. We will not record, upon adoption, any adjustment to retained earnings since we do not hold any of the three categories of instruments described above. Consequently, Consolidated Financial Statements as of January 1, 2008 will reflect fair value measures in compliance with previous GAAP. Reassessment of fair value in compliance with FAS 157 will be dealt with as a change in estimates, if any, in the first quarter of 2008. We have identified the following items in our Consolidated Financial Statements for which detailed assessment on FAS 157 impact was required: the valuation of available-for-sale securities for which no observable market price is obtainable; the annual goodwill impairment test based on the fair value of the tested reporting units; and FAS 144 held-for-sale model when applied to the Company’s Flash memory business deconsolidation (the “FMG deconsolidation”). Concerning the valuation of available-for-sale debt securities which have currently, at the best of management’s visibility, no observable market price, management estimates that fair value of these instruments when measured in compliance with FAS 157 should not materially differ from current estimates and that fair value measure, even if using certain entity-specific assumptions, is in line with a Level 3 FAS 157 fair value hierarchy. For goodwill impairment testing and the use of fair value of tested reporting units, we are currently reviewing our goodwill impairment model to measure fair value on marketable comparables, instead of discounted cash flows generated by each reporting entity. Based on our preliminary assessment, management estimates that FAS 157 adoption could have an effect on certain future goodwill impairment tests, in the event our strategic plan could necessitate changes in the product portfolios, for which materiality will be further evaluated. Finally, we continue to evaluate the potential impact of adopting FAS 157, but management believes that, based on the current available evidence, the fair value measure on the consideration to be received upon FMG deconsolidation is in line with FAS 157 definition of fair value and that FAS 157 adoption should not have a material impact on the actual loss to be recorded at the date of the transaction closing. These conclusions are the results of analysis


83


Table of Contents

done based on current assumptions that are true today, but upon certain changes in events and circumstances may no longer be consistent with the assumptions upon the date of adoption. As a result, these conclusions on the impact of FAS 157 adoption are subject to revision as the evaluations are concluded.
 
In February 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities- Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (“FAS 159”). This statement permits companies to choose to measure eligible items at fair value at specified election dates and report unrealized gains and losses in earnings at each subsequent reporting date on items for which the fair value option has been elected. The objective of this statement is to improve financial reporting by providing companies with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. A company may decide whether to elect the fair value option for each eligible item on its election date, subject to certain requirements described in the statement. FAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 with early adoption permitted for fiscal year 2007 if first quarter statements have not been issued. We have adopted FAS 159 as of January 1, 2008 and will accordingly evaluate the assets and liabilities on which we have elected to apply the fair value option as of the end of the first quarter 2008.
 
In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141 (Revised 2007), Business Combinations (“FAS 141R”) and No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51 (“FAS 160”). These new standards will initiate substantive and pervasive changes that will impact both the accounting for future acquisition deals and the measurement and presentation of previous acquisitions in Consolidated Financial Statements. The standards continue the movement toward the greater use of fair values in financial reporting. FAS 141R will significantly change how business acquisitions are accounted for and will impact financial statements both on the acquisition date and in subsequent periods. FAS 160 will change the accounting and reporting for minority interests, which will be recharacterized as noncontrolling interests and classified as a component of equity. The significant changes from current practice resulting from FAS 141R are: the definitions of a business and a business combination have been expanded, resulting in an increased number of transactions or other events that will qualify as business combinations; for all business combinations (whether partial, full, or step acquisitions), the entity that acquires the business (the “acquirer”) will record 100% of all assets and liabilities of the acquired business, including goodwill, generally at their fair values; certain contingent assets and liabilities acquired will be recognized at their fair values on the acquisition date; contingent consideration will be recognized at its fair value on the acquisition date and, for certain arrangements, changes in fair value will be recognized in earnings until settled; acquisition-related transaction and restructuring costs will be expensed rather than treated as part of the cost of the acquisition and included in the amount recorded for assets acquired; in step acquisitions, previous equity interests in an acquiree held prior to obtaining control will be remeasured to their acquisition-date fair values, with any gain or loss recognized in earnings; when making adjustments to finalize initial accounting, companies will revise any previously issued post-acquisition financial information in future financial statements to reflect any adjustments as if they had been recorded on the acquisition date; reversals of valuation allowances related to acquired deferred tax assets and changes to acquired income tax uncertainties will be recognized in earnings, except for qualified measurement period adjustments (the measurement period is a period of up to one year during which the initial amounts recognized for an acquisition can be adjusted.; this treatment is similar to how changes in other assets and liabilities in a business combination will be treated, and different from current accounting under which such changes are treated as an adjustment of the cost of the acquisition); and asset values will no longer be reduced when acquisitions result in a “bargain purchase”, instead the bargain purchase will result in the recognition of a gain in earnings. The significant change from current practice resulting from FAS 160 is that since the noncontrolling interests are now considered as equity, transactions between the parent company and the noncontrolling interests will be treated as equity transactions as far as these transactions do not create a change in control. FAS 141R and FAS 160 are effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. FAS 141R will be applied prospectively, with the exception of accounting for changes in a valuation allowance for acquired deferred tax assets and the resolution of uncertain tax positions accounted for under FIN 48. FAS 160 requires retroactive adoption of the presentation and disclosure requirements for existing minority interests. All other requirements of FAS 160 shall be applied prospectively. Early adoption is prohibited for both standards. We are currently evaluating the effect the adoption of these statements will have on our financial position and results of operations.
 
(d) Accounting pronouncements that are not yet effective and are not expected to impact the Company’s operations
 
In June 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached final consensus on Issue No. 06-11, Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards (“EITF 06-11”). The issue applies to equity-classified nonvested shares on which dividends are paid prior to vesting, equity-classified nonvested share units on


84


Table of Contents

which dividends equivalents are paid, and equity-classified share options on which payments equal to the dividends paid on the underlying shares are made to the option-holder while the option is outstanding. The issue is applicable to the dividends or dividend equivalents that are (1) charged to retained earnings under the guidance in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (Revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (“FAS 123R”) and (2) result in an income tax deduction for the employer. EITF 06-11 states that a realized tax benefit from dividends or dividend equivalents that are charged to retained earnings and paid to employees for equity-classified nonvested shares, nonvested equity share units, and outstanding share options should be recognized as an increase to additional paid-in-capital. Those tax benefits are considered excess tax benefits (“windfall”) under FAS 123R. EITF 06-11 must be applied prospectively to dividends declared in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted for the income tax benefits of dividends on equity-based awards that are declared in periods for which financial statements have not yet been issued. We will adopt EITF 06-11 when effective. However, management does not expect that EITF 06-11 will have a material effect on our financial position and results of operations.
 
In June 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached final consensus on Issue No. 07-3, Accounting for Advance Payments for Goods or Services to Be Used in Future Research and Development Activities (“EITF 07-3”). The issue addresses whether non-refundable advance payments for goods or services that will be used or rendered for research and development activities should be expensed when the advance payments are made or when the research and development activities have been performed. EITF 07-3 applies only to non-refundable advance payments for goods and services to be used and rendered in future research and development activities pursuant to an executory contractual arrangement. EITF 07-3 states that non-refundable advance payments for future research and development activities should be capitalized until the goods have been delivered or the related services have been performed. If an entity does not expect the goods to be delivered or services to be rendered, the capitalized advance payment should be charged to expense. EITF 07-3 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. Earlier application is not permitted and entities should recognize the effect of applying the guidance in this Issue prospectively for new contracts entered into after EITF 07-3 effective date. We will adopt EITF 07-3 when effective. However, management does not expect that EITF 07-3 will have a material effect on our financial position and results of operations.
 
In November 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached final consensus on Issue No. 07-1, Accounting for Collaborative arrangements (“EITF 07-1”). The consensus prohibits the application of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 18, The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock (“APB 18”) and the equity method of accounting for collaborative arrangements unless a legal entity exists. Payments between the collaborative partners would be evaluated and reported in the consolidated statements of income based on applicable GAAP. Absent specific GAAP, the entities that participate in the arrangement would apply other existing GAAP by analogy or apply a reasonable and rational accounting policy consistently. EITF 07-1 is effective for periods that begin after December 15, 2008 and would apply to arrangements in existence as of the effective date. The effect of the new consensus will be accounted for as a change in accounting principle through retrospective application. We will adopt EITF 07-1 when effective and management does not expect that EITF 07-1 will have a material effect on our financial position and results of operations.
 
In November 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached final consensus on Issue No. 07-6, Accounting for the Sale of Real Estate When the Agreement Includes a Buy-Sell Clause (“EITF 07-6”). The issue addresses whether the existence of a buy-sell arrangement would preclude partial sales treatment when real estate is sold to a jointly owned entity. The consensus provides that the existence of a buy-sell clause does not necessarily preclude partial sale treatment under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 66, Accounting for Sales of Real Estate (“FAS 66”). EITF 07-6 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007 and would be applied prospectively to transactions entered into after the effective date. We will adopt EITF 07-6 when effective and management does not expect that EITF 07-6 will have a material effect on our financial position and results of operations.
 
In November 2007, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 109, Written Loan Commitments Recorded at Fair Value Through Earnings (“SAB 109”). SAB 109 provides the Staff’s views regarding written loan commitments that are accounting for at fair value through earnings under GAAP. SAB 109 revises and rescinds portions of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 105, Application of Accounting Principles to Loan Commitments (“SAB 105”). SAB 105 stated that in measuring the fair value of a derivative loan commitment it would be inappropriate to incorporate the expected net future cash flows related to the associated servicing of the loan. Consistent with FAS 156 and FAS 159, SAB 109 states that the expected net future cash flows related to the associated servicing of the loan should be included in the measurement of all written loan commitments that are accounted for at fair value through earnings. SAB 109 does, however, retain the Staff’s views included in SAB 105 that no internally-developed intangible assets should be included in the measurement of


85


Table of Contents

the estimated fair value of a loan commitment derivative. SAB 109 is effective for all written loan commitments recorded at fair value that are entered into, or substantially modified, in fiscal quarters beginning after December 15, 2007. We will adopt SAB 109 when effective but management does not expect that SAB 109 will have a material effect on our financial position and results of operations.
 
In January 2008, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 110, Year-End Help for Expensing Employee Stock Options (“SAB 110”). SAB 110 expresses the views of the Staff regarding the use of a “simplified” method, in developing an estimate of expected term of “plain vanilla” share options in accordance with FAS 123R and amended its previous guidance under SAB 107 which prohibited entities from using the simplified method for stock option grants after December 31, 2007. The Staff amended its previous guidance because additional information about employee exercise behavior has not become widely available. With SAB 110, the Staff permits entities to use, under certain circumstances, the simplified method beyond December 31, 2007 if they conclude that their data about employee exercise behavior does not provide a reasonable basis for estimating the expected-term assumption. SAB 110 is not relevant to our operations since we redefined in 2005 our compensation policy by no longer granting stock options but rather issuing nonvested shares.
 
Impairment, Restructuring Charges and Other Related Closure Costs
 
In 2007, we incurred charges related to the main following items: (i) the planned disposal of our FMG assets, (ii) the 2007 manufacturing restructuring plan; (iii) the 150-mm restructuring plan; (iii) the headcount reduction plan; and (iv) the yearly impairment review.
 
On May 22, 2007, we announced that we had entered into a definitive agreement with Intel Corporation and Francisco Partners L.P. to create a new independent semiconductor company from the key assets of our and Intel’s Flash Memory businesses, which generated over $3 billion in combined annual revenue in 2007. The new company’s strategic focus will be on supplying Flash memory solutions for a variety of consumer and industrial devices, including cellular phones, MP3 players, digital cameras, computers and other high-tech equipment. Under the terms of the agreement, we will sell our Flash memory assets, including our manufacturing NAND joint venture interest with Hynix Semiconductor in Wuxi People’s Republic of China and other NOR and NAND resources, to a new company, while Intel will sell its NOR assets and business. In exchange, at closing Intel will have received a 45.1% equity ownership stake, and we will receive a 48.6% equity ownership stake. Francisco Partners L.P., a Menlo Park, California-based private equity firm, will invest $150 million in cash for convertible preferred stock representing a 6.3% ownership interest, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances. On July 19, 2007, we announced that the pending new company will be named “Numonyx.” All required regulatory clearances for Numonyx have been received. On December 26, 2007, we agreed with Intel and Francisco Partners to extend the deadline for the closing of Numonyx to March 28, 2008 pending finalization of revised financing terms and conditions. The three parties continue to work to satisfy the conditions to closing for the transaction and expect the closing to take place in the first quarter of 2008. As described in further detail above under the heading “Critical Accounting Policies Using Significant Estimates — Asset Disposal”, the creation of Numonyx gave rise to the assets being contributed to the new company being classified as “Assets held for sale” requiring an impairment analysis. As a result of this review, we have registered a pre-tax loss in 2007 of $1,106 million, an additional pre-tax $1 million impairment charge on certain specific equipment that could not be transferred and for which no alternative future use could be found in the Company and an additional pre-tax $5 million of other related disposal costs. The current estimated loss is the balance between the estimated value of our consideration and an updated calculation of our expected equity value in Numonyx at closing, and the estimated asset value of our contribution which mainly consists of tangible assets related to our fabs in Ang Mo Kio 200-mm (Singapore), our Agrate R2 200-mm pilot line (Italy), our 300-mm building in Catania (Italy), and part of our back-end facility in Muar (Malaysia), the inventory of FMG products, the rights to use certain portions of our manufacturing capacity for a certain period of time, and our participation in the China JV with Hynix Semiconductors. The amount of the loss may increase pending the final evaluation report being prepared by an independent firm, as well as the impact of any further deterioration in the market conditions of the Flash memory business and the credit markets generally.
 
On June 18, 2007, we committed to a new program to optimize our cost structure which involves the closing of three manufacturing operations. Over the next two to three years we will wind down operations of our 200-mm wafer fab in Phoenix (Arizona), our 150-mm fab in Carrollton (Texas) and our back-end packaging and test facility in Ain Sebaa (Morocco). We expect these measures to generate savings of approximately $150 million per year in the cost of goods sold once the plan is completed. The total impairment and restructuring charges for this program are expected to be in the range of $270 million and $300 million of which approximately $250 million are estimated to be cash charges. As of December 31, 2007, we registered a charge in our accounts of approximately $73 million, of which $60 million is related to our U.S. fabs and $13 million to the other site closures. The 2007 charges are associated with impairment for $11 million and restructuring charges for $62 million.


86


Table of Contents

During the third quarter of 2003, we commenced a plan to restructure our 150-mm fab operations and part of our back-end operations in order to improve cost competitiveness. The 150-mm restructuring plan focuses on cost reduction by transferring a large part of European and U.S. 150-mm production to Singapore and by upgrading production to a finer geometry 200-mm wafer fab. The plan includes the discontinuation of production of Rennes, France; the closure as soon as operationally feasible of the 150-mm wafer pilot line in Castelletto, Italy; and the downsizing by approximately one-half of the 150-mm wafer fab in Carrollton, Texas. Furthermore, the 150-mm wafer fab productions in Agrate, Italy and Rousset, France has been gradually phased-out in favor of 200-mm wafer ramp-ups at existing facilities in these locations, which has been expanded or upgraded to accommodate additional finer geometry wafer capacity. This manufacturing restructuring plan designed to enhance our cost structure and competitiveness was substantially completed by the end of 2007. The total plan of impairment and restructuring costs for the front-end and back-end reorganization was estimated to be in the range of $330 million to $350 million in pre-tax charges; as of December 31, 2007 with the plan basically completed the total cumulated net charge stood at $345 million of which $29 million was booked in 2007, $22 million in 2006, $13 million in 2005, $76 million in 2004 and $205 million in 2003.
 
In the second quarter of 2005, we announced a restructuring plan that, combined with other initiatives, aimed at reducing 3,000 members of our workforce outside Asia by the second half of 2006, of which 2,300 were planned for Europe. The total cost of these measures was estimated to be approximately $100 million pre-tax at the completion of the plan, of which $86 million had been incurred as of December 31, 2006. We also upgraded the 150-mm production fabs to 200-mm, optimized on a global scale our Electrical Wafer Sorting (EWS) activities, and harmonized and streamlined our support functions and disengaged from certain activities. This plan was substantially completed by the end of 2007. We spent $9 million in 2007.
 
In the third quarter of 2007, we performed our annual impairment tests in order to assess the recoverability of goodwill carrying value and based on this we assessed that no impairment charge had to be recognized on goodwill.
 
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs incurred in 2007 are summarized as follows:
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31, 2007  
                      Total Impairment,
 
                      Restructuring
 
                      Charges and
 
          Restructuring
    Other Related
    Other Related
 
    Impairment     Charges     Closure Costs     Closure Costs  
    (In millions)  
 
Disposal of FMG assets
  $ 1,107     $     $ 5     $ 1,112  
2007 restructuring plan
    11       62             73  
150-mm fab plan
          2       27       29  
Headcount restructuring plan
          6       3       9  
Other
    5                   5  
                                 
Total
  $ 1,123     $ 70     $ 35     $ 1,228  
                                 
 
In 2007, total cash outlays for the restructuring plan amounted to $55 million, corresponding mainly to the payment of expenses consisting of $31 million related to our 150-mm restructuring plan, $19 million related to our headcount restructuring plan, $3 million related to the disposal our FMG assets and $2 million related to the new restructuring plan. See Note 21 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Equity Method Investment
 
UPEK Inc.
 
In 2004, we formed with Sofinnova Capital IV FCPR a new company, UPEK Inc., as a venture capitalist-funded purchase of the Company’s TouchChip business. UPEK, Inc. was initially capitalized with the Company’s transfer of the business, personnel and technology assets related to the fingerprint biometrics business, formerly known as the TouchChip Business Unit, for a 48% interest. Sofinnova Capital IV FCPR contributed $11 million of cash for a 52% interest. In 2005, an additional $9 million was contributed by Sofinnova Capital IV FCPR, reducing our ownership to 33%. We accounted for our share in UPEK, Inc. under the equity method.
 
On June 30, 2005, we sold our interest in UPEK Inc. for $13 million and recorded a gain amounting to $6 million in “Other income and expenses, net” on our consolidated statements of income. Additionally, on June 30, 2005, we were granted warrants for 2,000,000 shares of UPEK, Inc. at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. The warrants are not limited in time but can only be exercised in the event of a change of control or an Initial Public Offering of UPEK Inc. above a predetermined value.


87


Table of Contents

Hynix Semiconductor-ST Joint Venture
 
We signed, in 2004, a joint-venture agreement with Hynix Semiconductor to build a front-end memory-manufacturing facility in Wuxi City, Jiangsu Province, China. Under the agreement, Hynix Semiconductor contributed $500 million for a 67% equity interest and we contributed $250 million for a 33% equity interest. In addition, we originally committed to grant $250 million in long-term financing to the new joint venture guaranteed by the subordinated collateral of the joint-venture’s assets. We made the total $250 million capital contributions as previously planned in the joint venture agreement in 2006. We accounted for our share in the Hynix Semiconductor-ST joint venture under the equity method based on the actual results of the joint venture through the fourth quarter of 2007. As such, we recorded earnings totaling $14 million in 2007 and a loss of $6 million in 2006, reported as “Earnings (loss) on equity investments” in the consolidated statements of income.
 
In 2007, Hynix Semiconductor invested an additional $750 million in additional shares of the joint venture to fund a facility expansion. As a result of this investment, in October 2007, pursuant to the formal approval by the Chinese authorities of the additional investment, our interest in the joint venture declined from approximately 33% to 17%. At December 31, 2007 the investment in the joint venture amounted to $276 million and was included in assets held for sale on the consolidated balance sheet as it is expected to be transferred to Numonyx upon the formation of that company (see Note 7 to Consolidated Financial Statements). We (or Numonyx following the transfer of our interest in the joint venture to Numonyx) have the option to purchase from Hynix Semiconductor up to $250 million in shares to increase our interest in the joint venture back to a maximum of 33%.
 
Due to regulatory and withholding issues we could not directly provide the joint venture with the $250 million long-term financing as originally planned. As a consequence, in the fourth quarter of 2006, we entered into a ten-year term debt guarantee agreement with an external financial institution through which we guaranteed the repayment of the loan by the joint venture to the bank. The guarantee agreement includes us placing up to $250 million in cash in a deposit account. The guarantee deposit will be used by the bank in case of repayment failure from the joint venture, with $250 million as the maximum potential amount of future payments we, as the guarantor, could be required to make. In the event of default and failure to repay the loan from the joint venture, the bank will exercise our rights, subordinated to the repayment to senior lenders, to recover the amounts paid under the guarantee through the sale of the joint-venture’s assets. In 2007, we placed the remaining $32 million of cash on the guarantee deposit account, which totaled $250 million as at December 31, 2007 and was reported as “Restricted cash for equity investments” on the consolidated balance sheet.
 
The debt guarantee was evaluated under FIN 45. It resulted in the recognition of a $17 million liability, corresponding to the fair value of the guarantee at inception of the transaction. The liability was reported on the line “Other non-current liabilities” in the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2007 and was recorded against the value of the equity investment, which totaled $293 million. We reported the debt guarantee on the line “Other investments and other non-current assets” since the terms of the FMG sale agreement to Numonyx do not include the transfer of the debt guarantee which will be retained by us post the Numonyx closing.
 
We identified the joint venture as a Variable Interest Entity (VIE) at December 31, 2006, principally because the joint venture was in the development stage, but we determined that we were not the primary beneficiary of the VIE. Because of events that occurred in 2007 including the facility expansion and additional investment, it was determined that the joint venture was no longer in the development stage and accordingly that the joint venture no longer met the criteria for qualification as a VIE. Our current maximum exposure to loss as a result of our involvement with the joint venture is limited to our equity investments and debt guarantee commitments.
 
Backlog and Customers
 
We entered 2008 with a backlog (including frame orders) that was significantly higher than we had entering 2007. This increase is due to the solid level of bookings (including frame orders) that we registered in the fourth quarter of 2007. Backlog (including frame orders) is subject to possible cancellation, push back, lower than expected hit of frame orders etc., and thus is not necessarily indicative of billings amount or growth for the year.
 
In 2007, we had several large customers, with the Nokia Group of companies being the largest and accounting for approximately 21% of our revenues, compared to 22% in 2006. Total OEMs accounted for approximately 80% of our net revenues, declining slightly from approximately 81% in 2006. In 2007, our top ten OEM customers accounted for approximately 49%, decreasing slightly from approximately 51% in 2006. Distributors accounted for approximately 20% of our net revenues compared to approximately 19% in 2006. We have no assurance that the Nokia Group of companies, or any other customer, will continue to generate revenues for us at the same levels. If we were to lose one or more of our key customers, or if they were to significantly reduce their bookings, not to confirm


88


Table of Contents

planned delivery dates on frame orders in a significant manner or fail to meet their payment obligations, our operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.
 
Item 6.   Directors, Senior Management and Employees
 
Directors and Senior Management
 
The management of our company is entrusted to the Managing Board under the supervision of the Supervisory Board.
 
Supervisory Board
 
Our Supervisory Board advises our Managing Board and is responsible for supervising the policies pursued by our Managing Board and the general course of our affairs and business. Our Supervisory Board consists of such number of members as is resolved by our annual shareholders’ meeting upon a non-binding proposal of our Supervisory Board, with a minimum of six members. Decisions by our annual shareholders’ meeting concerning the number and the identity of our Supervisory Board members are taken by a simple majority of the votes cast at a meeting, provided quorum conditions are met (15% of our issued and outstanding share capital present or represented).
 
Our Supervisory Board had the following nine members since our annual shareholders’ meeting held on April 26, 2007:
 
                             
Name(1)
 
Position
  Year Appointed(2)     Term Expires     Age  
 
Gérald Arbola
  Chairman     2004       2008       59  
Bruno Steve
  Vice Chairman     1989       2008       66  
Raymond Bingham
  Member     2007       2010       62  
Matteo del Fante
  Member     2005       2008       40  
Tom de Waard
  Member     1998       2008       61  
Douglas Dunn
  Member     2001       2009       63  
Didier Lamouche
  Member     2006       2009       48  
Didier Lombard
  Member     2004       2008       66  
Alessandro Ovi
  Member     2007       2010       64  
 
 
(1) Messrs. Antonino Turicchi and Robert M. White were Supervisory Board members until our 2007 annual shareholders’ meeting, at which time they were succeeded by Messrs. Raymond Bingham and Alessandro Ovi.
 
(2) As a member of the Supervisory Board.
 
After our 2005 annual shareholders’ meeting, our Supervisory Board appointed Mr. Gérald Arbola as Chairman of our Supervisory Board and Mr. Bruno Steve as Vice Chairman, each for a three-year term. On April 26, 2007, our Supervisory Board appointed Chairmen and members to the Strategic Committee, the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee, and the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee. Mr. Gérald Arbola was appointed Chairman of the Strategic Committee, and Messrs. Bruno Steve, Douglas Dunn, Didier Lombard and Alessandro Ovi were appointed as members. Mr. Tom de Waard was appointed Chairman of the Audit Committee, Messrs. Raymond Bingham and Douglas Dunn were appointed members and Messrs. Matteo del Fante and Didier Lamouche were appointed as non-voting observers. Mr. Gérald Arbola was appointed Chairman of the Compensation Committee, and Messrs. Tom de Waard, Matteo del Fante, Didier Lombard and Bruno Steve were appointed as members. Mr. Tom de Waard was appointed Chairman of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee and Messrs. Gérald Arbola, Douglas Dunn, Didier Lombard and Bruno Steve were appointed as members.
 
At our annual shareholders’ meeting in 2008, the mandates of Messrs. Arbola, del Fante, de Waard, Lombard and Steve will expire. The mandates of Messrs. Dunn and Lamouche will expire at our annual shareholders’ meeting in 2009 and the mandate of Messrs. Bingham and Ovi will expire at our annual shareholders’ meeting in 2010.
 
Resolutions of the Supervisory Board require the approval of at least three-quarters of its members in office. The Supervisory Board must meet upon request by two or more of its members or by the Managing Board. The Supervisory Board has established procedures for the preparation of Supervisory Board resolutions and the calendar for Supervisory Board meetings. The Supervisory Board meets at least five times a year, including once a quarter to approve our quarterly and annual accounts and their release. Our Supervisory Board has adopted a Supervisory


89


Table of Contents

Board Charter setting forth its duties, responsibilities and operations, as mentioned below. This charter is available on our website at http://www.st.com/stonline/company/governance/index.htm.
 
There is no mandatory retirement age for members of our Supervisory Board pursuant to Dutch law. Members of the Supervisory Board may be suspended or dismissed by the shareholders’ meeting. The Supervisory Board may make a proposal to the shareholders’ meeting for the suspension or dismissal of one or more of its members. The members of the Supervisory Board receive compensation as authorized by the shareholders’ meeting. Each member of the Supervisory Board must resign no later than three years after appointment, as described in our Articles of Association, but may be reappointed following the expiry of such member’s term of office.
 
Biographies
 
Gérald Arbola was appointed to our Supervisory Board at the 2004 annual shareholders’ meeting and was reelected at the 2005 annual shareholders’ meeting. Mr. Arbola was appointed the Chairman of our Supervisory Board on March 18, 2005. Mr. Arbola previously served as Vice Chairman of our Supervisory Board from April 23, 2004 until March 18, 2005. Mr. Arbola is also Chairman of our Supervisory Board’s Compensation Committee and Strategic Committee, and serves on its Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Mr. Arbola is now Managing Director of Areva S.A., where he had also served as Chief Financial Officer, and is a member of the Executive Board of Areva since his appointment on July 3, 2001 and his reappointment on June 29, 2006. Mr. Arbola joined the AREVA NC group (ex Cogema) in 1982 as Director of Planning and Strategy for SGN, then served as Chief Financial Officer at SGN from 1985 to 1989, becoming Executive Vice President of SGN in 1988 and Chief Financial Officer of AREVA NC in 1992. He was appointed as a member of the executive committee in 1999, and also served as Chairman of the Board of SGN in 1997 and 1998. Mr. Arbola is currently a member of the boards of directors of AREVA NC, AREVA NP, and Areva T&D Holdings. Mr. Arbola is a graduate of the Institut d’Etudes Politiques de Paris and holds an advanced degree in economics. Mr. Arbola is the Chairman of the Board of Directors of FT1CI and was the Chairman until his resignation on November 15, 2006 of the Supervisory Board of ST Holding, our largest shareholder.
 
Bruno Steve has been a member of our Supervisory Board since 1989 and was appointed Vice Chairman of our Supervisory Board on March 18, 2005, and previously served as Chairman of our Supervisory Board from March 27, 2002 through March 18, 2005, from July 1990 through March 1993, and from June 1996 until May 1999. He also served as Vice Chairman of the Supervisory Board from 1989 to July 1990 and from May 1999 through March 2002. Mr. Steve serves on our Supervisory Board’s Compensation Committee as well as on its Nominating and Corporate Governance and Strategic Committees. He was with Istituto per la Ricostruzione Industriale-IRI S.p.A. (“IRI”), a former shareholder of Finmeccanica, Finmeccanica and other affiliates of I.R.I. in various senior positions for over 17 years. Mr. Steve is currently Chairman of Statutory Auditors of Selex S. & A. S. S.p.A., Chairman of Surveillance Body of Selex S. & A. S. S.p.A and member of Statutory Auditors of Pirelli Tyres S.p.A. Until December 1999, he served as Chairman of MEI. He served as the Chief Operating Officer of Finmeccanica from 1988 to July 1997 and Chief Executive Officer from May 1995 to July 1997. He was Senior Vice President of Planning, Finance and Control of I.R.I. from 1984 to 1988. Prior to 1984, Mr. Steve served in several key executive positions at Telecom Italia. He is also a professor at LUISS Guido Carli University in Rome. Mr. Steve was Vice Chairman from May 1999 to March 2002, Chairman from March 2002 to May 2003 and member until his resignation on April 21, 2004 of the Supervisory Board of ST Holding, our largest shareholder.
 
Raymond Bingham was appointed to the Supervisory Board at the 2007 annual shareholders’ meeting and serves on the Audit Committee. Since November, 2006, Mr. Bingham has been a Managing Director of General Atlantic LLC, a global private equity firm. From August 2005 to October 2006, Mr. Bingham was a private investor. Mr. Bingham was Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors of Cadence Design Systems Inc., a supplier of electronic design automation software and services, from May 2004 to July 2005, and served as a director of Cadence from November 1997 to July 2005. Prior to being Executive Chairman, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Cadence from April 1999 to May 2004, and as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from April 1993 to April 1999. Mr. Bingham also serves as a Director of Oracle Corporation and Flextronics International, Ltd.
 
Matteo del Fante was appointed to our Supervisory Board at our 2005 annual shareholders’ meeting. Mr. del Fante is also a non-voting observer on its Audit Committee. Mr. del Fante has served as the Chief Financial Officer of CDP in Rome since the end of 2003. Prior to joining CDP, Mr. del Fante held several positions at JPMorgan Chase in London, England, where he became Managing Director in 1999. During his 13 years with JPMorgan Chase, Mr. del Fante worked with large European clients on strategic and financial operations. Mr. del Fante obtained his degree in Economics and Finance from Università Bocconi in Milan in 1992, and followed graduate specialization courses at New York University’s Stern Business School. Mr. del Fante was the Vice


90


Table of Contents

Chairman until his resignation on November 15, 2006 of the Supervisory Board of ST Holding, our largest shareholder.
 
Tom de Waard has been a member of our Supervisory Board since 1998. Mr. de Waard was appointed Chairman of the Audit Committee by the Supervisory Board in 1999 and Chairman of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee in 2004 and 2005, respectively. He also serves on our Supervisory Board’s Compensation Committee. Mr. de Waard has been a partner of Clifford Chance, a leading international law firm, since March 2000 and was the Managing Partner of Clifford Chance Amsterdam office from May 1, 2002 until May 1, 2005. From January 1, 2005 to January 1, 2007 he was a member of the Management Committee of Clifford Chance. Prior to joining Clifford Chance, he was a partner at Stibbe, where he held several positions since 1971 and gained extensive experience working with major international companies, particularly with respect to corporate finance. He is a member of the Amsterdam bar and was President of the Netherlands Bar Association from 1993 through 1995. He received his law degree from Leiden University in 1971. Mr. de Waard is a member of the Supervisory Board of BE Semiconductor Industries N.V. (“BESI”) and of its audit and nominating committees. He is also chairman of BESI’s compensation committee. Mr. de Waard is a member of the board of the foundation “Stichting Sport en Zaken.”
 
Douglas Dunn has been a member of our Supervisory Board since 2001. He is a member of its Audit Committee since such date. He was formerly President and Chief Executive Officer of ASML Holding N.V. (“ASML”), an equipment supplier in the semiconductor industry, a position from which he retired effective October 1, 2004. Mr. Dunn was appointed Chairman of the Board of Directors of ARM Holdings plc (United Kingdom) in October 2006. In 2005, Mr. Dunn was appointed to the board of Philips-LG LCD (Korea), TomTom N.V. (Netherlands) and OMI, a privately-held company (Ireland), and also serves as a non-executive director on the board of SOITEC (France). He is also a member of the audit committees of ARM Holdings plc, SOITEC and TomTom N.V. In 2005, Mr. Dunn resigned from his position as a non-executive director on the board of Sendo plc (United Kingdom) and, in 2007, he resigned from his position as director on the board of OMI. In February 2008, Mr. Dunn resigned from his position as director of Philips-LG LCD (Korea). Mr. Dunn was a member of the Managing Board of Royal Philips Electronics in 1998. From 1996 to 1998 he was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Philips Consumer Electronics and from 1993 to 1996 Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Philips Semiconductors (now NXP Semiconductors). From 1980 to 1993 he was CEO of Plessey Semiconductors. Prior to this, he held several positions with Motorola Semiconductors (now Freescale).
 
Didier Lamouche has been a member of our Supervisory Board since 2006. Mr. Lamouche is currently a non-voting observer on the Audit Committee of our Supervisory Board. Dr. Lamouche is a graduate of Ecole Centrale de Lyon and holds a PhD in semiconductor technology. He has 25 years experience in the semiconductor industry. Dr. Lamouche started his career in 1984 in the R&D department of Philips before joining IBM Microelectronics where he held several positions in France and the United States. In 1995, he became Director of Operations of Motorola’s Advanced Power IC unit in Toulouse (France). Three years later, in 1998, he joined IBM as General Manager of the largest European semiconductor site in Corbeil (France) to lead its turnaround and transformation into a joint venture between IBM and Infineon: Altis Semiconductor. He managed Altis Semiconductor as CEO for four years. In 2003, Dr. Lamouche rejoined IBM and was the Vice President for Worldwide Semiconductor Operations based in New York (United States) until the end of 2004. Since December 2004, Dr. Lamouche has been the Chairman and CEO of Groupe Bull, a France-based global company operating in the IT sector. He is also a member of the Board of Directors of CAMECA and SOITEC.
 
Didier Lombard was first appointed to our Supervisory Board at the 2004 annual shareholders’ meeting and was reelected at our 2005 annual shareholders’ meeting. He serves on the Compensation and Strategic Committees of our Supervisory Board. Mr. Lombard was appointed Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of France Telecom in March 2005. Mr. Lombard began his career in the Research and Development division of France Telecom in 1967. From 1989 to 1990, he served as scientific and technological director at the Ministry of Research and Technology. From 1991 to 1998, he served as General Director for industrial strategies at the French Ministry of Economy, Finances and Industry, and from 1999 to 2003 he served as Ambassador at large for foreign investments in France and as President of the French Agency for International Investments. From 2003 through February 2005, he served as France Telecom’s Senior Executive Vice President in charge of technologies, strategic partnerships and new usages and as a member of France Telecom’s Executive Committee. Mr. Lombard is also a member of the Board of Directors of Thales and Thomson, one of our important customers, as well as a member of the Supervisory Board of Radiall. Mr. Lombard was also a member until his resignation on November 15, 2006 of the Supervisory Board of ST Holding, our largest shareholder. Mr. Lombard is a graduate of the Ecole Polytechnique and the Ecole Nationale Supérieure des Télécommunications.


91


Table of Contents

Alessandro Ovi was a member of our Supervisory Board from 1994 until his latest term expired at our 2005 annual shareholders’ meeting. He was reappointed to the Supervisory Board at our 2007 annual shareholders’ meeting. Mr. Ovi received a doctoral degree in Nuclear Engineering from the Politecnico in Milan and a Master’s Degree in Operations Research from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. He has been Special Advisor to the President of the European Community for five years and served on the boards of Telecom Italia S.p.A, Finmeccanica S.p.A., and Alitalia S.p.A. Until April 2000, Mr. Ovi was the Chief Executive Officer of Tecnitel S.p.A., a subsidiary of Telecom Italia Group. Prior to joining Tecnitel S.p.A., Mr. Ovi was the Senior Vice President of International Affairs and Communications at I.R.I.
 
Corporate Governance at ST
 
Our consistent commitment to the principles of good corporate governance is evidenced by:
 
  •  our corporate organization under Dutch law that entrusts our management to a Managing Board acting under the supervision and control of a Supervisory Board totally independent from the Managing Board. Members of our Managing Board and of our Supervisory Board are appointed and dismissed by our shareholders;
 
  •  our early adoption of policies on important issues such as “business ethics” and “conflicts of interest” and strict policies to comply with applicable regulatory requirements concerning financial reporting, insider trading and public disclosures;
 
  •  our compliance with Dutch securities laws, because we are a company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, as well as our compliance with American, French and Italian securities laws, because our shares are listed in these jurisdictions, in addition to our compliance with the corporate, social and financial laws applicable to our subsidiaries in the countries in which we do business;
 
  •  our broad-based activities in the field of corporate social responsibility, encompassing environmental, social, health, safety, educational and other related issues;
 
  •  our implementation of a non-compliance reporting channel (managed by a third party) for issues regarding accounting, internal controls or auditing. A special ombudsperson has been appointed by the ST Supervisory Board, following the proposal of its Audit Committee, to collect all complaints, whatever their source, regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, as well as the confidential, anonymous submission by ST employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;
 
  •  our Principles for Sustainable Excellence, which we distributed to all employees in 2007 and which require us to integrate and execute all of our business activities, focusing on our employees, customers, shareholders and global business partners;
 
  •  our Ethics Committee, also set up in 2007, whose mandate is to provide advice to management and employees about our Principles of Sustainable Excellence and other ethical issues; and
 
  •  our recent appointment of a Chief Compliance Officer, who reports directly to the Managing Board, acts as Executive Secretary to our Supervisory Board and chairs our Ethics Committee.
 
As a Dutch company, we have been subject to the Dutch Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”) since January 1, 2004. As we are listed on the NYSE, Euronext Paris, the Borsa Italiana in Milan, but not in the Netherlands, our policies and practices cannot be in every respect consistent with all Dutch “Best Practice” recommendations contained in the Code. We have summarized our policies and practices in the field of corporate governance in the ST Corporate Governance Charter, including our corporate organization, the remuneration principles which apply to our Managing and Supervisory Boards, our information policy and our corporate policies relating to business ethics and conflicts of interests. Our Charter was discussed with and approved by our shareholders at our 2004 annual shareholders’ meeting. The ST Corporate Governance Charter was updated in 2005 and will be further updated and expanded whenever necessary or advisable. We are committed to informing our shareholders of any significant changes in our corporate governance policies and practices at our annual shareholders’ meeting. Along with our Supervisory Board Charter (which includes the charters of our Supervisory Board Committees) and our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, the current version of our ST Corporate Governance Charter is posted on our website, at http:/www.st.com/stonline/company/governance/index.htm, and these documents are available in print to any shareholder who may request them.
 
Our Supervisory Board is carefully selected based upon the combined experience and expertise of its members. Certain of our Supervisory Board members, as disclosed in their biographies set forth above, have existing relationships or past relationships with Areva, CDP, and/or Finmeccanica, who are currently parties to the STH Shareholders’ Agreement as well as with ST Holding or ST Holding II, our major shareholder. See “Item 7. Major


92


Table of Contents

Shareholders and Related-Party Transactions — Shareholders’ Agreements — STH Shareholders’ Agreement.” Such relationships may give rise to potential conflicts of interest. However, in fulfilling their duties under Dutch law, Supervisory Board members serve the best interests of all of our stakeholders and of our business and must act independently in their supervision of our management. Our Supervisory Board has adopted criteria to assess the independence of its members in accordance with corporate governance listing standards of the NYSE.
 
We were informed in 2004 that our then principal direct and indirect shareholders, Areva, Finmeccanica, and France Telecom, FT1CI S.A. (“FT1CI”), and ST Holding and ST Holding II, signed a new shareholders’ agreement in March 2004, to which we are not a party (the “STH Shareholders’ Agreement”). We have been informed that CDP joined this agreement at the end of 2004 and that since September 2005 France Telecom is no longer a shareholder of FT1CI or an indirect shareholder (through ST Holding and ST Holding II) of our company, pursuant to the disposition by France Telecom of approximately 26.4 million of our common shares, representing the totality of the shares held by France Telecom in our company. We have also been informed that in February 2008, FT1CI and Finmeccanica entered into an agreement pursuant to which Finmeccanica will sell 26,034,141 of our common shares to FT1CI. The acquisition by FT1CI will be financed by the Commissariat à l’Energie Atomique (“CEA”), an entity controlled by the French state and the controlling shareholder of Areva, and, hence, CEA will become a shareholder of FT1CI and adhere to the STH Shareholders’ Agreement. Under the STH Shareholders’ Agreement, Finmeccanica, CDP and FT1CI have provided for their right, subject to certain conditions, to insert on a list, prepared for proposal by ST Holding II to our shareholders’ meeting, certain members for appointment to our Supervisory Board. This agreement also contains other corporate governance provisions, including decisions to be taken by our Supervisory Board which are subject to certain prior approvals, and which are described in “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related-Party Transactions.” See also “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations — The interests of our controlling shareholders, which are in turn controlled respectively by the French and Italian governments, may conflict with investors’ interests.”
 
Our Supervisory Board has on various occasions discussed the Dutch corporate governance code, the implementing rules and corporate governance standards of the SEC and of the NYSE, as well as other corporate governance standards.
 
In 2005, the Supervisory Board, based on the evaluations by an ad hoc committee, established the following independence criteria for its members: Supervisory Board members must not have any material relationship with STMicroelectronics N.V., or any of our consolidated subsidiaries, or our management. A “material relationship” can include commercial, industrial, banking, consulting, legal, accounting, charitable and familial relationships, among others, but does not include a relationship with direct or indirect shareholders.
 
We believe we are fully compliant with all material NYSE corporate governance standards, to the extent possible for a Dutch company listed on Euronext Paris, Borsa Italiana, as well as the NYSE. Two of our Supervisory Board members have been non-voting observers on our Audit Committee to date. Because we are a Dutch company, the Audit Committee is an advisory committee to the Supervisory Board, which reports to the Supervisory Board, and our shareholders must approve the selection of our statutory auditors. Our Audit Committee has established a charter outlining its duties and responsibilities with respect to the monitoring of our accounting, auditing, financial reporting and the appointment, retention and oversight of our external auditors. In 2005, in compliance with NYSE requirements, our Audit Committee established procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, and the confidential anonymous submission by our employees regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters. These procedures were approved by our Supervisory Board and implemented under the responsibility of our Managing Board. Thereupon, our chief executive officer provided a written affirmation of our compliance with NYSE standards as applicable to non-U.S. companies like ST.
 
No member of the Supervisory Board or Managing Board has been (i) subject to any convictions in relation to fraudulent offenses during the five years preceding the date of this Form 20-F, (ii) no member has been associated with any company in bankruptcy, receivership or liquidation in the capacity of member of the administrative, management or supervisory body, partner with unlimited liability, founder or senior manager in the five years preceding the date of this Form 20-F or (iii) subject to any official public incrimination and/or sanction by statutory or regulatory authorities (including professional bodies) or disqualified by a court from acting as a member of the administrative, management or supervisory bodies of any issuer or from acting in the management or conduct of the affairs of any issuer during the five years preceding the date of this Form 20-F.
 
We have demonstrated a consistent commitment to the principles of good corporate governance evidenced by our early adoption of policies on important issues such as “conflicts of interest.” Pursuant to our Supervisory Board Charter, the Supervisory Board is responsible for handling and deciding on potential reported conflicts of interests


93


Table of Contents

between the Company on the one hand and members of the Supervisory Board and Managing Board on the other hand.
 
For example, one of the members of our Supervisory Board is managing director of Areva SA, which is a controlled subsidiary of Commissariat à l’Energie Atomique (“CEA”), one of the members of our Supervisory Board is the Chairman and CEO of France Telecom, and a member of the Board of Directors of Thomson, another is the non-executive Chairman of the Board of Directors of ARM Holdings PLC (“ARM”) and a non-executive director of Soitec, one of the members of the Supervisory Board is also a member of the supervisory board of BESI and one of the members of the Supervisory Board is a director of Oracle Corporation (“Oracle”) and Flextronics International. France Telecom and its subsidiaries Equant and Orange, as well as Oracle’s new subsidiary PeopleSoft supply certain services to our Company. We have a long-term joint research and development partnership agreement with LETI, a wholly-owned subsidiary of CEA. We have certain licensing agreements with ARM, and have conducted transactions with Soitec and BESI as well as with Thomson and Flextronics. We believe that each of these arrangements and transactions are made on an arms-length basis in line with market practices and conditions. Please see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related-Party Transactions.”
 
Supervisory Board Committees
 
Membership and Attendance.  Detailed information on attendance at full Supervisory Board and Supervisory Board Committee meetings during 2007 was as follows:
 
                                                 
                            Nomination
       
                            and
       
                            Corporate
       
          Audit
    Compensation
    Strategic
    Governance
    Ad Hoc
 
Number of Meetings Attended in 2007(1)
  Full Board     Committee     Committee     Committee     Committee     Committee  
 
Gérald Arbola
    12       1 (2)     6       9       6       1  
Raymond Bingham(3)
    6       6                          
Tom de Waard
    11       11       6             6       2  
Matteo del Fante(4)
    12       11       3             3       1  
Douglas Dunn
    11       9             5             1  
Didier Lamouche(4)
    11       11                          
Didier Lombard
    12       1 (2)     6       9       3        
Alessandro Ovi(3)
    7                   6              
Bruno Steve
    12             5       9       5       1  
Antonino Turicchi(3)
    5             1       3       3        
Robert M. White(3)
    5       5             3              
 
 
(1) Includes meetings attended by way of conference call.
 
(2) Messrs. Arbola and Lombard attended an extraordinary Audit Committee by way of conference call.
 
(3) Messrs. Turicchi and White were Supervisory Board members until our 2007 annual shareholders’ meeting, at which time they were succeeded by Messrs. Bingham and Ovi.
 
(4) Appointed as non-voting observers to Audit Committee.
 
Audit Committee.  The Audit Committee was established in 1996 to assist the Supervisory Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities relating to corporate accounting, reporting practices, and the quality and integrity of our financial reports as well as our auditing practices, legal and regulatory related risks, execution of our auditors’ recommendations regarding corporate auditing rules and the independence of our external auditors.
 
The Audit Committee met 11 times during 2007. At many of these meetings, the Audit Committee received presentations on current financial and accounting issues and had the opportunity to interview our CEO, CFO, General Counsel, external and internal auditors. On several occasions, the Audit Committee also met with outside U.S. legal counsel to discuss corporate requirements pursuant to NYSE’s corporate governance rules and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Audit Committee also proceeded with its annual review of our internal audit function. The Audit Committee reviewed our annual Consolidated Financial Statements in U.S. GAAP for the year ended December 31, 2007, and the associated press release published on January 23, 2008.
 
The Audit Committee reviewed our external auditors’ statement of independence with them. The Audit Committee also approved the compensation of our external auditors for 2006 and approved the scope of their audit, audit-related and non-audit-related services for 2007. Additionally, in anticipation of the expiration of the current mandate of our current auditors at our next annual general shareholders’ meeting, the Audit Committee reviewed its


94


Table of Contents

options and decided to recommend to the Supervisory Board to propose to our shareholders to renew the mandate of our current auditors for an additional two year period. The Audit Committee noted that the new managing partner of our current auditors would be in charge over the control of our accounts in accordance with its internal rotation policy. Furthermore, the Audit Committee held separate meetings with the external auditors and discussed with them our critical accounting policies with our external auditors, outside the presence of our management.
 
An external U.S. law firm appointed by the Audit Committee concluded in 2007 its independent investigation to determine the nature of the fraud perpetrated by our former head of treasury operations, which led to his arrest at the end of 2006 and sentencing in February 2008 (see Item 8 “Financial Information — legal proceedings”), and to report on our internal controls and practices. This investigation involved several meetings with current and former senior management and an examination of extensive documentation. The Audit Committee met several times to discuss the results of this investigation and the final recommendations were shared at an extraordinary Audit Committee meeting to which all members of the Supervisory Board were invited. Pursuant thereto, several initiatives were recommended to management to improve our internal controls. Of note, in December 2007 we appointed a Chief Compliance Officer.
 
At the end of each quarter, prior to each Supervisory Board meeting to approve our results and quarterly earnings press release, the Audit Committee reviewed our interim financial information and the proposed press release and had the opportunity to raise questions to management and the independent registered public accounting firm. In addition, the Audit Committee reviewed our quarterly “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and interim Consolidated Financial Statements (and notes thereto) before they were filed with the SEC and voluntarily certified by the CEO and the CFO (pursuant to sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act). The Audit Committee also reviewed Operating and Financial Review and Prospects and our Consolidated Financial Statements contained in this Form 20-F, as well as our financial reporting using IFRS as presented in our Annual Report to Shareholders for our annual shareholders meeting held in April 2007.
 
Also in 2007, our Audit Committee reviewed with our Auditors our Compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, noting that this was the first year where, as a foreign registrant, we were required to assess our compliance with Section 404. Pursuant to such review, our Audit Committee noted that our Auditors had issued an unqualified 404 opinion as no material weakness in internal reporting over financial reporting were identified. In addition, the Audit Committee regularly discussed the progress of implementation of internal control over financial reporting and reviewed management’s conclusions as to the effectiveness of internal control.
 
Furthermore, the Audit Committee monitors our compliance with the European Directive and applicable provisions of Dutch law that require us to prepare a set of accounts pursuant to IFRS in advance of our annual shareholders’ meetings. In this respect, the Audit Committee has approved our decision to continue to report our Consolidated Financial Statements under U.S. GAAP, while complying with our reporting obligations under IFRS by preparing a complementary set of our accounts. Furthermore, our Audit Committee has noted that while our accounting systems are in place to prepare a separate set of accounts pursuant to IFRS for the 2007 financial year, we will not be able to provide reconciliations pursuant to IFRS for periods prior to 2005, in particular critical items such as capitalization of our development expenses. See “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations.”
 
In connection with the Numonyx transaction, the Audit Committee reviewed with our management and our auditors the impact of such transaction on our consolidation obligations as well as the impairment charges resulting from the announcement of this transaction.
 
As part of each of its quarterly meetings our Audit Committee reviewed our significant business risks as presented by Management, and whistleblowing reports regarding financial accounting or reporting issues, including independent investigative reports provided by internal audit or outside consultants on such matters. Finally our Audit Committee sponsored various initiatives in the area of corporate ethics, including a specific program prepared by an outside consultant, considered by the Audit Committee to be well suited for our employees.
 
On April 26, 2007, our Supervisory Board re-appointed Mr. de Waard as Chairman, and appointed Messrs. Bingham and Dunn as members. Messrs. del Fante and Lamouche were appointed non-voting observers to the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee also determined that three members of the Audit Committee qualified as “audit committee financial experts” and that all of its members are financially literate.
 
Compensation Committee.  Our Compensation Committee proposes to our Supervisory Board the compensation for our President and Chief Executive Officer and sole member of our Managing Board as well as for our Chief Operating Officer, including the variable portion of such compensation based on performance criteria recommended by our Compensation Committee. It also approves any increase in the incentive component of compensation for our executive officers. The Compensation Committee is also informed of the compensation plans


95


Table of Contents

for our executive officers and specifically approves stock-based compensation plans for our executive officers and key employees. The Compensation Committee met six times in 2007.
 
Among its main activities, the Compensation Committee proposed (i) the performance criteria which must be met by the CEO in order to benefit from the bonus which has been approved by the shareholders’ meeting as part of the Managing Board compensation policy as well as the performance criteria to be met by our COO for eligibility to his 2007 bonus and (ii) performance criteria, which must be met by the CEO as well as all other employees participating in the employees stock award plans to benefit from such awards. In particular the Compensation Committee recommended the targets for the base bonus to be based to new product introductions, market share and budget targets, and criteria on corporate governance. In addition the Compensation Committee recommended that in view of the challenges facing the Company in 2007, a special additional bonus of up to 60% of base salary be considered if certain targets linked to technology R&D, and deconsolidation of activities are met. Concerning the targets to be met for vesting of the share awards these are based on sales, operating income and return on net assets.
 
With regard to the employee 2006 unvested stock award plan, the Compensation Committee monitored the performance of the criteria relating to the vesting of such awards and noted that the targets in terms of sales, profits and return on net assets which had been set in the prior year had been met.
 
In addition the Compensation Committee confirmed that all Unvested Stock Awards would vest upon Change of Control, as decided by the Supervisory Board in 2006, but upon the request of the Managing Board, the Compensation Committee proposed to the Supervisory Board that the transfer of our employees to Numonyx should not be considered as a “change of control” so that such employees so long as they remain employed by Numonyx can continue to benefit from the vesting conditions of all unvested stock awards granted to them prior to their transfer to Numonyx.
 
Furthermore, in 2007, the Compensation Committee decided to recommend to the Supervisory Board that the compensation of the Supervisory Board members and the professionals be paid in Euros instead of U.S. dollars, thus changing the compensation structure as follows: (i) Chairman, Vice Chairman and President of the Audit Committee would receive €115,000, while all other Supervisory Board members would receive €57,500; and (ii) Audit Committee members would receive an additional €7,500, while members of the other committees would receive €3,500. The Compensation Committee decided to propose to maintain the stock-based compensation for Supervisory Board members and professionals as in 2007. Both of these proposals will be presented for adoption at our 2008 annual general shareholders’ meeting in accordance with Article 23 of our Articles of Association.
 
On April 26, 2007, our Supervisory Board appointed Mr. Arbola as Chairman of the Compensation Committee, and Messrs. de Waard, del Fante, Lombard and Steve were appointed as members.
 
Strategic Committee.  Our Strategic Committee was created to monitor key developments within the semiconductor industry and our overall strategy, and is particularly involved in supervising the execution of strategic transactions.
 
The Strategic Committee met nine times in 2007, in the presence of the CEO, the COO, the Director of Strategic Planning and the CFO. Among its main activities, the Strategic Committee reviews our long-term plans and prospects and various possible scenarios and opportunities to meet the challenges of the semiconductor market, including the evaluation of possible acquisitions or divestitures.
 
The Strategic Committee focused on our key challenges which concerned in particular the new organization of our Product Segment Groups effective January 1st, 2007 including the new Flash Memories Group which comprises all Flash Memory operations including research & development, product related activities, front-end and back-end manufacturing marketing and sales, as well as our R&D programs in the field of advanced CMOS technologies, following the announcement by Freescale Semiconductor and NXP Semiconductors of their desire to terminate their participation for the end of 2007. During 2007 our Strategic Committee met with the directors of our new Mobile Multimedia and Communications Group, our Home Entertainment and also Displays Group as well as our Computer Peripherals Group.
 
The Strategic Committee monitored the negotiations which led to the announcement in May 2007 of our decision to contribute our Flash Memory Business to a new independent flash memory company later named Numonyx currently planned to be created by us, Intel and Francisco Partners in the first quarter of 2008.
 
The Strategic Committee reviewed our various future options concerning advanced CMOS process R&D which led to our decision to enter into an agreement with IBM to co-develop 32-nm and 22-nm core CMOS at IBM’s East Fiskill (United States) facility as well as to continue to develop with IBM state-of-the-art derivative technologies at Crolles2.


96


Table of Contents

The Strategic Committee also reviewed our challenges linked to the weakening of the U.S. Dollar and market conditions which led to the announcement of a new restructuring plan in June 2007, as well as internal growth opportunities, which led to the announcement of a significant acquisition in the field of wireless IP and to our decision to launch a public tender offer on Genesis Microchip, a provider of integrated digital TV products, whose acquisition is intended to strengthen our product offering in the digital consumer market.
 
On April 26, 2007, our Supervisory Board appointed Mr. Arbola as Chairman of the Strategic Committee, and Messrs. Dunn, Lombard, Ovi and Steve were appointed as members.
 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.  Our Nominating and Corporate Committee was created to establish the selection criteria and appointment procedures for the appointment of members to our Supervisory Board and Managing Board, and to resolve issues relating to corporate governance. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee met six times in 2007.
 
The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee met to evaluate candidates for the Supervisory Board member position up for renewal at the 2007 annual shareholders’ meeting and decided to recommend a proposal of Messrs. Dunn and Bingham for a three-year term. In the fourth quarter of 2007, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee discussed the Managing Board and the five Supervisory Board positions for which proposals for appointment are to be made at the 2008 annual general shareholders’ meeting.
 
On April 26, 2007, our Supervisory Board appointed Mr. de Waard as President of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and Messrs. Arbola, del Fante, Lombard and Steve were appointed as members.
 
Secretariat and Controllers.  Our Supervisory Board appoints a Secretary and Vice Secretary as proposed by the Supervisory Board. Furthermore, the Managing Board makes an Executive Secretary available to the Supervisory Board, who is appointed by the Supervisory Board. The Secretary, Vice Secretary and Executive Secretary constitute the Secretariat of the Board. The mission of the Secretariat is primarily to organize meetings, ensure continuing education and training of the Supervisory Board members, as well as record-keeping. Mr. Acciari and Mr. Loubert serve as Secretary and Vice Secretary, respectively, for the Supervisory Board, and for each of the Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance and Strategic Committees of our Supervisory Board, while Mr. Willem Steenstra Toussaint serves as Secretary of the Audit Committee. Mr. Pierre Ollivier served as Executive Secretary of our Supervisory Board until January 22, 2008, when he was replaced by the newly appointed Chief Compliance Officer, Ms. Alisia Grenville.
 
Our Supervisory Board appoints and dismisses two financial experts (“Controllers”). The mission of the Controllers is primarily to assist the Supervisory Board in evaluating our operational and financial performance, business plan, strategic initiatives and the implementation of Supervisory Board decisions, as well as to review the operational reports provided under the responsibility of the Managing Board. The Controllers generally meet once a month with the management of the Company and report to the Supervisory Board. The current Controllers are Messrs. Christophe Duval and Andrea Novelli, who have served as controllers since our 2005 annual shareholders’ meeting.
 
The STH Shareholders’ Agreement among our principal direct and indirect shareholders contains provisions with respect to the appointment of the Secretary, Assistant Secretary and Controllers, which are described in “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related-Party Transactions.”
 
Managing Board
 
In accordance with Dutch law, our management is entrusted to the Managing Board under the supervision of the Supervisory Board. Mr. Carlo Bozotti, appointed in 2005 with a three-year term to expire at our annual shareholders’ meeting in 2008, is currently the sole member of our Managing Board with the function of President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Alain Dutheil serves as Chief Operating Officer, reporting to Mr. Bozotti. Since its creation in 1987, the managing board has always been comprised of a sole member. The member of the Managing Board is appointed for three-year terms, which may be renewed one or more times in accordance with our Articles of Association upon a non-binding proposal by our Supervisory Board at the shareholders’ meeting adopted by a simple majority of the votes cast at a shareholders’ meeting where at least 15% of the issued and outstanding share capital is present or represented. If our Managing Board were to consist of more than one member, our Supervisory Board would appoint one of the members of our Managing Board to be chairman of our Managing Board for a three-year term, as defined in our Articles of Association (upon approval of at least three-quarters of the members of the Supervisory Board in office). Resolutions of our Managing Board require the approval of a majority of its members.
 
Our shareholders’ meeting may suspend or dismiss one or more members of our Managing Board at a meeting at which at least one-half of the outstanding share capital is present or represented. If the quorum is not present, a


97


Table of Contents

further meeting shall be convened, to be held within four weeks after the first meeting, which shall be entitled, irrespective of the share capital represented, to pass a resolution with regard to the suspension or dismissal. Such a quorum is not required if a suspension or dismissal is proposed by our Supervisory Board. In that case, a resolution to dismiss or to suspend a member of our Managing Board can be taken by a simple majority of the votes cast at a meeting where at least 15% of our issued and outstanding share capital is present or represented. Our Supervisory Board may suspend members of our Managing Board, but a shareholders’ meeting must be convened within three months after such suspension to confirm or reject the suspension. Our Supervisory Board shall appoint one or more persons who shall, at any time, in the event of absence or inability to act of all the members of our Managing Board, be temporarily responsible for our management.
 
Under Dutch law, our Managing Board is entrusted with our general management and the representation of the Company. Our Managing Board must seek prior approval from the shareholders’ meeting for decisions regarding a significant change in the identity or nature of the Company. Under our Articles of Association, our Managing Board must obtain prior approval from our Supervisory Board for (i) all proposals to be submitted to a vote at a shareholders’ meeting; (ii) the formation of all companies, acquisition or sale of any participation, and conclusion of any cooperation and participation agreement; (iii) all of our multi-year plans and the budget for the coming year, covering investment policy, policy regarding research and development, as well as commercial policy and objectives, general financial policy, and policy regarding personnel; and (iv) all acts, decisions or operations covered by the foregoing and constituting a significant change with respect to decisions already taken by our Supervisory Board. In addition, under our Articles of Association, our Supervisory Board and our shareholders’ meeting may specify by resolution certain additional actions by our Managing Board that require its prior approval.
 
In accordance with our Corporate Governance Charter, the sole member of our Managing Board and our Executive Officers may not serve on the board of a public company without the prior approval of our Supervisory Board. We are not aware of any potential conflicts of interests between the private interest or other duties of our sole Management Board member and our Executive Officers and their duties to our Company.
 
Pursuant to the charter adopted by our Supervisory Board, the following decisions by our Managing Board with regards to ST and any of our direct or indirect subsidiaries require prior approval from our Supervisory Board: (i) any modification of our Articles of Association other than those of our wholly-owned subsidiaries; (ii) any change in our authorized share capital, issue, acquisition or disposal of our own shares, change in any shareholder rights or issue of any instruments granting an interest in our capital or profits other than those of our wholly-owned subsidiaries; (iii) any liquidation or disposal of all or a substantial and material part of our assets or any shares we hold in any of our subsidiaries; (iv) entering into any merger, acquisition or joint venture agreement (and, if substantial and material, any agreement relating to intellectual property) or formation of a new company; (v) approval of such company’s draft consolidated balance sheets and financial statements or any profit distribution by such company; (vi) entering into any agreement that may qualify as a related-party transaction, including any agreement with ST Holding, ST Holding II, FT1CI, Areva, CDP or Finmeccanica; (vii) the key challenges of our five-year plans and our consolidated annual budgets, as well as any significant modifications to said plans and budgets, or any one of the matters set forth in Article 16.1 of our Articles of Association and not included in the approved plans or budgets; (viii) approval of operations of exceptional importance which have to be submitted for Supervisory Board prior approval although their financing was provided for in the approved annual budget; and (ix) approval of the quarterly, semiannual and annual Consolidated Financial Statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and, since 2005, annual accounts using IFRS, prior to submission for shareholder adoption.
 
During a meeting held on September 23, 2000, our Supervisory Board authorized our Managing Board to proceed with acquisitions without prior consent of our Supervisory Board subject to a maximum amount of $25 million per transaction, provided our Managing Board keeps our Supervisory Board informed of progress regarding such transactions and gives a full report once the transaction is completed.


98


Table of Contents

Executive Officers
 
Our executive officers support our Managing Board in its management of us, without prejudice to our Managing Board’s ultimate responsibility. Our executive officers during fiscal year 2007 were:
 
                             
              Years in
       
              Semi-
       
        Years with
    Conductor
       
Name
 
Position
  Company     Industry     Age  
 
Executive Committee
                           
Carlo Bozotti
  President and Chief Executive Officer     30       30       55  
Alain Dutheil
  Chief Operating Officer     24       37       62  
Laurent Bosson(2)
  Executive Vice President, Front-end Technology and Manufacturing     24       24       65  
Andrea Cuomo
  Executive Vice President, Advanced System Technology and General Manager     24       24       53  
Carlo Ferro
  Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer (and for Infrastructure and Services organization)     7       7       47  
Carmelo Papa
  Executive Vice President, IMS     24       24       58  
Tommi Uhari
  Executive Vice President, MMC     1       13       36  
Enrico Villa(2)
  Executive Vice President, Europe Region (and for Sales and Marketing organizations)     40       40       66  
Executive Staff
                           
Georges Auguste
  Corporate Vice President, Total Quality and Environmental Management     20       33       58  
Gian Luca Bertino
  Corporate Vice President, CPG     10       21       48  
Ugo Carena
  Corporate Vice President, APG     10       29       64  
Marco Luciano Cassis
  Corporate Vice President, Japan Region     19       19       44  
Patrice Chastagner
  Corporate Vice President, Human Resources     21       21       60  
Claude Dardanne
  Corporate Vice President, General Manager, Microcontrollers, Memories & Smartcards     25       28       55  
François Guibert
  Corporate Vice President, Asia Pacific Region     26       29       54  
Reza Kazerounian
  Corporate Vice President, North America Region     7       22       50  
Otto Kosgalwies
  Corporate Vice President, Infrastructure and Services     23       23       52  
Robert Krysiak
  Corporate Vice President and General Manager, Greater China Region     18       24       53  
Christos Lagomichos(1)
  Corporate Vice President, General Manager, Home Entertainment & Displays Group     23       26       51  
Philippe Lambinet
  Corporate Vice President, General Manager, Home Entertainment & Displays Group     14       27       50  
Mario Licciardello
  Corporate Vice President, MPG     42       42       66  
Carlo Ottaviani
  Corporate Vice President, Communications     42       42       64  
Jeffrey See Ah Bah
  Corporate Vice President, Central Back-End General Manager     37       37       62  
Thierry Tingaud
  Corporate Vice President, Emerging Markets Region     23       23       48  
 
 
(1) Christos Lagomichos resigned in June 2007.
 
(2) Retiring in 2008.
 
Effective January 1, 2008, the following individuals are new executive officers, all reporting to President and Chief Executive Officer Carlo Bozotti: Orio Bellezza, as Executive Vice President and General Manager, Front-End Manufacturing; Jean-Marc Chery, as Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer; Executive Vice President Andrea Cuomo, as General Manager of our Europe Region, who will also maintain his responsibility for the Advanced System Technology organization; Loïc Lietar, as Corporate Vice President, Corporate Business


99


Table of Contents

Development; and Pierre Ollivier, as Corporate Vice President and General Counsel. In addition, we announced the hiring and appointment of Alisia Grenville as Corporate Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer, and the retirement of both Laurent Bosson, as Executive Vice-President for Front-End Technology and Manufacturing, and Enrico Villa, as Executive Vice President and General Manager of our Europe Region. The current members of our Executive Committee and Executive Staff are as follows:
 
                             
              Years in
       
              Semi-
       
        Years with
    Conductor
       
Name
 
Position
  Company     Industry     Age  
 
Executive Committee
                           
Carlo Bozotti
  President and Chief Executive Officer     30       30       55  
Alain Dutheil
  Chief Operating Officer     24       37       62  
Georges Auguste
  Executive Vice President, Total Quality and Environmental Management     20       33       58  
Orio Bellezza
  Executive Vice President and General Manager, Front-End Manufacturing     23       23       48  
Laurent Bosson(1)
  Executive Vice President, Front-end Technology and Manufacturing     24       24       65  
Jean-Marc Chery
  Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer     23       23       47  
Andrea Cuomo
  Executive Vice President, Advanced System Technology and General Manager, Europe Region     24       24       53  
Carlo Ferro
  Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer     7       7       47  
Otto Kosgalwies
  Executive Vice President, Infrastructure and Services     23       23       52  
Philippe Lambinet
  Executive Vice President, General Manager, Home Entertainment & Displays Group     14       21       50  
Carmelo Papa
  Executive Vice President, IMS     24       24       58  
Jeffrey See Ah Bah
  Executive Vice President, Central Back-End General Manager     37       37       62  
Tommi Uhari
  Executive Vice President, MMC     1       13       36  
Enrico Villa(1)
  Executive Vice President, Europe Region (and for Sales and Marketing organizations)     40       40       66  
Executive Staff
                           
Gian Luca Bertino
  Corporate Vice President, CPG     10       21       48  
Ugo Carena
  Corporate Vice President, APG     10       29       64  
Marco Luciano Cassis
  Corporate Vice President, Japan Region     19       19       44  
Patrice Chastagner
  Corporate Vice President, Human Resources     21       21       60  
Claude Dardanne
  Corporate Vice President, General Manager, Microcontrollers, Memories & Smartcards     25       28       55  
Alisia Grenville
  Corporate Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer     0       0       40  
François Guibert
  Corporate Vice President, Asia Pacific Region     26       29       54  
Reza Kazerounian
  Corporate Vice President, North America Region     7       22       50  
Robert Krysiak
  Corporate Vice President and General Manager, Greater China Region     18       24       53  
Mario Licciardello
  Corporate Vice President, MPG     42       42       66  
Loïc Lietar
  Corporate Vice President, Corporate Business Development     22       22       45  
Pierre Ollivier
  Corporate Vice President and General Counsel     23       23       52  
Carlo Ottaviani
  Corporate Vice President, Communications     42       42       64  
Thierry Tingaud
  Corporate Vice President, Emerging Markets Region     22       22       48  
 
 
(1) Retiring in 2008.


100


Table of Contents

 
Our President and Chief Executive Officer and sole member of our Managing Board, Mr. Carlo Bozotti, has appointed a Corporate Executive Committee, which is currently comprised of six Executive Vice Presidents, the CEO and the COO. The Executive Vice Presidents represent all the functions of the organization: the product segments, sales and marketing (including regions), the manufacturing and technology research and development activities and the central functions. The role of the Executive Committee is to set corporate policy, coordinate strategies of the Company’s various functions representing its constituents, and drive major cross functional programs. The Executive Committee, chaired by Mr. Bozotti, or by Mr. Dutheil in Mr. Bozotti’s absence, meets twice per quarter, while executive staff meetings are held on a quarterly basis with the attendance of all corporate vice presidents. Under our organizational structure, product segments and staff functions report directly to Mr. Bozotti, while our sales, marketing, manufacturing and technology research and development functions report to our COO.
 
Biographies
 
Carlo Bozotti is our President, Chief Executive Officer and the sole member of our Managing Board. As CEO, Mr. Bozotti chairs our Executive Committee. Prior to taking on this new role at the 2005 annual shareholders’ meeting, Mr. Bozotti served as Corporate Vice President, MPG since August 1998. Mr. Bozotti joined SGS Microelettronica in 1977 after graduating in Electronic Engineering from the University of Pavia. Mr. Bozotti served as Product Manager for the Industrial, Automotive and Telecom products in the Linear Division and as Business Unit Manager for the Monolithic Microsystems Division from 1987 to 1988. He was appointed Director of Corporate Strategic Marketing and Key Accounts for the Headquarters Region in 1988 and became Vice President, Marketing and Sales, Americas Region in 1991. Mr. Bozotti served as Corporate Vice President, MPG from August 1998 through March 2005, after having served as Corporate Vice President, Europe and Headquarters Region from 1994 to 1998.
 
Alain Dutheil was appointed Chief Operating Officer in 2005, with the endorsement of the Supervisory Board. He is also the Vice Chairman of our Corporate Executive Committee. Prior to his appointment as COO, he served as Corporate Vice President, Strategic Planning and Human Resources from 1994 and 1992, respectively. After graduating in Electrical Engineering from the Ecole Supérieure d’Ingénieurs de Marseille (“ESIM”), Mr. Dutheil joined Texas Instruments in 1969 as a Production Engineer, becoming Director for Discrete Products in France and Human Resources Director in France in 1980 and Director of Operations for Portugal in 1982. He joined Thomson Semiconductors in 1983 as General Manager of a plant in Aix-en-Provence, France and then became General Manager of SGS-Thomson Discrete Products Division. From 1989 to 1994, Mr. Dutheil served as Director for Worldwide Back-end Manufacturing, in addition to serving as Corporate Vice President for Human Resources from 1992 until 2005.
 
Orio Bellezza, most recently the Assistant General Manager of Front-End Technology and Manufacturing, was promoted to Executive Vice President in January 2008 and also stepped into the role of General Manager, Front-End Manufacturing. Born in Bergamo (Italy), he graduated with honors in Chemistry with a thesis in Theoretical Chemical- Physics from Milan University in 1983. Bellezza joined a precursor company to STMicroelectronics in 1984 as a process engineer and later on worked in technology development. He has helped ST build and launch several wafer fabs and he managed the Agrate R1 and R2 R&D and manufacturing facilities where generations of nonvolatile memory and smart-power technologies were developed and produced.
 
Laurent Bosson is currently Executive Vice President of Front-End Technology and Manufacturing. He is also a member of our Corporate Executive Committee. He served as Corporate Vice President, Front-end Manufacturing and VLSI Fabs from 1989 to 2004 and from 1992 to 1996 he was given additional responsibility as President and Chief Executive Officer of our operations in the Americas. Mr. Bosson remains Chairman of the Board of STMicroelectronics Inc., our affiliate in the United States. Mr. Bosson received a masters’ degree in Chemistry from the University of Dijon in 1969. He joined Thomson-CSF in 1964 and has held several positions in engineering and manufacturing. In 1982, Mr. Bosson was appointed General Manager of the Tours and Alençon facilities of Thomson Semiconducteurs. In 1985, he joined the French subsidiary of SGS Microelettronica as General Manager of the Rennes, France manufacturing facility.
 
Jean-Marc Chery, former General Manager of Front- and Back-End Manufacturing operations in Asia Pacific, was promoted to Executive Vice President in January 2008 and stepped into the newly created post of Chief Technology Officer. He graduated from the National Superior School for Engineering, ENSAM France in 1984. Chery joined the Discrete Division of Thomson Semiconducteurs in 1986 and, early in 2001, he joined our Central Front-End Manufacturing organization as General Manager of the Rousset 200-mm plant orchestrating the expansion of 200-mm production. Chery later moved to Singapore, where he led our 150-mm wafer restructuring and managed our Asia-Pacific fabs, the largest high-capacity fabs in the Company.


101


Table of Contents

Andrea Cuomo, Executive Vice President for the Advanced System Technology Group, assumed the additional responsibilities of General Manager of our Europe Region in January 2008. Mr. Cuomo is also a member of our Corporate Executive Committee. After studying at Milano Politecnico in Nuclear Sciences, with a special focus on analog electronics, Mr. Cuomo joined us in 1983 as a System Testing Engineer, and from 1985 to 1989 held various positions to become Marketing Manager in the automotive, computer and industrial product segment. In 1989, Mr. Cuomo was appointed Director of Strategy and Market Development for the Dedicated Products Group, and in 1994 became Vice President responsible for Marketing and Strategic Accounts within the Headquarters Region. In 1998, Mr. Cuomo was appointed as Vice President responsible for Advanced System Technology and in 2002, Mr. Cuomo was appointed as Corporate Vice President and Advanced System Technology General Manager. In 2004, he was given the additional responsibility of serving as our Director of Strategic Planning and was promoted to Executive Vice President.
 
Carlo Ferro is Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. He is also a member of our Executive Committee. Mr. Ferro has served as our CFO since May 2003. Mr. Ferro graduated with a degree in Business and Economics from the LUISS Guido Carli University in Rome, Italy in 1984, and has a professional qualification as a Certified Public Accountant. From 1984 through 1996, Mr. Ferro held a series of positions in finance and control at Istituto per la Ricostruzione Industriale-IRI S.p.A. (“IRI”), and Finmeccanica. Mr. Ferro served as one of our Supervisory Board Controllers from 1992 to 1996. Mr. Ferro was also a part-time university professor of Planning and Control until 1996. From 1996 to 1999, Mr. Ferro held positions at EBPA NV, a process control company listed on the NYSE, rising to Vice President Planning and Control and principal financial officer. Mr. Ferro joined us in June 1999 as Group Vice President Corporate Finance, overseeing finance and accounting for all affiliates worldwide, and served as Deputy CFO from April 2002 through April 2003. Mr. Ferro holds positions on the board of directors of several of ST’s affiliates. He is also a part-time professor of finance at the University LUISS Guido Carli in Rome (Italy).
 
Carmelo Papa is our Executive Vice President and General Manager of our Industrial & Multisegment Sector. He is also a member of our Corporate Executive Committee. He received his degree in Nuclear Physics at Catania University. Mr. Papa joined us in 1983 and in 1986 was appointed Director of Product Marketing and Customer Service for Transistors and Standard ICs. In 2000, Mr. Papa was appointed Corporate Vice President, Emerging Markets and in 2001, he took on additional worldwide responsibility for our Electronic Manufacturing Service to drive forward this new important channel of business. From January 2003 through December 2004, he was in charge of formulating and leading our strategy to expand our customer base by providing dedicated solutions to a broader selection of customers, one of our key growth areas. In 2005, he was named Corporate Vice President, MPA.
 
Tommi Uhari was promoted to Executive Vice President and General Manager of the Mobile, Multimedia & Communications Group in January 2007. Mr. Uhari is also a member of our Executive Committee. After graduating from the University of Oulu with a Master’s degree in Industrial Engineering and Management, Mr. Uhari worked at Nokia in various R&D and management positions. He started as a design engineer, working on digital ASICs for mobile phones. In 2004, he was promoted Vice President, Head of Wireless platforms. Mr. Uhari joined our Company in 2006 as the Manager of the Personal Multimedia Group.
 
Enrico Villa is currently Executive Vice President, Europe Region. He also serves on our Executive Committee, representing the sales and marketing functions. He was appointed Corporate Vice President, Europe Region on January 1, 2000, after having served as Corporate Vice President, Region 5 (now Emerging Markets) from January 1998 through 2000. Mr. Villa has served in various capacities within our management since 1967 after obtaining a degree in Business Administration from the University of Milan and has 40 years of experience in the semiconductor industry. He is currently President of the European Electronics Components Association (“EECA”) as well as Chairman for Europe at the Joint Steering Committee of the World Semiconductor Council.
 
Georges Auguste has served as Corporate Vice President, Total Quality and Environmental Management since 1999. Mr. Auguste received a degree in Engineering from the Ecole Supérieure d’Electricité (“SUPELEC”) in 1974 and a diploma in Business Administration from Caen University in 1976. Prior to joining us, Mr. Auguste worked with Philips Components from 1974 to 1986, in various positions in the field of manufacturing. From 1990 to 1997, he headed our operations in Morocco, and from 1997 to 1999, Mr. Auguste served as Director of Total Quality and Environmental Management.
 
Gian Luca Bertino graduated in 1985 in Electronic Engineering from the Polytechnic of Turin. From 1986 to 1997 he held several positions within the Research and Development organization of Olivetti’s semiconductor group before joining ST in 1997. He was Group Vice President, Peripherals, General Manager of our Data Storage Division within the Telecommunications, Peripherals and Automotive (TPA) Groups, until he was appointed Corporate Vice President, CPG.


102


Table of Contents

Ugo Carena graduated in Mechanical Engineering from the Polytechnic of Turin in 1970. His semiconductor career began in 1977 within Olivetti’s semiconductor group. He joined ST in 1997 and he held the position of Telecommunications, Peripherals and Automotive (TPA) Groups Vice President, General Manager Computer Peripherals and Industrial Group, until he was named Corporate Vice President, APG in 2005.
 
Marco Luciano Cassis graduated from the Polytechnic of Milan with a degree in Electronic Engineering. Cassis joined us in 1988 as a mixed-signal analog designer for car radio applications. In 1993, Cassis moved to Japan to support our newly created design center with his expertise in audio products. Then in 2000, Cassis took charge of the Audio Business Unit and a year later he was promoted to Director of Audio and Automotive Group, responsible for design, marketing, sales, application support, and customer services. In 2004, Cassis was named Vice President of Marketing for the automotive, computer peripheral, and telecom products. In 2005, he advanced to Vice President APG and joined the Board of the Japanese subsidiary, STMicroelectronics K.K. Mr. Cassis was appointed Corporate Vice President, Japan region on September 6, 2005.
 
Patrice Chastagner is a graduate of the HEC business school in France and in 1988 became the Grenoble Site Director, guiding the emergence of this facility to become one of the most important hubs in Europe for advanced, complex silicon chip development and solutions. As Human Resources Manager for the Telecommunications, Peripherals and Automotive (TPA) Groups, which was our largest product group at the time, he was also TQM Champion and applied the principle of continuous improvement to human resources as well as to manufacturing processes. Since March 2003, he has also been serving as Chairman of STMicroelectronics S.A. in France. Upon his promotion to Corporate Vice President, Human Resources in January 2005, he took the leadership of a group with about 50,000 people.
 
Claude Dardanne was promoted to Corporate Vice President and General Manager of our newly created Microcontrollers, Memories & Smartcards (MMS) Group, part of our Industrial & Multisegment Sector, in January 2007. Mr. Dardanne graduated from the Ecole Supérieure d’Ingénieurs en Génie Electrique de Rouen in France with a Master’s degree in Electronic Engineering. After graduation, Mr. Dardanne spent five years at Thomson Semiconducteurs in France before moving to North America as a Field Application Engineer. From 1982, Mr. Dardanne was responsible for marketing of Microcontrollers & Microprocessor products in North America and, in 1987, Mr. Dardanne was appointed Thomson’s Worldwide Marketing Manager for Microcontrollers & Microprocessors in France. In 1989, Mr. Dardanne joined Apple Computer, France, as Marketing Director, responsible for business development in segments including Industrial, Education, Banking and Communications. From 1991 to 1994, Mr. Dardanne served as Marketing Director at Alcatel-Mietec in Belgium and in 1994, Mr. Dardanne rejoined Thomson (which by then had merged with SGS Microelettronica) as Director of Central Marketing for the Memory Products Group (MPG). In 1998, Mr. Dardanne became the head of the EEPROM division. In 2002, Mr. Dardanne was promoted to Vice President of the Memory Products Group and General Manager of the Serial Non-Volatile Memories division and in 2004, he was promoted to Deputy General Manager, Memory Products Group, where his responsibilities included the management of our Smart Card Division.
 
Alisia Grenville joined ST in the newly created position of Corporate Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer in December 2007. In addition to her role as Chief Compliance Officer, she is also in charge of the Executive Secretariat of the Supervisory Board, heads the Company’s Internal Audit and chairs the Company’s Ethics Committee. Born in Montreal, Canada, she earned a degree in French and Italian from Queen’s University in Kingston, Ontario and a bachelor in law (LLB) from the University of Sussex. Ms. Grenville has worked in top-tier law firms specializing in bank finance, capital markets and M&A transactions, as well as governance and has held senior compliance positions at other international corporations.
 
François Guibert was born in Beziers, France in 1953 and graduated from the Ecole Supérieure d’Ingénieurs de Marseilles in 1978. After three years at Texas Instruments, he joined Thomson Semiconducteurs in 1981 as Sales Manager Telecom. From 1983 to 1986, he was responsible for ICs and strategic marketing of telecom products in North America. In 1988 he was appointed Director of our Semicustom Business for Asia Pacific and in 1989 he became President of ST-Taiwan. Since 1992 he has occupied senior positions in Business Development and Investor Relations and was Group Vice President, Corporate Business Development which includes M&A activities from 1995 to the end of 2004. In January 2005, Mr. Guibert was promoted to the position of Corporate Vice President, Emerging Markets Region and in October 2006, he was appointed Corporate Vice President and CEO, Asia Pacific Region.
 
Reza Kazerounian is a graduate of the University of Illinois and received his PhD from the University of California, Berkeley in electrical engineering and computer sciences. In 1985, Mr. Kazerounian started his professional career as a research and development engineer at WaferScale Integration (WSI), specializing in Programmable System Devices. At WSI, he became Vice President of Technology and Product Development (1995) and later Chief Operating Officer in 1997. When we acquired WSI in 2000, Mr. Kazerounian became the


103


Table of Contents

general manager of the newly formed Programmable Systems Division, charged with the development of 8-bit and 32-bit embedded systems. In 2003, he was appointed Group Vice President and General Manager of the Smart Card IC Division. Mr. Kazerounian was appointed Corporate Vice President for the North America Region on September 6, 2005.
 
Otto Kosgalwies was appointed Corporate Vice President, Infrastructure and Services in November 2004, with responsibility for all of our corporate activities related to Information Technology, Logistics, and Procurement and Material Management, with particular emphasis on the complete supply chain between customer demand, manufacturing execution, inventory management, and supplier relations. Mr. Kosgalwies has been with us since 1984 after graduating with a degree in Economics from Munich University. From 1992 through 1995, he served as European Manager for Distribution, from 1995 to 2000 as Sales and Distribution Director for Central Europe, and since 1997 as CEO of our German subsidiary. In 2000, Mr. Kosgalwies was appointed Vice President for Sales and Marketing in Europe and General Manager for Supply Chain Management, where he was responsible at a corporate level for the effective flow of goods and information from suppliers to end users. In December 2007, he was promoted Executive Vice President and became responsible for capacity and investment planning at corporate level.
 
Robert Krysiak graduated from Cardiff University with a degree in Electronics and holds an MBA from the University of Bath. In 1983, Mr. Krysiak joined INMOS, as a VLSI Design Engineer. Then in 1992, Mr. Krysiak formed a group dedicated to the development of CPU products based on the Reusable-Micro-Core architecture. Mr. Krysiak was appointed Group Vice President and General Manager of our 16/32/64 and DSP division in 1997. In 1999, Mr. Krysiak became Group Vice President of the Micro Cores Development, and in 2001, he took charge of our DVD division. Mr. Krysiak was appointed on October 17, 2005 as Corporate Vice President and General Manager of our Greater China region, which focuses exclusively on our operations in China, Hong Kong and Taiwan. Before that, Mr. Krysiak was Marketing Director for HPC.
 
Philippe Lambinet graduated from the Paris Ecole Supérieure d’Electricité in 1979 with a Master’s Degree in Electronics. He began his professional career as a software engineer with Control Data Corporation in 1979 and in 1980 joined Thomson’s semiconductor subsidiary EFCIS to work in product engineering. He later supervised ASIC Operations at Thomson’s Mostek Corporation in Carrollton, Texas and in 1990 took charge of design and marketing for Mixed Signal Semicustom Products within the Company’s Programmable Products Group. In 1997, he became Group Vice President and General Manager of the Digital Video Division. He then joined Advanced Digital Broadcast Group (ADB) as CEO of ADB-SA and became CEO of ADB Holdings SA and Vice Chairman. Philippe Lambinet rejoined STMicroelectronics as Corporate Vice President, General Manager Home Entertainment & Displays Group in August 2007.
 
Mario Licciardello was born in Catania, Italy, on January 28, 1942. He graduated in Physics from the University of Catania in 1964. Mr. Licciardello has spent his entire career within companies that have evolved into the current STMicroelectronics. In 1965 he joined ATES, a predecessor of ST, initially in process development, then in strategic planning, after one year spent at the Catania University engaged in various research programs. In 1970, he joined the MOS field where he spent a large part of his professional career in various positions ranging from Operations Manager to Business Unit Manager contributing to the success in the market of several product lines. From 1986 to 1990 he covered the role of Director of Marketing and Business Management for the Semicustom Product Division (named IST). The position included the worldwide responsibility for the external design centers network. From 1990 to 1993, as Director of Corporate Strategic Planning with the relevant Corporate Central Organization, his responsibility ranged from Capital Investment Control to shareholder relations. He moved to MPG in 1993 and in 2003 was promoted from General Manager of our Flash Memories Division to Deputy General Manager of MPG. In 2005, he was named Corporate Vice President and General Manager of MPG. In 2007, he became Corporate Vice President and General Manager of FMG, which incorporates all Flash memory operations, including R&D, all product related activities, front-end and back-end manufacturing, marketing and sales worldwide.
 
Loïc Liétar graduated with a degree in Engineering from the Ecole Polytechnique, Paris, in 1984, a degree in Microelectronics from Orsay University (1985), and he holds an MBA from Columbia University, New York (1993). Liétar joined Thomson Semiconducteurs in 1985 as an analog IC designer in Grenoble, France. Between 1987 and 1998 he held several positions in R&D Management and Marketing in Milan, Paris and Singapore. In 1999, he was appointed Direct of Advanced System Technologies U.S. Labs, and in 2003, was named General Manager of ST’s Cellular Terminals Division, later moving to ST’s Application Processor Division. In 2006, Loïc Liétar was promoted to Group Vice President, Strategies, for ST’s Strategies and System Technologies Group and, in January 2008, was appointed Corporate Vice President, Corporate Business Development.
 
Pierre Ollivier, previously Group Vice President, Corporate General Counsel, was promoted to Corporate Vice President and General Counsel, responsible for all legal matters and the management and valorization of our


104


Table of Contents

valuable Intellectual Property, in January 2008. He was born in London (UK) and obtained his Law Degree at Caen University in 1976 and a postgraduate degree in International Business law at Paris I University in 1978. Having started his career with Clifford Chance in Paris, Mr. Ollivier worked for Stein Heurtey, an engineering company, as corporate counsel, and in the corporate legal department of Thomson CSF specializing in contracts, litigation, corporate restructuring and M&A matters before joining us as general counsel in 1990.
 
Carlo Emanuele Ottaviani was named Corporate Vice President, Communications in March 2003. He began his career in 1965 in the Advertisement and Public Relations Office of SIT-SIEMENS, today known as ITALTEL. Since the beginning, he had responsibilities in the activities of the associated semiconductor company ATES Electronic Components. ATES merged with the Milan-based SGS in 1971, and Mr. Ottaviani was in charge of the advertisement and marketing services of the newly formed SGS-ATES. In 1975, he was appointed Head of Corporate Communication worldwide, and has held this position since that time. In 2001, Mr. Ottaviani was also appointed President of STMicroelectronics Foundation.
 
Jeffrey See was appointed Corporate Vice President, Central Back-end General Manager in April 2006. After Mr. See graduated from the Singapore Polytechnic in 1965, he became a Chartered Electronic Engineer at the Institution of Electrical Engineers (IEE) in the UK. In 1969, Mr. See joined SGS Microelettronica, a forerunner company of ST, as a Quality Supervisor at its first Assembly and Test facility in Toa Payoh, Singapore and was promoted to Deputy Back-End Plant Manager in 1980. In 1983, Mr. See was appointed to manage the start-up of the region’s first wafer fabrication plant (125-mm) in Ang Mo Kio, Singapore and became General Manager of the front-end operations in 1992. In 2001, Mr. See was appointed Vice President and Assistant General Manager of Central Front-End Manufacturing and General Manager of the Asia Pacific Manufacturing Operations, responsible for wafer fabrication and electrical wafer sort in the region.
 
Thierry Tingaud was promoted to Corporate Vice President, Emerging Markets Region General Manager, responsible for our sales and marketing operations in Africa and the Middle East, India, Latin America, Russia and the Eastern European countries in July 2006. Mr. Tingaud graduated from INSA Lyon in 1982 with a Master’s degree in Electronic Engineering and he also holds an MBA from Ecole Supérieure des Sciences Economiques et Commerciales (ESSEC). Mr. Tingaud joined the sales and marketing organization of Thomson Semiconducteurs, a forerunner company of ST, in 1985. Three years later, he took responsibility for the Company’s telecommunications business in France. In 1996, Mr. Tingaud moved to North America as Corporate Strategic Key Account Director for our Headquarters Region. In this role, he strengthened the strategic alliance with a major key account, responsible for its operations in Europe, North America, Mexico, and Malaysia. In 1999, Mr. Tingaud was appointed Vice President for Sales and Marketing of Telecommunications in Europe.
 
As is common in the semiconductor industry, our success depends to a significant extent upon, among other factors, the continued service of our key senior executives and research and development, engineering, marketing, sales, manufacturing, support and other personnel, and on our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel. The competition for such employees is intense, and the loss of the services of any of these key personnel without adequate replacement or the inability to attract new qualified personnel could have a material adverse effect on us. We do not maintain insurance with respect to the loss of any of our key personnel. See “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations — Loss of key employees could hurt our competitive position.”
 
Compensation
 
Pursuant to the decisions adopted by our shareholders at the annual shareholders’ meeting held on April 26, 2007, the aggregate compensation for the members and former members of our Supervisory Board in respect of


105


Table of Contents

service in 2007 was $1,496,000 before any withholding taxes and applicable mandatory social contributions, as set forth in the following table.
 
         
Supervisory Board Member
  Directors’ Fees  
 
Gérald Arbola
  $ 228,500  
Raymond Bingham(1)
    101,500  
Tom de Waard(2)
    223,500  
Matteo del Fante
    147,500  
Douglas Dunn
    133,500  
Didier Lamouche
    123,000  
Didier Lombard
    156,500  
Alessandro Ovi(1)
    113,000  
Bruno Steve
    227,000  
Antonino Turicchi(1)
    18,000  
Robert M. White(1)
    24,000  
         
Total
  $ 1,496,000  
         
 
 
(1) Messrs. Antonino Turicchi and Robert M. White were Supervisory Board members until our 2007 annual shareholders’ meeting, at which time they were succeeded by Messrs. Raymond Bingham and Alessandro Ovi.
 
(2) Compensation, including attendance fees of $2,000 per meeting of the Supervisory Board or committee thereof, was paid to Clifford Chance LLP.
 
We do not have any service agreements with members of our Supervisory Board.
 
The total amount paid as compensation in 2007 to our 24 executive officers, including Mr. Carlo Bozotti, the sole member of our Managing Board and our President and CEO, was approximately $14.16 million before any withholding taxes. Such amount also includes the amounts of EIP paid to the executive officers pursuant to a Corporate Executive Incentive Program (the “EIP”) that entitles selected executives to a yearly bonus based upon the individual performance of such executives. The maximum bonus awarded under the EIP is based upon a percentage of the executive’s salary and is adjusted to reflect our overall performance. The participants in the EIP must satisfy certain personal objectives that are focused inter alia on return on net assets, customer service, profit, cash flow and market share. The relative charges and non-cash benefits were approximately $5.93 million. Within such amount, the remuneration of our current sole member of our Managing Board and President and CEO in 2007 was:
 
                                 
Sole Member of Our Managing Board and President and CEO
  Salary(2)     Bonus(1)     Non-cash Benefits(3)     Total  
 
Carlo Bozotti
  $ 714,089     $ 643,082     $ 377,881     $ 1,735,052  
 
 
(1) The bonus paid to the sole member of our Managing Board and President and CEO during the 2007 financial year was approved by the Compensation Committee, and approved by the Supervisory Board in respect of the 2006 financial year, based on fulfillment of a number of pre-defined objectives for 2006.
 
(2) Our Supervisory Board, upon the recommendation of our Compensation Committee, approved an annual salary for 2007 for our Managing Board and President and CEO of $700,000. The difference between the amount approved and the amount actually received by Mr. Bozotti resulted because the salary was paid partially in euros using an exchange rate of approximately €1.00 to $1.20 and partially in Swiss francs using an exchange rate of approximately CHF 1.00 to $0.80.
 
(3) Including employer social contributions, company car allowance and miscellaneous allowances.
 
Mr. Bozotti was appointed as sole member of our Managing Board and President and Chief Executive Officer of our company by our annual shareholders’ meeting on March 18, 2005 for a three-year period. At our annual shareholders’ meeting in 2008, the mandate of Mr. Bozotti will expire. In each of 2005, 2006 and 2007, Mr. Bozotti was granted pursuant to the compensation policy appointed by the shareholders meeting up to 100,000 Unvested Stock Awards. The vesting of such stock awards is conditional upon certain performance criteria fixed by our Supervisory Board being achieved and Mr. Bozotti’s continued service with us.
 
In 2005, our Supervisory Board approved the terms of Mr. Bozotti’s employment by us upon terms which are consistent with the compensation policy approved by our 2005 annual shareholders’ meeting. Mr. Bozotti has two employment agreements with us, the first with our Dutch parent company, which relates to his activities as sole


106


Table of Contents

member of our Managing Board and representative of the Dutch legal entity, and the second in Switzerland, which relates to his activities as President and CEO, and contain all benefits including Unvested Share Awards, EIP, Pension and other items covered by the compensation policy approved by our shareholders.
 
Consistent with this compensation policy, the Supervisory Board upon the recommendation of its compensation committee fixed in March 2007 the criteria to be met for Mr. Bozotti for attribution of his 2007 bonus (based on new product introductions, market share and budget targets, corporate governance initiatives) and also decided to grant a super bonus of up to 60% based on special items linked to technology R&D, carve outs and decondolidation. The Supervisory Board, has not yet ruled on the amount of the CEO bonus for 2007.
 
With regard to Mr. Bozotti’s 2006 stock awards, the Supervisory Board, upon the recommendation of its compensation committee concluded in 2007 that all three of the criteria established by the Supervisory Board had been achieved. Mr. Bozotti was therefore entitled to receive all 100,000 stock awards originally granted in 2006, which vest as defined by the Plan one year, two years and three years, respectively, after the date of the grant, provided Mr. Bozotti is still an employee at such time (subject to the acceleration provisions in the event of a change in control).
 
With regard to Mr. Bozotti’s 2007 stock awards, the Supervisory Board upon recommendation of the Compensation Committee fixed the criteria for the attribution of the 100,000 stock awards. The Supervisory Board has not yet determined whether the performance criteria which condition the vesting (and are linked to sales, operations, income, and return on net assets) have been met.
 
During 2007, Mr. Bozotti did not exercise any stock options granted to him, and did not sell any vested stock awards or purchase or sell any of our shares.
 
Our Supervisory Board has approved the establishment of a complementary pension plan for our top executive management, comprising the CEO, COO and other key executives to be selected by the CEO according to the general criteria of eligibility and service set up by the Supervisory Board upon the proposal of its Compensation Committee. In respect to such plan, we have set up an independent foundation under Swiss law which manages the Plan and to which we make contributions. Pursuant to this plan, we have made a contribution of $314,501 to the plan of our current and former President and Chief Executive Officers, $591,634 to the plan of our Chief Operating Officer, and $951,924 to the plan for all other beneficiaries. The amount of pension plan payments made for other beneficiaries, such as former employees retired at the end of 2006/2007 and no longer salaried in 2007 were $1.79 million.
 
We did not extend any loans, overdrafts or warranties to our Supervisory Board members or to the sole member of our Managing Board and President and CEO. Furthermore, we have not guaranteed any debts or concluded any leases with our Supervisory Board members or their families, or the sole member of the Managing Board.
 
For information regarding stock options and other stock-based compensation granted to members of our Supervisory Board, the Managing Board and our executive officers, please refer to “— Stock Awards and Options” below.
 
The executive officers and the Managing Board were covered in 2007 under certain group life and medical insurance programs provided by us. The aggregate additional amount set aside by us in 2007 to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits for executive officers and our Managing Board as a group is in addition to the amounts allocated to the complementary pension plan described above and estimated to have been approximately $1.86 million, which includes statutory employer contributions for state-run retirement, similar benefit programs and other miscellaneous allowances.
 
Share Ownership
 
None of the members of our Supervisory Board and Managing Board or our executive officers holds shares or options to acquire shares representing more than 1% of our issued share capital.
 
Stock Awards and Options
 
Our stock options and stock award plans are designed to incentivize, attract and retain our executives and key employees by aligning compensation with our performance and the evolution of our share price. We have adopted stock-based compensation plans comprising either stock options or unvested stock awards and benefiting respectively to our President and CEO and key employees (“employee stock options” and/or “employee unvested stock award plans”), and stock options or vested stock awards to our Supervisory Board members and professionals (“Supervisory Board stock options” and/or “stock award plans”).


107


Table of Contents

Following changes in accounting and tax treatment of stock options, we have since 2005 transitioned our stock-based compensation plans from stock-option grants to vested or unvested stock awards. Pursuant to the shareholders’ resolutions adopted by our 2005, 2006 and 2007 annual shareholders’ meeting, our Supervisory Board, upon the proposal of the Managing Board and the recommendation of the Compensation Committee, took the following actions:
 
  •  approved the terms and conditions of the 2005 Supervisory Board Stock-Based Compensation Plan for members and professionals valid for a three year period;
 
  •  amended our 2001 Employee Stock Option Plan which expired at the end of 2005 with the aim of enhancing our ability to retain key employees and motivate them to shareholder value creation, by replacing stock options to be granted in the last year of such Plan by unvested stock awards and in addition, approved the vesting conditions, linked to our future performance and continued service with us;
 
  •  approved grants pursuant to the 2005 stock-based compensation plan for Supervisory Board members and professionals approved by our 2005 annual shareholders’ meeting and amended by our 2007 annual shareholders’ meeting;
 
  •  adopted our 2006 Unvested Stock Award Plan for Executives and Key Employees (the “Employee USA Plan”) with the aim of enhancing our ability to retain key employees and motivate them to shareholder value creation and in addition approved vesting conditions linked to our future performance and continued service with us;
 
  •  adopted our 2007 Unvested Stock Award Plan for Executives and Key Employees (the “Employee USA Plan”) with the goal of enhancing our ability to retain key employees and motivate them to work to create shareholder value and, in addition, approved vesting conditions linked to our future performance and continued service with us; and
 
  •  reviewed preliminary information regarding our 2008 Unvested Stock Award Plan for Executives and Key Employees to be presented to our 2008 annual shareholders’ meeting.
 
We are using our treasury shares to cover the stock awards granted in 2005, 2006 and 2007 under the Employee USA Plans. As of December 31, 2007, 2,867,119 stock awards granted in relation to the 2005, 2006 and 2007 plans had vested, leaving an amount of 10,532,881 treasury shares outstanding as of December 31, 2007. The 2007 Employee unvested stock award plan generated an additional charge in the consolidated statements of income for 2007 of $18 million, which corresponds to the cost per service in the year for all granted shares that are (or are expected to be) vested pursuant to the financial performance criteria being met..
 
The exercise of stock options and the sale or purchase of shares of our stock by the members of our Supervisory Board, the sole member of our Managing Board and President and CEO, and all our employees are subject to an internal policy which involves, inter alia, certain blackout periods.
 
Employee and Managing Board Stock-Based Compensation Plans
 
1995 Stock Option Plan.  On October 20, 1995, our shareholders approved resolutions authorizing the Supervisory Board for a period of five years to adopt and administer a stock option plan that provides for the granting to our managers and professionals of options to purchase up to a maximum of 33 million common shares (the “1995 Stock Option Plan”). We granted options to acquire a total of 31,561,941 shares pursuant to the 1995 Stock Option Plan as indicated.
 
The description of our 1995 Stock Option Plan as indicated in the following table, takes into consideration the 2:1 stock split effected on June 16, 1999 and the 3:1 stock split effected on May 5, 2000. The term “options outstanding” means options existing as of December 31, 2007 not cancelled or exercised by their respective beneficiaries (employees and members or professionals of our Supervisory Board). Options are cancelled either because the beneficiary waives them or because the beneficiary loses the right to exercise them when leaving the company (with the exception of retirement or termination of employment pursuant to collective plans or restructurings):
 
As of December 31, 2007 the total number of options exercised pursuant to the 1995 Stock Option Plan was 14,523,601; the number of options, which can no longer be exercised, because they have expired or been cancelled, was 11,091,608; and the number of options outstanding, which can still be exercised, was 5,946,732. These outstanding options correspond to 5,946,732 common shares, which could be issued.
 
2001 Stock Option Plan.  At the annual shareholders’ meeting on April 25, 2001, our shareholders approved resolutions authorizing the Supervisory Board for a period of five years to adopt and administer a stock option plan


108


Table of Contents

(in the form of five annual tranches) that provides for the granting to our managers and professionals of options to purchase up to a maximum of 60 million common shares (the “2001 Stock Option Plan”). The amount of options granted to the sole member of our Managing Board and President and CEO is determined by our Compensation Committee, upon delegation from our Supervisory Board and since 2005 is submitted for approval by our annual shareholders’ meeting. The amount of stock options granted to other employees is made by our Compensation Committee on delegation by our Supervisory Board and following recommendation of the sole member of our Managing Board and President and CEO. In addition, the Supervisory Board delegates each year to the sole member of our Managing Board and President and CEO the flexibility to grant up to a determined number of share awards to our employees pursuant to the 2001 Stock Option Plan in special cases or in connection with an acquisition.
 
In 2005, our shareholders at our annual shareholders’ meeting adopted a modification to our 2001 Stock Option Plan so as to provide the grant of up to four million unvested stock awards instead of stock options to our senior executives and certain of our key employees, as well as the grant of up to 100,000 Unvested Stock Awards instead of stock options to our President and CEO. A total of 4,159,915 shares have been awarded pursuant to the modification of such Plan, which include shares that were awarded to employees who subsequently left our Company thereby forfeiting their awards. Certain forfeited share awards were subsequently reawarded to other employees.
 
Pursuant to such approval, the Compensation Committee, upon delegation from our Supervisory Board approved the conditions, which apply to the vesting of such awards. These conditions related both to our financial performance meeting certain defined criteria in 2005 and during the first quarter of 2006, and to the continued presence at the defined vesting dates in 2006, 2007 and 2008, of the beneficiaries of the unvested stock awards.
 
1995 Plan (Employees)
October 20, 1995
(outstanding grants)
 
                         
    Special Grant   Tranche 5   Special Grant   Tranche 6   Special Grant   Tranche 7
 
Date of Supervisory Board Meeting
  Jan 24, 2000   June 16, 2000   Sept 18, 2000   Dec 11, 2000   Dec 18, 2000   March 1, 2001
Total Number of Shares which may be purchased
  150,000   5,331,250   70,000   2,019,640   26,501   113,350
Vesting Date
  Jan 24, 2003   June 16, 2002   Sept 18, 2002   Dec 11, 2002   Dec 18, 2002   March 1, 2003
Expiration Date
  Jan 24, 2008   June 16, 2008   Sept 18, 2008   Dec 11, 2008   Dec 18, 2008   March 1, 2009
Exercise Price
  $55.25   $62.01   $52.88   $50.69   $44.00   $31.65
Terms of Exercise
  50% on   32% on   32% on   32% on   32% on   32% on
    Jan 24, 2003   June 16, 2002   Sept 18, 2002   Dec 11, 2002   Dec 18, 2002   March 1, 2003
    50% on   32% on   32% on   32% on   32% on   32% on
    Jan 24, 2004   June 16, 2003   Sept 18, 2003   Dec 11, 2003   Dec 18, 2003   March 1, 2004
        36% on   36% on   36% on   36% on   36% on
        June 16, 2004   Sept 18, 2004   Dec 11, 2004   Dec 18, 2004   March 1, 2005
Number of Shares to be acquired with Outstanding Options as of Dec 31, 2007
  1,980   4,337,930   25,765   1,515,680   20,527   44,850
Held by Managing Board/Executive Officers
  0   310,200   7,650   0   0   0


109


Table of Contents

2001 Plan (Employees)
April 25, 2001
(outstanding grants)
 
                             
    Tranche 1   Tranche 2   Tranche 3   Tranche 4   Tranche 5   Tranche 6   Tranche 7
 
Date of the grant
  April 27, 2001   Sept 4, 2001   Nov 1, 2001   Jan 2, 2002   Jan 25, 2002   April 25, 2002   June 26, 2002
Total Number of Shares which may be purchased
  9,521,100   16,000   61,900   29,400   3,656,103   9,708,390   318,600
Vesting Date
  April 27, 2003   Sept 4, 2003   Nov 1, 2003   Jan 2, 2004   Jan 25, 2003   April 25, 2004   June 26, 2004
Expiration Date
  April 27, 2011   Sept 4, 2011   Nov 1, 2011   Jan 2, 2012   Jan 25, 2012   April 25, 2012   June 26, 2012
Exercise Price
  $39.00   $29.70   $29.61   $33.70   $31.09   $31.11   $22.30
Terms of Exercise
  32% on   32% on   32% on   32% on   50% on   32% on   32% on
    April 27, 2003   Sept 4, 2003   Nov 1, 2003   Jan 2, 2004   Jan 25, 2003   April 25, 2004   June 26, 2004
    32% on   32% on   32% on   32% on   50% on   32% on   32% on
    April 27, 2004   Sept 4, 2004   Nov 1, 2004   Jan 2, 2005   Jan 25, 2004   April 25, 2005   June 26, 2005
    36% on   36% on   36% on   36% on       36% on   36% on
    April 27, 2005   Sept 4, 2005   Nov 1, 2005   Jan 2, 2006       April 25, 2006   June 26, 2006
Number of Shares to be acquired with Outstanding Options as of December 31, 2007
  7,867,140   16,000   47,010   24,300   2,924,247   8,278,324   140,906
Held by Managing Board/Executive Officers
  410,000   0   0   0   158,925   424,500   0
 
2001 Plan (Employees) (continued)
April 25, 2001
(outstanding grants)
 
                                         
    Tranche 8   Tranche 9   Tranche 10   Tranche 11   Tranche 12   Tranche 13   Tranche 14   Tranche 15   Tranche 16   Tranche 17
 
Date of the grant
  Aug 1, 2002   Dec 17, 2002   Mar 14, 2003   June 3, 2003   Oct 24, 2003   Jan 2, 2004   Apr 26, 2004   Sept 1, 2004   Jan 31, 2005   Mar 17, 2005
Total Number of Shares which may be purchased
  24,500   14,400   11,533,960   306,850   135,500   86,400   12,103,490   175,390   29,200   13,000
Vesting Date
  Aug 1, 2004   Dec 17, 2004   Mar 14, 2005   June 3, 2005   Oct 24, 2005   Jan 2, 2006   Apr 26, 2006   Sept 1, 2006   Jan 31, 2007   Mar 17, 2007
Expiration Date
  Aug 1, 2012   Dec 17, 2012   Mar 14, 2013   June 3, 2013   Oct 24, 2013   Jan 2, 2014   Apr 26, 2014   Sept 1, 2014   Jan 31, 2015   Mar 17, 2015
Exercise Price
  $20.02   $21.59   $19.18   $22.83   $25.90   $27.21   $22.71   $17.08   $16.73   $17.31
Terms of Exercise
  32% on   32% on   32% on   32% on   32% on   32% on   32% on   32% on   32% on   32% on
    Aug 1, 2004   Dec 17, 2004   Mar 14, 2005   June 3, 2005   Oct 24, 2005   Jan 2, 2006   Apr 26, 2006   Sept 1, 2006   Jan 31, 2007   Mar 17, 2007
    32% on   32% on   32% on   32% on   32% on   32% on   32% on   32% on   32% on   32% on
    Aug 1, 2005   Dec 17, 2005   Mar 14, 2006   June 3, 2006   Oct 24, 2006   Jan 2, 2007   Apr 26, 2007   Sept 1, 2007   Jan 31, 2008   Mar 17, 2008
    36% on   36% on   36% on   36% on   36% on   36% on   36% on   36% on   36% on   36% on
    Aug 1, 2006   Dec 17, 2006   Mar 14, 2007   June 3, 2007   Oct 24, 2007   Jan 2, 2008   Mar 14, 2008   Sept 1, 2008   Jan 31, 2009   Mar 17, 2009
Number of Shares to be acquired with Outstanding Options as of Dec 31, 2007
  13,800   14,400   9,909,670   193,650   121,550   17,500   10,582,215   118,291   17,900   13,000
Held by Managing Board/ Executive Officers
  0   0   507,800   0   31,000   0   595,100   0   0   0
 
2006 Unvested Stock Award Plan
 
In 2006, our shareholders at our annual shareholders’ meeting approved the grant of up to five million unvested stock awards to our senior executives and certain of our key employees, as well as the grant of up to 100,000 Unvested Stock Awards to our President and CEO. 5,131,640 shares have been awarded under such Plan as of December 31, 2007, out of which up to 3,702,449 remain outstanding but unvested as of December 31, 2007.
 
2007 Unvested Stock Award Plan
 
In 2007, our shareholders at our annual shareholders’ meeting approved the grant of up to six million unvested stock awards to our senior executives and certain of our key employees, as well as the grant of up to 100,000 Unvested Stock Awards to our President and CEO. 5,776,290 shares have been awarded under such Plan as of December 31, 2007, out of which up to 5,702,800 remain outstanding but unvested as of December 31, 2007.
 
Pursuant to such approval, the Compensation Committee, upon delegation from our Supervisory Board has approved the conditions which shall apply to the vesting of such awards. These conditions relate both to our financial performance, meeting certain defined criteria in 2007, and to the continued presence at the defined vesting dates in 2008, 2009 and 2010 of the beneficiaries of the unvested stock awards.


110


Table of Contents

Furthermore, the Compensation Committee approved the list of beneficiaries of the unvested stock awards and delegated to our President and Chief Executive Officer the right to grant certain additional unvested stock awards to key employees, in exceptional cases, provided that the total number of unvested stock awards granted to executives and key employees shall not exceed for 2007 six million shares. Pursuant to such authorization, the Managing Board, as authorized by the Compensation Committee of the Supervisory Board, granted on December 6, 2007 an additional 84,450 shares, and on February 19, 2008 an additional 135,500 to selected employees designated by the Managing Board as part of the Employee Plan. This additional grant has the same terms and conditions as the original plan.
 
The implementation of our Stock-Based Compensation Plan for Employees is subject to periodic proposals from our Managing Board to our Supervisory Board, and recommendations by the Compensation Committee of our Supervisory Board.
 
Supervisory Board Stock Option Plans
 
1999 Stock Option Plan for members and professionals of the Supervisory Board.  A plan was adopted in 1999 for a three-year period expiring on December 31, 2001 (the “1999 Stock Option Plan”), providing for the grant of at least the same number of options as were granted during the period from 1996 to 1999.
 
2002 Stock Option Plan for members and professionals of the Supervisory Board.  A 2002 Plan was adopted on March 27, 2002 (the “2002 Stock Option Plan”). Pursuant to this 2002 Plan, the annual shareholders’ meeting authorized the grant of 12,000 options per year to each of the members of our Supervisory Board during the course of his three-year tenure (during the three-year period from 2002-2005), and of 6,000 options per year to all of the professionals. Pursuant to the 1999 and 2002 Plans, stock options for the subscription of 1,219,500 shares were granted to the members of the Supervisory Board and professionals. Options were granted to members and professionals of our Supervisory Board under the 1999, and 2002 Stock Option Plans as shown in the table below:
 
1999 and 2002 Plans
(for Supervisory Board Members and Professionals)
(outstanding grants)
 
                     
Date of Annual
  May 31, 1999   March 27, 2002
Shareholders’ Meeting
  Tranche 2   Tranche 3   Tranche 1   Tranche 2   Tranche 3
 
Date of the grant
  June 16, 2000   April 27, 2001   April 25, 2002   March 14, 2003   April 26, 2004
Total Number of Shares which may be purchased
  103,500   112,500   132,000   132,000   132,000
Vesting Date
  June 16, 2001   April 27, 2002   May 25,2002   April 14, 2003   April 26, 2004
Expiration Date
  June 16, 2008   April 27, 2011   April 25,2012   March 14, 2013   April 26, 2014
Exercise Price
  $62.01   $39.00   $31.11   $19.18   $22.71
    All exercisable   All exercisable   All exercisable   All exercisable   All exercisable
Terms of Exercise
  after 1 year   after 1 year   after 1 year   after 1 year   after 1 year
Number of Shares to be acquired with Outstanding Options as of December 31, 2007
  81,000   90,000   108,000   108,000   132,000
 
As of December 31, 2007 options to purchase a total of 171,000 common shares were outstanding under the 1999 Stock Option Plans. At the same date, options to purchase 348,000 common shares were outstanding under the 2002 Supervisory Board Stock Option Plan.
 
2005, 2006 and 2007 Stock-based Compensation for members and professionals of the Supervisory Board.  Our 2005 annual shareholders’ meeting approved the adoption of an amendment to the Stock Option Plan for Supervisory Board members and Professionals of the Supervisory Board. The amendment has the following terms and conditions:
 
  •  A maximum number of 6,000 newly issued shares per year for each member of the Supervisory Board and 3,000 newly issued shares per year for each professional of the Supervisory Board and a subscription price of €1.04 per share, corresponding to the nominal value of our share.
 
  •  Our 2006 Annual Shareholders’ meeting approved the adoption of a three year stock based compensation plan for Supervisory Board members and Professionals. The Plan provided for the grant of a maximum number of 6,000 newly issued shares per year for each member of the Supervisory Board and 3,000 newly issued shares for each of the Professionals of the Supervisory Board at a price of €1.04 per share, corresponding to the nominal value of our share. Pursuant to our 2007 annual shareholders meeting, the 2006 plan was modified as the maximum number was increased to 15,000 newly issued shares per year for


111


Table of Contents

  each member of the Supervisory Board and 7,500 newly issued shares per year for each professional of the Supervisory Board for the remaining year of the plan.
 
In 2005, 66,000 shares were granted to the beneficiaries under such plan, out of which 17,000 were outstanding as of December 31, 2007.
 
In 2006, 66,000 shares were granted to the beneficiaries under such plan, out of which 34,000 were outstanding as of December 31, 2007.
 
In 2007, pursuant to the approval of our annual shareholders’ meeting the number of stock awards granted to each Supervisory Board member and professional was increased, and 165,000 shares were granted to the beneficiaries under such plan, out of which 142,500 were outstanding as of December 31, 2007.
 
The table below reflects the grants to the Supervisory Board members and professionals under the 2005 Stock-Based Compensation Plan. See Note 18.6 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                         
    2005     2006     2007  
 
Total number of shares outstanding
    17,000       34,000       142,500  
Expiration date
    October 25, 2015       April 29, 2016       April 28, 2017  
 
Employees
 
The tables below set forth the breakdown of employees by main category of activity and geographic area for the past three years.
 
                         
    At December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
France
    10,560       10,660       10,330  
Italy
    10,090       10,320       10,500  
Rest of Europe
    1,730       1,580       1,550  
United States
    3,120       3,280       3,120  
Malta and Morocco
    6,990       7,330       6,900  
Asia
    19,690       18,600       17,600  
                         
Total
    52,180       51,770       50,000  
                         
 
                         
    At December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Research and Development
    10,570       10,300       9,700  
Marketing and Sales
    2,870       2,850       2,880  
Manufacturing
    33,520       33,420       32,400  
Administration and General Services
    2,570       2,600       2,550  
Divisional Functions
    2,650       2,600       2,470  
                         
Total
    52,180       51,770       50,000  
                         
 
Our future success, in particular in a period of strong increased demand will also depend on our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified technical, marketing, engineering and management personnel. Unions are represented at several of our manufacturing facilities. We use temporary employees if required during production spikes and in Europe during the summer vacations. We have not experienced any significant strikes or work stoppages in recent years, other than in Rennes, France in connection with the closure of this plant and management believes that our relations with employees are good.
 
As part of our commitment to the principles of PSE, we founded ST University in 1994 to develop an internal education organization, responsible for organizing training courses to executives, engineers, technicians and sales personnel within STMicroelectronics and coordinating all training for our employees.


112


Table of Contents

Item 7.   Major Shareholders and Related-Party Transactions
 
Major Shareholders
 
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the ownership of our issued common shares based on information available to us as of December 31, 2007:
 
                 
    Common Shares Owned  
Shareholders
  Number     %  
 
STMicroelectronics Holding II B.V. (“ST Holding II”)
    250,704,754       27.5  
Public
    568,492,104       62.5  
Brandes Investment Partners
    80,563,681       8.8  
Treasury shares
    10,532,881       1.2  
 
Our principal shareholders do not have different voting rights from those of our other shareholders.
 
ST Holding II is a wholly-owned subsidiary of STMicroelectronics Holding N.V. (“ST Holding”). As of December 31, 2007, FT1CI (the “French Shareholder”) and a consortium of Italian shareholders (the “Italian Shareholders”) made up of CDP and Finmeccanica directly held 50% each in ST Holding based on voting rights. CDP held 30% in ST Holding and Finmeccanica held 20% in ST Holding based on voting rights. The indirect interest of FT1CI and the Italian Shareholders is split on a 50%-50% basis. Through a structured tracking stock system implemented in the articles of association of ST Holding and ST Holding II, FT1CI indirectly held 99,318,236 of our common shares, representing 10.9% of our issued share capital as of December 31, 2007, CDP indirectly held 91,644,941 of our common shares, representing 10.1% of our issued share capital as of December 31, 2007 and Finmeccanica indirectly held 59,741,577 of our common shares, representing 6.5% of our issued share capital as of December 31, 2007. Any disposals or, as the case may be, acquisitions by ST Holding II on behalf of respectively FT1CI, CDP and Finmeccanica, will decrease or, as the case may be, increase the indirect interest of respectively FT1CI, CDP and Finmeccanica in our issued share capital. FT1CI was formerly a jointly held company set up by Areva and France Telecom to control the interest of the French shareholders in ST Holding. Following the transactions described below, Areva was, as of December 31, 2007, the sole shareholder of FT1CI. Areva (formerly known as CEA-Industrie) is a corporation controlled by the CEA. Areva is listed on Euronext Paris in the form of Investment Certificates. CDP is an Italian corporation 70% owned by the Italian Ministero dell’Economia e delle Finanze (the “Ministry of Economy and Finance”) and 30% owned by a consortium of 66 Italian banking foundations. Finmeccanica is a listed Italian holding company majority owned by the Italian Ministry of Economy and Finance and the public. Finmeccanica is listed on the Italian Mercato Telematico Azionario (“MTA”) and is included in the S&P/MIB 30 stock index.
 
ST Holding II owned 90% of our shares before our initial public offering in 1994, and has since then gradually reduced its participation, going below the 66% threshold in 1997 and below the 50% threshold in 1999. ST Holding may further dispose its shares as provided below in “— Shareholders’ Agreements — STH Shareholders’ Agreement” and “— Disposals of our Common Shares” and pursuant to the eventual conversion of our outstanding convertible instruments. Set forth below is a table of ST Holding II’s holdings in us as of the end of each of the past three financial years:
 
                 
    Common Shares Owned  
    Number     %  
 
December 31, 2007
    250,704,754       27.5  
December 31, 2006
    250,704,754       27.5  
December 31, 2005
    250,704,754       27.6  
 
Announcements about additional disposals of our shares by ST Holding II on behalf of one or more of its indirect shareholders, Areva, CDP, FT1CI or Finmeccanica may come at any time.


113


Table of Contents

The chart below illustrates the shareholding structure as of December 31, 2007:
 
 
 
(1) FT1CI owns 50% of ST Holding and indirectly holds 99,318,236 of our common shares.
 
(2) Not a legal entity, purely for illustrative purposes.
 
(3) CDP and Finmeccanica own 50% of ST Holding and indirectly hold 91,644,941 and 59,741,577 of our common shares, respectively.
 
(4) CDP owns 30% of ST Holding, while Finmeccanica owns 20% of ST Holding.
 
(5) The 71.4% owned by the public includes the 8.9% shareholding of Brandes Investment Partners.
 
(6) ST Holding II owns 27.5% of our shares, the Public owns 71.4% of our shares and we hold the remaining 1.2% as treasury shares.
 
On December 17, 2001, France Telecom issued €1,522,950,000 aggregate principal amount of 1.0% notes due December 17, 2004, redeemable by way of exchange for up to 30 million of our existing common shares on or after January 2, 2004 (the “2001 Notes”). Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the 2001 Notes, on March 9, 2004, France Telecom redeemed the 2001 Notes, and the shares underlying the 2001 Notes held in escrow by BNP Paribas Securities Services (France) were released from escrow. On December 3, 2004, France Telecom sold through ST Holding those 30 million of our common shares (corresponding to the entire amount released from escrow) to institutional investors in a block trade.
 
On July 30, 2002, France Telecom issued €442.2 million aggregate principal amount of 6.75% notes due August 6, 2005, mandatorily exchangeable into our existing common shares held by France Telecom (the “2002 Notes”). On August 6, 2005, the mandatory exchangeable notes reached maturity. We were informed that the exchange ratio was 1.25 of our common shares per each €20.92 principal amount of notes, which resulted in the disposal by France Telecom of approximately 26.4 million of our currently existing common shares, representing the totality of the shares held by France Telecom in our company. Following this disposition, France Telecom is no longer a shareholder of FT1CI or an indirect shareholder (through ST Holding and ST Holding II) of our company. Since August 5, 2005, France Telecom is no longer one of our indirect shareholders, following the conversion of convertible notes issued in 2001 and 2002 into approximately 56.4 million of our common shares to institutional investors.
 
On August 12, 2003, Finmeccanica Finance, a subsidiary of Finmeccanica, issued €438,725,000 aggregate principal amount of 0.375% senior unsecured exchangeable notes due 2010, guaranteed by Finmeccanica (the “Finmeccanica Notes”). On September 1, 2003, Finmeccanica Finance issued an additional €62,675,000 aggregate principal amount of Finmeccanica Notes, raising the issue size to €501,400,000. The Finmeccanica Notes have been exchangeable at the option of the holder since January 2, 2004 into up to 20 million of our existing common shares held by ST Holding II, or 2.3% of our then-outstanding share capital. The Finmeccanica Notes have an initial exchange ratio of 39.8883 shares per note. As of December 31, 2007, none of the Finmeccanica Notes had been exchanged for our common shares.
 
During the second half of 2003, ST Holding II sold on the market a total of nine million shares, or approximately 1.0% of our issued and outstanding common shares corresponding to indirect shareholdings held


114


Table of Contents

by Finmeccanica. During 2004, Finmeccanica sold three million shares to institutional investors in block trades. During 2004, Finmeccanica lent 23 million of company shares it holds indirectly through ST Holding. Finally, on December 23, 2004, Finmeccanica transferred 93 million of its indirect holding of our existing common shares to CDP, and CDP signed a deed of adherence to the STH Shareholders’ Agreement (as defined below).
 
Finmeccanica also caused ST Holding II to transfer seven million shares corresponding to its indirect stake in us to an account at BNP Paribas Securities Services, Luxembourg. We have been informed that on December 20, 2005, ST Holding II sold on behalf of Finmeccanica 1,355,122 of these seven million shares at a net price of €15.34 per share. We were also informed that in December 2005, CDP sold a certain number of ST Holding shares to Finmeccanica, corresponding indirectly to 1,355,123 of our common shares.
 
We have been informed that on February 26, 2008, Finmeccanica agreed to sell 26,034,141 of our common shares to FT1CI. We were also informed that FT1CI’s acquisition of the shares will be financed by CEA, the parent company of Areva, and, hence, CEA will become a shareholder of FT1CI and will adhere to the STH Shareholders’ Agreement.
 
Announcements about additional disposals by ST Holding II or our indirect shareholders may come at any time. See “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations — Our direct or indirect shareholders may sell our existing common shares or issue financial instruments exchangeable into our common shares at any time while at the same time seeking to retain their rights regarding our preference shares. In addition, substantial sales by us of new common shares or convertible bonds could cause our common share price to drop significantly.”
 
Shareholders’ Agreements
 
STH Shareholders’ Agreement
 
We were formed in 1987 as a result of the decision by Thomson-CSF (now called Thales) and STET (now called Telecom Italia S.p.A.) to combine their semiconductor businesses and to enter into a shareholders’ agreement on April 30, 1987, which was amended on December 10, 2001 and restated on March 17, 2004, as amended, “the STH Shareholders’ Agreement”. The current parties to the STH Shareholders’ Agreement are Areva, CDP, Finmeccanica and FT1CI (CDP became bound by the STH Shareholders’ Agreement pursuant to a deed of adherence dated December 23, 2004 following its purchase from Finmeccanica of a majority of Finmeccanica’s indirect interest in us through ST Holding). The March 17, 2004 amended and restated agreement supercedes and replaces all previous agreements. CDP and Finmeccanica entered into an agreement that provides for the transfer of certain of the rights of Finmeccanica under the STH Shareholders’ Agreement to CDP. See “— Other Shareholders’ Agreements — Italian Shareholders’ Pact” below. Therefore, references to the rights and obligations of Finmeccanica under the STH Shareholders’ Agreement described below also refer to CDP.
 
We have been informed that on February 26, 2008, the parties to the STH Shareholders’ Agreement have agreed upon certain further amendments to the STH Shareholders’ Agreement, concerning:
 
  •  the decision of our French and Italian shareholders to equally align their respective equity participation in our Company, held through STH, through an agreed sale by Finmeccanica to FT1CI of 26,034,141 of our common shares or approximately 2.85% of our share capital;
 
  •  the fact that CEA, a company owned and controlled by the French State and the controlling shareholder or Areva will finance the acquisition of the shares being purchased by FT1CI from Finmeccanica and, upon such acquisition, will also become a party to the STH Shareholders’ Agreement;
 
  •  the decision to extend for a further three year period until March 17, 2011 the balancing period as defined under the STH Shareholders’ Agreement (see below under “Corporate Governance”); and
 
  •  the decision to increase from 9.5% to 10.5% the minimum voting stakes to be held respectively by our French and Italian shareholders (see below under “Corporate Governance”).
 
Pursuant to the terms of the STH Shareholders’ Agreement and for the duration of such agreement, FT1CI, on the one hand, and Finmeccanica/CDP, on the other hand, have agreed that the corporate governance of STH shall remain balanced and shared on an equal basis. See further details below.
 
Restructuring of the Holding Companies
 
If necessary, the parties agreed to restructure the two holding companies (ST Holding and ST Holding II) to simplify the structure to the extent possible or desirable. In any case, at least one holding company will continue to


115


Table of Contents

exist to hold our common shares. The Company that now holds or may hold our common shares in the future for indirect shareholders is referred to below as the “holding company.”
 
Standstill
 
The STH Shareholders’ Agreement contains a standstill provision that precludes any of the parties and the parties’ affiliates from acquiring, directly or indirectly, any of our common shares or any instrument providing for the right to acquire any of our common shares other than through the holding company. The standstill is in effect for as long as such party holds our common shares through ST Holding. The parties agreed to continue to hold their stakes in us at all times through the current holding structure of ST Holding and ST Holding II.
 
Corporate Governance
 
The STH Shareholders’ Agreement provides for a balanced corporate governance of the indirect interests in us between FT1CI and Finmeccanica (references to Finmeccanica now include the stake transferred to CDP, as well as CDP, and together with FT1CI, the “STH shareholders”) for the duration of the “Balance Period”, despite actual differences in indirect economic interest in us. The “Balance Period” is defined as (i) a period through March 17, 2008, provided that each of Areva (or its assignees) on the one hand and Finmeccanica or CDP on the other hand own at all times a voting stake at least equal to 9.5% of our issued and outstanding shares, and (ii) subject to the aforementioned condition, thereafter as long as FT1CI, on the one hand, and the Italian shareholders, on the other hand, at any time, including as a result of the exercise of the “Rebalancing Option” (as defined below), own a voting stake equal to at least 47.5% of the total voting stakes. Further to the amendments to the STH Shareholders’ Agreement entered into on February 26, 2008, the balance period will be extended for a further three year period running through March 17, 2011 provided that each of FT1CI on the one hand and Finmeccanica or CDP on the other hand own a voting stake at least equal to 10.5% of our issued and outstanding shares. During the Balance Period, each of FT1CI and Finmeccanica (together with CDP) has an option to rebalance their shareholdings, referred to as the “Rebalancing Option”, as further described below.
 
During the Balance Period, the STH shareholders agree that the holding company will have a managing board comprised of two members (one member designated by FT1CI, and one designated by common agreement of Finmeccanica and CDP pursuant to the Italian Shareholders’ Pact as described below) and a supervisory board comprised of eight members (four designated by FT1CI and four designated by common agreement of Finmeccanica and CDP pursuant to the Italian Shareholders’ Pact as described below). In November 2006, FT1CI, CDP and Finmeccanica decided to reduce the number of members of the supervisory board from eight to six (three designated by FT1CI and three designated by common agreement of Finmeccanica and CDP). The chairman of the supervisory board of the holding company shall be designated for a three-year term by one shareholder (with the other shareholder entitled to designate the Vice Chairman), such designation to alternate between Finmeccanica and CDP on the one hand and FT1CI on the other hand. The current Chairman is Mr. Gilbert Lehmann (following the resignation of Mr. Gérald Arbola in November 2006). The parties agreed that the next chairman of the supervisory board of the holding company will be appointed by the Italian Shareholders.
 
During the Balance Period, any other decision, to the extent that a resolution of the holding company is required, must be pursuant to the unanimous approval of the shareholders, including but not limited to the following: (i) the definition of the role and structure of our Managing Board and Supervisory Board, and those of the holding company; (ii) the powers of the Chairman and the Vice Chairman of our Supervisory Board, and that of the holding company; (iii) information by our Managing Board and by our Supervisory Board, and those of the holding company; (iv) treatment of confidential information; (v) appointment of any additional members of our Managing Board and those of the holding company; (vi) remuneration of the members of our Managing Board and those of the holding company; (vii) internal audit of STMicroelectronics N.V. and of the holding company; (viii) industrial and commercial relationships between STMicroelectronics N.V. and Finmeccanica or STMicroelectronics N.V. and FT1CI, or any of their affiliates; and (ix) any of the decisions listed in article 16.1 of our Articles of Association including our budget and pluri-annual plans.
 
As regards STMicroelectronics N.V. during the Balance Period: (i) each of the STH shareholders (FT1CI on the one hand, and Finmeccanica and CDP on the other hand) shall have the right to insert on a list prepared for proposal by the holding company to our annual shareholders’ meeting the same number of members for election to the Supervisory Board, and the holding company shall vote in favor of such members; (ii) the STH shareholders will cause the holding company to submit to our annual shareholders’ meeting and to vote in favor of a common proposal for the appointment of the Managing Board; and (iii) any decision relating to the voting rights of the holding company in us shall require the unanimous approval of the holding company shareholders and shall be submitted by the holding company to our annual shareholders’ meeting. The STH shareholders also agreed that the


116


Table of Contents

Chairman of our Supervisory Board will be designated upon proposal of an STH shareholder for a three-year term, and the Vice Chairman of our Supervisory Board will be designated upon proposal of the other STH shareholder for the same period, and vice-versa for the following three-year term. The STH shareholders further agreed that the STH shareholder proposing the appointment of the Chairman be entitled to propose the appointment of the Assistant Secretary of our Supervisory Board, and the STH shareholder proposing the appointment of the Vice Chairman be entitled to propose the appointment of the Secretary of our Supervisory Board. Finally, each STH shareholder is entitled to appoint a Financial Controller to the Supervisory Board. Our Secretary, Assistant Secretary and two Financial Controllers are referred to as professionals (not members) of our Supervisory Board.
 
In addition, the following resolutions, to the extent that a resolution of the holding company is required, must be resolved upon by a shareholders’ resolution of the holding company, which shall require the unanimous approval of the STH shareholders: (i) any alteration in the holding company’s articles of association; (ii) any issue, acquisition or disposal by the holding company of its shares or change in share rights; (iii) any alteration in our authorized share capital or issue by us of new shares and/or of any financial instrument giving rights to subscribe for our common shares; any acquisition or disposal by the holding company of our shares and/or any right to subscribe for our common shares; any modification to the rights attached to our common shares; any merger, acquisition or joint venture agreement to which we are or are proposed to be a party; and any other items on the agenda of our general shareholders’ meeting; (iv) the liquidation or dissolution of the holding company; (v) any legal merger, legal de-merger, acquisition or joint venture agreement to which the holding company is proposed to be a party; and (vi) the adoption or approval of our annual accounts or those of the holding company or a resolution concerning a dividend distribution by us.
 
At the end of the Balance Period, the members of our Supervisory Board and those of the holding company designated by the minority shareholder of the holding company will immediately resign upon request of the holding company’s majority shareholder, subject to the rights described in the previous paragraph.
 
After the end of the Balance Period, unanimous approval by the shareholders of the holding company remains required to approve:
 
(i) as long as any of the shareholders indirectly owns at least equal to the lesser of 3% of our issued and outstanding share capital or 10% of the remaining STH shareholders’ stake in us at such time, with respect to the holding company, any changes to the articles of association, any issue, acquisition or disposal of shares in the holding company or change in the rights of its shares, its liquidation or dissolution and any legal merger, de-merger, acquisition or joint venture agreement to which the holding company is proposed to be a party;
 
(ii) as long as any of the shareholders indirectly owns at least 33% of the holding company, certain changes to our Articles of Association (including any alteration in our authorized share capital, or any issue of share capital and/or financial instrument giving the right to subscribe for our common shares, changes to the rights attached to our shares, changes to the preemptive rights, issues relating to the form, rights and transfer mechanics of the shares, the composition and operation of the Managing and Supervisory Boards, matters subject to the Supervisory Board’s approval, the Supervisory Board’s voting procedures, extraordinary meetings of shareholders and quorums for voting at shareholders’ meetings);
 
(iii) any decision to vote our shares held by the holding company at any shareholders’ meeting of our shareholders with respect to any substantial and material merger decision. In the event of a failure by the shareholders to reach a common decision on the relevant merger proposal, our shares attributable to the minority shareholder and held by the holding company will be counted as present for purposes of a quorum of shareholders at one of our shareholders’ meetings, but will not be voted (i.e., will be abstained from the vote in a way that they will not be counted as a negative vote or as a positive vote);
 
(iv) in addition, the minority shareholder will have the right to designate at least one member of the list of candidates for our Supervisory Board to be proposed by the holding company if that shareholder indirectly owns at least 3% of our total issued and outstanding share capital, with the majority STH shareholder retaining the right to appoint that number of members to our Supervisory Board that is at least proportional to such majority STH shareholder’s voting stake.
 
Finally, at the end of the Balance Period, the unanimous approval required for other decisions taken at the STMicroelectronics N.V. level shall only be compulsory to the extent possible, taking into account the actual power attached to the direct and indirect shareholding jointly held by the STH shareholders in our company.


117


Table of Contents

Disposals of our Common Shares
 
The STH Shareholders’ Agreement provides that each STH shareholder retains the right to cause the holding company to dispose of its stake in us at its sole discretion, provided it is pursuant to either (i) the issuance of financial instruments, (ii) an equity swap, (iii) a structured finance deal or (iv) a straight sale. ST Holding II may enter into escrow arrangements with STH shareholders with respect to our shares, whether this be pursuant to exchangeable notes, securities lending or other financial instruments. STH shareholders that issue exchangeable instruments may include in their voting stake the voting rights of the underlying shares provided they remain freely and continuously held by the holding company as if the holding company were still holding the full ownership of the shares. STH shareholders that issue financial instruments with respect to our underlying shares may have a call option over those shares upon exchange of exchangeable notes for common shares.
 
As long as any of the parties to the STH Shareholders’ Agreement has a direct or indirect interest in us, except in the case of a public offer, no sales by a party may be made of any of our shares or of FT1CI, ST Holding or ST Holding II to any of our top ten competitors, or any company that controls such competitor.
 
Re-adjusting and Re-balancing options
 
The STH Shareholders’ Agreement provides that the parties have the right, subject to certain conditions, to re-balance their indirect holdings in our shares to achieve parity between FT1CI on the one hand and Finmeccanica and CDP on the other hand. If at any time prior to March 17, 2008, the voting stake in us of one of the STH shareholders (FT1CI on the one hand, and Finmeccanica and CDP on the other hand) falls below 9.5% due either to (a) the exchange by a third party of any exchangeable instruments issued by an STH shareholder or (b) to an issuance by us of new shares subscribed to by a third party, such STH shareholder will have the right to notify the other STH shareholder of its intention to exercise a “Re-adjusting Option.” In such case, the STH shareholders will cause the holding company to purchase the number of our common shares necessary to increase the voting stake of such STH shareholder to 9.5% of our issued and outstanding share capital.
 
We have been informed that on February 26, 2008, purusant to its rights under the STH Shareholders’ Agreement to rebalance its shareholding, FT1CI agreed to purchase 26,034,141 of our common shares from Finmeccanica, with financing provided by CEA, which, as a result, will become a shareholder of FT1CI. As indicated above, the Balance Period has now been extended through March 17, 2011, and the 9.5% voting rights threshold respectively for our French and Italian shareholders increased to 10.5%.
 
Change of Control Provision
 
The STH Shareholders’ Agreement provides for tag-along rights, preemptive rights, and provisions with respect to a change of control of any of the shareholders or any controlling shareholder of FT1CI, on the one hand, and Finmeccanica, on the other hand. The shareholders may transfer shares of the holding company or FT1CI to any of the shareholders’ affiliates, which would include the Italian state or the French state with respect to entities controlled by a state. The shareholders and their ultimate shareholders will be prohibited from launching any takeover process on any of the other shareholders.
 
Non-competition
 
Pursuant to the terms of STH Shareholders’ Agreement, neither we nor ST Holding are permitted, as a matter of principle, to operate outside the field of semiconductor products. The parties to the STH Shareholders’ Agreement also undertake to refrain directly or indirectly from competing with us in the area of semiconductor products, subject to certain exceptions, and to offer us opportunities to commercialize or invest in any semiconductor product developments by them.
 
Deadlock
 
In the event of a disagreement that cannot be resolved between the parties as to the conduct of the business and actions contemplated by the STH Shareholders’ Agreement, each party has the right to offer its interest in ST Holding to the other, which then has the right to acquire, or to have a third party acquire, such interest. If neither party agrees to acquire or have acquired the other party’s interest, then together the parties are obligated to try to find a third party to acquire their collective interests, or such part thereof as is suitable to change the decision to terminate the agreement. The STH Shareholders’ Agreement otherwise terminates in the event that one of the parties thereto ceases to hold shares in ST Holding.


118


Table of Contents

Preference Shares
 
On May 31, 1999, our shareholders approved the creation of preference shares that entitle a holder to full voting rights at any meeting of shareholders and to a preferential right to dividends and distributions. On the same day, in order to protect ourselves from a hostile takeover or similar action, we entered into an option agreement with ST Holding II, as amended, which provided that up to a maximum of 540,000,000 preference shares would be issued to ST Holding II upon its request and subject to the adoption of a resolution by our Supervisory Board giving its consent to the exercise of the option and upon payment of at least 25% of the par value of the preference shares to be issued. On November 27, 2006, our Supervisory Board decided to authorize us to terminate the May 31, 1999 option agreement, as amended, and to enter into a new option agreement with an independent foundation, Stichting Continuïteit ST (the “Stichting”). Our Managing Board and our Supervisory Board, along with the board of the Stichting, have declared that they are jointly of the opinion that the Stichting is independent of our Company and our major shareholders. Our Supervisory Board approved the new option agreement to reflect changes in Dutch legal requirements, not in response to any hostile takeover attempt. The May 31, 1999 option agreement, as amended, was terminated by mutual consent by ST Holding II and us on February 7, 2007 and the new option agreement we concluded with the Stichting became effective on that date.
 
The option agreement with the Stichting provides for the issuance of up to a maximum of 540,000,000 preference shares, the same number as the May 31, 1999 option agreement, as amended. The Stichting would have the option, which it shall exercise in its sole discretion, to take up the preference shares. The preference shares would be issuable in the event of actions considered hostile by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board, such as a creeping acquisition or an unsolicited offer for our common shares, which are unsupported by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board and which the board of the Stichting determines would be contrary to the interests of our Company, our shareholders and our other stakeholders. If the Stichting exercises its call option and acquires preference shares, it must pay at least 25% of the par value of such preference shares. The preference shares may remain outstanding for no longer than two years.
 
No preference shares have been issued to date. The effect of the preference shares may be to deter potential acquirers from effecting an unsolicited acquisition resulting in a change of control or otherwise taking actions considered hostile by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board. In addition, any issuance of additional capital within the limits of our authorized share capital, as approved by our shareholders, is subject to the requirements of our Articles of Association, see “Item 10. Additional Information — Memorandum and Articles of Association — Share Capital as of December 31, 2007 — Issuance of Shares, Preemptive Rights and Preference Shares (Article 4).”
 
Other Shareholders’ Agreements
 
Italian Shareholders’ Pact
 
In connection with the transfer of an interest in ST Holding from Finmeccanica to CDP, Finmeccanica and CDP entered into a shareholders’ pact (the “Italian Shareholders’ Pact”) on November 26, 2004 setting forth the rights and obligations of their respective interests as shareholders of ST Holding. Pursuant to the terms of the Italian Shareholders’ Pact, CDP became a party to the STH Shareholders’ Agreement. Under the Italian Shareholders’ Pact, CDP will have the right to exercise certain corporate governance rights in us previously exercised by Finmeccanica under the STH Shareholders’ Agreement.
 
The Italian Shareholders’ Pact provides that CDP has the right to appoint one of the two members of the ST Holding’s Managing Board. Moreover, CDP will have the right to nominate a number of representatives to the Supervisory Board of ST Holding, ST Holding II and STMicroelectronics N.V. In particular, CDP has the right to propose two members for membership on our Supervisory Board, while one member will be proposed by Finmeccanica for so long as Finmeccanica owns indirectly at least 3% of our capital. If and when its indirect interest in us is reduced below such threshold, Finmeccanica will cause its appointed director to resign and be replaced by a director appointed by CDP.
 
French Shareholders’ Pact
 
Since August 1, 2001, and the disposal of all indirect shareholding interest in our Company, France Telecom ceased to be a shareholder of FT1CI, and Areva remained its sole shareholder. Following the announcement of the planned acquisition by FT1CI of approximately 26 million of our shares representing approximately 2.85% of our share capital, the CEA will upon completion of this transaction become a minority shareholder of FT1CI and will adhere to the STH Shareholders’ Agreement.


119


Table of Contents

 
Statutory Considerations
 
As is the case with other companies controlled by the French government, the French government has appointed a Commissaire du Gouvernement and a Contrôleur d’Etat for FT1CI. Pursuant to Decree No. 94-214, dated March 10, 1994, these government representatives have the right (i) to attend any board meeting of FT1CI, and (ii) to veto any board resolution or any decision of the president of FT1CI within ten days of such board meeting (or, if they have not attended the meeting, within ten days of the receipt of the board minutes or the notification of such president’s decision); such veto lapses if not confirmed within one month by the Ministry of the Economy or the Ministry of the Industry. FT1CI is subject to certain points of the Decree of August 9, 1953 pursuant to which the Ministry of the Economy and any other relevant ministries have the authority to approve decisions of FT1CI relating to budgets or forecasts of revenues, operating expenses and capital expenditures. The effect of these provisions may be that the decisions taken by us and our subsidiaries that, by the terms of the STH Shareholders’ Agreement, require prior approval by FT1CI, may be adversely affected by these veto rights under French law.
 
Pursuant to the principal Italian privatization law, certain special government powers may be introduced into the bylaws of firms considered strategic by the Italian government. In the case of Finmeccanica, these powers were established by decrees adopted by the Minister of the Treasury on November 8, 1999, and Finmeccanica’s bylaws were subsequently amended on November 23, 1999. The aforementioned decrees were amended by the Law Decree 350 enacted on December 24, 2003, and Finmeccanica has modified its bylaws accordingly. The special powers of the Minister of the Treasury (who will act in agreement with the Minister of Industry) include: (i) the power to object to the acquisition of material interests in Finmeccanica’s share capital; (ii) the power to object to material shareholders’ agreements relating to Finmeccanica’s share capital; (iii) the power to appoint one member of Finmeccanica’s board of directors without voting rights; and (iv) the power to veto resolutions to dissolve Finmeccanica, transfer its business, merge, conduct spin-offs, transfer its registered office outside of Italy, change its corporate purposes, or amend or modify any of the Minister of the Treasury’s special powers.
 
Pursuant to Law Decree 269 of September 30, 2003 and Decree of the Ministry of the Economy and Finance of December 5, 2003, CDP was transformed from a public entity into a joint stock limited liability company (società per azioni). While transforming itself into a holding company, CDP maintained its public interest purpose. CDP’s core business is to finance public investments and more specifically infrastructure and other major public works sponsored by regions, local authorities, public agencies and other public bodies. By virtue of a special provision of Law Decree 269, the Ministry of Economy and Finance will always be able to exercise its control over CDP.
 
Related-Party Transactions
 
One of the members of our Supervisory Board is managing director of Areva SA, which is a controlled subsidiary of CEA, one of the members of our Supervisory Board is the Chairman and CEO of France Telecom, and a member of the Board of Directors of Thomson, another is the non-executive Chairman of the Board of Directors of ARM Holdings PLC (“ARM”) and a non-executive director of Soitec, one of the members of the Supervisory Board is also a member of the supervisory board of BESI and one of the members of our Supervisory Board is a director of Oracle Corporation (“Oracle”) and Flextronics International. France Telecom and its subsidiaries Equant and Orange, as well as Oracle’s new subsidiary PeopleSoft supply certain services to our Company. We have a long-term joint research and development partnership agreement with LETI, a wholly-owned subsidiary of CEA. We have certain licensing agreements with ARM, and have conducted transactions with Soitec and BESI as well as with Thomson and Flextronics. We believe that each of these arrangements and transactions are made on an arms-length basis in line with market practices and conditions.
 
Item 8.   Financial Information
 
Financial Statements
 
Please see “Item 18. Financial Statements” for a list of the financial statements filed with this Form 20-F.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
As is the case with many companies in the semiconductor industry, we have from time to time received, and may in the future receive, communications from other semiconductor companies or third parties alleging possible infringement of patents. Furthermore, we may become involved in costly litigation brought against us regarding patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets or mask works. In the event that the outcome of any litigation would be unfavorable to us, we may be required to take a license to the underlying intellectual property right upon economically unfavorable terms and conditions, and possibly pay damages for prior use, and/or face an injunction, all of which singly or in the aggregate could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and ability to


120


Table of Contents

compete. See “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations — We depend on patents to protect our rights to our technology.”
 
We record a provision when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and when the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. We regularly evaluate losses and claims to determine whether they need to be adjusted based on the current information available to us. Legal costs associated with claims are expensed as incurred. We are in discussion with several parties with respect to claims against us relating to possible infringements of patents and similar intellectual property rights of others.
 
We are currently a party to legal proceedings with SanDisk Corporation.
 
On October 15, 2004, SanDisk filed a complaint for patent infringement and a declaratory judgment of non-infringement and patent invalidity against us with the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. The complaint alleges that our products infringed a single SanDisk U.S. patent and seeks a declaratory judgment that SanDisk did not infringe several of our U.S. patents (Civil Case No. C 04-04379JF). By an order dated January 4, 2005, the court stayed SanDisk’s patent infringement claim, pending final determination in an action filed contemporaneously by SanDisk with the United States International Trade Commission (“ITC”), which covers the same patent claim asserted in Civil Case No. C 04-04379JF. The ITC action was subsequently resolved in our favor. On August 2, 2007, SanDisk filed an amended complaint adding allegations of infringement with respect to a second SanDisk U.S. patent which had been the subject of a second ITC action and which was also resolved in our favor. On September 6, 2007, we filed an answer and a counterclaim alleging various federal and state antitrust and unfair competition claims. SanDisk filed a motion to dismiss our antitrust counterclaim, which was denied on January 25, 2008. Discovery is now proceeding.
 
On October 14, 2005, we filed a complaint against SanDisk and its current CEO, Dr. Eli Harari, before the Superior Court of California, County of Alameda. The complaint seeks, among other relief, the assignment or co-ownership of certain SanDisk patents that resulted from inventive activity on the part of Dr. Harari that took place while he was an employee, officer and/or director of Waferscale Integration, Inc. and actual, incidental, consequential, exemplary and punitive damages in an amount to be proven at trial. We are the successor to Waferscale Integration, Inc. by merger. SanDisk removed the matter to the United States District Court for the Northern District of California which remanded the matter to the Superior Court of California, County of Alameda in July 2006. SanDisk moved to transfer the case to the Superior Court of California, County of Santa Clara and to strike our claim for unfair competition, which were both denied by the trial court. SanDisk appealed these rulings and also moved to stay the case pending resolution of the appeal. On January 12, 2007, the California Court of Appeals ordered that the case be transferred to the Superior Court of California County of Santa Clara. On August 7, 2007, the California Court of Appeals affirmed the Superior Court’s decision denying SanDisk’s motion to strike our claim for unfair competition. SanDisk appealed this ruling to the California Supreme Court, which refused to hear it. Discovery is now proceeding. A hearing on Dr. Hariri’s motion for summary judgment on the statute of limitations defense is scheduled for the third quarter of 2008.
 
With respect to the lawsuits with SanDisk as described above, and following two prior decisions in our favor taken by the ITC, we have not identified any risk of probable loss that is likely to arise out of the outstanding proceedings.
 
We are also a party to legal proceedings with Tessera, Inc.
 
On January 31, 2006, Tessera added our Company as a co-defendant, along with several other semiconductor and packaging companies, to a lawsuit filed by Tessera on October 7, 2005 against Advanced Micro Devices Inc. and Spansion in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. Tessera is claiming that certain of our small format BGA packages infringe certain patents owned by Tessera, and that ST is liable for damages. Tessera is also claiming that various ST entities breached a 1997 License Agreement and that ST is liable for unpaid royalties as a result. In February and March 2007, our codefendants Siliconware Precision Industries Co., Ltd. and Siliconware USA, Inc., filed reexamination requests with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office covering all of the patents and claims asserted by Tessera in the lawsuit. In April and May 2007, the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office initiated reexaminations in response to all of the reexamination requests and final decisions regarding the reexamination requests are pending. On May 24, 2007, this action was stayed pending the outcome of the ITC proceeding described below.
 
On April 17, 2007, Tessera filed a complaint against us, Spansion, ATI Technologies, Inc., Qualcomm, Motorola and Freescale with the ITC with respect to certain small format ball grid array packages and products containing the same, alleging patent infringement claims of two of the Tessera patents previously asserted in the District Court action described above and seeking an order excluding importation of such products into the United States. On May 15, 2007, the ITC instituted an investigation pursuant to 19 U.S.C. § 1337, entitled In the Matter of


121


Table of Contents

Certain Semiconductor Chips with Minimized Chip Package Size and Products Containing Same, Inv. No. 337-TA-605. On February 25, 2008, the administrative law judge at the ITC issued a decision to stay all Tessera’s ITC proceedings pending completion of re-examination proceedings before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (“PTO”) concerning the two asserted Tessera patents. This decision from the administrative law judge was the result of a motion by the defendants seeking to stop ITC action following recent PTO actions rejecting numerous claims on the Tessera patents being asserted in the litigation. Tessera has indicated its intent to appeal the aforementioned ITC and PTO actions.
 
In September 2006, after we uncovered by our internal audit fraudulent foreign exchange transactions not known to us performed by our former Treasurer and resulting in payments by a financial institution of over 28 million Swiss Francs in commissions for the personal benefit of our former Treasurer, we filed a criminal complaint before the Public Prosecutor in Lugano, Switzerland. Following such complaint, our former Treasurer was arrested in November 2006 and on February 12, 2008 sentenced to three and half years imprisonment. To date, we have recovered over half of the illegally paid commissions and we are actively pursuing outstanding dues pursuant to the fraud and will continue to do so from all responsible parties.
 
In February 2008, following unauthorized purchases for our account of certain auction-rate securities, we initiated a proceeding against the responsible financial institution seeking to reverse the unauthorized purchases and recover all losses in our account, including, but not limited to, the $46 million impairment posted in Q4 2007.
 
Risk Management and Insurance
 
We cover our industrial and business risks through insurance contracts with top ranking insurance carriers, to the extent reasonably permissible by the insurance market which does not provide insurance coverage for certain risks and imposes certain limits, terms and conditions on coverage that it does provide.
 
Risks may be covered either through local policies or through corporate policies negotiated on a worldwide level for the ST Group of Companies. Corporate policies are negotiated when the risks are recurrent in various STMicroelectronics affiliated companies.
 
Currently we have four corporate policies covering the following risks:
 
  •  Property damage and business interruption;
 
  •  General liability and product liability;
 
  •  Directors and officers liability; and
 
  •  Transportation risks.
 
Our policies generally cover a twelve-month period. They are subject to certain terms and conditions, exclusions and limitations, generally in line with prevailing conditions, exclusions and limitations, in the insurance market. Pursuant to such conditions, risks such as terrorism, earthquake, fire, floods and loss of production, may not be fully insured and we may not, in the event of a claim under a policy, receive an indemnification from our insurers commensurate with the full amount of the damage we have incurred. Furthermore, our product liability insurance covers physical and direct damages, which may be caused by our products, however, immaterial, non-consequential damages resulting from failure to deliver or delivery of defective products are not covered because such risks are considered to occur in the ordinary course of business and cannot be insured. We may decide to subscribe for excess coverage in addition to the coverage provided by our standard policies. If we suffer damage or incur a claim, which is not covered by one of our corporate insurance policies, this may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
 
We also perform annual assessments through an external consultant of our risk exposure in the field of property damage/business interruption in our production sites, to assess potential losses, and actual risk exposure. Such assessments are provided to our underwriters. We do not own or operate any insurance captive, which acts an insurer for our own risks, although we may consider such an option in the future.
 
Reporting Obligations in International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”)
 
We are incorporated in the Netherlands and our shares are listed on Euronext Paris and Borsa Italiana. Consequently we are subject to an EU regulation issued on September 29, 2003 requiring us to report our results of operations and Consolidated Financial Statements using IFRS (previously known as International Accounting Standards or “IAS”). As from January 1, 2008 we are also required to prepare a semi-annual set of accounts using IFRS reporting standards.


122


Table of Contents

We use U.S. GAAP as our primary set of reporting standards, as U.S. GAAP has been our reporting standard since our creation in 1987. Applying U.S. GAAP in our financial reporting is designed to ensure the comparability of our results to those of our competitors, as well as the continuity of our reporting, thereby providing our investors with a clear understanding of our financial performance.
 
The obligation to report our Consolidated Financial Statements under IFRS will require us to prepare our results of operations using two different sets of reporting standards, U.S. GAAP and IFRS, which are currently not consistent. Such dual reporting could materially increase the complexity of our investor communications. The main potential areas of discrepancy concern capitalization and later amortization of development expenses required under IFRS and the accounting for compound financial instruments.
 
We will comply with our reporting obligations under IFRS by presenting a complementary set of accounts or as may be otherwise requested by local stock exchange authorities.
 
Dividend Policy
 
We seek to use our available cash in order to develop and enhance our position in the very capital-intensive semiconductor market while at the same time managing our cash resources to reward our shareholders for their investment and trust in us.
 
Based on our annual results, projected capital requirements as well as business conditions and prospects, the Managing Board proposes each year to the Supervisory Board the allocation of our earnings involving, whenever deemed possible and desirable in line with our objectives and financial situation, the distribution of a cash dividend.
 
The Supervisory Board, upon the proposal of the Managing Board, decides each year, in accordance with this policy, which portion of the profits shall be retained in reserves to fund future growth or for other purposes and makes a proposal to the shareholders concerning the amount, if any, of the annual cash dividend. This policy was discussed at our 2005 annual shareholders’ meeting. See “Item 10. Additional Information — Memorandum and Articles of Association — Articles of Association — Distribution of Profits (Articles 37, 38, 39 and 40).”
 
Upon the approval of our Supervisory Board, we plan to announce the proposed agenda for our upcoming annual shareholders’ meeting and the amount of the cash dividend with respect to the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
In the past five years, we have paid the following dividends:
 
  •  On April 26, 2007, our Shareholders approved the payment of a cash dividend with respect to the year ended December 31, 2007 of $0.30 payable to Dutch Registry Shareholders of record on May 21, 2007 and New York Registry Shareholders of record on May 23, 2007. This dividend was approximately 34% of our earnings in 2006.
 
  •  On April 27, 2006, our shareholders approved the payment of a cash dividend with respect to the year ended December 31, 2005 of $0.12 per share payable to Dutch Registry Shareholders of record on May 22, 2006 and New York Registry Shareholders of record on May 24, 2006. This dividend was approximately 40% of our earnings in 2005.
 
  •  On March 18, 2005, our shareholders approved the payment of a cash dividend with respect to the year ended December 31, 2004 of $0.12 per share payable to Dutch Registry Shareholders of record on May 23, 2005 and New York registry shareholders of record on May 25, 2005. This dividend was approximately 18% of our earnings in 2004.
 
  •  On April 23, 2004, our shareholders approved the payment of a cash dividend with respect to the year ended December 31, 2003 of $0.12 per share payable to Dutch Registry shareholders of record on May 21, 2004 and New York registry shareholders of record on May 26, 2004. This dividend was approximately 42% of our earnings for 2003.
 
  •  In 2003, we paid a cash dividend with respect to the year ended December 31, 2002 of $0.08 per share. This dividend was approximately 17% of our earnings for 2002.
 
In the future, we may consider proposing dividends representing a proportion of our earnings for a particular year. Future dividends will depend on our capacity to generate profitable results, our profit situation, our financial situation and any other factor that the Supervisory Board deems important.


123


Table of Contents

Item 9.   Listing
 
Trading History of the Company’s Shares
 
Since 1994, our common shares have been traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “STM” and on Euronext Paris (formerly known as ParisBourse) and were quoted on SEAQ International. On June 5, 1998, our common shares were also listed for the first time on the Borsa Italiana (Italian Stock Exchange), where they have been traded since that date.
 
Our common shares have been included since November 12, 1997, in the CAC 40, the main benchmark for Euronext Paris which tracks a sample of 40 stocks selected from among the top 100 market capitalization and the most active stocks listed on Euronext Paris, and which is the underlying asset for options and futures contracts. The base value was 1,000 at December 31, 1987.
 
On December 1, 2003, the CAC 40 index shifted to free-float weightings. As of this date, the CAC 40 weightings are based on free-float capitalization instead of total market capitalization. On February 21, 2005, Euronext Paris created a new range of indices; along with four existing indices including the CAC 40, six new indices have been created.
 
On March 18, 2002, we were admitted into the S&P/MIB (formerly the MIB 30 Index), which is comprised of the 40 leading stocks, based upon market capitalization and liquidity, listed on the Borsa Italiana. It features free-float adjustment, high liquidity and broad, accurate representation of market performance based on the leading companies in leading industries. The index aims to cover 80% of the Italian equity universe.
 
On June 23, 2003, we were admitted into the Semiconductor Sector Index (or “SOX”) of the Philadelphia Stock Exchange. The SOX is a widely followed, price-weighted index composed of 18 companies that are primarily involved in the design, distribution, manufacturing and sale of semiconductors.
 
The tables below indicate the range of the high and low prices in U.S. dollars for the common shares on the New York Stock Exchange, and the high and low prices in Euros for the common shares on Euronext Paris, and the Borsa Italiana annually for the past five years, during each quarter in 2006 and 2007, and monthly for the past 18 months. In December 1994, we completed our Initial Public Offering of 21,000,000 common shares at an initial price to the public of $22.25 per share. On June 16, 1999, we effected a 2-to-1 stock split and on May 5, 2000, we effected a 3-to-1 stock split. The tables below have been adjusted to reflect the split. Each range is based on the highest or lowest rate within each day for common share price ranges for the relevant exchange.


124


Table of Contents

Euronext Paris(1)
 
                                 
    Average Daily Trading
             
    Volumes              
    Number of
          Price Ranges  
Calendar Period
  Shares     Capital     High     Low  
          (€)           (€)  
 
Annual Information for the Past Five Years
                               
2003
                    24.74       15.20  
2004
                    23.81       13.25  
2005
                    15.81       10.83  
2006
                    16.56       11.34  
2007
    5,430,551               15.61       9.70  
Quarterly Information for the Past Two Years
                               
2006
                               
First quarter
                    16.56       13.98  
Second quarter
                    15.97       11.82  
Third quarter
                    13.91       11.34  
Fourth quarter
                    14.45       13.03  
2007
                               
First quarter
    5,449,082               15.31       13.57  
Second quarter
    5,431,749               15.61       13.82  
Third quarter
    5,350,203               14.64       11.58  
Fourth quarter
    5,492,462               12.19       9.70  
Monthly Information for the Past 18 Months
                               
2006
                               
September
    6,107,356       79,814,418       13.91       12.35  
October
    5,944,635       80,676,802       14.24       13.03  
November
    5,187,519       71,998,052       14.45       13.20  
December
    4,750,629       66,096,256       14.36       13.38  
2007
                               
January
    6,022,753       86,746,809       15.00       13.57  
February
    5,135,836       75,080,782       15.31       14.13  
March
    5,160,180       74,086,108       14.75       14.02  
April
    5,555,233       82,354,867       15.40       14.28  
May
    6,047,522       87,851,254       15.61       14.24  
June
    4,674,931       66,646,707       14.61       13.82  
July
    5,474,539       76,257,845       14.64       12.32  
August
    5.565,957       69,395,386       13.15       11.85  
September
    4,965,317       60,445,282       13.10       11.58  
October
    6,027,143       70,415,373       12.19       11.10  
November
    5,800,434       63,978,792       11.94       10.03  
December
    4,488,617       46,194,961       10.83       9.70  
2008
                               
January
    8,385,124       71,620,389       9.89       7.55  
February
    7,788,533       64,644,823       8.73       7.74  
 
 
Sources: Reuters (for monthly high and low prices) and Bloomberg (for average daily trading volumes at average closing prices).


125


Table of Contents

Borsa Italiana (Milan)(1)
 
                                 
    Average Daily Trading
             
    Volumes              
    Number of
          Price Ranges  
Calendar Period
  Shares     Capital     High     Low  
          (€)     (€)     (€)  
 
Annual Information for the past five years
                               
2003
                    24.75       15.21  
2004
                    23.81       13.25  
2005
                    15.82       10.82  
2006
                    16.55       11.33  
2007
                    15.60       9.80  
Quarterly Information for the past two years
                               
2006
                               
First quarter
                    16.55       13.99  
Second quarter
                    15.94       11.81  
Third quarter
                    13.92       11.33  
Fourth quarter
                    14.46       13.07  
2007
                               
First quarter
                    15.32       13.63  
Second quarter
                    15.60       13.82  
Third quarter
                    14.64       11.57  
Fourth quarter
                    12.16       9.80  
Monthly Information for the past 18 months
                               
2006
                               
September
    11,221,327       146,557,480       13.92       12.35  
October
    12,183,594       165,369,033       14.25       13.07  
November
    11,129,232       154,443,388       14.46       13.19  
December
    8,004,114       111,322,904       14.36       13.37  
2007
                               
January
    10,773,375       155,258,040       15.00       13.63  
February
    9,767,322       142,907,639       15.32       14.13  
March
    8,623,576       124,007,021       14.76       14.02  
April
    9,225,128       136,842,636       15.40       14.29  
May
    8,634,820       125,562,443       15.60       14.23  
June
    5,873361       83,732,310       14.61       13.82  
July
    6,361,012       88,695,350       14.64       12.30  
August
    7,254,127       90,597,108       13.13       11.83  
September
    5,758,327       70,194,586       13.10       11.57  
October
    6,709,056       78,489,824       12.16       11.08  
November
    5,512,953       60,869,514       11.92       10.06  
December
    4,887,232       50,380,846       10.81       9.80  
2008
                               
January
    10,071,980       86,256,895       9.90       7.65  
February
    6,982,043       57,925,024       8.73       7.75  
 
 
Sources: Reuters (for monthly high and low prices) and Bloomberg (for average daily trading volumes at average closing prices).


126


Table of Contents

New York Stock Exchange
 
                                 
    Average Daily Trading
       
    Volumes              
    Number of
          Price Ranges  
Calendar Period
  Shares     Capital     High     Low  
          (U.S.$)     (U.S.$)     (U.S.$)  
 
Annual Information for the past five years
                               
2003
                    28.67       16.67  
2004
                    29.90       16.36  
2005
                    19.47       13.96  
2006
                    19.90       14.55  
2007
                    20.84       14.22  
Quarterly Information for the past two years
                               
2006
                               
First quarter
                    19.90       16.67  
Second quarter
                    19.60       14.83  
Third quarter
                    17.79       14.55  
Fourth quarter
                    18.82       16.50  
2007
                               
First quarter
                    20.18       17.97  
Second quarter
                    20.84       18.55  
Third quarter
                    20.17       15.85  
Fourth quarter
                    17.36       14.22  
Monthly Information for the past 18 months
                               
2006
                               
September
    1,215,410       20,286,408       17.79       15.75  
October
    1,363,027       23,423,624       17.82       16.50  
November
    1,753,133       31,380,252       18.66       16.91  
December
    1,453,165       26,690,282       18.82       17.85  
2007
                               
January 2007
    1,611,140       30,090,456       19.40       17.97  
February
    1,901,586       36,437,396       20.18       18.40  
March
    1,751,946       33,330,764       19.54       18.41  
April
    1,984,663       39,793,481       20.84       19.15  
May
    2,299,235       45,178,923       20.72       19.15  
June
    2,103,313       40,156,252       19.49       18.55  
July
    2,203,551       41,951,414       20.17       16.94  
August
    2,224,766       37,742,679       18.14       15.85  
September
    1,351,409       22,843,080       17.87       16.05  
October
    1,534,802       25,551,120       17.36       15.72  
November
    1,524,103       24,640,399       17.25       14.91  
December
    1,314,994       19,640,756       15.78       14.22  
2008
                               
January
    2,171,989       27,444,626       14.35       11.42  
February
    2,773,272       33,843,628       12.97       11.39  
 
 
Sources: Reuters (for monthly high and low prices) and Bloomberg (for monthly average daily trading volumes at average closing prices).
 
At December 31, 2006, there were 899,760,539 common shares outstanding, not including (i) common shares issuable under our various employee stock option plans or employee share purchase plans, (ii) common shares issuable upon conversion of our outstanding convertible debt securities and (iii) 10,532,881 common shares repurchased in 2001 and 2002. Of the 899,760,539 common shares outstanding as of December 31, 2007, 89,372,713 or 9.9% were registered in the common share registry maintained on our behalf in New York and


127


Table of Contents

582,683,072 or 64.8% of our common shares outstanding were listed on Euroclear France and traded on Euronext Paris S.A. and on the Borsa Italiana in Milan.
 
Market Information
 
Euronext
 
General
 
On September 22, 2000, upon successful completion of an exchange offer, the Paris-Bourse(SBF) SA, or the “SBF”, the Amsterdam Stock Exchange and the Brussels Stock Exchange merged to create Euronext, the first pan-European stock exchange. Through the exchange offer, all the shareholders of SBF, the Amsterdam Stock Exchange and the Brussels Stock Exchange contributed their shares to Euronext N.V. (“Euronext”), a Dutch holding company, and the Portugal Exchange was included in Euronext in January 2002. Following the creation of Euronext, the SBF changed its name to Euronext Paris SA (“Euronext Paris”). Securities quoted on exchanges participating in Euronext cash markets are traded and cleared over common Euronext platforms but remain listed on their local exchanges. “NSC” is the common Euronext platform for trading and “Clearing 21” for clearing. In addition, Euronext, through Euroclear, anticipates, but not before 2008, implementation of central settlement and custody structure over a common system. In January 2002, Euronext acquired the London International Financial Futures and Options Exchange (“LIFFE”), London’s derivatives market and created Euronext.liffe. Euronext.liffe is the international derivatives business of Euronext, comprising the Amsterdam, Brussels, Lisbon, London and Paris derivatives markets. Euronext.liffe creates a single market for derivatives, by bringing all its derivatives products together on the one electronic trading platform, LIFFE CONNECTtm.
 
NYSE Group Inc. and Euronext combined in April 2007 to create NYSE Euronext, the world’s largest and first transatlantic stock exchange operator, with six cash equities exchanges in five countries and six derivatives exchange. NYSE Euronext is the group holding company, and NYSE Group Inc. and Euronext are its subsidiaries.
 
Euronext Paris
 
On February 21, 2005, Euronext Paris created a single regulated market, Eurolist by EuronextTM (“Eurolist”), to replace the three former regulated markets operated by Euronext Paris: the Premier Marché, Second Marché and Nouveau Marché. The revised listing format was inaugurated in Paris before being rolled out in all Euronext markets. As part of Euronext, Euronext Paris retains responsibility for the admission of shares on Eurolist as well as the regulation of this market.
 
Our shares have been listed on the Premier Marché of Euronext Paris since July 2001 and are now listed on compartment A of Eurolist. In accordance with Euronext Paris rules, the shares issued by domestic and other companies listed on Euronext are classified in capitalization compartments. The shares of listed companies are distributed between three capitalization compartments, according to the criteria set by Euronext Paris:
 
  •  compartment A comprises the companies with market capitalizations above €1 billion;
 
  •  compartment B comprises the companies with market capitalizations from €150 million and up to and including €1 billion; and
 
  •  compartment C comprises the companies with capitalizations below €150 million.
 
Our common shares are listed on the compartment A under the ISIN Code NL0000226223.
 
Securities listed on Euronext Paris are placed in one of two categories (Continu or Fixing) depending on the volume of transactions. Our common shares are listed in the category known as Continu, which includes the most actively traded securities. The minimum yearly trading volume required for a security of a listed company on a regulated market of Euronext Paris in the Continu category is 2,500 trades.
 
Securities listed on Eurolist are traded through providers of investment services (investment companies and other financial institutions). The trading of our common shares takes place continuously on each business day from 9:00 a.m. to 5:25 p.m. (Paris time), with a pre-opening session from 7:15 a.m. to 9:00 a.m. (Paris time) and a pre-closing session from 5:25 p.m. to 5:30 p.m. (Paris time) during which transactions are recorded but not executed and a closing auction at 5:30 p.m. (Paris time). From 5:30 p.m. to 5:40 p.m. (Paris time) (“trading at last phase”), transactions are executed at the closing price. Any trade effected after the close of a stock exchange session will be recorded, on the next Euronext Paris trading day, at the closing price for the relevant security at the end of the previous day’s session. Euronext Paris publishes a daily official price list that includes price information on each listed security. Euronext Paris has introduced continuous electronic trading during trading hours for most actively


128


Table of Contents

traded securities. Any trade of a security that occurs outside trading hours is effected at a price within a range of 1% of the closing price for that security.
 
Trading in the listed securities of an issuer may be suspended by Euronext Paris if a quoted price exceeds certain price limits defined by the regulations of Euronext Paris. In particular, if the quoted price of a Continu security varies by more than 5% from a reference price, Euronext may suspend trading (for the portion of the orders which would be traded outside of the 5% threshold) for up to two minutes. The reference price is usually the opening price, or, with respect to the first quoted price of the given trading day, the last traded price of the previous trading day, as adjusted if necessary by Euronext Paris to take into account available information. Further suspensions for up to four minutes are also possible if the price again varies by more than 5% from a new reference price equal to the price which caused the first trading suspension. If the quoted price of a Continu security varies by more than 2% from the last quoted price, trading may be suspended for up to two minutes. Euronext Paris may also suspend trading of a listed security in certain other limited circumstances, including, for example, the occurrence of unusual trading activity in such security. In addition, in exceptional cases, the Autorité des marchés financiers (the “AMF”) (the regulatory authority over French stock exchanges) may also suspend trading.
 
All trades of securities listed on Eurolist are performed on a cash-settlement basis on the third trading day after the trade. Market intermediaries are also permitted to offer investors a deferred settlement service (Service à Réglement Différé or “SRD”) for a fee. The SRD allows investors who elect this service to benefit from leverage and other special features of the monthly settlement market. The SRD is reserved for securities which have both a total market capitalization of at least €1 billion and represent a minimum daily trading volume of €1 million and which are normally cited on a list published by Euronext Paris. Investors in securities eligible for the SRD can elect on the determination date (date de liquidation), which is, at the latest, the fifth trading day before the end of the month, either to settle the trade by the last trading day of the month or to pay an additional fee and postpone the settlement decision to the determination date of the following month. Our common shares are eligible for the SRD.
 
Ownership of securities traded on a deferred settlement basis belongs to the market intermediary (in whose account they are registered at the date set by market rules) pending registration in the buyer’s account. According to the rules of Euronext Paris, the market intermediary is entitled to the dividends and coupons pertaining to the securities he has full title, provided he is responsible for paying the buyer, when the settlement matured, the exact cash equivalent of the rights received.
 
Prior to any transfer of securities held in registered form on Eurolist, the securities must be converted into bearer form and accordingly inscribed in an account maintained by an accredited intermediary with Euroclear France SA (“Euroclear”), a registered clearing agency. Transactions in securities are initiated by the owner giving instructions (through an agent, if appropriate) to the relevant accredited intermediary. Trades of securities listed on Eurolist are cleared through Clearing 21, a common Euronext platform, and settled through Euroclear using a continuous net settlement system. A fee or a commission is payable to the broker-dealer or other agent involved in the transaction.
 
Our common shares have been included in the CAC 40, the principal index published by Euronext Paris, since November 12, 1997. The CAC 40 is derived daily by comparing the total market capitalization of 40 stocks included in the monthly settlement market of Euronext Paris to a baseline established on December 31, 1987. Adjustments are made to allow for expansion of the sample due to new issues. The CAC 40 indicates the trends in the French stock market as a whole and is one of the most widely followed stock price indices in France.
 
Our common shares could be removed from the CAC 40 at any time, and the exclusion or the announcement thereof could cause the market price of our common shares to drop significantly.
 
Securities Trading in Italy
 
The Mercato Telematico Azionario (the “MTA”), the Italian automated screen-based quotation system on which our common shares are listed, is organized and administered by Borsa Italiana S.p.A. (“Borsa Italiana”) subject to the supervision of the Commissione Nazionale per le Società e la Borsa (“CONSOB”) the public authority charged, inter alia, with regulating investment companies, securities markets and public offerings of securities in Italy to ensure the transparency and regularity of dealings and protect investors. Borsa Italiana was established to manage the Italian regulated financial markets (including the MTA) as part of the implementation in Italy of the EU Investment Services Directive pursuant to Legislative Decree No. 415 of July 23, 1996 (the “Eurosim Decree”) and as modified by Legislative Decree No. 58 of February 24, 1998, as amended (the “Financial Act”). Borsa Italiana became operative in January 1998, replacing the administrative body Consiglio di Borsa, and has issued rules governing the organization and the administration of the Italian stock exchange, futures and options


129


Table of Contents

markets as well as the admission to listing on and trading in these markets. The shareholders of Borsa Italiana are primarily financial institutions.
 
A three-day rolling cash settlement period applies to all trades of equity securities in Italy effected on a regulated market. Any person, through an authorized intermediary, may purchase or sell listed securities following (i) in the case of sales, deposit of the securities; and (ii) in the case of purchases, deposit of 100% of such securities’ value in cash, or deposit of listed securities or government bonds of an equivalent amount. No “closing price” is reported for the electronic trading system, but an “official price” for each security calculated as a weighted average of all trades effected during the trading day net of trades executed on a “cross order” basis, and a “reference price” for each security calculated as a weighted average of the last 10% of the trades effected during such day net of trades executed on a “cross order” basis are published daily.
 
If the opening price of a security (established each trading day prior to the commencement of trading based on bids received) differs by more than 10% (or such other amount established by Borsa Italiana) from the previous day’s reference price, trading in that security will not be permitted until Borsa Italiana authorizes it. If in the course of a trading day the price of our securities fluctuates by more than 5% from the last reported sale price (or 10% from the previous day’s reference price), an automatic five minute suspension in the trading of that security will be declared by the Borsa Italiana. In the event of such a suspension, orders already placed may not be modified or cancelled and new orders may not be processed. Borsa Italiana has the authority to suspend trading in any security, among other things, in response to extreme price fluctuations. In urgent circumstances, CONSOB may, where necessary, adopt measures required to ensure the transparency of the market, orderly trading and protection of investors.
 
Italian law requires that trading of equity securities, as well as any other investment services, may be carried out vis-à-vis the public on a professional basis by SIMS, banks and certain types of finance companies. In addition, banks and investment firms organized in any member state of the EU are permitted to operate in Italy either on a branch or on a cross-border basis provided that the intent of such bank or investment firm is communicated to CONSOB and the Bank of Italy by the competent authorities of the member state according to specific procedures. Non-EU banks and non-EU investment firms may operate in Italy subject to the specific authorization of CONSOB and the Bank of Italy.
 
The settlement of Italian stock exchange transactions is facilitated by Monte Titoli, a centralized securities clearing system owned by the Italian stock exchange. Most Italian banks and certain Italian securities dealers have securities accounts with Monte Titoli and act as depositories for investors. Beneficial owners of shares may hold their interests through custody accounts with any such institution. Beneficial owners of shares held with Monte Titoli may transfer their shares, collect dividends, create liens and exercise other rights with respect to those shares through such accounts.
 
Participants in Euroclear and Clearstream may hold their interests in shares and transfer the shares, collect dividends, create liens and exercise their shareholders’ rights through Euroclear and Clearstream. A holder may require Euroclear and Clearstream to transfer its shares to an account of such holder with an Italian bank or any authorized broker.
 
Our common shares are included in the S&P/MIB Index. Our common shares could be removed from the S&P/MIB Index at any time, and the exclusion or announcement thereof could cause the market price of our common shares to drop significantly.
 
Item 10.   Additional Information
 
Memorandum and Articles of Association
 
Applicable non-U.S. Regulations
 
Applicable Dutch Legislation
 
We were incorporated under the law of the Netherlands by deed of May 21, 1987, and we are governed by Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code. Set forth below is a summary of certain provisions of our Articles of Association and relevant Dutch corporate law. The summary below does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our Articles of Association and relevant Dutch corporate law.
 
The summary below sets forth our current Articles of Association as most recently amended.
 
We are subject to various provisions of the Dutch Financial Markets Supervision Act (“Wet op het financieel toezicht”) (the “FMSA”) and, in particular, to the provisions summarized below.


130


Table of Contents

Unless an exemption applies, we are subject to (i) a prohibition from offering securities in the Netherlands without the publication of an approved prospectus (and the same prohibition applies for such offers in other jurisdictions of the European Economic Area (the “EEA”)); (ii) a prohibition of proceeding with any transaction in our financial instruments admitted to trading on a regulated market in the EEA or in any other financial instrument the value of which depends in part on these instruments, in the event where we would possess inside information; and (iii) certain restrictions (related to market manipulation) in repurchasing our shares. Furthermore we are required to inform the Dutch Authority for the Financial Markets (“Autoriteit Financiële Martken”) (the “AFM”) immediately if our issued and outstanding share capital or voting rights change by 1 percent or more since our previous notification. Other changes in our share capital or voting rights need to be notified periodically. Also, the sole member of our Managing Board and the members of our Supervisory Board (unless they have already notified pursuant to the requirements described below in “— Disclosure of Holdings”), certain of their relatives, entities closely related with them and (under certain circumstances) members of senior management must notify the AFM of all transactions conducted on their own account relating to our financial instruments admitted to trading on a regulated market in the EEA or in any other financial instrument the value of which depends in part on these instruments. The AFM keeps a public register of all notifications made pursuant to the FMSA. We must once a year file with the AFM a document containing or referencing all information we were required to make public over the twelve months preceding the publication of our annual accounts under securities rules (Dutch and other) to which we are subject. The provisions of the FMSA regarding statements of holdings in our share capital and voting rights are described below in “— Disclosure of Holdings.”
 
On October 28, 2007, the Dutch legislation implementing Directive 2004/25/EC on takeover bids (the “Takeover Directive”) entered into force. This new Dutch legislation requires a shareholder who (individually or jointly) obtains control to launch an offer to all of our other shareholders. Such control is deemed present if a (legal) person is able to exercise, alone or acting in concert, at least 30% of the voting rights in our shareholders’ meeting. The acquisition of control does not require an act of the person who obtains control (e.g., if we repurchase shares as a consequence of which the relative stake of a major shareholder increases (and may result in control having been obtained)).
 
In the event control is acquired, whether or not by acting in concert, two options exist: (i) either a mandatory offer is launched or (ii) within 30 days the relevant stake is decreased below the 30% voting rights threshold, provided the voting rights have not been exercised during this period and our shares are not sold to a controlling shareholder. The Enterprise Chamber of the Amsterdam Court of Appeal (“Ondernemingskamer”) may extend this period by an additional 60 days.
 
The new Dutch legislation contains a substantial number of exemptions to the obligation to launch a (mandatory) offer. One of those exemptions is that Stichting Continuïteit ST, an independent foundation, is allowed to cross the 30% voting rights threshold when obtaining our preference shares after the announcement of a public offer, but only for a maximum period of 2 years.
 
Applicable French Legislation
 
As our registered offices are based in the Netherlands, the AMF is not the competent market authority to control our disclosure obligations. The AMF General Regulation only requires that the periodic and ongoing information to be disclosed pursuant to the EU Transparency Directive and which content is controlled by the Netherlands Authority (for instance the annual, half-yearly and quarterly financial reports or any inside information) be also disclosed at the same time in France and made available on our Internet website.
 
In addition, as our shares are listed on Eurolist, in France, we must (i) disclose the amount of the fees paid to its statutory auditors (pursuant to Article 222-8 of the AMF General Regulation), (ii) disclose a report on internal control procedures (pursuant to Article 222-9 of the AMF General Regulation and (iii) inform the AMF of any modification of its bylaws and articles of incorporation (pursuant to Article 223-20 of the AMF General Regulation).
 
The AMF can also ask our company to disclose information relating to threshold crossings as well as information on the total number of shares and voting rights composing our capital (pursuant to Article 223-14 seq. of the AMF General Regulation). This information is then disclosed to the public by the AMF.
 
Articles 241-1 to 241-6 of the AMF General Regulation on buyback programs for equity securities admitted to trading on a regulated market and transaction reporting requirements are also applicable to our company as well as Articles 611-1 to 632-1 of the AMF General Regulation on market abuse (insider dealing and market manipulation).
 
As a general rule, the information disclosed to the public must be accurate, precise and fairly presented.


131


Table of Contents

Following the opening of Eurolist by EuronextTM, all financial instruments formerly traded on the Premier, the Second and the Nouveau Marché are now distributed between three capitalization compartments, A, B, and C, whose regulations are generally applicable to us. See “Item 9. Listing.”
 
Other provisions of French securities regulations are not applicable to us.
 
Regarding the regulation of public tender offers, articles 231-1 to 237-13 of the AMF General Regulations shall apply to our shares, except for the provisions concerning the standing offer, the mandatory filing of a tender offer and the squeeze out.
 
Applicable Italian Legislation
 
Because our common shares are listed on the MTA, as described in “Item 9. Listing” above, we are required to publish certain information in order to comply with (i) the Financial Act and related regulations promulgated by the CONSOB and (ii) certain rules of the Borsa Italiana. These requirements are related to: (i) disclosure of price-sensitive information (such as capital increases, mergers, creation of joint subsidiaries, major acquisitions); (ii) periodic information (such as financial statements to be provided in compliance with the jurisdiction of the country of incorporation) or information on the exercise of shareholders’ rights (such as the calling of the shareholders’ meeting or the exercise of pre-emptive rights); and (iii) the publication of research, budgets and projections.
 
As a result of our admission to the S&P/MIB Index, we now must comply with certain additional stock market rules. These additional provisions require that we announce through a press release, within one month from our year-end closing (i) the month in which the payment of the dividend for the year ended, where applicable, is planned to take place (if different from the month when the previous dividend was distributed), and (ii) our intent, if any, of adopting a policy of distributing interim dividends for the current year, mentioning the months when the distribution of dividends and interim dividends will take place. In the event of a modification of the policy of distributing dividends, we shall be required to promptly update such information in another press release. In addition, stock splits and certain other transactions must be carried out in accordance with the Borsa Italiana’s calendar. We must notify the Italian stock market of any modification to the amount and distribution of our share capital. The notification must be made no later than one day after the modification has become effective under the rules to which we are subject.
 
We are required to communicate to the CONSOB and the Borsa Italiana the same information that we are required to disclose to the AMF and the AFM regarding transactions in our securities and any exercise of stock options by our Supervisory Board members and executive officers, as described below.
 
Articles of Association
 
Purposes of the Company (Article 2)
 
Article 2 of our Articles of Association sets forth the purposes of our company. According to Article 2, our purposes shall be to participate in or take, in any manner, any interests in other business enterprises; to manage such enterprises; to carry on business in semiconductors and electronic devices; to take and grant licenses and other industrial property interests; to assume commitments in the name of any enterprises with which we may be associated within a group of companies; and to take any other action, such as but not limited to the granting of securities or the undertaking of obligations on behalf of third parties, which in the broadest sense of the term, may be related or contribute to the aforementioned objects.
 
Company and Trade Registry
 
We are registered with the Chamber of Commerce and Industry in Amsterdam (Kamer van Koophandel en Fabrieken voor Amsterdam) under no. 33194537.
 
Supervisory Board and Managing Board
 
Our Articles of Association do not include any provisions related to a Supervisory Board member’s:
 
  •  power to vote on proposals, arrangements or contracts in which such member is directly interested;
 
  •  power, in the absence of an independent quorum, to vote on compensation to themselves or any members of the Supervisory Board; or
 
  •  borrowing powers exercisable by the directors and how such borrowing powers can be varied.


132


Table of Contents

 
Our Supervisory Board Charter, however, explicitly prohibits members of our Supervisory Board from participating in voting on matters where any such member has a conflict of interest. Our Articles of Association provide that our shareholders’ meeting must adopt the compensation of our Supervisory Board members.
 
Neither our Articles of Association nor our Supervisory Board Charter have a requirement or policy that Supervisory Board members hold a minimum number of our common shares.
 
Compensation of our Managing Board (Article 12)
 
Our Supervisory Board determines the compensation of the sole member of our Managing Board, within the scope of the compensation policy adopted by our shareholders’ meeting upon the proposal of our Supervisory Board. Our Supervisory Board will submit for approval by the shareholders’ meeting a proposal regarding the compensation in the form of shares or rights to acquire shares. This proposal sets forth at least how many shares or rights to acquire shares may be awarded to our Managing Board and which criteria apply to an award or a modification.
 
Compensation of our Supervisory Board (Article 23)
 
Our shareholders’ meeting determines the compensation of our Supervisory Board members. Our shareholders’ meeting shall have the authority to decide whether such compensation will consist of a fixed amount and/or an amount that is variable in proportion to profits or any other factor.
 
Information from our Managing Board to our Supervisory Board (Article 18)
 
At least once per year our Managing Board shall inform our Supervisory Board in writing of the main features of our strategic policy, our general and financial risks and our management and control systems.
 
Our Managing Board shall then submit to our Supervisory Board for approval:
 
  •  our operational and financial objectives;
 
  •  our strategy designed to achieve the objectives; and
 
  •  the parameters to be applied in relation to our strategy, inter alia, regarding financial ratios.
 
For more information on our Supervisory Board and our Managing Board, see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees.”
 
Adoption of Annual Accounts and Discharge of Management and Supervision Liability (Article 25)
 
Each year, within four months after the end of our financial year, our Managing Board must prepare our statutory annual accounts, certified by one or several auditors appointed by our shareholders’ meeting and submit them to our shareholders’ meeting for adoption. Within this period and in accordance with the statutory obligations to which we are subject, our Managing Board must make generally available: (i) our statutory annual accounts, (ii) our annual report, (iii) the auditor’s statement, as well as (iv) other annual financial accounting documents which we, under or pursuant to the law, must make generally available together with our statutory annual accounts.
 
Each year, our shareholders’ meeting votes whether or not to discharge the members of our Supervisory Board and of our Managing Board for their supervision and management, respectively, during the previous financial year. In accordance with the applicable Dutch legislation, the discharge of the members of our Managing Board and the Supervisory Board must, in order to be effective, be the subject of a specific resolution on the agenda of our shareholders’ meeting. Under Dutch law, this discharge does not extend to matters not disclosed to our shareholders’ meeting.
 
Distribution of Profits (Articles 37, 38, 39 and 40)
 
Subject to certain exceptions, dividends may only be paid out of the profits as shown in our adopted annual accounts. Our profits must first be used to set up and maintain reserves required by Dutch law and our Articles of Association. Our Supervisory Board may, upon proposal of our Managing Board, also establish reserves out of our annual profits. Subsequently, if any of our preference shares are issued and outstanding, preference shareholders shall be paid a dividend, which will be a percentage of the paid up part of the par value of their preference shares. The portion of our annual profits that remains after the establishment or maintenance of reserves and the payment of a dividend to our preference shareholders is at the disposal of our shareholders’ meeting. No distribution may be made to our shareholders when the equity after such distribution is or becomes inferior to the fully-paid share capital, increased by the legal reserves.


133


Table of Contents

Our shareholders’ meeting may, upon the proposal of our Supervisory Board, declare distributions out of our share premium reserve and other reserves available for shareholder distributions under Dutch law. Pursuant to a resolution of our Supervisory Board, distributions adopted by the shareholders’ meeting may be fully or partially made in the form of our new shares to be issued. Our Supervisory Board may, subject to certain statutory provisions, make one or more interim distributions in respect of any year before the accounts for such year have been adopted at a shareholders’ meeting. Rights to cash dividends and distributions that have not been collected within five years after the date on which they became due and payable shall revert to us.
 
For the history of dividends paid by us to our shareholders in the past five years, see “Item 8. Financial Information — Dividend Policy.”
 
Shareholders’ Meetings, Attendance at Shareholders’ Meetings and Voting Rights
 
Notice Convening the Shareholders’ Meeting (Articles 25, 26, 27, 28 and 29)
 
Our ordinary shareholders’ meetings are held at least annually, within six months after the close of each financial year, in Amsterdam, Haarlemmermeer (Schiphol Airport), Rotterdam or The Hague, the Netherlands. Extraordinary shareholders’ meetings may be held as often as our Supervisory Board deems necessary, and must be held upon the written request of registered shareholders or other persons entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings of at least 10% of the total outstanding share capital to our Managing Board or our Supervisory Board specifying in detail the business to be dealt with. Such written requests may not be submitted electronically. In the event that the Managing Board or the Supervisory Board does not convene the shareholders’ meeting within six weeks of such a request, the aforementioned shareholders or individuals may be authorized by a competent judicial authority.
 
We will give notice by mail to registered holders of shares of each shareholders’ meeting, and will publish notice thereof in a national daily newspaper distributed throughout the Netherlands and in at least one daily newspaper in France and Italy, where our shares are also admitted for official quotation. Such notice shall be given no later than eight days prior to the registration date (as described below) though in any event no later than the twenty-first day prior to the day of the meeting and shall either state the business to be considered or state that the agenda is open to inspection by our shareholders and other persons entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings at our offices.
 
The notice of the shareholders’ meeting must include details on the agenda of the meeting and must indicate that the agenda may be consulted at our registered office, notwithstanding the provisions of Dutch law. The agenda is fixed by the author of the notice of the meeting; however, one or more shareholders or other persons entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings representing at least one-tenth of our issued share capital may, provided that the request was made at least five days prior to the date of convocation of the meeting, request that proposals be included on the agenda. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, proposals of persons who are entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings will be included on the agenda, if such proposals are made in writing to our Managing Board within a period of sixty days before that meeting by persons who are entitled to attend our shareholders’ meetings who, solely or jointly, represent at least 1% of our issued share capital or a market value of at least €50,000,000 unless we determine that such proposal would conflict with our substantial interests. The requests referred to in the previous two sentences may not be submitted electronically.
 
We are exempt from the proxy rules under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Euroclear France will provide notice of shareholders’ meetings to, and compile voting instructions from, holders of shares held directly or indirectly through Euroclear France at the request of the Company, the Registrar or the voting Collection Agent. A voting collection agent must be appointed; Netherlands Management Company B.V. acts as our voting collection agent. DTC will provide notice of shareholders’ meetings to holders of shares held directly or indirectly through DTC and the New York Transfer Agent and Registrar will compile voting instructions. In order for holders of shares held directly or indirectly through Euroclear France to attend shareholders’ meetings in person, such holders must withdraw their shares from Euroclear France and have such shares registered directly in their name or in the name of their nominee. In order for holders of shares held directly or indirectly through DTC to attend shareholders’ meetings of shareholders in person, such holders need not withdraw such shares from DTC but must follow rules and procedures established by the New York Transfer Agent and Registrar.
 
Attendance at Shareholders’ Meetings and Voting Rights (Articles 30, 31, 32, 33 and 34)
 
Each share is entitled to one vote.
 
All shareholders and other persons entitled to attend and to vote at shareholders’ meetings are entitled to attend the shareholders’ meeting either in person or represented by a person holding a written proxy, to address the shareholders’ meeting and, as for shareholders and other persons entitled to vote, to vote, subject to our Articles of


134


Table of Contents

Association. Subject to the approval of our Supervisory Board, our Managing Board may resolve that shareholders and other persons entitled to attend the shareholders’ meetings are authorized to directly take note of the business transactions at the meeting via an electronic means of communication. Our shareholders’ meeting may set forth rules regulating, inter alia, the length of time during which shareholders may speak in the shareholders’ meeting. If there are no such applicable rules, the chairman of the meeting may regulate the time during which shareholders are entitled to speak if desirable for the orderly conduct of the meeting.
 
Our Managing Board may, subject to the approval of our Supervisory Board, resolve that each person entitled to attend and vote at shareholders’ meetings is authorized to vote via an electronic means of communication, either in person or by a person authorized in writing, provided that such person can be identified via the electronic means of communication and furthermore provided that such person can directly take note of the business transacted at the meeting. Our Managing Board may, subject to the approval of our Supervisory Board, attach conditions to the use of the electronic means of communication, which conditions shall be announced in the notice convening the shareholders’ meeting and must be posted on our website.
 
Unless our Managing and/or Supervisory Board has determined a registration date (as described below), in order to exercise the aforementioned voting rights, shareholders and other persons entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings must notify us in writing of their intention to do so by the date mentioned on the notice of the annual shareholders’ meeting and at the place mentioned on the notice of the shareholders’ meeting. In addition, holders of type II shares must notify us of the number of shares they hold. Type II shares are common shares in the form of an entry in our shareholders register with issue of a share certificate consisting of a main part without dividend coupon. In addition to type II shares, type I shares are available. Type I shares are common shares in the form of an entry in our shareholders register without issue of a share certificate. Type II shares are only available should our Supervisory Board decide. Our preference shares are in the form of an entry in our shareholders register without issue of a share certificate. Shareholders and other persons entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings may only exercise their rights at the shareholders’ meeting for shares from which they can derive said rights both on the day referred to above and on the day of the meeting (as described above).
 
Our Managing or Supervisory Board may determine that shareholders and other persons entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings are those persons who have such rights at a determined date and as such are registered in a register designated by our Managing or Supervisory Board, regardless of who is a shareholder or otherwise a person entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings at the time of the meeting if a registration date as referred to in our Articles of Association had not been determined. The registration date cannot be set earlier than on the thirtieth day prior to the meeting. In the notice convening the shareholders’ meeting the time of registration must be mentioned as well as the manner in which shareholders and other persons entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings can register themselves and the manner in which they can exercise their rights.
 
If and to the extent that our Managing or Supervisory Board determine a registration date (as described above), it may also resolve that persons entitled to attend and vote at shareholders’ meetings may vote via an electronic means of communication determined by our Managing or Supervisory Board within a period to be set by our Managing or Supervisory Board prior to our shareholders’ meeting, which period cannot commence earlier than the registration date (as described above). Votes cast in accordance with the provisions of the preceding sentence are equal to votes cast at our shareholders’ meeting.
 
We shall send a card of admission to the meeting to shareholders and other persons entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings who have notified us of their intention to attend or, if applicable, we will provide access to the electronic means of communication for the purpose of directly taking note of the business transacted at the meeting. Shareholders and other persons entitled to attend meetings of shareholders may be represented by proxies with written authorization, which must be shown for admittance to the meeting. All matters regarding admittance to the shareholders’ meeting, the exercise of voting rights and the result of voting, as well as any other matters regarding the business of the shareholders’ meeting, shall be decided upon by the chairman of that meeting, in accordance with the requirements of Section 13 of the Dutch Civil Code.
 
Our Articles of Association allow for separate meetings for holders of common shares and for holders of preference shares. At a meeting of holders of preference shares at which the entire issued capital of shares of such class is represented, valid resolutions may be adopted even if the requirements in respect of the place of the meeting and the giving of notice have not been observed, provided that such resolutions are adopted by unanimous vote. Also, valid resolutions of preference shareholder meetings may be adopted outside a meeting if all persons entitled to vote on our preference shares indicate in writing that they vote in favor of the proposed resolution, provided that no depositary receipts for preference shares have been issued with our cooperation. Our managing board may, subject to the approval of our Supervisory Board, resolve that written resolutions may be adopted via an electronic means of communication. Our Managing Board may, subject to the approval of our Supervisory Board, attach


135


Table of Contents

conditions to the use of the electronic means of communication, which conditions shall be notified in writing to all holders of preference shares and other persons entitled to vote on our preference shares.
 
Authority of the Shareholders’ Meeting (Articles 12, 16, 19, 25, 28 and 41)
 
Our shareholders’ meeting decides upon (i) the discharge of the members of our Managing Board for their management during the past financial year and the discharge of the members of our Supervisory Board for their supervision during the past financial year; (ii) the adoption of our statutory annual accounts and the distribution of dividends; (iii) the appointment of the members of our Supervisory Board and our Managing Board; and (iv) any other resolutions listed on the agenda by our Supervisory Board, our Managing Board or our shareholders and other persons entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings.
 
Furthermore, our shareholders’ meeting has to approve resolutions of our Managing Board regarding a significant change in the identity or nature of us or our enterprise, including in any event (i) transferring our enterprise or practically our entire enterprise to a third party, (ii) entering into or canceling any long-term cooperation between us or a subsidiary (“dochtermaatschappij”) of us and any other legal person or company or as a fully liable general partner of a limited partnership or a general partnership, provided that such cooperation or the cancellation thereof is of essential importance to us, and (iii) us or a subsidiary (“dochtermaatschappij”) of us acquiring or disposing of a participating interest in the capital of a company with a value of at least one-third of our total assets according to our consolidated balance sheet and notes thereto in our most recently adopted annual accounts.
 
Our Articles of Association may only be amended (and our liquidation can only be decided on) if amendments are proposed by our Supervisory Board and approved by a simple majority of the votes cast at a shareholders’ meeting at which at least 15% of the issued and outstanding share capital is present or represented. The complete proposal for the amendment (or liquidation) must be made available for inspection by the shareholders and the other persons entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings at our offices as from the day of the notice convening such meeting until the end of the meeting. Any amendment of our Articles of Association that negatively affects the rights of the holders of a certain class of shares requires the prior approval of the meeting of holders of such class of shares.
 
Quorum and Majority (Articles 4, 13 and 32)
 
Unless otherwise required by our Articles of Association or Dutch law, resolutions of shareholders’ meetings of shareholders require the approval of a majority of the votes cast at a meeting at which at least 15% of the issued and outstanding share capital is present or represented, subject to the provisions explained below. We may not vote our common shares held in treasury. Blank and invalid votes shall not be counted.
 
A quorum of shareholders, present or represented, holding at least half of our issued share capital, is required to dismiss a member of our Managing Board, unless the dismissal is proposed by our Supervisory Board. In the event of the lack of a quorum, a second shareholders’ meeting must be held within four weeks, with no applicable quorum requirement. Any decision or authorization by the shareholders’ meeting which has or could have the effect of excluding or limiting preferential subscription rights must be taken by a majority of at least two-thirds of the votes cast, if at the shareholders’ meeting less than 50% of the issued and outstanding share capital is present or represented. Otherwise such a resolution can be taken by a simple majority at a meeting or which at least 15% of the issued and outstanding share capital is represented.
 
Disclosure of Holdings
 
Holders of our shares or rights to acquire shares (which includes options and convertible bonds) may be subject to notification obligations under Chapter 5.3 of the Dutch Financial Markets Supervision Act (the “FMSA”).
 
Under Chapter 5.3 of the FMSA any person whose direct or indirect interest (including potential interest, such as options and convertible bonds) in our share capital or voting rights reaches or crosses a threshold percentage must notify the AFM either (a) immediately, if this is the result of an acquisition or disposal by it; or (b) within 4 trading days after such reporting, if this is the result of a change in our share capital or votes reported in the AFM’s public register. The threshold percentages are 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 and 95 percent.
 
Furthermore, persons holding 5 percent or more in our voting rights or capital interest must within four weeks after December 31 notify the AFM of any changes in the composition of their interest since their last notification.
 
The following instruments qualify as “shares”: (i) shares, (ii) depositary receipts for shares (or negotiable instruments similar to such receipts), (iii) negotiable instruments for acquiring the instruments under (i) or (ii) (such as convertible bonds), and (iv) options for acquiring the instruments under (i) or (ii). Among others the following


136


Table of Contents

shares and votes qualify as shares and votes “held” by a person: (i) those directly held by him; (ii) those held by his subsidiaries; (iii) shares held by a third party for such person’s account and the votes such third party may exercise; (iv) the votes held by a third party if such person has concluded an oral or written agreement with such party which provides for a lasting common policy on voting; (v) the votes held by a third party if such person has concluded an oral or written agreement with such party which provides for a temporary and paid transfer of the shares; and (vi) the votes which a person may exercise as a proxy but in his own discretion. Special rules apply to the attribution of the ordinary shares which are part of the property of a partnership or other community of property. A holder of a pledge or right of usufruct in respect of our shares can also be subject to a notification obligation if such person has, or can acquire, the right to vote on our shares. If a pledgor or usufructuary acquires such voting rights, this may trigger a notification obligation for the holder of our shares.
 
Under Section 5.48 of the FMSA, the sole member of our Managing Board and each of the members of our Supervisory Board must without delay notify the AFM of any changes in his interest or potential interest in our share capital or voting rights.
 
The AFM will publish all notifications on its public website (www.afm.nl).
 
Non-compliance with the notification obligations of Chapter 5.3 of the FMSA can lead to imprisonment or criminal fines, or administrative fines or other administrative sanctions. In addition, non-compliance with these notification obligations may lead to civil sanctions, including, without limitation, suspension of the voting rights attaching to our shares held by the offender for a maximum of three years, (suspension and) nullification of a resolution adopted by our shareholders’ meeting (if it is likely that such resolution would not have been adopted if the offender had not voted) and a prohibition for the offender to acquire our shares or votes for a period of not more than five years.
 
Share Capital as of December 31, 2007
 
Our authorized share capital amounts to €1,809,600,000, allowing the issuance of 1,200,000,000 common shares and 540,000,000 preference shares, with a nominal value of €1.04 per share. The shares may not be issued at less than their par value; our common shares must be fully paid up at the time of their issuance. Our preference shares must be paid up for at least 25% of their par value at the time of their issuance.
 
As of December 31, 2007, we had issued 910,293,420 of our common shares, representing issued share capital of approximately €947 million.
 
At December 31, 2007, there were 899,760,539 common shares outstanding, not including (i) common shares issuable under our various employee stock option plans or employee share purchase plans, (ii) common shares issuable upon conversion of our outstanding convertible debt securities and (iii) 10,532,881 common shares repurchased in 2001 and 2002, as compared to 897,395,042 common shares outstanding as of December 31, 2006. As of December 31, 2007, the book value of our common shares held by us or our subsidiaries was approximately $274 million and the face value was approximately €11 million. As of December 31, 2007 options to acquire approximately 47 million common shares were outstanding. In addition, there were approximately 10 million of non-vested shares. No preference shares have been issued to date.
 
All of our issued common shares are fully paid up. Our authorized share capital is not restricted by redemption provisions, sinking fund provisions or liability to further capital calls by the company. There are no conditions imposed by our Memorandum and Articles of Association governing changes in capital which are more stringent than is required by law.
 
Shares can be issued in registered form only. Share registers are maintained in New York by The Bank of New York, the New York Transfer Agent and Registrar (the “New York Registry”), and in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, by Netherlands Management Company B.V., the Dutch Transfer Agent and Registrar (the “Dutch Registry”). Shares of New York Registry held through DTC are registered in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC, and shares of Dutch Registry held through the French clearance and settlement system, Euroclear France, are registered in the name of Euroclear France or its nominee.
 
Non-issued Authorized Share Capital as of December 31, 2007
 
Non-issued authorized share capital, which is different from issued share capital, allows us to proceed with capital increases excluding the preemptive rights, upon our Supervisory Board’s decision, within the limits of the authorization granted by our shareholders’ meeting of April 26, 2007. Such a decision can be taken to allow us to benefit from the best conditions offered by the international capital markets in our interest and that of all of our shareholders. In the past, particularly in 1994, 1995, and 1998, we proceeded with capital increases, upon the single


137


Table of Contents

decision of our Supervisory Board, to accompany sales of our shares made by our shareholders. However, it is not possible to predict if we will request such an authorization again and at what time and under what conditions. The impact of any future capital increases within the limit of our authorized share capital, upon the decision of our Supervisory Board acting on the delegation granted to it by our shareholders’ meeting, cannot therefore be evaluated.
 
Other Securities Giving Access to Our Share Capital as of December 31, 2007
 
Other securities in circulation which give access to our share capital include (i) the options giving the right to subscribe to our shares granted to our employees, including the sole member of our Managing Board and our executive officers; (ii) the options giving the right to subscribe to our shares granted to the members of our Supervisory Board, its secretaries and controllers, as described in “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees”; (iii) the exchangeable bonds convertible into our shares issued by Finmeccanica Finance in August and September 2003, which are described above in “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related-Party Transactions — Major Shareholders”; (iv) our 2013 Convertible Bonds as described above; and (v) our 2016 Convertible Bonds.
 
Securities Not Representing Our Share Capital
 
None.
 
Issuance of Shares, Preemptive Rights and Preference Shares (Article 4)
 
Unless excluded or limited by the shareholders’ meeting or our Supervisory Board according to the conditions described below, each holder of common shares has a pro rata preemptive right to subscribe to an offering of common shares issued for cash in proportion to the number of common shares which he owns. There is no preemptive right with respect to an offering of shares for non-cash consideration, with respect to an offering of shares to our employees or to the employees of one of our subsidiaries, or with respect to preference shares.
 
The shareholders’ meeting, upon proposal and on the terms and conditions set by our Supervisory Board, has the power to issue shares. The shareholders’ meeting may also authorize our Supervisory Board, for a period of no more than five years, to issue shares and to determine the terms and conditions of share issuances. Our shares cannot be issued at below par and as for our common shares must be fully paid up at the time of their issuance. Our preference shares must be paid up for at least 25% of their par value.
 
The shareholders’ meeting, upon proposal by the Supervisory Board, also has the power to limit or exclude preemptive rights in connection with new issuances of shares. Such a resolution of the shareholders’ meeting must be taken with a majority of at least two-thirds of the votes cast if at such shareholders’ meeting less than 50% of the issued and outstanding share capital is present or represented. Otherwise such a resolution can be taken by a simple majority of the votes cast at a shareholders’ meeting at which at least 15% of our issued and outstanding share capital is present or represented. The shareholders’ meeting may authorize our Supervisory Board, for a period of no more than five years, to limit or exclude preemptive rights.
 
Pursuant to a shareholders’ resolution adopted at our annual shareholders’ meeting held on April 26, 2007, our Supervisory Board has been authorized for a period of five years to resolve to (i) issue any number of common shares and/or preference shares as comprised in our authorized share capital from time to time; (ii) to fix the terms and conditions of share issuance; (iii) to exclude or to limit preemptive rights of existing shareholders; and (iv) to grant rights to subscribe for common shares and/or preference shares, all for a period of five years from the date of such annual shareholders’ meeting.
 
Except as stated below, our Supervisory Board has not yet acted on its authorization to increase the registered capital to the limits of the authorized registered capital.
 
Upon the proposal of our Supervisory Board, our shareholders’ meeting may, in accordance with the legal provisions, reduce our issued capital by canceling the shares that we hold in treasury, by reducing the par value of the shares or by canceling our preference shares.
 
See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related-Party Transactions” for details on changes in the distribution of our share capital over the past three years.
 
We may issue preference shares in certain circumstances. On November 27, 2006, our Supervisory Board decided to authorize us to enter into an option agreement with an independent foundation, Stichting Continuïteit ST (the “Stichting”), and to terminate a substantially similar option agreement dated May 31, 1999, as amended, between us and ST Holding II. On February 7, 2007, the May 31, 1999 option agreement, as amended, was terminated by mutual consent by ST Holding II and us and the new option agreement with the Stichting became


138


Table of Contents

effective on the same date. The new option agreement provides for the issuance of up to a maximum of 540,000,000 preference shares, the same number as the May 31, 1999 option agreement, as amended. The preference shares would be issuable in the event of actions considered hostile by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board, such as a creeping acquisition or an unsolicited offer for our common shares, which are unsupported by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board and which the board of the Stichting determines would be contrary to the interests of our Company, our shareholders and our other stakeholders. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related-Party Transactions — Major Shareholders — Shareholders’ Agreements — Preference Shares.”
 
The effect of the preference shares may be to deter potential acquirers from effecting an unsolicited acquisition resulting in a change of control or otherwise taking action as considered hostile by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board. See “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations — Our shareholder structure and our preference shares may deter a change of control.”
 
No preference shares have been issued to date and therefore none are currently outstanding.
 
Changes to Our Share Capital and Stock Option Grants
 
                                                             
                    Cumulative
          Nominal Value
    Amount of
       
              Nominal
    Amount of
    Cumulative
    of Increase/
    Issue
    Cumulative —
 
        Number of
    Value
    Capital
    Number of
    Reduction in
    Premium
    Issue Premium
 
Year
 
Transaction
  Shares     (Euro)     (Euro)     Shares     Capital     (Euro)     (Euro)  
 
March 29, 2003
  Exercise of options
Exercise of options
and employee stock
    91,146       1.04       937,055,288       901,014,700       94,792       404,011       1,676,187,762  
June 28, 2003
  purchases     217,490       1.04       937,281,478       901,232,190       226,190       2,075,922       1,678,263,684  
September 27, 2003
  Exercise of options     903,283       1.04       938,220,892       902,135,473       939,414       10,857,587       1,689,121,271  
December 31, 2003
  Exercise of options     634,261       1.04       938,880,523       902,769,734       659,631       4,458,391       1,693,579,662  
March 27, 2004
  Exercise of options     1,964,551       1.04       940,923,656       904,734,285       2,043,133       9,048,811       1,702,628,473  
June 26, 2004
  Exercise of options     84,740       1.04       941,011,786       904,819,025       88,130       1,640,712       1,704,269,185  
September 25, 2004
  Exercise of options     65,990       1.04       941,080,416       904,885,015       68,630       605,542       1,704,874,727  
September 25, 2004
  Bonds conversion     101       1.04       941,080,521       904,885,116       105       7,006       1,704,881,733  
December 31, 2004
  Exercise of options     422,120       1.04       941,519,525       905,307,236       439,005       4,021,536       1,708,903,269  
December 31, 2004
  LYONs conversion     1,761       1.04       941,521,357       905,308,997       1,831       46,225       1,708,949,494  
April 2, 2005
  Exercise of options     63,270       1.04       941,587,158       905,372,267       65,801       571,525       1,709,521,019  
April 2, 2005
  LYONs conversion     59       1.04       941,587,219       905,372,326       61       1,448       1,709,522,467  
June 2, 2005
  Exercise of options     145,454       1.04       941,738,491       905,517,780       151,272       1,436,236       1,710,958,703  
October 1, 2005
  Exercise of options     2,079,369       1.04       943,901,035       907,597,149       2,162,544       21,629,617       1,732,651,320  
December 31, 2005
  Exercise of options     227,130       1.04       944,137,250       907,824,279       236,215       2,062,234       1,734,713,554  
April 1, 2006
  Exercise of options     201,340       1.04       944,346,644       908,025,619       209,394       2,360,525       1,737,074,079  
July 1, 2006
  Exercise of options     1,398,210       1.04       945,800,782       909,423,829       1,454,138       9,009,053       1,746,083,132  
September 30, 2006
  Exercise of options     731,904       1.04       946,561,962       910,155,733       761,180       8,447,102       1,754,530,234  
December 31, 2006
  Exercise of options     2,200       1.04       946,564,250       910,157,933       2,288       2,420       1,754,532,654  
March 31, 2007
  Exercise of options     26,050       1.04       946,591,342       910,183,983       27,092       352,478       1,754,885,132  
June 30, 2007
  Exercise of options     105,117       1.04       946,700,664       910,289,100       109,322       1,315,306       1,756,200,438  
September 29, 2007
  Exercise of options     4,320       1.04       946,705,157       910,293,420       4,493       54,544       1,756,254,982  
December 31, 2007
  Exercise of options     0       1.04       946,705,157       910,293,420       0       0       1,756,254,982  
 
Liquidation Rights (Articles 42 and 43)
 
In the event of our dissolution and liquidation, after payment of all debts and liquidation expenses, the holders of preference shares if issued, would receive the paid up portion of the par value of their preference shares. Any assets then remaining shall be distributed among the registered holders of common shares in proportion to the par value of their shareholdings.
 
Acquisition of Shares in Our Own Share Capital (Article 5)
 
We may acquire our own shares, subject to certain provisions of Dutch law and of our Articles of Association, if and to the extent that (i) the shareholders’ equity less the payment required to make the acquisition does not fall below the sum of the paid-up and called-up portion of the share capital and any reserves required by Dutch law and (ii) the aggregate nominal value of shares that we or our subsidiaries acquire, hold or hold in pledge would not exceed one-tenth of our issued share capital. Share acquisitions may be effected by our Managing Board, subject to the approval of our Supervisory Board, only if the shareholders’ meeting has authorized our Managing Board to effect such repurchases, which authorization may apply for a maximum period of 18 months. We may not vote shares we hold in treasury. Our purchases of our own shares are not subject to any acquisition price conditions, except as described below.


139


Table of Contents

Our Articles of Association have been amended effective as of May 5, 2000, implementing a resolution of our shareholders’ meeting held on April 26, 2000, to provide that we shall be able to acquire shares in our own share capital in order to transfer these shares under employee stock option or stock purchase plans, without an authorization of the annual shareholders’ meeting.
 
In 2001, we acquired 9.4 million of our common shares, and in May 2002, we acquired an additional 4.0 million of our common shares to fund attributions of stock options to managers and employees pursuant to our 2001 Stock Option Plan, which was adopted by our shareholders’ meeting on April 25, 2001. As a result of these two repurchases and disposals after these repurchases, as of December 31, 2007, we held 10,532,881 million of our common shares in treasury. We may in the future proceed with additional repurchases of our common shares to fund further attributions of stock-based compensation pursuant to the 2001 plan.
 
Pursuant to a shareholders’ resolution adopted at our annual shareholders’ meeting held on April 26, 2007, our Managing Board was authorized to acquire for a consideration on a stock exchange or otherwise up to such a number of fully paid-up common shares and/or preference shares in our share capital as is permitted by law and our Articles of Association as per the moment of such acquisition for a price (i) per common share which at such moment is within a range between the par value of a common share and 110% of the share price per common share on Eurolist by Euronexttm Paris, the NYSE or Borsa Italiana, whichever at such moment is the highest, and (ii) per preference share which is calculated in accordance with article 5 paragraph 5 of our Articles of Association, being the amount paid up on the relevant preference shares increased with the accrued but unpaid dividend up to and including the date of repurchase of the relevant preference shares, all subject to the approval of our Supervisory Board, for a period of eighteen months as of the date of our 2007 annual shareholders’ meeting.
 
Changes to Our Share Capital, Stock Option Grants and Other Matters
 
The following table sets forth changes to our share capital as of December 31, 2007:
 
                                                                 
                                  Nominal
             
                      Cumulative
          Value of
    Amount of
       
                Nominal
    Amount of
    Cumulative
    Increase/
    Issue
    Cumulative
 
          Number of
    Value
    Capital
    Number of
    Reduction
    Premium
    Issue Premium
 
Year
 
Transaction
    Shares     (Euro)     (Euro)     Shares     in Capital     (Euro)     (Euro)  
 
December 31, 2005
    Conversion of bonds       59       1.04       941,521,418       905,309,056       61       1,448       1,708,950,942  
December 31, 2005
    Exercise of options       2,515,223       1.04       944,137,250       907,824,279       2,615,832       25,762,612       1,734,713,554  
December 31, 2006
    Exercise of options       2,333,654       1.04       946,564,250       910,157,933       2,427,000       19,819,100       1,754,532,654  
December 31, 2007
    Exercise of options       135,487       1.04       946,705,147       910,293,420       140,907       1,722,328       1,756,254,982  
 
The following table summarizes the amount of stock options and awards authorized to be granted, exercised, cancelled and expired and outstanding as of December 31, 2007:
 
Employees Stock Options
 
                         
    1995 Plan     2001 Plan     Total  
 
Remaining amount authorized to be granted
    0       0       0  
Amount exercised (stock options) or vested (stock awards)
    14,523,601       141,537       14,665,138  
Amount cancelled and expired
    11,091,608       7,292,743       18,384,351  
Amount outstanding
    5,946,732       40,299,903       46,246,635  
 
Employees Unvested Share Awards
 
                                 
    2005 Plan     2006 Plan     2007 Plan     Total  
 
Remaining amount authorized to be granted
    0       0       323,710       323,710  
Amount vested
    1,676,653       1,190,466       0       2,867,119  
Amount cancelled
    1,571,981       238,725       73,490       1,884,196  
Amount outstanding
    911,281       3,702,449       5,702,800       10,316,530  


140


Table of Contents

Supervisory Board and Professionals Stock Options
 
                         
    Supervisory Board and Professionals  
    1999     2002     Total  
 
Remaining amount authorized to be granted
    0       0       0  
Amount exercised
    18,000       0       18,000  
Amount cancelled and expired
    234,000       48,000       282,000  
Amount outstanding
    171,000       348,000       519,000  
 
Supervisory Board and Professionals Unvested Share Awards
 
                                 
    Supervisory Board and Professionals  
    2005     2006     2007     Total  
 
Remaining amount authorized to be granted
    0       0       0       0  
Amount vested
    34,000       17,000       0       51,000  
Amount cancelled
    15,000       15,000       22,500       52,500  
Amount outstanding
    17,000       34,000       142,500       193,500  
 
No options were granted in 2007.
 
In line with the resolutions of our 2005 annual shareholders’ meeting, we have transitioned our stock-based compensation plans from stock-option grants to non-vested stock awards. Pursuant to the shareholders’ resolutions adopted by our 2007 annual shareholders’ meeting, our Supervisory Board, upon the recommendation of the Compensation Committee, approved the terms and conditions of the 2007 Supervisory Board Stock-Based Compensation Plan for members and professionals, which resulted in a $18 million charge in 2007.
 
We intend to use 6 million of our shares held by us in treasury (out of the approximately 10.5 million currently available) to cover the six million non-vested stock awards granted to our employees in 2007 as well as the granting of up to 100,000 non-vested shares to the sole member of our Managing Board that was also approved by shareholders at the 2007 annual shareholders’ meeting.
 
Following these decisions, and the grant of additional unvested shares as part of the 2006 Employee plan, the share-based compensation plans generated a total additional charge in our consolidated statements of income of 2007 of $20 million pre-tax. This charge corresponded to the compensation expense to be recognized for the non-vested stock awards from the grant date over the vesting period. The vesting of the awards depends on the following performance achievement: (i) one-third if the evolution of our sales for 2007 compared to 2006 is equal to or greater than the evolution of the sales of top ten semiconductor companies; (ii) one-third if our actual return on net assets achieved in 2007 is equal to or higher than our target as per 2007 budget and (iii) one-third if the evolution of our operating profit excluding restructuring charges as expressed as a percentage of sales for 2007 compared to 2006 is equal to or greater than the evolution of operating income excluding restructuring charges as expressed as a percentage of sales of the top ten semiconductor companies.
 
Limitations on Right to Hold or Vote Shares
 
There are currently no limitations imposed by Dutch law or by our Articles of Association on the right of non-resident holders to hold or vote the shares.
 
Material Contracts
 
The only material contract that we have entered into during the last two years, other than those entered into in the ordinary course of business, relates to the Numonyx transaction.
 
Exchange Controls
 
None.
 
Taxation
 
Dutch Taxation
 
This is a general summary and the tax consequences as described here may not apply to a holder of common shares. Any potential investor should consult his own tax adviser for more information about the tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of common shares in his particular circumstances.


141


Table of Contents

This taxation summary solely addresses the principal Dutch tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposal of common shares. It does not consider every aspect of taxation that may be relevant to a particular holder of common shares under special circumstances or who is subject to special treatment under applicable law. Where in this summary English terms and expressions are used to refer to Dutch concepts, the meaning to be attributed to such terms and expressions shall be the meaning to be attributed to the equivalent Dutch concepts under Dutch tax law. This summary also assumes that we are organized, and that our business will be conducted, in the manner as outlined in this Form 20-F. A change to such organizational structure or to the manner in which we conduct our business may invalidate the contents of this summary, which will not be updated to reflect any such change.
 
This summary is based on the tax law of the Netherlands (unpublished case law not included) as it stands on the date of this Form 20-F. The law upon which this summary is based is subject to change, perhaps with retroactive effect. Any such change may invalidate the contents of this summary, which will not be updated to reflect such change.
 
Taxes on income and capital gains
 
The summary set out in this section “Dutch taxation” only applies to a holder of common shares who is a Non-resident holder of common shares.
 
You are a “Non-resident holder of common shares” if you satisfy the following tests:
 
(a) you are neither resident, nor deemed to be resident, in the Netherlands for purposes of Dutch income tax or corporation tax, as the case may be, and, if you are an individual, you have not elected to be treated as a resident of the Netherlands for Dutch income tax purposes;
 
(b) your common shares and any benefits derived or deemed to be derived therefrom have no connection with your past, present or future employment or membership of a management board (bestuurder) or a supervisory board (commissaris);
 
(c) your common shares do not form part of a substantial interest or a deemed substantial interest in us within the meaning of Chapter 4 of the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001 (Wet Inkomstenbelasting 2001), unless such interest forms part of the assets of an enterprise;
 
(d) if you are not an individual, no part of the benefits derived from your common shares is exempt from Dutch corporation tax under the participation exemption as laid down in the Dutch Corporation Tax Act 1969 (Wet op de Vennootschapsbelasting 1969); and
 
(e) you are not an entity that is resident in a Member State of the European Union and that is not subject to a tax on profits levied there.
 
Generally, if a person holds an interest in us, such interest forms part of a substantial interest or a deemed substantial interest in us if any one or more of the following circumstances is present:
 
1. Such person alone or, if he is an individual, together with his partner (partner, as defined in Article 1.2 of the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001 (Wet Inkomstenbelasting 2001)), if any, owns, directly or indirectly, a number of shares in us representing 5% or more of our total issued and outstanding capital (or the issued and outstanding capital of any class of our shares), or rights to acquire, directly or indirectly, shares, whether or not already issued, representing 5% or more of our total issued and outstanding capital (or the issued and outstanding capital of any class of our shares), or profit participating certificates (winstbewijzen) relating to 5% or more of our annual profit or to 5% or more of our liquidation proceeds.
 
2. Such person’s shares, profit participating certificates or rights to acquire shares or profit participating certificates in us have been acquired by him or are deemed to have been acquired by him under a non-recognition provision.
 
3. Such person’s partner or any of his relatives by blood or by marriage in the direct line (including foster-children) or of those of his partner has a substantial interest (as described under 1. and 2. above) in us.
 
A person who is entitled to the benefits from shares or profit participating certificates (for instance a holder of a right of usufruct) is deemed to be a holder of shares or profit participating certificates, as the case may be, and his entitlement to benefits is considered a share or profit participating certificate, as the case may be.
 
If you are a holder of common shares and you satisfy test a., but do not satisfy any one or more of tests b., c., d. and e., your Dutch income tax position or corporation tax position, as the case may be, is not discussed in this Form 20-F.


142


Table of Contents

If you are a Non-resident holder of common shares you will not be subject to any Dutch taxes on income or capital gains (other than the dividend withholding tax described below) in respect of any benefits derived or deemed to be derived by you from common shares, including any capital gain realized on the disposal thereof, except if
 
1. (i) you derive profits from an enterprise as an entrepreneur (ondernemer) or pursuant to a co-entitlement to the net value of such enterprise, other than as a shareholder, if you are an individual, or other than as a holder of securities, if you are not an individual and; (ii) such enterprise is either managed in the Netherlands or carried on, in whole or in part, through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in the Netherlands; and (iii) your common shares are attributable to such enterprise; or
 
2. you are an individual and you derive benefits from common shares that are taxable as benefits from miscellaneous activities in the Netherlands. You may, inter alia, derive benefits from common shares that are taxable as benefits from miscellaneous activities if your investment activities go beyond the activities of an active portfolio investor, for instance in the case of the use of insider knowledge (voorkennis) or comparable forms of special knowledge, on the understanding that such benefits will be taxable in the Netherlands only if such activities are performed or deemed to be performed in the Netherlands.
 
Attribution rule
 
Benefits derived or deemed to be derived from certain miscellaneous activities by a child or a foster child that is under eighteen years of age, even if the child is resident in the Netherlands, are attributed to the parent who exercises the authority over the child, regardless of whether the child is resident in the Netherlands or abroad.
 
Dividend withholding tax
 
Dividends distributed by us are generally subject to a withholding tax imposed by the Netherlands at a rate of 15%.
 
The concept “dividends distributed by us” as used in this section “Dutch Taxation” includes, but is not limited to, the following:
 
  •  distributions in cash or in kind, deemed and constructive distributions and repayments of capital not recognized as paid-in for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes;
 
  •  liquidation proceeds and proceeds of repurchase or redemption of shares in excess of the average capital recognized as paid-in for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes;
 
  •  the par value of shares issued by us to a holder of common shares or an increase of the par value of shares, as the case may be, to the extent that it does not appear that a contribution, recognized for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes, has been made or will be made; and
 
  •  partial repayment of capital, recognized as paid-in for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes, if and to the extent that there are net profits (zuivere winst), unless (a) the general meeting of our shareholders has resolved in advance to make such repayment and (b) the par value of the shares concerned has been reduced by an equal amount by way of an amendment to our articles of association.
 
If a Non-resident holder of common shares is resident in the Netherlands Antilles or Aruba or in a country that has concluded a double taxation treaty with the Netherlands, such holder may be eligible for a full or partial relief from the dividend withholding tax, provided such relief is timely and duly claimed. Pursuant to domestic rules to avoid dividend stripping, dividend withholding tax relief will only be available to the beneficial owner of dividends distributed by us. The Dutch tax authorities have taken the position that this beneficial-ownership test can also be applied to deny relief from dividend withholding tax under double tax treaties and the Tax Arrangement for the Kingdom (Belastingregeling voor het Koninkrijk). A holder of common shares who receives proceeds therefrom shall not be recognized as the beneficial owner of such proceeds if, in connection with the receipt of the proceeds, it has given a consideration, in the framework of a composite transaction including, without limitation, the mere acquisition of one or more dividend coupons or the creation of short-term rights of enjoyment of shares (kortlopende genotsrechten op aandelen), whereas it may be presumed that (i) such proceeds in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, inure to a person who would not have been entitled to an exemption from, reduction or refund of, or credit for, dividend withholding tax, or who would have been entitled to a smaller reduction or refund of, or credit for, dividend withholding tax than the actual recipient of the proceeds; and (ii) such person acquires or retains, directly or indirectly, an interest in common shares or similar instruments, comparable to its interest in common shares prior to the time the composite transaction was first initiated.


143


Table of Contents

In addition, a Non-resident holder of common shares that is not an individual and that is resident in a Member State of the European Union is entitled to an exemption from dividend withholding tax, provided that the following tests are satisfied:
 
1. it takes one of the legal forms listed in the Annex to the EU Parent Subsidiary Directive (Directive 90/435/EEC, as amended) or a legal form designated by ministerial decree;
 
2. any one or more of the following threshold conditions are satisfied:
 
a. at the time the dividend is distributed by us, it holds shares representing at least 5% of our nominal paid up capital; or
 
b. it has held shares representing at least 5% of our nominal paid up capital for a continuous period of more than one year at any time during the four years preceding the time the dividend is distributed by us, provided that such period ended after December 31, 2006; or
 
c. it is connected with us within the meaning of article 10a, paragraph 4, of the Dutch Corporation Tax Act; or
 
d. an entity connected with it within the meaning of article 10a, paragraph 4, of the Dutch Corporation Tax Act holds at the time the dividend is distributed by us, common shares representing at least 5% of our nominal paid up capital;
 
3. it is subject to the tax levied in its country of residence as meant by article 2, paragraph 1, letter c of the EU Parent Subsidiary Directive (Directive 90/435/EEC, as amended) without the possibility of an option or of being exempt; and
 
4. it is not considered to be resident outside the Member States of the European Union under the terms of a double taxation treaty concluded with a third State.
 
The exemption from dividend withholding tax is not available if pursuant to a provision for the prevention of fraud or abuse included in a double taxation treaty between the Netherlands and the country of residence of the Non-resident holder of common shares, such holder would not be entitled to the reduction of tax on dividends provided for by such treaty. Furthermore, the exemption from dividend withholding tax will only be available to the beneficial owner of dividends distributed by us. If a Non-resident holder of common shares is resident in a Member State of the European Union with which the Netherlands has concluded a double taxation treaty that provides for a reduction of tax on dividends based on the ownership of the number of voting rights, the test under 2.a. above is also satisfied if such holder owns 5% of the voting rights in us.
 
The convention of December 18, 1992, between the Kingdom of the Netherlands and the United States of America for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to Taxes on Income (the “U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty”) provides for an exemption for dividends received by exempt pension trusts and exempt organizations, as defined therein. In such case, a refund may be obtained of the difference between the amount withheld and the amount that the Netherlands was entitled to levy in accordance with the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty by filing the appropriate forms with the Dutch tax authorities within the term set therefor.
 
Reduction.  If we receive a profit distribution from a qualifying foreign entity, or a repatriation of qualifying foreign branch profit, that is exempt from Dutch corporate income tax and that has been subject to a foreign withholding tax of at least 5%, we may be entitled to a reduction of the amount of Dutch dividend withholding tax that must be paid to the Dutch tax authorities in respect of dividends distributed by us. Such reduction is the lesser of:
 
  •  3% of the dividends paid by us in respect of which Dutch dividend withholding tax is withheld; and
 
  •  3% of the qualifying profit distributions grossed up by the foreign tax withheld on such distributions received from foreign subsidiaries and branches prior to the distribution of the dividend by us during the current calendar year and the two preceding calendar years (to the extent such distributions have not been taken into account previously when applying this test).
 
Non-resident holders of common shares are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding the general creditability or deductibility of Dutch dividend withholding tax and, in particular, the impact on such investors of our potential ability to receive a reduction as described in the previous paragraph.
 
See the section “Taxes on income and capital gains” for a description of the term Non-resident holder of common shares.


144


Table of Contents

Gift and inheritance taxes
 
If you acquire common shares as a gift (in form or in substance) or if you acquire or are deemed to acquire common shares on the death of an individual, you will not be subject to Dutch gift tax or to Dutch inheritance tax, as the case may be, unless:
 
  •  the donor is, or the deceased was, resident or deemed to be resident in the Netherlands for purposes of gift or inheritance tax (as the case may be); or
 
  •  the common shares are or were attributable to an enterprise or part of an enterprise that the donor or deceased carried on through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in the Netherlands at the time of the gift or of the death of the deceased; or
 
  •  the donor made a gift of common shares, then became a resident or deemed resident of the Netherlands, and died as a resident or deemed resident of the Netherlands within 180 days of the date of the gift.
 
Other taxes and duties
 
No Dutch registration tax, transfer tax, stamp duty or any other similar documentary tax or duty, other than court fees, is payable in the Netherlands by the holder of common shares in respect of or in connection with the subscription, issue, placement, allotment, delivery of common shares, the delivery and/or enforcement by way of legal proceedings (including the enforcement of any foreign judgment in the courts of the Netherlands of the documents relating to the issue of common shares or the performance by us of our obligations thereunder, or in respect of or in connection with the transfer of common shares.
 
United States Federal Income Taxation
 
The following discussion is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to a U.S. holder (as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our common shares. You are a U.S. holder only if you are a beneficial owner of common shares:
 
  •  that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (a) a citizen or individual resident of the United States, (b) a U.S. domestic corporation or a domestic entity taxable as a corporation, (c) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or (d) a trust if a court within the United States can exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust;
 
  •  that owns, directly, indirectly or by attribution, less than 10% of our voting power or outstanding share capital;
 
  •  that holds the common shares as capital assets;
 
  •  whose functional currency for U.S. federal income tax purposes is the U.S. dollar;
 
  •  that is a resident of the United States and not also a resident of the Netherlands for purposes of the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty;
 
  •  that is entitled, under the “limitation on benefits” provisions contained in the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty, to the benefits of the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty; and
 
  •  that does not have a permanent establishment or fixed base in the Netherlands.
 
This summary does not discuss all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to you in light of your particular circumstances. Also, it does not address holders that may be subject to special rules including, but not limited to, U.S. expatriates, tax-exempt organizations, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, banks, securities broker-dealers, financial institutions, regulated investment companies, insurance companies, traders in securities who elect to apply a mark-to-market method of accounting, persons holding our common shares as part of a straddle, hedging or conversion transaction, or persons who acquired common shares pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation. Because this is a general summary, you are advised to consult your own tax advisor with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and applicable foreign tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common shares. In addition, you are advised to consult your own tax advisor concerning whether you are entitled to benefits under the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty.
 
If a partnership (including for this purpose any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds common shares, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership that holds common shares, you are urged to


145


Table of Contents

consult your own tax advisor regarding the specific tax consequences of the ownership and the disposition of common shares.
 
This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty, judicial decisions, administrative pronouncements and existing, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations as of the date of this Form 20-F, all of which are subject to change or changes in interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect.
 
Dividends
 
In general, you must include the gross amount of distributions paid (including the amount of any Dutch taxes withheld from those distributions) to you by us with respect to the common shares in your gross income as foreign-source taxable dividend income. A dividends-received deduction will not be allowed with respect to dividends paid by us. The amount of any distribution paid in foreign currency (including the amount of any Dutch withholding tax thereon) will be equal to the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency on the date of actual or constructive receipt by you regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars at that time. Gain or loss, if any, realized on a subsequent sale or other disposition of such foreign currency will be U.S.-source ordinary income or loss. Special rules govern and specific elections are available to accrual method taxpayers to determine the U.S. dollar amount includible in income in the case of taxes withheld in a foreign currency. Accrual basis taxpayers are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the requirements and elections applicable in this regard.
 
Subject to applicable limitations, Dutch taxes withheld from a distribution paid to you at a rate not exceeding the rate provided in the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty will be eligible for credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability. As described in “— Taxation — Dutch Taxation” above, under limited circumstances we may be permitted to deduct and retain from the withholding a portion of the amount that otherwise would be required to be remitted to the taxing authorities in the Netherlands. If we withhold an amount from dividends paid to you that we then are not required to remit to any taxing authority in the Netherlands, the amount in all likelihood would not qualify as a creditable tax for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We will endeavor to provide you with information concerning the extent to which we have applied the reduction described above to dividends paid to you. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, dividends distributed by us with respect to the common shares generally will constitute “passive category income” or in the case of certain U.S. holders, “general category income.” The use of foreign tax credits is subject to complex rules and limitations. In lieu of a credit, a U.S. holder who itemizes deductions may elect to deduct all of such holder’s foreign taxes in the taxable year. A deduction does not reduce tax on a dollar-for-dollar basis like a credit, but the deduction for foreign taxes is not subject to the same limitations applicable to foreign tax credits. You should consult your own tax advisor to determine whether and to what extent a credit would be available to you.
 
Certain non-corporate U.S. holders (including individuals) are eligible for reduced rates of U.S. federal income tax (currently at a maximum of 15%) in respect of “qualified dividend income” received in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011. For this purpose, “qualified dividend income” generally includes dividends paid by a non-U.S. corporation if, among other things, the U.S. holders meet certain minimum holding period and other requirements and the non-U.S. corporation satisfies certain requirements, including either that (i) the shares of the non-U.S. corporation are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, or (ii) the non-U.S. corporation is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States (such as the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty) which provides for the exchange of information. We currently believe that dividends paid by us with respect to our common shares should constitute “qualified dividend income” for U.S. federal income tax purposes; however, this is a factual matter and subject to change. You are urged to consult your own tax advisor regarding the availability to you of a reduced dividend tax rate in light of your own particular situation.
 
Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Shares
 
Upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of common shares, you generally will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and your tax basis in the common shares, as determined in U.S. dollars. This gain or loss generally will be U.S.-source gain or loss, and will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if you have held the common shares for more than one year. If you are an individual, capital gains generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at preferential rates if specified minimum holding periods are met. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to significant limitations.


146


Table of Contents

Passive Foreign Investment Company Status
 
We believe that we will not be classified as a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes for the year ended December 31, 2007 and do not expect to become a PFIC in the foreseeable future. This conclusion is a factual determination that must be made annually at the close of each taxable year and therefore we can provide no assurance that we will not be a PFIC in our current or any future taxable year. If we were to be characterized as a PFIC for any taxable year, the tax on certain distributions on our common shares and on any gains realized upon the disposition of common shares may be materially less favorable than as described herein. In addition, if we were a PFIC in a taxable year in which we pay dividends or the prior taxable year, such dividends would not be “qualified dividend income” (as described above) and would be taxed at the higher rates applicable to other items of ordinary income. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the application of the PFIC rules to your ownership of our common shares.
 
U.S. Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
 
Dividend payments with respect to common shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition of our common shares may be subject to information reporting to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and possible U.S. backup withholding at a current rate of 28%. Backup withholding will not apply to you, however, if you furnish a correct taxpayer identification number or certificate of foreign status and make any other required certification or if you are otherwise exempt from backup withholding. U.S. persons required to establish their exempt status generally must provide certification on IRS Form W-9. Non-U.S. holders generally will not be subject to U.S. information reporting or backup withholding. However, these holders may be required to provide certification of non-U.S. status (generally on Form W-8BEN) in connection with payments received in the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, and you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by timely filing the appropriate claim for refund with the IRS and furnishing any required information.
 
Documents on Display
 
Any statement in this Form 20-F about any of our contracts or other documents is not necessarily complete. If the contract or document is filed as an exhibit to this Form 20-F the contract or document is deemed to modify the description contained in this Form 20-F. You must review the exhibits themselves for a complete description of the contract or document.
 
Our Articles of Association, the minutes of our annual shareholders’ meetings, reports of the auditors and other corporate documentation may be consulted by the shareholders and any other individual authorized to attend the meetings at our registered office at Schiphol Airport Amsterdam, the Netherlands, at the registered offices of the Supervisory Board in Geneva, Switzerland and at Crédit Agricole-Indosuez, 9, Quai du Président Paul-Doumer, 92400 Courbevoie, France.
 
You may review a copy of our filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), including exhibits and schedules filed with it, at the SEC’s public reference facilities in Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet site at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. These SEC filings are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services.
 
WE ARE REQUIRED TO FILE REPORTS AND OTHER INFORMATION WITH THE SEC UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934. REPORTS AND OTHER INFORMATION FILED BY US WITH THE SEC MAY BE INSPECTED AND COPIED AT THE SEC’S PUBLIC REFERENCE FACILITIES DESCRIBED ABOVE OR THROUGH THE INTERNET AT HTTP://WWW.SEC.GOV. AS A FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER, WE ARE EXEMPT FROM THE RULES UNDER THE EXCHANGE ACT PRESCRIBING THE FURNISHING AND CONTENT OF PROXY STATEMENTS AND OUR OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS ARE EXEMPT FROM THE REPORTING AND SHORT- SWING PROFIT RECOVERY PROVISIONS CONTAINED IN SECTION 16 OF THE EXCHANGE ACT. UNDER THE EXCHANGE ACT, AS A FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER, WE ARE NOT REQUIRED TO PUBLISH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS FREQUENTLY OR AS PROMPTLY AS UNITED STATES COMPANIES.
 
In addition, material filed by us with the SEC can be inspected at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange at 20 Broad Street, New York, NY 10005 and at the offices of The Bank of New York, as New York Share Registrar, at One Wall Street, New York, NY 10286 (telephone: 1-888-269-2377).


147


Table of Contents

Item 11.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
We are exposed to changes in financial market conditions in the normal course of business due to our operations in different foreign currencies and our ongoing investing and financing activities. Market risk is the uncertainty to which future earnings or asset/liability values are exposed due to operating cash flows denominated in foreign currencies and various financial instruments used in the normal course of operations. The major risks to which we are exposed are related to the fluctuations of the U.S. dollar exchange rate compared to the Euro and the other major currencies, the coverage of our foreign currency exposures, the variation of the interest rates and the risks associated to the investments of our available cash. We have established policies, procedures and internal processes governing our management of market risks and the use of financial instruments to manage our exposure to such risks.
 
Our interest income, net, as reported on our consolidated statements of income, is the balance between interest income received from our cash and cash equivalent and marketable securities investments and interest expense paid on our long-term debt. Our interest income is dependent on the fluctuations in the interest rates, mainly in the U.S. dollar and the Euro, since we are investing on a short-term basis; any increase or decrease in the short-term market interest rates would mean an equivalent increase or decrease in our interest income. Our interest expenses are associated with our long-term convertible bonds (with a fixed rate) and floating rate senior bonds whose rate is fixing quarterly at LIBOR + 40bps. To manage the interest rate mismatch, in the second quarter of 2006, we entered into cancelable swaps to hedge a portion of the fixed rate obligations on our outstanding long-term debt with floating rate derivative instruments. Of the $974 million in 2016 Convertible Bonds issued in the first quarter of 2006, we entered into cancelable swaps for $200 million of the principal amount of the bonds, swapping the 1.5% yield equivalent on the bonds for 6 Month USD LIBOR minus 3.375%. We also have $250 million of restricted cash at fixed rate (Hynix Semiconductor-ST JV) partially offsetting the interest rate mismatch of the 2016 Convertible Bond. Our hedging policy is not intended to cover the full exposure and all risks associated with these instruments.
 
We place our cash and cash equivalents, or a part of it, with high credit quality financial institutions with at least single “A” long-term rating from two of the major rating agencies, meaning at least A3 from Moody’s Investor Service and A- from Standard & Poor’s and Fitch Ratings, invested as term deposits and FRN marketable securities and, as such we are exposed to the fluctuations of the market interest rates on our placement and our cash, which can have an impact on our accounts. We manage the credit risks associated with financial instruments through credit approvals, investment limits and centralized monitoring procedures but do not normally require collateral or other security from the parties to the financial instruments. These FRN have a par value of $1,017 million, are classified as available-for-sale and are reported at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized as a separate component of “Accumulated other comprehensive income” in the consolidated statement of changes in shareholders’ equity. The change in fair value of these instruments amounting to approximately $3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
Since May 2006, we have granted a specific mandate to a global financial institution to invest a portion of our cash in a U.S. federally-guaranteed student loan program. In mid-2007, we became aware that the managing financial institution had deviated from its specific authorization and that we had been credited with investments in unauthorized auction rate securities. We have started an arbitration proceeding against the global financial institution that purchased the unauthorized securities for our account and we intend to pursue our claim vigorously. On December 31, 2007, we considered the decline in fair value of these auction rate securities as “Other-than-temporary” and charged the relevant impairment in the fourth quarter consolidated statements of income. Recent credit concerns arising in the capital markets have reduced the ability to liquidate auction rate securities that we classify as available for sale securities on our consolidated balance sheet. As of December 31, 2007, we had auction rate securities with a par value of $415 million. These securities represent interest in collateralized obligations and other commercial obligations. In the fourth quarter of 2007, we recorded in “Other-than-temporary” impairment charges of $46 million to reduce the value of these securities to their estimated fair value. The fair value of these securities has been evaluated on the basis of the weighted average of available information: (i) from publicly available indexes of securities with the same rating and comparable/similar underlying collaterals or industries exposure and (ii) using “mark to market” bids and “mark to model” valuations received from the structuring financial institutions of the outstanding auction rate securities. The estimated value of these securities could further decrease in the future as a result of credit market deterioration and/or other downgrading. After the judgment for the $46 million impairment charge recorded in the year ended December 31, 2007, our auction rate securities have, therefore, an estimated fair value of approximately $369 million as of December 31, 2007. The estimated value of these securities could further decrease in the future as a result of credit market deterioration and/or other downgrading.


148


Table of Contents

We do not anticipate any material adverse effect on our financial position, result of operations or cash flows resulting from the use of our instruments in the future. There can be no assurance that these strategies will be effective or that transaction losses can be minimized or forecasted accurately.
 
The information below summarizes our market risks associated with cash equivalents, marketable securities, debt obligations, and other significant financial instruments as of December 31, 2007. The information below should be read in conjunction with Note 27 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
The table below presents principal amounts and related weighted-average interest rates by year of maturity for our investment portfolio and debt obligations (in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages):
 
                                                                 
                                              Fair Value at
 
                                              December 31,
 
    Total     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012     Thereafter     2007  
 
Assets:
                                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
    1,855                                                       1,855  
Average interest rate
    4.75 %                                                        
Current marketable securities
    1,014                                                       1,014  
Average interest rate
    4.96 %                                                        
Non current marketable securities
    369                                                       369  
Average interest rate
    5.81 %                                                        
Short-term deposits
                                                               
Average interest rate
                                                               
Restricted Cash
    250                                                       250  
Average interest rate
    6.06 %                                                        
Long-term debt:
                                                               
Fixed rate
    2,220       103       114       60       1,053       41       849       2,220  
Average interest rate
    3.35 %     3.93 %     4.40 %     3.69 %     1.62 %     4.37 %     5.21 %        
 
         
    Amounts in Millions
 
    of U.S. Dollars  
 
Long-term debt by currency as of December 31, 2007:
       
U.S. dollar
    1,313  
Euro
    907  
         
Total in U.S. dollars
    2,220  
         
 
         
    Amounts in Millions
 
    of U.S. Dollars  
 
Long-term debt by currency as of December 31, 2006:
       
U.S. dollar
    1,242  
Euro
    818  
Singapore dollar
    65  
Other currencies
    5  
         
Total in U.S. dollars
    2,130  
         


149


Table of Contents

The following table provides information about our FX forward contracts and FX currency options at December 31, 2007 (in millions of U.S. dollars):
 
FORWARD CONTRACTS AND CURRENCY OPTIONS AS AT DECEMBER 31, 2007
 
                                     
                Notional Amount     Average Rate     Fair Value  
 
Buy
  EUR   Sell   USD     483       1.4       12  
Buy
  USD   Sell   CAD     8       1.0       0  
Buy
  JPY   Sell   EUR     9       163.0       0  
Buy
  INR   Sell   USD     28       39.7       0  
Buy
  USD   Sell   JPY     19       112.7       0  
Buy
  JPY   Sell   USD     1       112.5       0  
Buy
  SGD   Sell   USD     108       1.4       0  
Buy
  MYR   Sell   USD     30       3.3       0  
Buy
  GBP   Sell   USD     41       2.0       0  
Buy
  SEK   Sell   USD     8       6.4       0  
Buy
  CZK   Sell   USD     1       18       0  
Buy
  TND   Sell   USD     1       1.2       0  
                                     
                  737               12  
                                     
 
The following table provides information about our FX forward contracts and FX currency options at December 31, 2006 (in millions of U.S. dollars):
 
FORWARD CONTRACTS AND CURRENCY OPTIONS AS AT DECEMBER 31, 2006
 
                                     
                Notional Amount     Average Rate     Fair Value  
 
Buy
  EUR   Sell   USD     594       1.3       12  
Buy
  USD   Sell   CAD     8       1.2       0  
Buy
  JPY   Sell   EUR     11       153.1       0  
Buy
  INR   Sell   USD     27       45.2       0  
Buy
  USD   Sell   JPY     20       117.5       0  
Buy
  JPY   Sell   USD     1       117.4       0  
Buy
  SGD   Sell   USD     74       1.5       1  
Buy
  MYR   Sell   USD     27       3.5       0  
Buy
  GBP   Sell   USD     43       2.0       0  
Buy
  CHF   Sell   USD     9       1.2       0  
Buy
  SEK   Sell   USD     11       6.7       0  
                                     
                  825               13  
                                     
 
Item 12.   Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities
 
Not applicable.


150


Table of Contents

 
PART II
 
Item 13.   Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
 
None.
 
Item 14.   Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds
 
None.
 
Item 15.   Controls and Procedures
 
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
We conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our “disclosure controls and procedures” (Disclosure Controls) as of the end of the period covered by this Form 20-F. The controls evaluation was conducted under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our CEO and CFO. Disclosure Controls are controls and procedures designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act, such as this Form 20-F, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure Controls are also designed to reasonably assure that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our quarterly evaluation of Disclosure Controls includes an evaluation of some components of our internal control over financial reporting, and internal control over financial reporting is also separately evaluated on an annual basis for purposes of providing the management report which is set forth below.
 
The evaluation of our Disclosure Controls included a review of the controls’ objectives and design, the company’s implementation of the controls and their effect on the information generated for use in this Form 20-F. In the course of the controls evaluation, we reviewed identified data errors, control problems or acts of fraud and sought to confirm that appropriate corrective actions, including process improvements, were being undertaken. This type of evaluation is performed at least on a quarterly basis so that the conclusions of management, including the CEO and CFO, concerning the effectiveness of the Disclosure Controls can be reported in our periodic reports on Form 6-K and Form 20-F. Many of the components of our Disclosure Controls are also evaluated on an ongoing basis by our Internal Audit Department. The overall goals of these various evaluation activities are to monitor our Disclosure Controls, and to modify them as necessary. Our intent is to maintain the Disclosure Controls as dynamic systems that change as conditions warrant.
 
Based upon the controls evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this Form 20-F, our Disclosure Controls were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in our Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC, and that material information related to STMicroelectronics and its consolidated subsidiaries is made known to management, including the CEO and CFO, particularly during the period when our periodic reports are being prepared.
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.


151


Table of Contents

Management assessed our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, the end of our fiscal year. Management based its assessment on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Management’s assessment included evaluation of such elements as the design and operating effectiveness of key financial reporting controls, process documentation, accounting policies and our overall control environment. This assessment was supported by testing performed by our Internal Audit organization.
 
Based on our assessment, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2007 to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers SA, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears in Item 15 of this Form 20-F.
 
Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
Please see the “Report of Independent Registered Accounting Firm” included in our Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the Form 20-F that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 
Item 16A.   Audit Committee Financial Expert
 
Our Supervisory Board has concluded that Tom de Waard, a member of our Audit Committee and an independent member of our Supervisory Board qualified as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 16A of Form 20-F.
 
Item 16B.   Code of Ethics
 
Policy on Business Conduct and Ethics
 
Since 1987, we have had a corporate policy on Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Policy”) for all of our employees, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer. We have adapted this Policy to reflect recent regulatory changes. The Policy is designed to promote honest and ethical business conduct, to deter wrongdoing and to provide principles to which our employees are expected to adhere and which they are expected to advocate.
 
The Policy provides that if any officer to whom it applies acts in contravention of its principles, we will take appropriate steps in terms of the procedures in place for fair disciplinary action. This action may, in cases of severe breaches, include dismissal.
 
Our Policy on Business Conduct and Ethics is posted on our internet website at http://www.st.com. There have been no amendments or waivers, express or implicit, to our Policy since its inception.
 
Item 16C.   Principal Accountant Fees and Services
 
PricewaterhouseCoopers has served as our independent registered public accounting firm for each of the fiscal years since 1996. The auditors are elected by the shareholders’ meeting once every three years. PricewaterhouseCoopers was reelected for a three-year term by our March 2005 shareholders’ meeting to expire at our shareholders’ meeting in 2008.


152


Table of Contents

The following table presents the aggregate fees for professional audit services and other services rendered by PricewaterhouseCoopers to us in 2005 and 2006.
 
                                 
          Percentage of
          Percentage of
 
    2007     Total Fees     2006     Total Fees  
 
Audit Fees
                               
Statutory audit, certification, audit of individual and Consolidated Financial Statements
  $ 5,758,230       97 %   $ 4,866,174       92 %
Audit-related fees
  $ 194,940       3 %     404,639       8 %
Non-audit Fees
                               
Tax compliance fees
                           
Other fees
                           
                                 
Total
  $ 5,953,170       100 %   $ 5,270,813       100 %
                                 
 
Audit Fees consist of fees billed for the annual audit of our company’s Consolidated Financial Statements, the statutory audit of the financial statements of the Company’s subsidiaries and consultations on complex accounting issues relating to the annual audit. Audit Fees also include services that only our independent auditor can reasonably provide, such as comfort letters and carve-out audits in connection with strategic transactions, certain regulatory-required attest and certifications letters, consents and the review of documents filed with U.S., French and Italian stock exchanges.
 
Audit-related services are assurance and related fees consisting of the audit of employee benefit plans, due diligence services related to acquisitions and certain agreed-upon procedures.
 
Tax Fees include fees billed for tax compliance services, including the preparation of original and amended tax returns and claims for refund; tax consultations, such as assistance in connection with tax audits and expatriate tax compliance.
 
Audit Committee Pre-approval Policies and Procedures
 
Our Audit Committee is responsible for selecting the independent registered public accounting firm to be employed by us to audit our financial statements, subject to ratification by the Supervisory Board and approval by our shareholders for appointment. Our Audit Committee also assumes responsibility (in accordance with Dutch law) for the retention, compensation, oversight and termination of any independent auditor employed by us. We adopted a policy (the “Policy”), which was approved in advance by our Audit Committee, for the pre-approval of audit and permissible non-audit services provided by our independent auditors (PricewaterhouseCoopers). The Policy defines those audit-related services eligible to be approved by the Audit Committee.
 
All engagements with the external auditors, regardless of amount, must be authorized in advance by our Audit Committee, pursuant to the Policy and its pre-approval authorization or otherwise.
 
The independent auditors submit a proposal for audit-related services to our Audit Committee on a quarterly basis in order to obtain prior authorization for the amount and scope of the services. The independent auditors must state in the proposal that none of the proposed services affect their independence. The proposal must be endorsed by the office of our CFO with an explanation of why the service is needed and the reason for sourcing it to the audit firm and validation of the amount of fees requested.
 
We do not intend to retain our independent auditors for permissible non-audit services other than by exception and within a limited amount of fees, and the Policy provides that such services must be explicitly authorized by the Audit Committee.
 
The Corporate Audit Vice-President is responsible for monitoring that the actual fees are complying with the pre-approval amount and scope authorized by the Audit Committee. During 2006, all services provided to us by PricewaterhouseCoopers were approved by the Audit Committee pursuant to paragraph (c)(7)(i) of Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X.
 
Item 16D.   Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees
 
Not applicable.


153


Table of Contents

Item 16E.   Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
 
                                 
                      Maximum Number
 
                Total Number of
    of Securities that
 
    Total Number of
          Securities Purchased
    May yet be
 
    Securities
    Average Price Paid
    as Part of Publicly
    Purchased Under
 
Period
  Purchased     per Security     Announced Programs     the Programs  
 
2007-01-01 to 2007-01-31
                       
2007-02-01 to 2007-02-28
                       
2007-03-01 to 2007-03-31
                       
2007-04-01 to 2007-04-30
                       
2007-05-01 to 2007-05-31
                       
2007-06-01 to 2007-06-30
                       
2007-07-01 to 2007-07-31
                       
2007-08-01 to 2007-08-31
                       
2007-09-01 to 2007-09-30
                       
2007-10-01 to 2007-10-31
                       
2007-11-01 to 2007-11-30
                       
2007-12-01 to 2007-12-31
                       
 
We currently hold 10,532,881 of our common shares in treasury pursuant to repurchases made in prior years. We did not purchase any common shares in 2007. We have not announced any additional repurchase programs.
 
We note that on November 16, 2000, we issued $2,146 million initial aggregate principal amount of zero-coupon senior convertible bonds due 2010 (the “2010 Bonds”), for net proceeds of $1,458 million. The 2010 Bonds are not “equity securities”, as they were not registered in the United States. As previously disclosed, while not noted in the table above, in 2003 we repurchased on the market approximately $1,674 million aggregate principal amount at maturity of 2010 Bonds and in 2004, we completed the repurchase of our 2010 Bonds and repurchased on the market approximately $472 million aggregate principal amount at maturity of a total amount paid of $375 million.


154


 

 
PART III
 
Item 17.   Financial Statements
 
Not applicable.
 
Item 18.   Financial Statements
 
         
    Page
 
       
    F-2  
    F-4  
    F-5  
    F-6  
    F-7  
    F-8  
Financial Statement Schedule:
       
    S-1  
 
Item 19.   Exhibits
 
     
1.1
  Amended and Related Articles of Associations of STMicroelectronics N.V., dated May 15, 2007, as approved by the annual general meeting of Shareholders on April 26, 2007.
4.1
  The master agreement by and between STMicroelectronics N.V., Intel Corporation, Redwood Blocker S.A.R.L., and Francisco Partners II (Cayman) L.P. dated May 22, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Form 6-K of STMicroelectronics N.V. filed on August 3, 2007).
4.2
  Form of ST Asset Contribution Agreement (incorporated by reference to Form 6-K of STMicroelectronics N.V. filed on August 3, 2007).
8.1
  Subsidiaries and Equity Investments of the Company.
  Certification of Carlo Bozotti, President and Chief Executive Officer of STMicroelectronics N.V., pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  Certification of Carlo Ferro, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of STMicroelectronics N.V., pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  Certification of Carlo Bozotti, President and Chief Executive Officer of STMicroelectronics N.V., and Carlo Ferro, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of STMicroelectronics N.V., pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
14(a)
  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.


155


Table of Contents

CERTAIN TERMS
 
ADSL Assymmetrical digital subscriber line
 
ASD application-specific discrete technology
 
ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
 
ASSP application-specific standard product
 
BCD bipolar, CMOS and DMOS process technology
 
BiCMOS bipolar and CMOS process technology
 
CAD computer aided design
 
CMOS complementary metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor
 
CODEC audio coding and decoding functions
 
CPE customer premises equipment
 
DMOS diffused metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor
 
DRAM dynamic random access memory
 
DSL digital subscriber line
 
DSP digital signal processor
 
EMAS Eco-Management and Audit Scheme, the voluntary European Community scheme for companies performing industrial activities for the evaluation and improvement of environmental performance
 
EEPROM electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
 
EPROM erasable programmable read-only memory
 
EWS electrical wafer sorting
 
G-bit gigabit
 
GPRS global packet radio service
 
GPS global positioning system
 
GSM global system for mobile communications
 
GSM/GPRS European standard for mobile phones
 
HCMOS high-speed complementary metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor
 
IC integrated circuit
 
IGBT insulated gate bipolar transistors
 
IPAD integrated passive and active devices
 
ISO International Organization for Standardization
 
K-bit kilobit
 
LAN local area network
 
M-bit megabit
 
MEMS micro-electro-mechanical system
 
MOS metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor process technology
 
MOSFET metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor field effect transistor
 
MPEG motion picture experts group
 
ODM original design manufacturer
 
OEM original equipment manufacturer


156


Table of Contents

OTP one-time programmable
 
PFC power factor corrector
 
PROM programmable read-only memory
 
PSM programmable system memories
 
RAM random access memory
 
RF radio frequency
 
RISC reduced instruction set computing
 
ROM read-only memory
 
SAM serviceable available market
 
SCR silicon controlled rectifier
 
SLIC subscriber line interface card
 
SMPS switch-mode power supply
 
SoC system-on-chip
 
SRAM static random access memory
 
SNVM serial nonvolatile memories
 
TAM total available market
 
USB universal serial bus
 
VIPpowertm vertical integration power
 
VLSI very large scale integration
 
XDSL digital subscriber line


157


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
 
STMICROELECTRONICS N.V.
 
     
Date: March 3, 2008
 
By: 
/s/  Carlo Bozotti

Carlo Bozotti
President and Chief Executive Officer


158


 

 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
         
    Page  
 
Financial Statements:
       
    F-2  
    F-4  
    F-5  
    F-6  
    F-7  
    F-8  


F-1


Table of Contents

(PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LETTERHEAD)
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
To the Supervisory Board and Shareholders of STMicroelectronics N.V.:
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the index appearing under Item 18 on page 155 of this 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders on Form 20-F present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of STMicroelectronics N.V. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 18 on page 155 presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, appearing on page 151 of this 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders on Form 20-F. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits (which were integrated audits in 2007 and 2006). We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
 
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for share-based compensation in 2005 and the manner in which it accounts for defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans effective December 31, 2006.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable
 
With offices in Aarau, Basel, Berne, Chur, Geneva, Lausanne, Lugano, Lucerne, Neuchâtel, Sitten, St. Gallen, Thun, Winterthur, Zug and Zurich, PricewaterhouseCoopers AG is a provider of auditing services and tax, legal and business consultancy services. PricewaterhouseCoopers AG is a partner in a global network of companies that are legally independent of one another and is located in some 150 countries throughout the world.


F-2


Table of Contents

(PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LETTERHEAD)
 
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
PricewaterhouseCoopers SA
 
     
-s- Michael Foley
  -s- Felix Roth
Michael Foley
  Felix Roth
 
Geneva, March 3, 2008


F-3


Table of Contents

STMicroelectronics N.V.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
In million of U.S. dollars except per share amounts
 
                         
    Twelve Months Ended  
    (audited)
    (audited)
    (audited)
 
    December 31,
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Net sales
    9,966       9,838       8,876  
Other revenues
    35       16       6  
                         
Net revenues
    10,001       9,854       8,882  
Cost of sales
    (6,465 )     (6,331 )     (5,845 )
                         
Gross profit
    3,536       3,523       3,037  
Selling, general and administrative
    (1,099 )     (1,067 )     (1,026 )
Research and development
    (1,802 )     (1,667 )     (1,630 )
Other income and expenses, net
    48       (35 )     (9 )
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs
    (1,228 )     (77 )     (128 )
                         
Operating income (loss)
    (545 )     677       244  
Other -than-temporary impairment charge on financial assets
    (46 )            
Interest income, net
    83       93       34  
Earnings (loss) on equity investments
    14       (6 )     (3 )
                         
Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interests
    (494 )     764       275  
Income tax benefit (expense)
    23       20       (8 )
                         
Income (loss) before minority interests
    (471 )     784       267  
Minority interests
    (6 )     (2 )     (1 )
                         
Net income (loss)
    (477 )     782       266  
                         
Earnings (loss) per share (Basic)
    (0,53 )     0,87       0,30  
                         
Earnings (loss) per share (Diluted)
    (0,53 )     0,83       0,29  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these audited consolidated financial statements
 


F-4


Table of Contents

STMicroelectronics N.V.
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
In million of U.S. dollars
 
                 
    As at  
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006  
    (Audited)     (Audited)  
 
Assets
               
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
    1,855       1,659  
Marketable securities
    1,014       764  
Short-term deposits
          250  
Trade accounts receivable, net
    1,605       1,589  
Inventories, net
    1,354       1,639  
Deferred tax assets
    205       187  
Assets held for sale
    1,017        
Other receivables and assets
    612       498  
                 
Total current assets
    7,662       6,586  
                 
Goodwill
    290       223  
Other intangible assets, net
    238       211  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    5,044       6,426  
Long-term deferred tax assets
    237       124  
Equity investments
          261  
Restricted cash for equity investments
    250       218  
Non-current marketable securities
    369        
Other investments and other non-current assets
    182       149  
                 
      6,610       7,612  
                 
Total assets
    14,272       14,198  
                 
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
               
Current liabilities:
               
Bank overdrafts
           
Current portion of long-term debt
    103       136  
Trade accounts payable
    1,065       1,044  
Other payables and accrued liabilities
    744       664  
Deferred tax liabilities
    11       7  
Accrued income tax
    154       112  
                 
Total current liabilities
    2,077       1,963  
                 
Long-term debt
    2,117       1,994  
Reserve for pension and termination indemnities
    323       342  
Long-term deferred tax liabilities
    14       57  
Other non-current liabilities
    115       43  
                 
      2,569       2,436  
                 
Total liabilities
    4,646       4,399  
                 
Commitment and contingencies
               
Minority interests
    53       52  
                 
Common stock (preferred stock: 540,000,000 shares authorized, not issued; common stock: Euro 1.04 nominal value, 1,200,000,000 shares authorized, 910,293,420 shares issued, 899,760,539 shares outstanding)
    1,156       1,156  
Capital surplus
    2,097       2,021  
Accumulated result
    5,274       6,086  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    1,320       816  
Treasury stock
    (274 )     (332 )
                 
Shareholders’ equity
    9,573       9,747  
                 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
    14,272       14,198  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these audited consolidated financial statements
 


F-5


Table of Contents

STMicroelectronics N.V.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
In million of U.S. dollars
 
                         
    Twelve Months Ended  
    December 31,
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006     2005  
    (Audited)     (Audited)     (Audited)  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net income (loss)
    (477 )     782       266  
Items to reconcile net income and cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    1,413       1,766       1,944  
Amortization of discount on convertible debt
    18       18       5  
Other non-cash items
    155       50       10  
Minority interest in net income of subsidiaries
    6       2       1  
Deferred income tax
    (148 )     (74 )     (31 )
Earnings (loss) on equity investments
    (14 )     6       3  
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs, net of cash payments
    1,173       1       72  
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                       
Trade receivables, net
    2       (104 )     (117 )
Inventories, net
    24       (161 )     (174 )
Trade payables
    19       36       (71 )
Other assets and liabilities, net
    17       169       (110 )
                         
Net cash from operating activities
    2,188       2,491       1,798  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Payment for purchase of tangible assets
    (1,140 )     (1,533 )     (1,441 )
Payment for purchase of marketable securities
    (708 )     (864 )      
Proceeds from sale of marketable securities
    101       100        
Investment in short-term deposits
          (903 )      
Proceeds from matured short-term deposits
    250       653        
Restricted cash for equity investments
    (32 )     (218 )      
Investment in intangible and financial assets
    (208 )     (86 )     (49 )
Proceeds from the sale of Accent subsidiary
          7        
Capital contributions to equity investments
          (213 )     (38 )
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (1,737 )     (3,057 )     (1,528 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
    102       1,744       50  
Repayment of long-term debt
    (125 )     (1,522 )     (110 )
Decrease in short-term facilities
          (12 )     (47 )
Capital increase
    2       28       35  
Dividends paid
    (269 )     (107 )     (107 )
Dividends paid to minority interests
    (6 )                
Other financing activities
          1       1  
                         
Net cash from (used in) financing activities
    (296 )     132       (178 )
                         
Effect of changes in exchange rates
    41       66       (15 )
                         
Net cash increase (decrease)
    196       (368 )     77  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period
    1,659       2,027       1,950  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period
    1,855       1,659       2,027  
                         
Supplemental cash information:
                       
Interest paid
    52       29       17  
Income tax paid
    133       117       90  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these audited consolidated financial statements
 


F-6


Table of Contents

 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
In million of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts
 
                                                 
                            Accumulated
       
                            Other
       
    Common
    Capital
    Treasury
    Accumulated
    Comprehensive
    Shareholders’
 
    Stock     Surplus     Stock     Result     income (loss)     Equity  
 
Balance as of December 31, 2004 (Audited)
    1,150       1,924       (348 )     5,268       1,116       9,110  
                                                 
Capital increase
    3       32                               35  
Stock-based compensation expense
            11                               11  
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                               
Net Income
                            266               266  
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
                                    (835 )     (835 )
                                                 
Comprehensive loss
                                            (569 )
Dividends, $0.12 per share
                            (107 )             (107 )
                                                 
Balance as of December 31, 2005 (Audited)
    1,153       1,967       (348 )     5,427       281       8,480  
                                                 
Capital increase
    3       25                               28  
Stock-based compensation expense
            29       16       (16 )             29  
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                               
Net Income
                            782               782  
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
                                    535       535  
                                                 
Comprehensive income
                                            1,317  
Dividends, $0.12 per share
                            (107 )             (107 )
                                                 
Balance as of December 31, 2006 (Audited)
    1,156       2,021       (332 )     6,086       816       9,747  
                                                 
Cumulative effect of FIN 48 adoption
                            (8 )             (8 )
Capital increase
            2                               2  
Stock-based compensation expense
            74       58       (58 )             74  
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                               
Net Loss
                            (477 )             (477 )
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
                                    504       504  
                                                 
Comprehensive income
                                            27  
Dividends, $0.30 per share
                            (269 )             (269 )
                                                 
Balance as of December 31, 2007 (Audited)
    1,156       2,097       (274 )     5,274       1,320       9,573  
                                                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these audited consolidated financial statements


F-7


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
1 — THE COMPANY
 
STMicroelectronics N.V. (the “Company”) is registered in The Netherlands with its statutory domicile in Amsterdam, and its corporate headquarters located in Geneva, Switzerland.
 
The Company is a global independent semiconductor company that designs, develops, manufactures and markets a broad range of semiconductor integrated circuits (“ICs”) and discrete devices. The Company offers a diversified product portfolio and develops products for a wide range of market applications, including automotive products, computer peripherals, telecommunications systems, consumer products, industrial automation and control systems. Within its diversified portfolio, the Company has focused on developing products that leverage its technological strengths in creating customized, system-level solutions with high-growth digital and mixed-signal content.
 
2 — ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
The accounting policies of the Company conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). All balances and values in the current and prior periods are in millions of dollars, except share and per-share amounts. Under Article 35 of the Company’s Articles of Association, the financial year extends from January 1 to December 31, which is the period-end of each fiscal year.
 
2.1 — Principles of consolidation
 
The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP. The Company’s consolidated financial statements include the assets, liabilities, results of operations and cash flows of its majority-owned subsidiaries. The ownership of other interest holders is reflected as minority interests. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Since the adoption in 2003 of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 46 Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51 (revised 2003) and the related FASB Staff Positions (collectively “FIN 46R”), the Company assesses for consolidation any entity identified as a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”) and consolidates VIEs, if any, for which the Company is determined to be the primary beneficiary, as described in Note 2.20.
 
2.2 — Use of estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of net revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The primary areas that require significant estimates and judgments by management include, but are not limited to, sales returns and allowances, allowances for doubtful accounts, inventory reserves and normal manufacturing capacity thresholds to determine costs capitalized in inventory, accruals for warranty costs, litigation and claims, assumptions used to discount monetary assets expected to be recovered beyond one-year, valuation of acquired intangibles, goodwill, investments and tangible assets as well as the impairment of their related carrying values, estimated value of the consideration to be received and used as fair value for disposal asset group classified as assets to be disposed of by sale, measurement of the fair value of marketable securities classified as available-for-sale for which no observable market price is obtainable, restructuring charges, assumptions used in calculating pension obligations and share-based compensation including assessment of the number of awards expected to vest upon future performance condition achievement, assumptions used to measure and recognize a liability for the fair value of the obligation the Company assumes at the inception of a guarantee, measurement of hedge effectiveness of derivative instruments, deferred income tax assets including required valuation allowances and liabilities as well as provisions for specifically identified income tax exposures and income tax uncertainties. The Company bases the estimates and assumptions on historical experience and on various other factors such as market trends and business plans that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. While the Company regularly evaluates its estimates and assumptions, the actual results experienced by the Company could differ materially and adversely from management’s estimates. To the extent there are material differences between the estimates and the actual results, future results of operations, cash flows and financial position could be significantly affected.


F-8


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
2.3 — Foreign currency
 
The U.S. dollar is the reporting currency for the Company. The U.S. dollar is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Company operates since the worldwide semiconductor industry uses the U.S. dollar as a currency of reference for actual pricing in the market. Furthermore, the majority of the Company’s transactions are denominated in U.S. dollars, and revenues from external sales in U.S. dollars largely exceed revenues in any other currency. However, labor costs are concentrated primarily in the countries that have adopted the Euro currency.
 
The functional currency of each subsidiary throughout the group is either the local currency or the U.S. dollar, determined on the basis of the economical environment in which each subsidiary operates. For consolidation purposes, assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries having the local currency as functional currency are translated at current rates of exchange at the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at the monthly average exchange rate of the period. The effects of translating the financial position and results of operations from local functional currencies are reported as a component of “Accumulated other comprehensive income” in the consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity.
 
Assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses, gains or losses arising from foreign currency transactions are recorded in the functional currency of the recording entity at the exchange rate in effect during the month of the transaction. At each balance sheet date, recorded balances denominated in a currency other than the recording entity’s functional currency are measured into the functional currency at the exchange rate prevailing at the balance sheet date. The related exchange gains and losses are recorded in the consolidated statements of income as “Other income and expenses, net”.
 
2.4 — Financial assets
 
The Company classifies its financial assets in the following categories: held-for-trading financial assets and available-for-sale financial assets. The Company did not hold at December 31, 2007 any investment classified as held-to-maturity financial assets. The classification depends on the purpose for which the investments were acquired. Management determines the classification of its financial assets at initial recognition. Unlisted equity securities with no readily determinable fair value are carried at cost, as described in Note 2.20. They are neither classified as held-for-trading nor as available-for-sale.
 
Held-for-trading financial assets
 
A financial asset is classified in this category if acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the short term. Assets in this category are classified as current assets when they are expected to be realized within twelve months of the balance sheet date. Derivatives are classified as held for trading unless they are designated as hedges, as described in Note 2.5.
 
Available-for-sale financial assets
 
Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivative financial assets that are either designated in this category or not classified as held-for-trading. They are included in non-current assets unless management intends to dispose of the investment within twelve months of the balance sheet date.
 
Regular purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on the trade date — the date on which the Company commits to purchase or sell the asset. Financial assets are initially recognized at fair value, and transaction costs are expensed in the consolidated statements of income. Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the investments have expired or have been transferred and the Company has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership. Available-for-sale financial assets and held-for-trading financial assets are subsequently carried at fair value.
 
Gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of the financial assets classified as held-for-trading are presented in the consolidated statements of income within “Other income and expenses, net” in the period in which they arise. Changes in the fair value of securities classified as available-for-sale are recognized as a separate component of “Accumulated other comprehensive income” in the consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity.


F-9


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
When securities classified as available for sale are sold, the accumulated fair value adjustments previously recognized in equity are included in “Other income and expenses, net” on the consolidated statements of income as gains and losses from marketable securities.
 
The fair values of quoted debt and equity securities are based on current market prices. If the market for a financial asset is not active and if no observable market price is obtainable, the Company measures fair value by using assumptions and estimates. For unquoted equity securities, these assumptions and estimates include the use of recent arm’s length transactions; for debt securities without available observable market price, the Company establishes fair value by reference to public available indexes of securities with the same rating and comparable or similar underlying collaterals or industries’ exposure, using “mark to market” bids and “mark to model” valuations received from the structuring financial institutions. In measuring fair value, the Company makes maximum use of market inputs and relies as little as possible on entity-specific inputs.
 
The Company assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired. A significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost or a significant drop in the number of the transactions of the security which are becoming illiquid are considered as an indicator that the securities are impaired. If any such evidence exists for available-for-sale financial assets, the cumulative loss — measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognized in profit or loss- is removed from equity and recognized in the consolidated statements of income on the line “Other-than-temporary impairment charge on marketable securities”. Impairment losses recognized in the consolidated statements of income are not reversed through the consolidated statements of income.
 
2.5 — Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities
 
Derivative financial instruments are initially recognized at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently measured at their fair value. The method of recognizing the resulting gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged. The Company designates certain derivatives as either:
 
(a) hedges of the fair value of recognized liabilities (fair value hedge); or
 
(b) hedges of a particular risk associated with a highly probable forecast transaction (cash flow hedge)
 
The Company documents, at inception of the transaction, the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking various hedging transactions. The Company also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.
 
Derivative financial instruments classified as held for trading
 
The Company conducts its business on a global basis in various major international currencies. As a result, the Company is exposed to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates. The Company enters into foreign currency forward contracts and currency options to reduce its exposure to changes in exchange rates and the associated risk arising from the denomination of certain assets and liabilities in foreign currencies at the Company’s subsidiaries. These instruments do not qualify as hedging instruments under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“FAS 133”) and are marked-to- market at each period-end with the associated changes in fair value recognized in “Other income and expenses, net” in the consolidated statements of income, as described in Note 2.4.
 
Cash Flow Hedges
 
To further reduce its exposure to U.S. dollar exchange rate fluctuations, the Company also hedges certain Euro-denominated forecasted transactions that cover at year-end a large part of its research and development, selling general and administrative expenses as well as a portion of its front-end manufacturing production costs of semi-finished goods. The foreign currency forward contracts and currency options used to hedge foreign currency exposures are reflected at their fair value in the consolidated balance sheet and meet the criteria for designation as cash flow hedge. The criteria for designating a derivative as a hedge include the instrument’s effectiveness in risk reduction and, in most cases, a one-to-one matching of the derivative instrument to its underlying transaction.


F-10


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
Foreign currency forward contracts and currency options used as hedges are effective at reducing the Euro/U.S. dollar currency fluctuation risk and are designated as a hedge at the inception of the contract and on an on-going basis over the duration of the hedge relationship.
 
For derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedge, the gain or loss from the effective portion of the hedge is reported as a component of “Accumulated other comprehensive income” in the consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity and is reclassified into earnings in the same period in which the hedged transaction affects earnings, and within the same consolidated statements of income line item as the impact of the hedged transaction. For these derivatives, ineffectiveness appears if the hedge relationship is not perfectly effective or if the cumulative gain or loss on the derivative hedging instrument exceeds the cumulative change in the expected future cash flows on the hedged transactions. The ineffective portion of the hedge is immediately reported in “Other income and expenses, net” in the consolidated statements of income. Effectiveness on transactions hedged through purchased currency options is measured on the full fair value of the option, including the time value of the option.
 
The gain or loss is recognized immediately in “Other income and expenses, net” in the consolidated statements of income when a designated hedging instrument is either terminated early or an improbable or ineffective portion of the hedge is identified. When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognized when the forecasted transaction is ultimately recognized in the consolidated statements of income. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the consolidated statements of income within “Other income and expenses, net”.
 
Fair Value Hedges
 
In 2006, the Company entered into cancellable swaps with a combined notional value of $200 million to hedge the fair value of a portion of the convertible bonds due 2016 carrying a fixed interest rate. These financial instruments correspond to interest rate swaps with a cancellation feature depending on the Company’s bonds convertibility. They convert the fixed rate interest expense recorded on the convertible bond due 2016 to a variable interest rate based upon adjusted LIBOR. As of December 2007 and 2006, the cancelable swaps met the criteria for designation as a fair value hedge and, as such, both the interest rate swaps and the hedged portion of the bonds are reflected at their fair values in the consolidated balance sheets. The criteria for designating a derivative as a hedge include evaluating whether the instrument is highly effective at offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk. Hedged effectiveness is assessed on both a prospective and retrospective basis at each reporting period. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the cancellable swaps are highly effective at hedging the change in fair value of the hedged bonds attributable to changes in interest rates. Any ineffectiveness of the hedge relationship is recorded as a gain or loss on derivatives as a component of “Other income and expenses, net”, in the consolidated statements of income. If the hedge becomes no longer highly effective, the hedged portion of the bonds will discontinue being marked to fair value while the changes in the fair value of the interest rate swaps will continue to be recorded in the consolidated statements of income.
 
2.6 — Reclassifications
 
Certain prior-year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. In 2007, the Company determined that certain auction rate securities were to be more properly classified on its consolidated balance sheet as “Marketable securities” instead of “Cash and cash equivalents”, as reported in previous periods and namely as of December 31, 2006. The revision of the December 31, 2006 consolidated balance sheet results in a decrease of “Cash and cash equivalents” from $1,963 million to $1,659 million with an offsetting increase to “Marketable securities” from $460 million to $764 million. The revision of the December 31, 2006 consolidated statement of cash flows affects “Net cash used in investing activities”, which increased from $2,753 million to $3,057 million based on the increase in the investing activities line “Payment for purchase of marketable securities” from $460 million to $864 million and the increase of the line “Proceeds from sale of marketable securities” from $0 million to $100 million. The “Net cash increase (decrease)” caption was also reduced by $304 million from a decrease of $64 million to a decrease of $368 million, and the “Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period” changes to match the $1,659 million on the revised consolidated balance sheet. There are no other changes on the consolidated statements of cash flows, including the “Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period” as the Company started to purchase auction rate securities only in 2006.


F-11


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
2.7 — Revenue Recognition
 
Revenue is recognized as follows:
 
Net sales
 
Revenue from products sold to customers is recognized, pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, Revenue Recognition (“SAB 104”), when all the following conditions have been met: (a) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (b) delivery has occurred; (c) the selling price is fixed or determinable; and (d) collection is reasonably assured. This usually occurs at the time of shipment.
 
Consistent with standard business practice in the semiconductor industry, price protection is granted to distribution customers on their existing inventory of the Company’s products to compensate them for declines in market prices. The ultimate decision to authorize a distributor refund remains fully within the control of the Company. The Company accrues a provision for price protection based on a rolling historical price trend computed on a monthly basis as a percentage of gross distributor sales. This historical price trend represents differences in recent months between the invoiced price and the final price to the distributor, adjusted if required, to accommodate a significant move in the current market price. The short outstanding inventory time period, visibility into the standard inventory product pricing (as opposed to certain customized products) and long distributor pricing history have enabled the Company to reliably estimate price protection provisions at period-end. The Company records the accrued amounts as a deduction of revenue at the time of the sale.
 
The Company’s customers occasionally return the Company’s products for technical reasons. The Company’s standard terms and conditions of sale provide that if the Company determines that products are non-conforming, the Company will repair or replace the non-conforming products, or issue a credit or rebate of the purchase price. Quality returns are not related to any technological obsolescence issues and are identified shortly after sale in customer quality control testing. Quality returns are usually associated with end-user customers, not with distribution channels. The Company provides for such returns when they are considered as probable and can be reasonably estimated. The Company records the accrued amounts as a reduction of revenue.
 
The Company’s insurance policy relating to product liability only covers physical damage and other direct damages caused by defective products. The Company does not carry insurance against immaterial non consequential damages. The Company records a provision for warranty costs as a charge against cost of sales, based on historical trends of warranty costs incurred as a percentage of sales, which management has determined to be a reasonable estimate of the probable losses to be incurred for warranty claims in a period. Any potential warranty claims are subject to the Company’s determination that the Company is at fault for damages, and such claims usually must be submitted within a short period following the date of sale. This warranty is given in lieu of all other warranties, conditions or terms express or implied by statute or common law. The Company’s contractual terms and conditions limit its liability to the sales value of the products which gave rise to the claims.
 
While the majority of the Company’s sales agreements contain standard terms and conditions, the Company may, from time to time, enter into agreements that contain multiple elements or non-standard terms and conditions, which require revenue recognition judgments. Where multiple elements exist in an arrangement, the arrangement is allocated to the different elements based upon verifiable objective evidence of the fair value of the elements, as governed under Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables (“EITF 00-21”). These arrangements generally do not include performance-, cancellation-, termination- or refund-type provisions.
 
Other revenues
 
Other revenues primarily consist of license revenue and patent royalty income, which are recognized ratably over the term of the agreements.
 
Funding
 
Funding received by the Company is mainly from governmental agencies and income is recorded as recognized when all contractually required conditions are fulfilled. The Company’s primary sources for government funding are French, Italian, other European Union (“EU”) governmental entities and Singapore agencies. Such funding is generally provided to encourage research and development activities, industrialization and local economic development. The EU has developed model contracts for research and development funding that require


F-12


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
beneficiaries to disclose the results to third parties on reasonable terms. The conditions for receipt of government funding may include eligibility restrictions, approval by EU authorities, annual budget appropriations, compliance with European Commission regulations, as well as specifications regarding objectives and results. Certain specific contracts contain obligations to maintain a minimum level of employment and investment during a certain period of time. There could be penalties if these objectives are not fulfilled. Other contracts contain penalties for late deliveries or for breach of contract, which may result in repayment obligations. In accordance with SAB 104 and the Company’s revenue recognition policy, funding related to these contracts is recorded when the conditions required by the contracts are met. The Company’s funding programs are classified under three general categories: funding for research and development activities, capital investment, and loans
 
Funding for research and development activities is the most common form of funding that the Company receives. Public funding for research and development is recorded as “Other income and expenses, net” in the Company’s consolidated statements of income. Public funding for research and development is recognized ratably as the related costs are incurred once the agreement with the respective governmental agency has been signed and all applicable conditions are met.
 
Capital investment funding is recorded as a reduction of “Property, plant and equipment, net” and is recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of income according to the depreciation charges of the funded assets during their useful lives. The Company also receives capital funding in Italy, which is recovered through the reduction of various governmental liabilities, including income taxes, value-added tax and employee-related social charges. The funding has been classified as long-term receivable and is reflected in the balance sheet at its discounted net present value. The subsequent accretion of the discount is recorded as non-operating income in “Interest income (expense), net”.
 
The Company receives certain loans, mainly related to large capital investment projects, at preferential interest rates. The Company records these loans as debt in its consolidated balance sheet.
 
2.8 — Advertising costs
 
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses. Advertising expenses for 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $12 million, $14 million and $14 million respectively.
 
2.9 — Research and development
 
Research and development expenses include costs incurred by the Company, the Company’s share of costs incurred by other research and development interest groups, and costs associated with co-development contracts. Research and development expenses do not include marketing design center costs, which are accounted for as selling expenses and process engineering, pre-production or process transfer costs which are recorded as cost of sales. Research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred. The amortization expense recognized on technologies and licenses purchased by the Company from third parties to facilitate the Company’s research is recorded as research and development expenses.
 
2.10 — Start-up costs
 
Start-up costs represent costs incurred in the start-up and testing of the Company’s new manufacturing facilities, before reaching the earlier of a minimum level of production or 6-months after the fabrication line’s quality qualification. Similarly, phase-out costs for facilities during the closing stage are also included. Start-up costs are included in “Other income and expenses, net” in the consolidated statements of income.
 
2.11 — Income taxes
 
The provision for current taxes represents the income taxes expected to be paid or the benefit expected to be received related to the current year income or loss in each individual tax jurisdiction. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for all temporary differences arising between the tax and book bases of assets and liabilities and for the benefits of tax credits and operating loss carry-forwards. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates and laws that are enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realized or the deferred income tax liability is settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities from changes in tax law is recognized in the period of enactment. Deferred income tax assets are recognized in full but the Company assesses whether it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the


F-13


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
temporary differences can be utilized. A valuation allowance is provided where necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount for which management considers the possibility of recovery to be more likely than not. The Company utilizes the flow-through method to account for its investment credits, reflecting the credits as a reduction of tax expense in the year they are recognized. Similarly, research and development tax credits are classified as a reduction of tax expense in the year they are recognized.
 
Deferred taxes on the undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are provided for unless the Company intends to indefinitely reinvest the earnings in the subsidiaries. In case the Company does not have this intention, a distribution of the related earnings would not have any material tax impact. Thus, the Company did not provide for deferred taxes on the earnings of those subsidiaries.
 
On January 1, 2007, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (“FIN 48”). At each reporting date, the Company assesses all material open income tax positions in all tax jurisdictions to determine the appropriate amount of tax benefits that are recognizable under FIN 48. In compliance with FIN 48, the Company uses a two-step process for the evaluation of uncertain tax positions. The recognition threshold in step one permits the benefit from an uncertain position to be recognized only if it is more likely than not, or 50 percent assured that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities. The measurement methodology in step two is based on “cumulative probability”, resulting in the recognition of the largest amount that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement with the taxing authority. Before adoption, the Company applied Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies (“FAS 5”) in accounting for income tax uncertainties and tax exposures. In compliance with FAS 5 provisions, liabilities and accruals for income tax uncertainties and specific tax exposures were recorded or reversed when it was probable that additional taxes would be due or refund. As such, a level of sustainability that met the “probable” threshold was necessary to recognize any benefit from a tax-advantaged transaction. The Company recorded as of the adoption date an incremental tax liability of $8 million for the difference between the amounts recognized under its previous accounting policies and the income tax benefits determined under the new guidance. The cumulative effect of the change in the accounting principle that the Company applied to uncertain income tax positions was recorded in 2007 as an adjustment to retained earnings.
 
The Company classifies accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as components of income tax expense in its consolidated statements of income. Uncertain tax positions, unrecognized tax benefits and related accrued interest and penalties are further described in Note 23.
 
2.12 — Earnings per share
 
Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share are computed using the treasury stock method by dividing net income (adding-back interest expense, net of tax effects, related to convertible debt if determined to be dilutive) by the weighted average number of common shares and common share equivalents outstanding during the period. The weighted average shares used to compute diluted earnings per share include the incremental shares of common stock relating to stock-options granted, nonvested shares and convertible debt to the extent such incremental shares are dilutive. Nonvested shares with performance or market conditions are included in the computation of diluted earnings per share if their conditions have been satisfied at the balance sheet date and if the awards are dilutive. If all necessary conditions have not been satisfied by the end of the period, the number of nonvested shares included in diluted EPS shall be based on the number of shares, if any that would be issuable if the end of the reporting period were the end of the contingency period and if the result would be dilutive.
 
2.13 — Cash and cash equivalents
 
Cash and cash equivalents represent cash on hand and deposits at call with external financial institutions with an original maturity of ninety days or less.
 
2.14 — Restricted cash
 
Restricted cash include collateral deposits used as security under arrangements for financing of certain entities.


F-14


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
2.15 — Trade accounts receivable
 
Trade accounts receivable are recognized at their sales value, net of allowances for doubtful accounts. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for potential estimated losses resulting from its customers’ inability to make required payments. The Company bases its estimates on historical collection trends and records a provision accordingly. In addition, the Company is required to evaluate its customers’ financial condition periodically and records an additional provision for any specific account the Company estimates as doubtful. The carrying amount of the receivable is thus reduced through the use of an allowance account, and the amount of the loss is recognized on the line “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the consolidated statements of income. When a trade receivable is uncollectible, it is written-off against the allowance account for trade receivables. Subsequent recoveries, if any, of amounts previously written-off are credited against “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the consolidated statements of income.
 
2.16 — Inventories
 
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is based on the weighted average cost by adjusting standard cost to approximate actual manufacturing costs on a quarterly basis; the cost is therefore dependent on the Company’s manufacturing performance. In the case of underutilization of manufacturing facilities, the costs associated with the excess capacity are not included in the valuation of inventories but charged directly to cost of sales. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable variable selling expenses.
 
The Company performs on a continuous basis inventory write-off of products, which have the characteristics of slow-moving, old production date and technical obsolescence. Additionally, the Company evaluates its product inventory to identify obsolete or slow-selling stock and records a specific provision if the Company estimates the inventory will eventually become obsolete. Provisions for obsolescence are estimated for excess uncommitted inventory based on the previous quarter sales, orders’ backlog and production plans.
 
2.17 — Goodwill
 
Goodwill recognized in business combinations is not amortized but rather is subject to an impairment test to be performed on an annual basis or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist, in order to assess the recoverability of its carrying value. Goodwill subject to potential impairment is tested at a reporting unit level, which represents a component of an operating segment for which discrete financial information is available and is subject to regular review by segment management. This impairment test determines whether the fair value of each reporting unit for which goodwill is allocated is lower than the total carrying amount of relevant net assets allocated to such reporting unit, including its allocated goodwill. If lower, the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill is then compared to the carrying value of the goodwill and an impairment charge is recognized for any excess. In determining the fair value of a reporting unit, the Company usually estimates the expected discounted future cash flows associated with the reporting unit. Significant management judgments and estimates are used in forecasting the future discounted cash flows, including: the applicable industry’s sales volume forecast and selling price evolution, the reporting unit’s market penetration, the market acceptance of certain new technologies, relevant cost structure, the discount rates applied using a weighted average cost of capital and the perpetuity rates used in calculating cash flow terminal values.
 
2.18 — Intangible assets
 
Intangible assets subject to amortization include the cost of technologies and licenses purchased from third parties, purchased software and internally developed software which is capitalized. Intangible assets subject to amortization are reflected net of any impairment losses. The carrying value of intangible assets subject to amortization is evaluated whenever changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. In determining recoverability, the Company usually estimates the fair value based on the projected discounted future cash flows associated with the intangible assets and compares this to their carrying value. An impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of income for the amount by which the asset’s carrying


F-15


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
amount exceeds its fair value. Amortization is computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:
 
         
Technologies & licenses
    3-7 years  
Purchased software
    3-4 years  
Internally developed software
    4 years  
 
The Company evaluates the remaining useful life of an intangible asset at each reporting period to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of amortization.
 
The capitalization of costs for internally generated software developed by the Company for its internal use begins when preliminary project stage is completed and when the Company, implicitly or explicitly, authorizes and commits to funding a computer software project. It must be probable that the project will be completed and will be used to perform the function intended.
 
2.19 — Property, plant and equipment
 
Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost, net of government funding and any impairment losses. Major additions and improvements are capitalized, minor replacements and repairs are charged to current operations.
 
Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on fixed assets is computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:
 
         
Buildings
    33 years  
Facilities & leasehold improvements
    5-10 years  
Machinery and equipment
    3-6 years  
Computer and R&D equipment
    3-6 years  
Other
    2-5 years  
 
The Company evaluates each period whether there is reason to suspect that tangible assets or groups of assets might not be recoverable. Several impairment indicators exist for making this assessment, such as: significant changes in the technological, market, economic or legal environment in which the Company operates or in the market to which the asset is dedicated, or available evidence of obsolescence of the asset, or indication that its economic performance is, or will be, worse than expected. In determining the recoverability of assets to be held and used, the Company initially assesses whether the carrying value of the tangible assets or group of assets exceeds the undiscounted cash flows associated with these assets. If exceeded, the Company then evaluates whether an impairment charge is required by determining if the asset’s carrying value also exceeds its fair value. This fair value is normally estimated by the Company based on independent market appraisals or the sum of discounted future cash flows, using market assumptions such as the utilization of the Company’s fabrication facilities and the ability to upgrade such facilities, change in the selling price and the adoption of new technologies. The Company also evaluates, and adjusts if appropriate, the assets’ useful lives, at each balance sheet date or when impairment indicators exist.
 
Assets are classified as assets held for sale when the following conditions are met for the assets to be disposed of by sale: management has approved the plan to sell; assets are available for immediate sale; assets are actively being marketed; sale is probable within one year; price is reasonable in the market and it is unlikely to be significant changes in the assets to be sold or a withdrawal to the plan to sell. Assets classified as held for sale are reflected at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less selling costs and are not depreciated during the selling period. Costs to sell include incremental direct costs to transact the sale that would not have been incurred except for the decision to sell. When the held-for-sale accounting treatment requires an impairment charge for the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value, such impairment is reflected on the consolidated statements of income on the line “Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs”.
 
When property, plant and equipment are retired or otherwise disposed of, the net book value of the assets is removed from the Company’s books and the net gain or loss is included in “Other income and expenses, net” in the consolidated statements of income.
 
Leasing arrangements in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the Company are classified as capital leases. Capital leases are included in “Property, plant and equipment, net” and


F-16


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life or the lease term. Leasing arrangements classified as operating leases are arrangements in which the lessor retains a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership of the leased asset. Payments made under operating leases are charged to the consolidated statements of income on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.
 
Borrowing costs incurred for the construction of any qualifying asset are capitalized during the period of time that is required to complete and prepare the asset for its intended use. Other borrowing costs are expensed.
 
2.20 — Investments
 
Equity investments are all entities over which the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence but not control, generally representing a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights. These investments are accounted for by the equity method of accounting and are initially recognized at cost. They are presented on the face of the consolidated balance sheet on the line “Equity investments,” except if they meet the criteria for classification as assets held for sale. The Company’s share in its equity investments’ profit and loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of income as “Income (loss) on equity investments” and in the consolidated balance sheet as an adjustment against the carrying amount of the investments. When the Company’s share of losses in an equity investment equals or exceeds its interest in the investee, including any unsecured receivable, the Company does not recognize further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the investee.
 
Investments without readily determinable fair values and for which the Company does not have the ability to exercise significant influence are accounted for under the cost method. Under the cost method of accounting, investments are carried at historical cost and are adjusted only for declines in fair value. The fair value of a cost method investment is estimated when there are identified events or changes in circumstances that may have a significant adverse effect on the fair value of the investment. For investments in public companies that have readily determinable fair values and for which the Company does not exercise significant influence, the Company classifies these investments as available-for-sale as described in note 2.4. Other-than-temporary losses are recorded in net income and are based on the Company’s assessment of any significant, sustained reductions in the investment’s market value and of the market indicators affecting the securities. Gains and losses on investments sold are determined on the specific identification method and are recorded as “Other income or expenses, net” in the consolidated statements of income.
 
Since the adoption in 2003 of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 46 Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51 (revised 2003) and the related FASB Staff Positions (collectively “FIN 46R”), the Company assesses for consolidation entities identified as a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”) and consolidates the VIEs, if any, for which the Company is determined to be the primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is the party that absorbs the majority of the entity’s expected losses, receives the majority of its expected residual returns, or both as a result of holding variable interests. Assets, liabilities, and the non-controlling interest of newly consolidated VIEs are initially measured at fair value in the same manner as if the consolidation resulted from a business combination. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Company. They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases.
 
The purchase method of accounting is used to account for a business combination if the acquired entity meets the definition of a business. If the acquired entity is a development stage entity and has not commenced planned principal operations, it is presumed not to be a business, and the individual assets and liabilities are recognized at their relative fair values with no goodwill recognized in the consolidated balance sheet. In case of acquisition of a business, the cost of the acquisition is measured at the fair value of the assets given, equity instruments issued and liabilities incurred or assumed, plus costs directly attributable to the acquisition. If part of the consideration is contingent on a future event, the additional cost is not generally recognized until the contingency is resolved, the amount is determinable, or beyond a reasonable doubt. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. Any acquired in-process research and development (“IPR&D”) is expensed immediately in the consolidated statements of income since it has no alternative future use. The excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair value of the Company’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If the cost of acquisition is lower than the fair value of the Company’s share in the net assets of the entity acquired, the difference is used to reduce proportionately the fair value assigned and allocated on a pro-rata basis to all assets other than current and financial assets, assets to be sold, prepaid pension assets and deferred taxes. Any negative goodwill remaining is recognized as an extraordinary gain.


F-17


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
2.21 — Employee benefits
 
(a)  Pension obligations
 
The Company sponsors various pension schemes for its employees. These schemes conform to local regulations and practices in the countries in which the Company operates. They are generally funded through payments to insurance companies or trustee-administered funds, determined by periodic actuarial calculations. Such plans include both defined benefit and defined contribution plans. A defined benefit plan is a pension plan that defines the amount of pension benefit that an employee will receive on retirement, usually dependent on one or more factors such as age, years of service and compensation. A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Company pays fixed contributions into a separate entity. The Company has no legal or constructive obligations to pay further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employees the benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods. With the adoption in 2006 of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, Employer’s Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R) (“FAS 158”), the liability recognized in the consolidated balance sheet in respect of defined benefit pension plans is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet date less the fair value of plan assets. The Company accounted thus for the overfunded and underfunded status of defined benefit plans and other post retirement plans in its financial statements as at December 31, 2006, with offsetting entries made at adoption to “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” in the consolidated statement of changes in shareholders’ equity. The overfunded or underfunded status of the defined benefit plans are calculated as the difference between plan assets and the projected benefit obligations. Overfunded plans are not netted against underfunded plans and are shown separately in the financial statements. Prior to FAS 158 adoption in 2006, the liability recognized in the consolidated balance sheet in respect of defined benefit pension plans was the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet date less the fair value of plan assets, together with adjustments for unrecognized actuarial gains and losses and past service costs. Additional minimum liability was required when the accumulated benefit obligation exceeded the fair value of the plan assets and the amount of the accrued liability. Such minimum liability was recognized as a component of “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” in the consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity, as described in note 18.7. Significant estimates are used in determining the assumptions incorporated in the calculation of the pension obligations, which is supported by input from independent actuaries. Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or credited to income over the employees’ expected average remaining working lives. Past-service costs are recognized immediately in income, unless the changes to the pension scheme are conditional on the employees remaining in service for a specified period of time (the vesting period). In this case, the past-service costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The net periodic benefit cost of the year is determined based on the assumptions used at the end of the previous year.
 
For defined contribution plans, the Company pays contributions to publicly or privately administered pension insurance plans on a mandatory, contractual or voluntary basis. The Company has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognized as employee benefit expense when they are due. Prepaid contributions are recognized as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future payments is available.
 
(b)  Other post-employment obligations
 
The Company provides post-retirement benefits to some of its retirees. The entitlement to these benefits is usually conditional on the employee remaining in service up to retirement age and to the completion of a minimum service period. The expected costs of these benefits are accrued over the period of employment using an accounting methodology similar to that for defined benefit pension plans. Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments, and changes in actuarial assumptions, are charged or credited to income over the expected average remaining working lives of the related employees. These obligations are valued annually by independent qualified actuaries.
 
(c)  Termination benefits
 
Termination benefits are payable when employment is involuntarily terminated, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary termination in exchange for these benefits. For the accounting treatment and timing recognition of the involuntarily termination benefits, the Company distinguishes between one-time benefit arrangements and


F-18


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
on-going termination arrangements. A one-time benefit arrangement is one that is established by a termination plan that applies to a specified termination event or for a specified future period. These one-time involuntary termination benefits are recognized as a liability when the termination plan meets certain criteria and has been communicated to employees. If employees are required to render future service in order to receive these one-time termination benefits, the liability is recognized ratably over the future service period. Termination benefits other than one-time termination benefits are termination benefits for which criteria for communication are not met but that are committed to by management, or termination obligations that are not specifically determined in a new and single plan. These termination benefits are all legal, contractual and past practice termination obligations to be paid to employees in case of involuntary termination. These termination benefits are accrued for at commitment date when it is probable that employees will be entitled to the benefits and the amount can be reasonably estimated.
 
In the case of special termination benefits proposed to encourage voluntary termination, the Company recognizes a provision for voluntary termination benefits at the date on which the employee irrevocably accepts the offer and the amount can be reasonably estimated.
 
(d)  Profit-sharing and bonus plans
 
The Company recognizes a liability and an expense for bonuses and profit-sharing plans when it is contractually obliged or where there is a past practice that has created a constructive obligation.
 
(e)  Other long term employee benefits
 
The Company provides long term employee benefits such as seniority awards in certain subsidiaries. The entitlement to these benefits is usually conditional on the employee completing a minimum service period. The expected costs of these benefits are accrued over the period of employment using an accounting methodology similar to that for defined benefit pension plans. Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments, and changes in actuarial assumptions, are charged or credited to income in the period of change. These obligations are valued annually by independent qualified actuaries.
 
(f)  Share-based compensation
 
Stock options
 
At December 31, 2007, the Company had five employee and Supervisory Board stock-option plans, which are described in detail in Note 18. Until the fourth quarter of 2005, the Company applied the intrinsic-value-based method prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (“APB 25”), and its related implementation guidance, in accounting for stock-based awards to employees. For all option grants prior to the fourth quarter of 2005, no stock-based employee compensation cost was reflected in net income as all options under those plans were granted at an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant.
 
In 2005, the Company redefined its equity-based compensation strategy by no longer granting options but rather issuing nonvested shares. In July 2005, the Company amended its latest Stock Option Plans for employees, Supervisory Board and Professionals of the Supervisory Board accordingly. As part of this revised stock-based compensation policy, the Company decided in July 2005 to accelerate the vesting period of all outstanding unvested stock options, following authorization from the Company’s shareholders at the annual general meeting held on March 18, 2005. As a result, underwater options equivalent to approximately 32 million shares became exercisable immediately in July 2005 with no earnings impact.


F-19


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
The following tabular presentation provides pro forma information on net income and earnings per share required to be disclosed as if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions prescribed by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (“FAS 123”) for the year ended December 31, 2005:
 
         
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,
 
    2005  
 
Net income (loss), as reported
    266  
of which compensation expense on nonvested shares, net of tax effect
    (7 )
Deduct: Total stock-option employee compensation expense determined under FAS 123, net of related tax effects
    (244 )
Net income, pro forma
    22  
Earnings (loss) per share:
       
Basic, as reported
    0.30  
Basic, pro forma
    0.02  
Diluted, as reported
    0.29  
Diluted, pro forma
    0.02  
 
The Company has amortized the pro forma compensation expense over the nominal vesting period for employees. The pro forma information presented above for the year ended December 31, 2005 includes an approximate $182 million charge relating to the effect of accelerating the vesting period of all outstanding unvested stock options during the third quarter of 2005, which has been recognized immediately in the pro forma result for the amount that otherwise would have been recognized ratably over the remaining vesting period.
 
The fair value of the Company’s stock-options was estimated under FAS 123 using a Black-Scholes option pricing model since the simple characteristics of the stock-options did not require complex pricing assumptions. Forfeitures of options are reflected in the pro forma charge as they occur. For those stock option plans with graded vesting periods, the Company has determined that the historical exercise activity actually reflects that employees exercise the option after the close of the graded vesting period. Therefore the Company recognizes the estimated pro forma charge for stock option plans with graded vesting period on a straight-line basis.
 
The fair value of stock-options under FAS 123 provisions was estimated using the following weighted-average assumptions:
 
         
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,
 
    2005  
 
Expected life (years)
    6.1  
Historical Company share price volatility
    52.9 %
Risk-free interest rate
    3.84 %
Dividend yield
    0.69 %
 
The Company has determined the historical share price volatility to be the most appropriate estimate of future price activity. The weighted average fair value of stock options granted during 2005 was $8.60. Following the change in the Company’s compensation policy occurred in 2005, no stock option was granted in 2006 and in 2007.
 
Nonvested shares
 
In 2005, the Company began to grant nonvested shares to senior executives, selected employees and members of the Supervisory Board. The shares are granted for free to employees and at their nominal value for the members of the Supervisory Board. The awards granted to employees will contingently vest upon achieving certain market or performance conditions and upon completion of an average three-year service period. Shares granted to the Supervisory Board vest unconditionally along the same vesting period as employees and are not forfeited even if the service period is not completed.
 
In the fourth quarter of 2005 the Company decided to early adopt Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment and the related FASB Staff Positions (collectively “FAS 123R”), which requires a public entity to measure the cost of share-based service awards based on the grant-date fair value of


F-20


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
the award. That cost is recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award or the requisite service period, usually the vesting period. The Company early adopted FAS 123R using the modified prospective application method. As such, the Company has not restated periods prior to adoption to reflect the recognition of stock-based compensation cost. Nonvested share grants and the related compensation cost are further explained in details in Note 18.
 
Furthermore the Company created in 2006 a local subplan for the 2005 stock awards. The Company elected to apply the pool approach, as set forth in FAS 123R to account for the modification of the original plan. Under the pool approach, the Company determined as at the modification date the unrecognized compensation expense related to the number of nonvested shares subject to the vesting modifications and incremental cost, if any, to be recognized ratably over the modified vesting period.
 
2.22 — Long-term debt
 
       (a)  Convertible debt
 
Zero-coupon convertible bonds are recorded at the principal amount on maturity in long-term debt and are presented net of the debt discount on issuance. This discount is amortized over the term of the debt as interest expense using the effective interest rate method.
 
Zero-coupon convertible bonds issued with a negative yield are initially recorded at their accreted value as of the first redemption right of the holder. The negative yield is recorded as capital surplus and represents the difference between the principal amount at issuance and the lower accreted value at the first redemption right of the holder.
 
Debt issuance costs are included in long-term investments and are amortized in “Interest income (expense), net” until the first redemption right of the holder. Outstanding bonds amounts are classified in the consolidated balance sheet as “Current portion of long term debt” in the year of the redemption right of the holder.
 
       (b)  Bank loans and senior bonds
 
Bank loans, including non-convertible senior bonds, are recognized at historical cost, net of transaction costs incurred. They are subsequently stated at amortized cost; any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognized in the consolidated statements of income over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method.
 
Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Company has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least twelve months after the balance sheet date.
 
2.23 — Share capital
 
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issuance of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.
 
Where any subsidiary purchases the Company’s equity share capital (treasury shares), the consideration paid, including any directly attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes), is deducted from equity attributable to the Company’s shareholders until the shares are cancelled, reissued or disposed of. Where such shares are subsequently sold or reissued, any consideration received net of directly attributable incremental transaction costs and the related income tax effect is included in equity.
 
2.24 — Comprehensive income (loss)
 
Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity of a business during a period except those changes resulting from investment by shareholders and distributions to shareholders. In the accompanying consolidated financial statements, “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” consists of temporary unrealized gains or losses on marketable securities classified as available-for-sale, the unrealized gain (loss) on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges and the impact of recognizing the overfunded and underfunded status of defined benefit plans upon FAS 158 adoption as at December 31, 2006, all net of tax as well as foreign currency translation adjustments.


F-21


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
2.25 — Provisions
 
Provisions are recognized when: the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events; it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation; and the amount has been reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognized for future operating losses. Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlements is determined by considering the class of obligations as a whole. A provision is recognized even if the likelihood of the outflow with respect to any one item included in the same class of obligations may be small.
 
The Company, when acting as a guarantor, recognizes, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation the Company assumes under the guarantee, in compliance with FASB Interpretation No. 45, Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others, an interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57 and 107 and Rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34 (“FIN 45”). When the guarantee is issued in conjunction with the formation of a partially owned business or a venture accounted for under the equity method, the recognition of the liability for the guarantee results in an increase to the carrying amount of the investment. The liabilities recognized for the obligations of the guarantees undertaken by the Company are measured subsequently on each reporting date, the initial liability being reduced as the Company, as guarantor, is released from the risk underlying the guarantee.
 
2.26 — Recent accounting pronouncements
 
(a)  Accounting pronouncements effective in 2007 and expected to impact the Company’s operations
 
In February 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 155, Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140 (“FAS 155”). The statement amended Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“FAS 133”) and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities (“FAS 140”). The primary purposes of this statement were (1) to allow companies to select between bifurcation of hybrid financial instruments or fair valuing the hybrid as a single instrument, (2) to clarify certain exclusions of FAS 133 related to interest and principal-only strips, (3) to define the difference between freestanding and hybrid securitized financial assets, and (4) to eliminate the FAS 140 prohibition of Special Purpose Entities holding certain types of derivatives. The statement is effective for annual periods beginning after September 15, 2006, with early adoption permitted prior to a company issuing first quarter financial statements. The Company adopted FAS 155 in 2007 and FAS 155 did not have any material effect on its financial position or results of operations.
 
In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (“FIN 48”). The interpretation seeks to clarify the accounting for tax positions taken, or expected to be taken, in a company’s tax return and the uncertainty as to the amount and timing of recognition in the company’s financial statements in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes (“FAS 109”). The interpretation also addresses derecognition of previously recognized tax positions, classification of related tax assets and liabilities, accrual of interest and penalties, interim period accounting, and disclosure and transition provisions. The interpretation is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company adopted FIN 48 as at January 1, 2007. The cumulative effect of the change in the accounting principle that the Company applied to uncertain income tax positions was recorded in 2007 as an adjustment to retained earnings. The impact of such adoption is detailed in Note 2.11. Uncertain tax positions, unrecognized tax benefits and related accrued interest and penalties are further described in Note 23.
 
(b)  Accounting pronouncements effective in 2007 and not expected to impact the Company’s operations
 
In March 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 156, Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140 (“FAS 156”). This statement requires initial fair value recognition of all servicing assets and liabilities for servicing contracts entered in the first fiscal year beginning after September 15, 2006. After initial recognition, the servicing assets and liabilities are either amortized over the period of expected servicing income or loss or fair value is reassessed each period with changes recorded in earnings for the period. The Company adopted FAS 156 in 2007 and FAS 156 did not have any material effect on its financial position and results of operations.


F-22


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
(c)  Accounting pronouncements expected to impact the Company’s operations that are not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Company
 
In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“FAS 157”). This statement defines fair value as “the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.” In addition, the statement defines a fair value hierarchy which should be used when determining fair values, except as specifically excluded (i.e. stock awards, measurements requiring vendor specific objective evidence, and inventory pricing). The hierarchy places the greatest relevance on Level 1 inputs which include quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 inputs, which are observable either directly or indirectly, include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in non-active markets, and inputs that could vary based on either the condition of the assets or liabilities or volumes sold. The lowest level of the hierarchy, Level 3, is unobservable inputs and should only be used when observable inputs are not available. This would include company level assumptions and should be based on the best available information under the circumstances. FAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 with early adoption permitted for fiscal year 2007 if first quarter statements have not been issued. However, in November 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board drafted a proposed FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) that would partially defer the effective date of FAS 157 for one year for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are recognized at fair value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis. The final FSP was issued in February 2008. However, it does not defer recognition and disclosure requirements for financial assets and financial liabilities or for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are measured at least annually. The Company has adopted FAS 157 as of January 1, 2008. FAS 157 adoption is prospective, with no cumulative effect of the change in the accounting guidance for fair value measurement to be recorded as an adjustment to retained earnings, except for the following: valuation of financial instruments previously measured with block premiums and discounts; valuation of certain financial instruments and derivatives at fair value using the transaction price; and valuation of a hybrid instrument previously measured at fair value using the transaction price. The Company will not record, upon adoption, any adjustment to retained earnings since it does not hold any of the three categories of instruments described above. Consequently, consolidated financial statements as of January 1, 2008 will reflect fair value measures in compliance with previous GAAP. Reassessment of fair value in compliance with FAS 157 will be dealt with as a change in estimates, if any, in the first quarter of 2008. The Company has identified the following items in its consolidated financial statements for which detailed assessment on FAS 157 impact was required: the valuation of available-for-sale securities for which no observable market price is obtainable; the annual goodwill impairment test based on the fair value of the tested reporting units; and FAS 144 held-for-sale model when applied to the Company’s flash memory business deconsolidation (the “FMG deconsolidation”). Concerning the valuation of available-for-sale debt securities which have currently, at the best of management’s visibility, no observable market price, management estimates that fair value of these instruments when measured in compliance with FAS 157 should not materially differ from current estimates and that fair value measure, even if using certain entity-specific assumptions, is in line with a Level 3 FAS 157 fair value hierarchy. For goodwill impairment testing and the use of fair value of tested reporting units, the Company is currently reviewing its goodwill impairment model to measure fair value on marketable comparables, instead of discounted cash flows generated by each reporting entity. Based on the Company’s preliminary assessment, management estimates that FAS 157 adoption could have an effect on certain future goodwill impairment tests, in the event the Company’s strategic plan could necessitate changes in the product portfolios, for which materiality will be further evaluated. Finally, the Company continues to evaluate the potential impact of adopting FAS 157, but management believes that, based on the current available evidence, the fair value measure on the consideration to be received upon FMG deconsolidation is in line with FAS 157 definition of fair value and that FAS 157 adoption should not have a material impact on the actual loss to be recorded at the date of the transaction closing. These conclusions are the results of analysis done based on current assumptions that are true today, but upon certain changes in events and circumstances may no longer be consistent with the assumptions upon the date of adoption. As a result, these conclusions on the impact of FAS 157 adoption are subject to revision as the evaluations are concluded.
 
In February 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities- Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (“FAS 159”). This statement permits companies to choose to measure eligible items at fair value at specified election dates and report unrealized gains and losses in earnings at each subsequent reporting date on items for which the fair value option has been elected. The objective of this statement is to improve financial reporting by providing companies with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by


F-23


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. A company may decide whether to elect the fair value option for each eligible item on its election date, subject to certain requirements described in the statement. FAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 with early adoption permitted for fiscal year 2007 if first quarter statements have not been issued. The Company has adopted FAS 159 as of January 1, 2008 and will accordingly evaluate the assets and liabilities on which it has elected to apply the fair value option as of the end of the first quarter 2008.
 
In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141 (Revised 2007), Business Combinations (“FAS 141R”) and No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51 (“FAS 160”). These new standards will initiate substantive and pervasive changes that will impact both the accounting for future acquisition deals and the measurement and presentation of previous acquisitions in consolidated financial statements. The standards continue the movement toward the greater use of fair values in financial reporting. FAS 141R will significantly change how business acquisitions are accounted for and will impact financial statements both on the acquisition date and in subsequent periods. FAS 160 will change the accounting and reporting for minority interests, which will be recharacterized as noncontrolling interests and classified as a component of equity. The significant changes from current practice resulting from FAS 141R are: the definitions of a business and a business combination have been expanded, resulting in an increased number of transactions or other events that will qualify as business combinations; for all business combinations (whether partial, full, or step acquisitions), the entity that acquires the business (the “acquirer”) will record 100% of all assets and liabilities of the acquired business, including goodwill, generally at their fair values; certain contingent assets and liabilities acquired will be recognized at their fair values on the acquisition date; contingent consideration will be recognized at its fair value on the acquisition date and, for certain arrangements, changes in fair value will be recognized in earnings until settled; acquisition-related transaction and restructuring costs will be expensed rather than treated as part of the cost of the acquisition and included in the amount recorded for assets acquired; in step acquisitions, previous equity interests in an acquiree held prior to obtaining control will be remeasured to their acquisition-date fair values, with any gain or loss recognized in earnings; when making adjustments to finalize initial accounting, companies will revise any previously issued post-acquisition financial information in future financial statements to reflect any adjustments as if they had been recorded on the acquisition date; reversals of valuation allowances related to acquired deferred tax assets and changes to acquired income tax uncertainties will be recognized in earnings, except for qualified measurement period adjustments (the measurement period is a period of up to one year during which the initial amounts recognized for an acquisition can be adjusted.; this treatment is similar to how changes in other assets and liabilities in a business combination will be treated, and different from current accounting under which such changes are treated as an adjustment of the cost of the acquisition); and asset values will no longer be reduced when acquisitions result in a “bargain purchase”, instead the bargain purchase will result in the recognition of a gain in earnings. The significant change from current practice resulting from FAS 160 is that since the noncontrolling interests are now considered as equity, transactions between the parent company and the noncontrolling interests will be treated as equity transactions as far as these transactions do not create a change in control. FAS 141R and FAS 160 are effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. FAS 141R will be applied prospectively, with the exception of accounting for changes in a valuation allowance for acquired deferred tax assets and the resolution of uncertain tax positions accounted for under FIN 48. FAS 160 requires retroactive adoption of the presentation and disclosure requirements for existing minority interests. All other requirements of FAS 160 shall be applied prospectively. Early adoption is prohibited for both standards. The Company is currently evaluating the effect the adoption of these statements will have on its financial position and results of operations.
 
(d)  Accounting pronouncements that are not yet effective and are not expected to impact the Company’s operations
 
In June 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached final consensus on Issue No. 06-11, Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards (“EITF 06-11”). The issue applies to equity-classified nonvested shares on which dividends are paid prior to vesting, equity-classified nonvested share units on which dividends equivalents are paid, and equity-classified share options on which payments equal to the dividends paid on the underlying shares are made to the option-holder while the option is outstanding. The issue is applicable to the dividends or dividend equivalents that are (1) charged to retained earnings under the guidance in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (Revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (“FAS 123R”) and (2) result in an income tax deduction for the employer. EITF 06-11 states that a realized tax benefit from dividends or dividend equivalents that are charged to retained earnings and paid to employees for equity-classified nonvested shares,


F-24


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
nonvested equity share units, and outstanding share options should be recognized as an increase to additional paid-in-capital. Those tax benefits are considered excess tax benefits (“windfall”) under FAS 123R. EITF 06-11 must be applied prospectively to dividends declared in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted for the income tax benefits of dividends on equity-based awards that are declared in periods for which financial statements have not yet been issued. The Company will adopt EITF 06-11 when effective. However, management does not expect that EITF 06-11 will have a material effect on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.
 
In June 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached final consensus on Issue No. 07-3, Accounting for Advance Payments for Goods or Services to Be Used in Future Research and Development Activities (“EITF 07-3”). The issue addresses whether non-refundable advance payments for goods or services that will be used or rendered for research and development activities should be expensed when the advance payments are made or when the research and development activities have been performed. EITF 07-3 applies only to non-refundable advance payments for goods and services to be used and rendered in future research and development activities pursuant to an executory contractual arrangement. EITF 07-3 states that non-refundable advance payments for future research and development activities should be capitalized until the goods have been delivered or the related services have been performed. If an entity does not expect the goods to be delivered or services to be rendered, the capitalized advance payment should be charged to expense. EITF 07-3 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. Earlier application is not permitted and entities should recognize the effect of applying the guidance in this Issue prospectively for new contracts entered into after EITF 07-3 effective date. The Company will adopt EITF 07-3 when effective. However, management does not expect that EITF 07-3 will have a material effect on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.
 
In November 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached final consensus on Issue No. 07-1, Accounting for Collaborative arrangements (“EITF 07-1”). The consensus prohibits the application of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 18, The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock (“APB 18”) and the equity method of accounting for collaborative arrangements unless a legal entity exists. Payments between the collaborative partners would be evaluated and reported in the consolidated statements of income based on applicable GAAP. Absent specific GAAP, the entities that participate in the arrangement would apply other existing GAAP by analogy or apply a reasonable and rational accounting policy consistently. EITF 07-1 is effective for periods that begin after December 15, 2008 and would apply to arrangements in existence as of the effective date. The effect of the new consensus will be accounted for as a change in accounting principle through retrospective application. The Company will adopt EITF 07-1 when effective and management does not expect that EITF 07-1 will have a material effect on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.
 
In November 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached final consensus on Issue No. 07-6, Accounting for the Sale of Real Estate When the Agreement Includes a Buy-Sell Clause (“EITF 07-6”). The issue addresses whether the existence of a buy-sell arrangement would preclude partial sales treatment when real estate is sold to a jointly owned entity. The consensus provides that the existence of a buy-sell clause does not necessarily preclude partial sale treatment under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 66, Accounting for Sales of Real Estate (“FAS 66”). EITF 07-6 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007 and would be applied prospectively to transactions entered into after the effective date. The Company will adopt EITF 07-6 when effective and management does not expect that EITF 07-6 will have a material effect on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.
 
In November 2007, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 109, Written Loan Commitments Recorded at Fair Value Through Earnings (“SAB 109”). SAB 109 provides the Staff’s views regarding written loan commitments that are accounting for at fair value through earnings under GAAP. SAB 109 revises and rescinds portions of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 105, Application of Accounting Principles to Loan Commitments (“SAB 105”). SAB 105 stated that in measuring the fair value of a derivative loan commitment it would be inappropriate to incorporate the expected net future cash flows related to the associated servicing of the loan. Consistent with FAS 156 and FAS 159, SAB 109 states that the expected net future cash flows related to the associated servicing of the loan should be included in the measurement of all written loan commitments that are accounted for at fair value through earnings. SAB 109 does, however, retain the Staff’s views included in SAB 105 that no internally-developed intangible assets should be included in the measurement of the estimated fair value of a loan commitment derivative. SAB 109 is effective for all written loan commitments recorded at fair value that are entered into, or substantially modified, in fiscal quarters beginning after December 15,


F-25


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
2007. The Company will adopt SAB 109 when effective but management does not expect that SAB 109 will have a material effect on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.
 
In January 2008, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 110, Year-End Help for Expensing Employee Stock Options (“SAB 110”). SAB 110 expresses the views of the Staff regarding the use of a “simplified” method, in developing an estimate of expected term of “plain vanilla” share options in accordance with FAS 123R and amended its previous guidance under SAB 107 which prohibited entities from using the simplified method for stock option grants after December 31, 2007. The Staff amended its previous guidance because additional information about employee exercise behavior has not become widely available. With SAB 110, the Staff permits entities to use, under certain circumstances, the simplified method beyond December 31, 2007 if they conclude that their data about employee exercise behavior does not provide a reasonable basis for estimating the expected-term assumption. SAB 110 is not relevant to the Company’s operations since the Company redefined in 2005 its compensation policy by no longer granting stock options but rather issuing nonvested shares.
 
3 — BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
 
On November 1, 2007 the Company acquired a portion of the integrated circuit operations of the major wireless customer of its Application Specific Product Group product segment. The acquisition provides the Company with, among other things, engineering resources, equipment and a license for certain technologies and other intellectual property. The transaction is also expected to strengthen the strategic relationship between the Company and the customer. Of the total purchase price of $92 million, $10 million was paid for the acquisition of the technology license, $24 million was allocated to the customer relationship based upon the expected value of future sales, $3 million was the fair value of the fixed assets acquired, $3 million in employee liabilities were assumed, and the resulting goodwill was $58 million. The allocation to goodwill is supported by the significant value of the skills and technical knowledge of the acquired workforce and other assets not separately identifiable. The total purchase price includes current payments and a further $6 million based upon sales that the Company expects, beyond a reasonable doubt, to pay at the end of 2010, which accordingly is included in “Other non-current liabilities” on the consolidated balance sheet. Because substantially the entire purchase price was allocated to intangible assets and goodwill, the acquisition has been shown on the line “Investment in intangible and financial assets” in the consolidated cash flow statement for the year ended December 31, 2007. This transaction resulted in an increase of the Company’s research and development expenses but did not have a material impact on 2007 revenues or net income, and it is not expected to materially impact 2008 revenues or net income.
 
On January 17, 2008, the Company acquired effective control of Genesis Microchip Inc. (“Genesis Microchip”) under the terms of a tender offer announced on December 11, 2007. On January 25, 2008, the Company completed a second-step merger in which the remaining common shares of Genesis Microchip that had not been acquired through the tender offer were converted into the right to receive the same $8.65 per share price paid in the tender offer. Payment of approximately $340 million for the acquired shares was made through a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company that was merged with and into Genesis Microchip promptly thereafter. Additional direct costs associated with the acquisition are estimated to be approximately $2 million. On closing, Genesis Microchip became part of the Company’s Home Entertainment & Displays Group which is part of the Application Specific Product Group segment. At the date of acquisition, Genesis Microchip had cash and cash equivalents valued at $155 million. The allocation of the purchase price has not yet been completed.
 
4 — EQUITY INVESTMENTS
 
UPEK Inc.
 
In 2004, the Company and Sofinnova Capital IV FCPR formed a new company, UPEK Inc., as a venture capitalist-funded purchase of the Company’s TouchChip business. UPEK, Inc. was initially capitalized with the Company’s transfer of the business, personnel and technology assets related to the fingerprint biometrics business, formerly known as the TouchChip Business Unit, for a 48% interest. Sofinnova Capital IV FCPR contributed $11 million of cash for a 52% interest. In 2005, an additional $9 million was contributed by Sofinnova Capital IV FCPR, reducing the Company’s ownership to 33%. The Company accounted for its share in UPEK, Inc. under the equity method.
 
On June 30, 2005, the Company sold its interest in UPEK Inc. for $13 million and recorded a gain amounting to $6 million in “Other income and expenses, net” on its consolidated statements of income. Additionally, on June 30,


F-26


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
2005, the Company was granted warrants for 2,000,000 shares of UPEK, Inc. at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. The warrants are not limited in time but can only be exercised in the event of a change of control or an Initial Public Offering of UPEK Inc. above a predetermined value.
 
Hynix ST Joint Venture
 
The Company signed, in 2004, a joint-venture agreement with Hynix Semiconductor Inc. to build a front-end memory-manufacturing facility in Wuxi City, Jiangsu Province, China. Under the agreement, Hynix Semiconductor Inc. contributed $500 million for a 67% equity interest and the Company contributed $250 million for a 33% equity interest. In addition, the Company originally committed to grant $250 million in long-term financing to the new joint venture guaranteed by the subordinated collateral of the joint-venture’s assets. The Company made the total $250 million capital contributions as previously planned in the joint venture agreement in 2006. The Company accounted for its share in the Hynix ST joint venture under the equity method based on the actual results of the joint venture through the fourth quarter of 2007. As such, the Company recorded earnings totaling $14 million in 2007 and a loss of $6 million and $3 million in 2006 and 2005 respectively, reported as “Earnings (loss) on equity investments” in the consolidated statements of income.
 
In 2007, Hynix Semiconductor Inc. invested an additional $750 million in additional shares of the joint venture to fund a facility expansion. As a result of this investment, in October, when the Chinese authorities formally approved the additional investment, the Company’s interest in the joint venture declined from approximately 33% to 17%. At December 31, 2007 the investment in the joint venture amounted to $276 million and was included in assets held for sale on the consolidated balance sheet as it is expected to be transferred to Numonyx upon the formation of that company, as described in note 7. The Company (or Numonyx following the transfer of the Company’s interest in the joint venture to Numonyx) has the option to purchase from Hynix Semiconductor Inc. up to $250 million in shares to increase its interest in the joint venture back to a maximum of 33%.
 
Due to regulatory and withholding tax issues the Company could not directly provide the joint venture with the $250 million long-term financing as originally planned. As a consequence, in the fourth quarter of 2006, the Company entered into a ten-year term debt guarantee agreement with an external financial institution through which the Company guaranteed the repayment of the loan by the joint venture to the bank. The guarantee agreement includes the Company placing up to $250 million in cash on a deposit account. The guarantee deposit will be used by the bank in case of repayment failure from the joint venture, with $250 million as the maximum potential amount of future payments the Company, as the guarantor, could be required to make. In the event of default and failure to repay the loan from the joint venture, the bank will exercise the Company’s rights, subordinated to the repayment to senior lenders, to recover the amounts paid under the guarantee through the sale of the joint-venture’s assets. In 2006, the Company placed $218 million of cash on the guarantee deposit account. In 2007, the Company placed the remaining $32 million of cash, which totaled $250 million as at December 31, 2007 and was reported as “Restricted cash for equity investments” on the consolidated balance sheet.
 
The debt guarantee was evaluated under FIN 45. It resulted in the recognition of a $17 million liability, corresponding to the fair value of the guarantee at inception of the transaction. The liability was reported on the line “Other non-current liabilities” in the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2007 and was recorded against the value of the equity investment, which totaled $293 million. The Company reported the debt guarantee on the line “Other investments and other non-current assets” since the terms of the FMG sale agreement do not include the transfer of the debt guarantee.
 
The Company identified the joint venture as a Variable Interest Entity (VIE) at December 31, 2006, principally because the joint venture was in the development stage, but it determined that the Company was not the primary beneficiary of the VIE. Because of events that occurred in 2007 including the facility expansion and additional investment, it was determined that the joint venture was no longer in the development stage and accordingly that the joint venture no longer met the criteria for qualification as a VIE. The Company’s current maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with the joint venture is limited to its equity investments and debt guarantee commitments.


F-27


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
5 — TRADE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET
 
Trade accounts receivable, net consisted of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006  
 
Trade accounts receivable
    1,626       1,620  
Less valuation allowance
    (21 )     (31 )
                 
Total
    1,605       1,589  
                 
 
Bad debt expense in 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $1 million, $7 million and $7 million respectively. In 2007, 2006 and 2005, one customer, the Nokia group of companies, represented 21.1%, 21.8% and 22.4% of consolidated net revenues, respectively.
 
6 — INVENTORIES, NET
 
Inventories, net of reserve consisted of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006  
 
Raw materials
    72       80  
Work-in-process
    808       1,032  
Finished products
    474       527  
                 
Total
    1,354       1,639  
                 
 
As at December 31, 2007 inventories amounting to $329 million were reported as a component of the line “Assets held for sale” on the consolidated balance sheet as part of the assets to be transferred to Numonyx, the newly created flash memory company upon FMG deconsolidation.
 
7 — ASSETS HELD FOR SALE
 
On May 22, 2007, the Company announced that it had entered into a definitive agreement with Intel Corporation and Francisco Partners L.P to create a new independent semiconductor company from the key assets of the Company’s Flash Memory Group and Intel’s flash memory business (“FMG deconsolidation”). Under the terms of the agreement, the Company will sell its flash memory assets, including its NAND joint venture interest and other NOR resources, to the new company, which will be called Numonyx, while Intel will sell its NOR assets and resources. In exchange, the Company was expected to receive, at closing, a combination of cash and a 48.6% equity ownership stake in the new company; Intel was expected to receive cash and a 45.1% equity ownership stake; and Francisco Partners L.P was to invest $150 million in cash to purchase participating convertible preferred stock with certain liquidation preferences and convertible into a 6.3% ownership interest, subject to adjustments in certain circumstances.
 
As a result of the signing of the definitive agreement for the FMG deconsolidation and upon meeting FAS 144 criteria for assets held for sale, the Company reclassified the assets to be transferred to Numonyx from their original balance sheet classification to the line “Assets held for sale” in the second quarter of 2007. Coincident with this classification, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $857 million to adjust the value of these assets to fair value less costs to sell at June 30, 2007, reporting the loss on the line “Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs” of the consolidated statements of income for the period. Fair value less costs to sell was based on the net consideration provided for in the agreement and significant estimates.
 
Although the transaction was originally expected to close in the second half of 2007, the closing was delayed due, among other things, to the significant turmoil in the debt capital markets which in turn resulted in certain revisions to the terms of the transaction. Based on the revised structure, Numonyx is expected to have at closing a similar level of cash but a lower level of indebtedness compared to what had originally been anticipated. The term debt and revolving credit agreement of Numonyx, totalling $525 million, will be guaranteed by the Company and Intel. Both the Company and Intel now expect to receive the same equity stakes as originally agreed, however the balance of their consideration will be lower in total value than the cash payment that had previously been expected and it will be paid in a combination of cash and long-term, interest-bearing subordinated notes and cash. As had been anticipated earlier, Francisco Partners will invest $150 million in exchange for its convertible preferred


F-28


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
interest. The three parties currently anticipate that the transaction will close during the first quarter of 2008. As a consequence of the changes to the terms of the transaction, in combination with changes to the levels of assets used by the business and exchange rates, as well as a general decline in market valuations for comparable companies during the second half of 2007 that impacted the valuation of the equity stake to be received, the estimated value of the total consideration to be received by the Company in the transaction was reduced in the fourth quarter of 2007, resulting in an additional impairment charge during the period of $249 million.
 
The final impairment charge could be materially different subject to further adjustments due to business and market evolution prior to the closing of the transaction.
 
Assets held for sale consisted of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006  
 
Inventories, net
    329        
Other intangible assets, net
    12        
Property, plant and equipment, net
    394          
Long term deferred tax assets
    6        
Equity investment
    276               
                 
Total
    1,017        
                 
 
As required under FAS 144 held-for-sale model, the Company ceased to record amortization and depreciation on intangible and tangible assets classified as assets held for sale.
 
8 — OTHER RECEIVABLES AND ASSETS
 
Other receivables and assets consisted of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006  
 
Receivables from government agencies
    143       122  
Taxes and other government receivables
    258       194  
Advances to suppliers
    5       5  
Advances to employees
    9       13  
Advances to State and government agencies
    9       12  
Insurance prepayments
    5       4  
Rental prepayments
    3       3  
License and technology agreement prepayments
    17       7  
Other prepaid expenses
    17       23  
Loans and deposits
    15       15  
Accrued income
    11       9  
Interest receivable
    28       27  
Long-lived assets held for sale
    8       4  
Foreign exchange forward contracts
    1       14  
Sundry debtors within cooperation agreements
    30       31  
Receivables for payments on behalf of Numonyx
    26          
Purchased currency options
    12       1  
Other current assets
    15       14  
                 
Total
    612       498  
                 
 
Long-lived assets held for sale (other than those related to the FMG deconsolidation) are property, machinery and equipment that satisfied as at December 31, 2007 and 2006 all of the criteria required for held-for-sale status, as set forth in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, Accounting for the impairment or disposal of long-term assets (“FAS 144”). As at December 31, 2007, the Company identified certain machinery and equipment to be disposed of by sale, amounting to $8 million, which was primarily located in Morocco and Singapore,


F-29


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
following the decision of the Company to get disengaged from certain activities as part of its latest restructuring initiatives. These assets are reflected at their carrying value, which did not exceed their selling price less selling costs. These long-lived assets are not depreciated until disposal by sale which is expected to occur within one year. As at December 31, 2006, assets held for sale amounted to $4 million and were located in the Company’s back-end sites in Morocco and Malaysia.
 
Amounts shown in the table above on the line “Receivables for payments on behalf of Numonyx” represent costs to create the infrastructure necessary to prepare Numonyx to operate immediately following the FMG deconsolidation, for which the Company has paid and will be reimbursed by Numonyx following the closing of the transaction.
 
9 — GOODWILL
 
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill were as follows:
 
                                 
    Application
                   
    Specific
    Memory
             
    Products     Products     Other     Total  
 
December 31, 2005
    134       85       2       221  
Tioga goodwill impairment
    (6 )                 (6 )
Foreign currency translation
          8             8  
                                 
December 31, 2006
    128       93       2       223  
                                 
Business Combination
    58                   58  
Foreign currency translation
          9             9  
                                 
December 31, 2007
    186       102       2       290  
                                 
 
As discussed in Note 3, on November 1, 2007 the Company acquired a portion of the integrated circuit operations of one of the significant wireless customers of its Application Specific Products Group product segment. $58 million of the purchase price for this transaction was allocated to goodwill.
 
During the third quarter of 2007, the Company performed the annual review of impairment of goodwill and based on this test no impairment charges were required to be recorded.
 
In 2006, the Company decided to cease product development from technologies inherited from Tioga business acquisition. The Company reports Tioga business as part of the Application Specific Product Groups (“ASG”) product segment. Following this decision, the Company incurred in 2006 a $6 million impairment charge corresponding to the write-off of Tioga goodwill. This impairment charge was reported on the line “Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs” of the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
10 — OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
Other intangible assets consisted of the following:
 
                         
    Gross
    Accumulated
    Net
 
December 31, 2007
  Cost     Amortization     Cost  
 
Technologies & licences
    431       (303 )     128  
Purchased software
    230       (179 )     51  
Internally developed software
    128       (69 )     59  
                         
Total
    789       (551 )     238  
                         
 
                         
    Gross
    Accumulated
    Net
 
December 31, 2006
  Cost     Amortization     Cost  
 
Technologies & licences
    353       (258 )     95  
Purchased software
    193       (149 )     44  
Internally developed software
    134       (62 )     72  
                         
Total
    680       (469 )     211  
                         


F-30


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
As at December 31, 2007 other intangible assets amounting to $12 million were reported as a component of the line “Assets held for sale” on the consolidated balance sheet as part of the assets to be transferred to Numonyx, the newly created flash memory company upon FMG deconsolidation.
 
As at December 31, 2007, the Company recorded a $2 million impairment charge on certain technologies without any alternative future use based on the Company’s products’ roadmap.
 
Pursuant to its decision to cease product development from technologies inherited from Tioga business acquisition, the Company recorded in 2006 a $4 million impairment charge on technologies purchased as part of Tioga business acquisition, which were determined to be without any alternative use and for which fair value was determined by estimating the discounted expected cash flows associated with their future use. This impairment charge was reported on the line “Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs” of the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
The aggregate amortization expense in 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $82 million, $93 million and $98 million, respectively.
 
The estimated amortization expense of the existing intangible assets for the following years is:
 
         
Year
     
 
2008
    90  
2009
    66  
2010
    39  
2011
    25  
2012
    14  
Thereafter
    4  
         
Total
    238  
         
 
11 — PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:
 
                         
    Gross
    Accumulated
    Net
 
December 31, 2007
  Cost     Depreciation     Cost  
 
Land
    91             91  
Buildings
    1,036       (344 )     692  
Capital leases
    71       (49 )     22  
Facilities & leasehold improvements
    3,205       (1,975 )     1,230  
Machinery and equipment
    13,938       (11,183 )     2,755  
Computer and R&D equipment
    554       (458 )     96  
Other tangible assets
    185       (128 )     57  
Construction in progress
    101             101  
                         
Total
    19,181       (14,137 )     5,044  
                         
 


F-31


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
                         
    Gross
    Accumulated
    Net
 
December 31, 2006
  Cost     Depreciation     Cost  
 
Land
    91             91  
Buildings
    1,208       (319 )     889  
Capital leases
    61       (39 )     22  
Facilities & leasehold improvements
    3,135       (1,668 )     1,467  
Machinery and equipment
    14,463       (10,940 )     3,523  
Computer and R&D equipment
    551       (441 )     110  
Other tangible assets
    156       (118 )     38  
Construction in progress
    286             286  
                         
Total
    19,951       (13,525 )     6,426  
                         
 
As at December 31, 2007 property, plant and equipment amounting to $394 million were reported as a component of the line “Assets held for sale” on the consolidated balance sheet as part of the assets to be transferred to Numonyx, the newly created flash memory company upon FMG deconsolidation.
 
The depreciation charge in 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $1,331 million, $1,673 million and $1,846 million, respectively.
 
Capital investment funding has totaled $9 million, $15 million and $38 million in the years ended December 31 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Public funding reduced the depreciation charge by $33 million, $54 million and $66 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005 respectively.
 
For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 the Company made equipment sales for cash proceeds of $4 million, $22 million and $82 million respectively.
 
12 — AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE FINANCIAL ASSETS
 
As at December 31, 2007, the Company had financial assets classified as available-for-sale corresponding to equity and debt securities.
 
The amount invested in equity securities was $5 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006. These investments correspond to financial assets held as part of a long-term incentive plan in one of the Company’s subsidiaries. They are reported on the line “Other investments and other non-current assets” on the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2007 and 2006. The Company did not record any significant change in fair value on these equity securities classified as available-for-sale in the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.
 
As at December 31, 2007, the Company had investments in debt securities amounting to $1,383 million, composed of $1,014 million invested in senior debt floating rate notes issued by primary financial institutions rated at least A1 from “Moody’s Investment services” and $369 million invested in auction rate securities which are regularly paying monthly interests and whose rating at December 31, 2007 was AAA from at least one major rating agency. The floating rate notes are reported as current assets on the line “Marketable securities” on the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2007 since they represent investments of funds available for current operations. The auction-rate securities, which have a final maturity between ten and forty years, are classified as non-current assets on the line “Non-current marketable securities” on the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2007 since the Company intends to hold these investments beyond one year.
 
In 2007, the Company invested $536 million of existing cash in floating rate notes with primary financial institutions with minimum Moody’s rating “A1” with a maturity between twenty one months and six years, of which $40 million were sold in 2007. In 2006, the Company invested $460 million of existing cash in eleven floating rate notes with primary financial institutions with minimum Moody’s rating “A1”. Subsequently, the Company entered into a basis asset swap for one floating rate note for a notional amount of $50 million in order to purchase it at par. Even if strictly related to the underlying note, the swap is contractually transferable independently from the marketable security to which it is attached. As such, the asset swap was recorded separately from the underlying financial asset and was reflected at its fair value in the consolidated balance sheet on the line “Other receivables and assets” as at December 31, 2007 and 2006. The changes in the fair value of this derivative instrument were recorded in the consolidated statements of income as part of “Other income and expenses, net” and did not exceed $1 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006. Additionally, the amount of auction-rate securities purchased and

F-32


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
sold in 2007 is $172 million and $61 million respectively. In addition, the Company determined that these financial assets were to be more properly classified on its consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2006 as “Marketable securities” instead of “Cash and cash equivalents”, as reported previously. The revision of the December 31, 2006 consolidated balance sheet results in a decrease of “Cash and cash equivalents” by $304 million with an offsetting increase to “Marketable securities”. This reclassification also affects the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2006 based on the increase in the investing activities line “Payment for purchase of marketable securities” by $404 million and the increase of the line “Proceeds from sale of marketable securities” by $100 million corresponding to the amount the Company sold in 2006. There are no other changes on the consolidated financial statements for previous years, since the Company started to purchase auction-rate securities only in 2006.
 
All these debt securities are classified as available-for-sale and recorded at fair value as at December 31, 2007 and 2006, with changes in fair value, including temporary declines, recognized as a separate component of “Accumulated other comprehensive income” in the consolidated statement of changes in shareholders’ equity. As of December 31, 2007 the Company reported a pre-tax decline in fair value on the floating rate notes totaling $3 million due to the widening of credit spreads. Out of the 25 investment positions in floating-rate notes, 11 positions are in an unrealized loss position. The Company estimated the fair value of these financial assets based on public quoted market prices. This change in fair value was recognized as a separate component of “Accumulated other comprehensive income” in the consolidated statement of changes in shareholders’ equity since the Company assessed that this decline in fair value was temporary and that the Company was in a position to recover the total carrying amount of these investments on subsequent periods. Since the duration of the floating-rate note portfolio in only 2.6 years on average and the securities have a minimum Moody’s rating “A1”, the Company expects the value of the securities to tend at par as the final maturity is approaching. On the auction-rate securities, the Company reported an other-than-temporary decline in fair value amounting to $46 million, which was immediately recorded in the consolidated statements of income on the line “Other-than-temporary impairment charge on financial assets”. These securities were evaluated based on the weighted average of available information (i) from publicly available indexes of securities with same rating and comparable/similar underlying collaterals or industries exposure (such as ABX, ITraxx and IBoxx) and (ii) using ’mark to market’ bids and ’mark to model’ valuations received from the structuring financial institutions of the outstanding auction rate securities, weighting the different information at 80% and 20% respectively, which the Company believes approximates the orderly exit value in the current market. The estimated value of these securities could further decrease in the future as a result of credit market deterioration and/or other downgrading.
 
13 — SHORT-TERM DEPOSITS
 
In 2006, the Company invested $903 million of existing cash in short-term deposits with a maturity between three months and one year. These deposits were held at various banks with “A3/A-” minimum long-term rating from at least two major rating agencies. Interest on these deposits is paid at maturity with interest rates fixed at inception for the duration of the deposits. The principal will be repaid at final maturity. In 2006, the Company did not roll over $653 million of these short-term deposits, primarily pursuant to the early redemption in cash of 2013 convertible bonds at the option of the holders which occurred on August 7, 2006.
 
In 2007, the Company did not roll over the remaining $250 million of short term deposits. Consequently, no amount of existing cash was held in short term deposits as at December 31, 2007.


F-33


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
14 — OTHER INVESTMENTS AND OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS
 
Investments and other non-current assets consisted of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006  
 
Investments carried at cost
    34       34  
Available-for-sale equity securities
    5       5  
Long-term receivables related to funding
    46       36  
Long-term receivables related to tax refund
    34       33  
Debt issuance costs, net
    11       12  
Cancellable swaps designated as fair value hedge
    8       4  
Deposits and other non-current assets
    44       25  
                 
Total
    182       149  
                 
 
The Company entered into a joint venture agreement in 2002 with Dai Nippon Printing Co, Ltd for the development and production of Photomask in which the Company holds a 19% equity interest. The joint venture, DNP Photomask Europe S.p.A, was initially capitalized with the Company’s contribution of €2 million of cash. Dai Nippon Printing Co, Ltd contributed €8 million of cash for an 81% equity interest. In the event of the liquidation of the joint-venture, the Company is required to repurchase the land at cost, and the facility at 10% of its net book value, if no suitable buyer is identified. No provision for this obligation has been recorded to date. At December 31, 2007, the Company’s total contribution to the joint venture is $10 million. The Company continues to maintain its 19% ownership of the joint venture, and therefore continues to account for this investment under the cost method. The Company has identified the joint venture as a Variable Interest Entity (VIE), but has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of the VIE. The Company’s current maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with the joint venture is limited to its equity investment.
 
Long-term receivables related to funding are mainly public grants to be received from governmental agencies in Italy as part of long-term research and development, industrialization and capital investment projects.
 
Long-term receivables related to tax refund correspond to tax benefits claimed by the Company in certain of its local tax jurisdictions, for which collection is expected beyond one year.
 
In 2006, the Company entered into cancellable swaps with a combined notional value of $200 million to hedge the fair value of a portion of the convertible bonds due 2016 carrying a fixed interest rate. The cancellable swaps convert the fixed rate interest expense recorded on the convertible bonds due 2016 to a variable interest rate based upon adjusted LIBOR. The cancellable swaps meet the criteria for designation as a fair value hedge, as further detailed in Note 27 and are reflected at their fair value in the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2007, which was positive for approximately $8 million.
 
Deposits and other long-term receivables include, in addition to Hynix ST joint venture debt guarantee as detailed in note 4, individually insignificant amounts as of December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006.


F-34


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
15 — OTHER PAYABLES AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES
 
Other payables and accrued liabilities consisted of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006  
 
Taxes other than income taxes
    91       78  
Salaries and wages
    300       308  
Social charges
    143       124  
Advances received on government funding
    28       28  
Advances from customers
    10       10  
Foreign exchange forward contracts
    1       1  
Current portion of provision for restructuring
    43       28  
Pension and termination benefits
    23       10  
Warranty and product guarantee provisions
    4       6  
Accrued interest
    6       4  
Royalties
    20       8  
Other
    75       59  
                 
Total
    744       664  
                 
 
Other payables and accrued liabilities also include individually insignificant amounts as of December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006.
 
16 — POST-RETIREMENT AND OTHER LONG-TERM EMPLOYEES BENEFITS
 
The Company and its subsidiaries have a number of both funded and unfunded defined benefit pension plans and other long-term employees’ benefits covering employees in various countries. The defined benefits plans provide for pension benefits, the amounts of which are calculated based on factors such as years of service and employee compensation levels. The other long-term employees’ plans provide for benefits due during the employees’ period of service after certain seniority levels. Consequently, the Company reported for 2007, 2006 and 2005 those plans under a separate tabular presentation. The Company uses a December 31 measurement date for the majority of its plans. Eligibility is generally determined in accordance with local statutory requirements. In 2007, the Company recorded a one-time charge of $21 million, which is included on the line “Plan amendment” in the table below, for adjustments to the expenses of a seniority program in prior periods. These prior period adjustments individually and in the aggregate are not material to the financial results for previously issued annual consolidated financial statements or for the consolidated statements for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
For Italian termination indemnity plan (“TFR”), the Company continues to measure the vested benefits to which Italian employees are entitled as if they retired immediately as of December 31, 2007, in compliance with the Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 88-1, Determination of Vested Benefit Obligation for a Defined Benefit Pension Plan (“EITF 88-1”). The TFR was reported according to FAS 132(R), as any other defined benefit plan until the new Italian regulation concerning employee retirement schemes enacted on July 1, 2007. Since that date, the future TFR has been accounted for as a defined contribution plan the accruals being maintained as a Defined Benefit plan in the company books.
 
As at December 31, 2007 the Company reports all its defined benefit pension plan information according to FAS 132(R), and all its other long-term employees’ benefits information according to APB 12.
 
The changes in benefit obligation and plan assets were as follows:
 
                                 
    Pension Benefits     Other Long-Term Benefits  
    December 31,
    December 31,
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006     2007     2006  
 
Change in benefit obligation:
                               
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
    572       503       3       2  
Service cost
    19       38       3       1  
Interest cost
    28       25       2        


F-35


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
                                 
    Pension Benefits     Other Long-Term Benefits  
    December 31,
    December 31,
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006     2007     2006  
 
Employee contributions
    3       3              
Benefits paid
    (26 )     (41 )     (1 )      
Effect of settlement
    (1 )     (6 )            
Effect of curtailment
    (7 )                    
Actuarial gain
    (41 )     (14 )     (4 )      
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    38       48       8        
Plan amendment
    2       16       31        
Other
    3                      
                                 
Benefit obligation at end of year
    590       572       42       3  
                                 
Change in plan assets:
                               
Plan assets at fair value at beginning of year
    241       194              
Expected return on plan assets
    15       13              
Employer contributions
    16       28              
Employee contributions
    2       3              
Benefits paid
    (9 )     (11 )            
Settlement
    (1 )     (6 )            
Actuarial gain
    7       2              
Foreign currency translation adjustments
    7       16              
Other
            2              
                                 
Plan assets at fair value at end of year
    278       241              
                                 
                             
Funded status
    (312 )     (331 )     (42 )     (3 )
                                 
Net amount recognized in the balance sheet consisted of the following:
                               
Non current assets
    4       3              
Current liabilities
    (6 )           (13 )     (3 )
Non Current liabilities
    (310 )     (334 )     (29 )      
Prepaid benefit cost
                       
Accrued benefit liability
                       
Intangible asset
                       
Accumulated other comprehensive income
                       
                                 
Net amount recognized
    (312 )     (331 )     (42 )     (3 )
                                 
 
Changes in Other Comprehensive Income were as follows:
 
                                 
    Before tax
          Foreign
    Net of tax
 
    amount as at
          currency
    amount as at
 
    December 31,
    Tax (expense or
    translation
    December 31,
 
    2007     benefit)     adjustment     2007  
 
Net actuarial gain generated in current year
    48       (9 )     (2 )     37  
Amortization of actuarial gain
    (3 )                 (3 )
Effect of curtailment, net
    6                   6  
Net prior service cost arising during period
    (2 )                 (2 )
Amortization of prior service cost
    2                   2  
                                 
Changes in Other comprehensive income
    51       (9 )     (2 )     40  
                                 

F-36


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
The components of the net periodic benefit cost included the following:
 
                                                 
    Pension Benefits     Other Long-term Benefits  
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,
    December 31,
    December 31,
    December 31,
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
 
Service cost
    19       38       41       3       1       1  
Interest cost
    28       25       24       2              
Expected return on plan assets
    (15 )     (13 )     (11 )                    
Amortization of unrecognized transition obligation
                                     
Amortization of actuarial net loss (gain)
    (3 )     4       3       (4 )            
Amortization of prior service cost
    2       (4 )           31              
Effect of settlement
          6                            
Effect of curtailment
    (1 )                                    
                                                 
Net periodic benefit cost
    30       56       57       32       1       1  
                                                 
 
The weighted average assumptions used in the determination of the benefit obligation for the pension plans were as follows:
 
                         
    December 31,
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
Assumptions
  2007     2006     2005  
 
Discount rate
    5.43 %     4.86 %     4.54 %
Salary increase rate
    3.24 %     2.95 %     3.75 %
Expected long-term rate of return on funds for the pension expense of the year
    6.34 %     6.05 %     6.34 %
 
The discount rate was determined by comparison against long-term corporate bond rates applicable to the respective country of each plan. In developing the expected long-term rate of return on assets, the Company modelled the expected long-term rates of return for broad categories of investments held by the plan against a number of various potential economic scenarios.
 
The Company pension plan asset allocation at December 31, 2007 and 2006 and target allocation for 2007 are as follows:
 
                         
          Percentage of Plan Assets at
 
    Target allocation
    December  
Asset Category
  2007     2007     2006  
 
Equity securities
    51 %     54 %     55 %
Fixed income securities
    30 %     27 %     33 %
Real estate
    9 %     9 %     4 %
Other
    10 %     10 %     8 %
                         
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %
                         
 
The Company’s investment strategy for its pension plans is to maximize the long-term rate of return on plan assets with an acceptable level of risk in order to minimize the cost of providing pension benefits while maintaining adequate funding levels. The Company’s practice is to periodically conduct a review in each subsidiary of its asset allocation strategy. A portion of the fixed income allocation is reserved in short-term cash to provide for expected benefits to be paid. The Company’s equity portfolios are managed in such a way as to achieve optimal diversity. The Company does not manage any assets internally.


F-37


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
After considering the funded status of the Company’s defined benefit plans, movements in the discount rate, investment performance and related tax consequences, the Company may choose to make contributions to its pension plans in any given year in excess of required amounts. The Company contributions to plan assets were $16 million and $28 million in 2007 and 2006 respectively and the Company expects to contribute cash of $34 million in 2008.
 
The Company’s estimated future benefit payments as of December 2007 are as follows:
 
                 
Years
  Pension Benefits     Other Long-term Benefits  
 
2008
    32       1  
2009
    9       2  
2010
    11       2  
2011
    12       2  
2012
    17       2  
                 
From 2013 to 2017
    111       18  
                 
 
The Company has certain defined contribution plans, which accrue benefits for employees on a pro-rata basis during their employment period based on their individual salaries. The Company accrued benefits related to defined contribution pension plans of $7 million and $16 million, as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 respectively. The annual cost of these plans amounted to approximately $69 million, $28 million and $42 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The benefits accrued to the employees on a pro-rata basis, during their employment period are based on the individuals’ salaries.
 
17 — LONG-TERM DEBT
 
Long-term debt consisted of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006  
 
Bank loans:
               
2.54% (weighted average), due 2007, fixed interest rate
          65  
5.68% (weighted average rate), due 2007, variable interest rate
          30  
5.21% due 2008, floating interest rate at Libor + 0.40%
    43       49  
5.51% due 2009, floating interest rate at Libor + 0.40%
    50       35  
Funding program loans:
               
1.44% (weighted average), due 2009, fixed interest rate
    13       18  
0.88% (weighted average), due 2010, fixed interest rate
    38       45  
2.74% (weighted average), due 2012, fixed interest rate
    12       12  
0.49% (weighted average), due 2014, fixed interest rate
    9       8  
3.33% (weighted average), due 2017, fixed interest rate
    80       53  
4.98% due 2014, floating interest rate at Libor + 0.017%
    205       140  
Capital leases:
               
4,97% (weighted average), due 2011, fixed interest rate
    22       23  
Senior Bonds:
               
5.35%, due 2013, floating interest rate at Euribor + 0.40%
    736       659  
Convertible debt:
               
(0.50)% convertible bonds due 2013
    2       2  
1.5% convertible bonds due 2016
    1,010       991  
Total long-term debt
    2,220       2,130  
Less current portion
    (103 )     (136 )
                 
Total long-term debt, less current portion
    2,117       1,994  
                 


F-38


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
Long-term debt is denominated in the following currencies:
 
                 
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006  
 
U.S. dollar
    1,313       1,242  
Euro
    907       818  
Singapore dollar
          65  
Other
          5  
                 
Total
    2,220       2,130  
                 
 
Aggregate future maturities of total long-term debt outstanding are as follows:
 
         
    December 31,
 
    2007  
 
2008
    103  
2009
    114  
2010
    60  
2011
    1,053  
2012
    41  
Thereafter
    849  
         
Total
    2,220  
         
 
In August 2003, the Company issued $1,332 million principal amount at issuance of zero coupon unsubordinated convertible bonds due 2013. The bonds were issued with a negative yield of 0.5% that resulted in a higher principal amount at issuance of $1,400 million and net proceeds of $1,386 million. The negative yield through the first redemption right of the holder totalled $21 million and was recorded in capital surplus. The bonds are convertible at any time by the holders at the rate of 29.9144 shares of the Company’s common stock for each one thousand dollar face value of the bonds. The holders may redeem their convertible bonds on August 5, 2006 at a price of $985.09, on August 5, 2008 at $975.28 and on August 5, 2010 at $965.56 per one thousand dollar face value of the bonds. As a result of this holder’s option, the redemption occurred in August 2006. Pursuant to the terms of the convertible bonds due 2013, the Company was required to purchase, at the option of the holders, 1,397,493 convertible bonds, at a price of $985.09 each between August 7 and August 9, 2006. This resulted in a cash payment of $1,377 million. The outstanding long-term debt corresponding to the 2013 convertible debt amounted to approximately $2 million as at December 31, 2007, corresponding to the remaining 2,505 bonds valued at August 5, 2008 redemption price. At any time from August 20, 2006 the Company may redeem for cash at their negative accreted value all or a portion of the convertible bonds subject to the level of the Company’s share price.
 
In February 2006, the Company issued $1,131 million principal amount at maturity of zero coupon senior convertible bonds due in February 2016. The bonds were issued at 100% of principal with a yield to maturity of 1.5% and resulted in net proceeds to the Company of $974 million less transaction fees. The bonds are convertible by the holder at any time prior to maturity at a conversion rate of 43.363087 shares per one thousand dollar face value of the bonds corresponding to 42,235,646 equivalent shares. This conversion rate has been adjusted from 43.118317 shares per one thousand dollar face value of the bonds at issuance, as the result of the extraordinary cash dividend approved by the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders held on April 26, 2007. This new conversion has been effective since May, 21, 2007. The holders can also redeem the convertible bonds on February 23, 2011 at a price of $1,077.58, on February 23, 2012 at a price of $1,093.81 and on February 24, 2014 at a price of $1,126.99 per one thousand dollar face value of the bonds. The Company can call the bonds at any time after March 10, 2011 subject to the Company’s share price exceeding 130% of the accreted value divided by the conversion rate for 20 out of 30 consecutive trading days. The Company may redeem for cash at the principal amount at issuance plus accumulated gross yield all, but not a portion, of the convertible bonds at any time if 10% or less of the aggregate principal amount at issuance of the convertible bonds remain outstanding in certain circumstances or in the event of changes to the tax laws of the Netherlands or any successor jurisdiction. In the second quarter 2006, the Company entered into cancellable swaps with a combined notional value of $200 million to hedge the fair value of a portion of these convertible bonds. As a result of the cancellable swap hedging transactions, as described in further detail in Note 27, the effective yield on the $200 million principal amount of the hedged convertible bonds has increased from 1.50% to 1.95% as of December 31, 2007.


F-39


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
 
In March 2006, STMicroelectronics Finance B.V. (“ST BV”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, issued floating rate senior bonds with a principal amount of Euro 500 million at an issue price of 99.873%. The notes, which mature on March 17, 2013, pay a coupon rate of the three-month Euribor plus 0.40% on the 17th of June, September, December and March of each year through maturity. In the event of changes to the tax laws of the Netherlands or any successor jurisdiction, ST BV or the Company, may redeem the full amount of senior bonds for cash. In the event of certain change in control triggering events, the holders can cause ST BV or the Company to repurchase all or a portion of the bonds outstanding.
 
Credit facilities
 
The Company and its subsidiaries has uncommitted short-term credit facilities with several financial institutions totalling $1,212 million at December 31, 2007. The Company has also a $736 million (€500 million ) long-term credit facility with the European Investment Bank as part of a funding program loan, of which $205 million was used as at December 31, 2007. The Company maintains also uncommitted foreign exchange facilities totalling $939 million at December 31, 2007. At December 31, 2007, and December 31, 2006, amounts available under the short-term lines of credit were not reduced by any borrowing.
 
18 — SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
18.1 — Outstanding shares
 
The authorized share capital of the Company is EUR 1,810 million consisting of 1,200,000,000 common shares and 540,000,000 preference shares, each with a nominal value of EUR 1.04. As at December 31, 2007 the number of shares of common stock issued was 910,293,420 shares (910,157,933 at December 31, 2006).
 
As of December 31, 2007 the number of shares of common stock outstanding was 899,760,539 (897,395,042 at December 31, 2006).
 
18.2 — Preference shares
 
The 540,000,000 preference shares, when issued, will entitle a holder to full voting rights and to a preferential right to dividends and distributions upon liquidation. On May 31, 1999, the Company entered into an option agreement with STMicroelectronics Holding II B.V. in order to protect the Company from a hostile takeover or other similar action. The option agreement provided for 540,000,000 preference shares to be issued to STMicroelectronics Holding II B.V. upon their request based on approval by the Company’s Supervisory Board. STMicroelectronics Holding II B.V. would be required to pay at least 25% of the par value of the preference shares to be issued, and to retain ownership of at least 30% of the Company’s issued share capital. An amendment was signed in November 2004 which reduced the threshold required for STMicroelectronics Holding II B.V. to exercise its right to subscribe preference shares of the Company, down to 19% issued share capital compared to the previous requirement of at least 30%.
 
On January 22, 2008, following the termination of the existing option agreement between the Company and STMicroelectronics Holding II B.V. and the constitution in December 2006 of an independent Dutch Foundation “Stichting Continuïteit ST”, a new option agreement of substantially similar terms was concluded between the Company and Stichting Continuïteit ST. This new option agreement provides for the issuance of 540,000,000 preference shares. Any such shares would be issued by the Company to the Foundation, upon its request and in its sole discretion, upon payment of at least 25% of the par value of the preference shares to be issued. The issuing of the preference shares is conditional upon (i) the Company receiving an unsolicited offer or there being the threat of such an offer; (ii) the Company’s Managing and Supervisory Boards deciding not to support such an offer and; (iii) the Board of the Foundation determining that such an offer or acquisition would be contrary to the interests of the Company and its stakeholders. The preference shares may remain outstanding for no longer than two years. There were no preference shares issued as of December 31, 2007.
 
18.3 — Treasury stock
 
In 2002 and 2001, the Company repurchased 13,400,000 of its own shares, for a total amount of $348 million, which were reflected at cost as a reduction of the shareholders’ equity. No treasury shares were acquired in 2007, 2006 and 2005.


F-40


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
The treasury shares have been designated for allocation under the Company’s share based remuneration programs on non-vested shares including such plans as approved by the 2005, 2006 and 2007 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders. As of December 31, 2007, 2,867,119 of these treasury shares were transferred to employees under the Company’s share based remuneration programs, following the vesting as of April 27, 2006 of the first tranche of the stock award plan granted in 2005, as of April 27, 2007 of the second tranche of the stock award plan granted in 2005 and the first tranche of the stock-award plan granted in 2006, the vesting as of October 26, 2007 of first tranche of the stock awards granted under the 2005 French subplan of 2005 (representing 64% of shares granted under this sub plan) and the acceleration of the vesting of a limited number of stock awards.
 
As of December 31, 2007, the Company owned a residual number of treasury shares equivalent to 10,532,881.
 
18.4 — Stock option plans
 
In 1995, the Shareholders voted to adopt the 1995 Employee Stock Option Plan (the “1995 Plan”) whereby options for up to 33,000,000 shares may be granted in installments over a five-year period. Under the 1995 Plan, the options may be granted to purchase shares of common stock at a price not lower than the market price of the shares on the date of grant. At December 31 2007, under the 1995 plan, 1,980 of the granted options outstanding originally vest 50% after three years and 50% after four years following the date of the grant; 5,944,752 of the granted options vest 32% after two years, 32% after three years and 36% after four years following the date of the grant. The options expire 10 years after the date of grant. During 2005, the vesting periods for all options under the plan were accelerated with no impact on the consolidated statements of income.
 
In 1996, the Shareholders voted to adopt the Supervisory Board Option Plan whereby each member of the Supervisory Board was eligible to receive, during the three-year period 1996-1998, 18,000 options for 1996 and 9,000 options for both 1997 and 1998, to purchase shares of common stock at the closing market price of the shares on the date of the grant. In the same three-year period, the professional advisors to the Supervisory Board were eligible to receive 9,000 options for 1996 and 4,500 options for both 1997 and 1998. Under the Plan, the options vest over one year and are exercisable for a period expiring eight years from the date of grant.
 
In 1999, the Shareholders voted to renew the Supervisory Board Option Plan whereby each member of the Supervisory Board may receive, during the three-year period 1999-2001, 18,000 options for 1999 and 9,000 options for both 2000 and 2001, to purchase shares of capital stock at the closing market price of the shares on the date of the grant. In the same three-year period, the professional advisors to the Supervisory Board may receive 9,000 options for 1999 and 4,500 options for both 2000 and 2001. Under the Plan, the options vest over one year and are exercisable for a period expiring eight years from the date of grant.
 
In 2001, the Shareholders voted to adopt the 2001 Employee Stock Option Plan (the “2001 Plan”) whereby options for up to 60,000,000 shares may be granted in installments over a five-year period. The options may be granted to purchase shares of common stock at a price not lower than the market price of the shares on the date of grant. In connection with a revision of its equity-based compensation policy, the Company decided in 2005 to accelerate the vesting period of all outstanding unvested stock options. The options expire ten years after the date of grant.
 
In 2002, the Shareholders voted to adopt a Stock Option Plan for Supervisory Board Members and Professionals of the Supervisory Board. Under this plan, 12,000 options can be granted per year to each member of the Supervisory Board and 6,000 options per year to each professional advisor to the Supervisory Board. Options will vest 30 days after the date of grant. The options expire ten years after the date of grant.


F-41


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
A summary of stock option activity for the plans for the three years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 follows:
 
                         
          Price Per Share  
                Weighted
 
    Number of Shares     Range     Average  
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2004
    65,424,207     $ 12.03 - $62.01     $ 29.18  
Options granted:
                       
2001 Plan
    42,200     $ 16.73 - $17.31     $ 16.91  
Supervisory Board Plan
                 
Options forfeited
    (2,364,862 )   $ 12.03 - $62.01     $ 29.65  
Options exercised
    (2,542,978 )   $ 12.03 - $14.23     $ 13.88  
Outstanding at December 31, 2005
    60,558,567     $ 12.03 - $62.01     $ 29.80  
                         
Options granted:
                       
2001 Plan
                 
Supervisory Board Plan
                 
Options expired
    (16,832 )   $ 12.03     $ 12.03  
Options forfeited
    (1,912,584 )   $ 12.03 - $62.01     $ 30.66  
Options exercised
    (2,303,899 )   $ 12.03 - $17.08     $ 12.03  
Outstanding at December 31, 2006
    56,325,252     $ 12.03 - $62.01     $ 30.50  
                         
Options granted:
                       
2001 Plan
                 
Supervisory Board Plan
                 
Options expired
    (7,566,170 )   $ 24.88     $ 24.88  
Options forfeited
    (1,861,960 )   $ 16.73 - $62.01     $ 31.19  
Options exercised
    (131,487 )   $ 17.08 - $19.18     $ 18.90  
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
    46,765,635     $ 16.73 - $62.01     $ 31.42  
                         
 
Stock options exercisable following acceleration in 2005 of vesting for all outstanding unvested stock options were as follows:
 
                         
    December 31,
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Options exercisable
    46,765,635       56,325,252       60,558,567  
Weighted average exercise price
  $ 31,42     $ 30.50     $ 29.80  
                         
 
The weighted average remaining contractual life of options outstanding as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was 4.3, 4.7 and 5.5 years, respectively.
 
The range of exercise prices, the weighted average exercise price and the weighted average remaining contractual life of options exercisable as of December 31, 2007 were as follows:
 
                                 
                    Weighted
 
              Weighted
    average
 
        Option price
    average
    remaining
 
   
Number of shares
  range     exercise price     contractual life  
 
      149,191     $ 16.73 - $17.31     $ 17.06       6.8  
      21,094,641     $ 19.18 - $24.88     $ 21.03       5.8  
      202,060     $ 25.90 - $29.70     $ 27.18       5.2  
      19,357,388     $ 31.09 - $44.00     $ 34.37       3.9  
      5,962,355     $ 50.69 - $62.01     $ 59.09       0.6  
 
18.5 — Employee share purchase plans
 
No employee share purchase plan was offered in 2007, 2006 or 2005.


F-42


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
18.6 — Share Awards Plans
 
In 2005, the Company redefined its equity-based compensation strategy by no longer granting options but rather share awards. In July 2005, the Company amended its latest Stock Option Plans for employees, Supervisory Board and Professionals of the Supervisory Board accordingly.
 
As part of this revised stock-based compensation policy, the Company granted on October 25, 2005 3,940,065 nonvested shares to senior executives and selected employees, to be issued upon vesting from treasury stock (“The 2005 Employee Plan”). The Compensation Committee also authorized the future grant of 219,850 additional shares to selected employees upon nomination by the Managing Board of the Company. These additional shares were granted in 2006. The shares were granted for free to employees and would vest upon completion of market and internal performance conditions. Under the program, if the defined market condition was met in the first quarter of 2006, each employee would receive 100% of the nonvested shares granted. If the market condition was not achieved, the employee could earn one third of the grant for each of the two performance conditions. If neither the market or performance conditions were met, the employee would receive none of the grant. In addition to the market and performance conditions, the nonvested shares vest over the following requisite service period: 32% after 6 months, 32% after 18 months and 36% after 30 months following the date of the grant. In 2006, the Company failed to meet the market condition while the performance conditions were reached. Consequently, one third of the shares granted, amounting to 1,364,902 shares, was lost for vesting. In March 2006 the Company decided to modify the original plan to create a subplan for the employees in one of its European subsidiaries for statutory payroll tax purposes. The original plan terms and conditions were modified to extend for these employees the requisite service period as follows: 64% of the granted stock awards vest as at October 26, 2007 and 36% as at April 27, 2008 following the date of the grant. In addition, the sale by the employees of the shares once vested is restricted over an additional two-year period, which is not considered as an extension of the requisite service period. In compliance with the graded vesting of the grant and pursuant to the acceleration of a limited number of stock awards, the first tranche of the original plan, representing 637,109 shares, vested as at April 27, 2006. In 2007, the second tranche of the original plan, representing 598,649 shares, vested as at April 27, 2007, and the first tranche of the subplan, representing 434,592 shares, vested as at October 26, 2007. In addition, 6,303 additional shares were accelerated during the year, of which 864 were under the subplan. These shares were transferred to employees from the 13,400,000 treasury shares owned by the Company. At December 31, 2007, 911,281 nonvested shares were outstanding, of which 243,467 under the subplan.
 
On October 25 2005, the Compensation Committee granted 66,000 stock-based awards to the members of the Supervisory Board and professionals of the Supervisory Board (“The 2005 Supervisory Board Plan”). These awards are granted at the nominal value of the share of €1.04 and vest over the following period: one third after 6 months, one third after 18 months and one third after 30 months following the date of the grant. Nevertheless, they are not subject to any market, performance or service conditions. As such, their associated compensation cost was recorded immediately at grant. In 2006, in compliance with the graded vesting of the grant, the first tranche of the plan, representing 17,000 shares, vested as at April 27, 2006.
 
In 2007, the second tranche of the plan, representing 17,000 shares vested as at April 27, 2007. As of December 31 2007, 17,000 awards were outstanding.
 
On April 29 2006, the Compensation Committee granted 66,000 stock-based awards to the members of the Supervisory Board and professionals of the Supervisory Board (“The 2006 Supervisory Board Plan”), of which 15,000 awards were immediately waived. These awards are granted at the nominal value of the share of €1.04 and vest over the following period: one third after 12 months, one third after 24 months and one third after 36 months following the date of the grant. Nevertheless, they are not subject to any market, performance or service conditions. As such, their associated compensation cost was recorded immediately at grant. In 2007, the first tranche of the plan, representing 17,000 shares vested as at April 27, 2007. As of December 31 2007, 34,000 awards were outstanding.
 
On September 29, 2006 the Company granted 4,854,280 nonvested shares to senior executives and selected employees to be issued upon vesting from treasury stock (“The 2006 Employee Plan”). The Compensation Committee also authorized on September 29, 2006 the future grant of additional shares to selected employees upon designation by the Managing Board of the Company. These additional shares were granted in 2006 and 2007, as detailed below. The shares were granted for free to employees, and vested upon completion of three internal performance conditions, each weighting for one third of the total number of awards granted. Except for employees in one of the Company’s European subsidiaries for whom a subplan was simultaneously created on September 29,


F-43


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
2006, the nonvested shares vest over the following requisite service period: 32% as at April 27, 2007, 32% as at April 27, 2008 and 36% as at April 27, 2009. The following requisite service period is required for the nonvested shares granted under the local subplan: 64% of the granted stock awards vest two years from grant date and 36% as at April 27, 2009. In addition, the sale by the employees of the shares included in the subplan, once vested, is restricted over an additional two-year period which is not considered as an extension of the requisite service period.
 
In compliance with the graded vesting of the grant, the first tranche of the original plan, representing 1,120,234 shares, vested as at April 27, 2007. In addition, 10,120 additional shares were accelerated during the year, of which 340 under the subplan. These shares were transferred to employees from the 13,400,000 treasury shares owned by the Company. At December 31, 2007, 3,489,974 nonvested shares were outstanding, of which 1,189,115 under the subplan.
 
On December 19, 2006, the Compensation Committee recorded the grant of an additional 62,360 shares to selected employees designated by the Managing Board of the Company as part of the 2006 Employee Plan. This additional grant has the same terms and conditions as the original plan. In compliance with the graded vesting of the grant, the first tranche of this plan, representing 8,885 shares, vested as at April 27, 2007. At December 31, 2007 53,130 nonvested shares were outstanding as part of this additional grant, of which 34,255 under the local subplan.
 
On February 27, 2007, the Compensation Committee recorded the grant of an additional 215,000 shares to selected employees designated by the Managing Board of the Company as part of the 2006 Employee Plan. This additional grant has the same terms and conditions as the original plan. In compliance with the graded vesting of the grant, the first tranche of this plan, representing 50,031 shares, vested as at April 27, 2007. In addition, 1,196 additional shares were accelerated during the year. At December 31, 2007 159,345 nonvested shares were outstanding as part of this additional grant, of which 57,390 under the local subplan.
 
On April 29 2007, following the decision by the Annual Shareholders’ meeting to increase the number of share awards to members of the Supervisory Board and Professionals of the Supervisory Board under the 2006 Supervisory Board plan, the Compensation Committee granted 165,000 stock-based awards to the members of the Supervisory Board and professionals of the Supervisory Board (“The 2007 Supervisory Board Plan”), of which 22,500 awards were immediately waived. These awards are granted at the nominal value of the share of €1.04 and vest over the following period: one third after 12 months, one third after 24 months and one third after 36 months following the date of the grant. Nevertheless, they are not subject to any market, performance or service conditions. As such, their associated compensation cost was recorded immediately at grant. As of December 31 2007, 142,500 awards were outstanding.
 
On June 18, 2007, the Company granted 5,691,840 nonvested shares to senior executives and selected employees to be issued upon vesting from treasury stock (“The 2007 Employee Plan”). The Compensation Committee also authorized the future grant of additional shares to selected employees upon nomination by the Managing Board of the Company. The shares were granted for free to employees, and will vest upon completion of three internal performance conditions, each weighting for one third of the total number of awards granted. Except for employees in two of the Company’s European subsidiaries for whom a subplan was simultaneously created, the nonvested shares vest over the following requisite service period: 32% as at April 26, 2008, 32% as at April 26, 2009 and 36% as at April 26, 2010. The following requisite service period is required for the nonvested shares granted under the two local subplans: for the first one, 64% of the granted stock awards vest as at June 19, 2009 and 36% as at June 19, 2010. In addition, the sale by the employees of the shares once vested is restricted over an additional two-year period, which is not considered as an extension of the requisite service period. For the second one, 32% vest as at June 19, 2008, 32% as at April 26, 2009 and 36% as at April 26, 2010. At December 31, 2007 5,618,350 nonvested shares were outstanding, of which 1,459,635 under the first subplan and 15,900 under the second one.
 
On December 6, 2007, the Managing Board of the Company, as authorized by the Compensation Committee, granted additional 84,450 shares to selected employees designated by the Managing Board of the Company as part of the 2007 Employee Plan. This additional grant has the same terms and conditions as the original plan. As a consequence of the forecast performance condition results, as explained above, one half of the grants are estimated to be lost for vesting. At December 31, 2007 84,450 nonvested shares were outstanding as part of this additional grant, of which 3,000 under the first local subplan and 42,400 under the second one.


F-44


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
A summary of the nonvested share activity for the years ended December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 is presented below:
 
                 
Nonvested Shares
  Number of Shares     Exercise price  
 
Outstanding as at December 31, 2005
    3,965,220     $ 0-€1.04  
                 
Awards granted:
               
2005 Employee Plan
    219,850     $ 0  
2006 Employee Plan
    4,916,640     $ 0  
2006 Supervisory Board Plan
    66,000     1.04  
Awards forfeited:
               
2005 Employee Plan
    (138,615 )   $ 0  
2006 Employee Plan
    (118,430 )   $ 0  
2006 Supervisory Board Plan
    (15,000 )   1.04  
Awards cancelled on failed vesting conditions:
               
2005 Employee Plan
    (1,364,902 )   $ 0  
Awards vested:
               
2005 Employee Plan
    (637,109 )   $ 0  
2005 Supervisory Board Plan
    (17,000 )   1.04  
Outstanding as at December 31, 2006
    6,876,654     $ 0-€1.04  
                 
Awards granted:
               
2006 Employee Plan
    215,000     $ 0  
2007 Employee Plan
    5,776,290     $ 0  
2007 Supervisory Board Plan
    165,000     1.04  
Awards forfeited:
               
2005 Employee Plan
    (42,619 )   $ 0  
2006 Employee Plan
    (120,295 )   $ 0  
2007 Employee Plan
    (73,490 )   $ 0  
2007 Supervisory Board Plan
    (22,500 )   1.04  
Awards vested:
               
2005 Employee Plan
    (1,039,544 )   $ 0  
2005 Supervisory Board Plan
    (17,000 )   1.04  
2006 Employee Plan
    (1,190,466 )   $ 0  
2006 Supervisory Board Plan
    (17,000 )   1.04  
Outstanding as at December 31, 2007
    10,510,030     $ 0-€1.04  
                 
 
The Company recorded compensation expense for the nonvested share awards based on the fair value of the awards at the grant date. The fair value of the awards granted in 2005 represents the $16.61 share price at the date of the grant. On the 2005 Employee Plan, the fair value of the nonvested shares granted, since they are affected by a market condition, reflects a discount of 49.50%, using a Monte Carlo path-dependent pricing model to measure the probability of achieving the market condition.
 
The following assumptions were incorporated into the Monte Carlo pricing model to estimate the 49.50% discount:
 
     
    2005
    Employee Plan
 
Historical share price volatility
  27.74%
Historical volatility of reference index
  25.5%
Three-year average dividend yield
  0.55%
Risk-free interest rates used
  4.21%-4.33%


F-45


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
Consistent with fair value calculations of stock option grants in prior years, the Company has determined the historical share price volatility to be the most appropriate estimate of future price activity. The weighted average grant-date fair value of nonvested shares granted to employees under the 2005 Employee Plan was $8.50.
 
In 2006, the Company accounted for the impact of the modification of the 2005 Employee Plan with the creation of a local subplan in compliance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (“FAS 123R”) provisions related to stock awards subject to a market condition and for which the original vesting period is extended. Such modification did not generate any incremental cost since, when measured as at the modification date, the fair value was discounted at 100% due to the nil probability as at March 2006 to achieve the market condition.
 
The weighted average grant date fair value of nonvested shares granted to employees under the 2006 Employee Plan was $17.35. On the 2006 Employee Plan, the fair value of the nonvested shares granted did not reflect any discount since they are not affected by a market condition. On February 27, 2007, the Compensation Committee approved the statement that the three performance conditions were met (as per initial assumption). Consequently, the compensation expense recorded on the 2006 Employee Plan reflects the statement that all of the awards granted will vest, as far as the service condition is met.
 
The weighted average grant date fair value of nonvested shares granted to employees under the 2007 Employee Plan was $19.35. On the 2007 Employee Plan, the fair value of the nonvested shares granted did not reflect any discount since they are not affected by a market condition. On the contrary, the Company estimates the number of awards expected to vest by assessing the probability of achieving the performance conditions. At December 31, 2007, a final determination of the achievement of the performance conditions had not yet been made by the Compensation Committee of the Supervisory Board. However, the Company has estimated that half of number of awards is expected to vest. Consequently, the compensation expense recorded for the 2007 Employee Plan reflects the vesting of half of the awards granted, subject to the service condition being met.
 
The compensation expense recorded for nonvested shares in 2006 included a reduction for future forfeitures, estimated at a pluri-annual rate of 4.99%, reflecting the historical trend of forfeitures on past stock award plans. This estimate was adjusted in 2007 at a pluri-annual rate of 4.40%. This estimate will be adjusted for actual forfeitures upon vesting. For employees eligible for retirement during the requisite service period, the Company records compensation expense over the applicable shortened period. For awards for which vesting was accelerated in 2007, the Company recorded immediately the unrecognized compensation expense as at the acceleration date.
 
The following table illustrates the classification of stock-based compensation expense included in the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2007, December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively:
 
                         
    December 31,
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Cost of sales
    14       6       2  
Selling, general and administrative
    37       14       6  
Research and development
    22       8       3  
Total compensation
    73       28       11  
                         
 
Compensation cost capitalized as part of inventory was $6 million at December 31, 2007 whereas it amounted to $3 million at December 31, 2006. As of December 31, 2007 there was $58 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to the grant of nonvested shares, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 16.4 months.
 
The total deferred income tax benefit recognized in the consolidated statements of income related to share-based compensation expense amounted to $9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, $7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 and $2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.


F-46


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
18.7 — Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
 
The accumulated balances related to each component of Other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows:
 
                                                 
          Unrealized
          Minimum
             
    Foreign
    gain (loss) on
    Unrealized
    pension
    FAS 158
    Accumulated
 
    currency
    available-for-sale
    gain (loss) on
    liability
    adoption
    other
 
    translation
    financial assets,
    derivatives,
    adjustment,
    adjustment,
    comprehensive
 
    income (loss)     net of tax     net of tax     net of tax     net of tax     income (loss)  
 
Balance as of December 31, 2004
    1,098       0       59       (41 )           1,116  
Other comprehensive income (loss)
    (770 )           (72 )     7             (835 )
                                                 
Balance as of December 31, 2005
    328       0       (13 )     (34 )           281  
Other comprehensive income (loss)
    532             26       34       (57 )     535  
                                                 
Balance as of December 31, 2006
    860       0       13             (57 )     816  
Other comprehensive income (loss)
    467       (2 )     (1 )             40       504  
                                                 
Balance as of December 31, 2007
    1,327       (2 )     12             (17 )     1,320  
                                                 
 
18.8 — Dividends
 
In 2007, the Company paid a cash dividend of $0.30 for a total amount of $269 million. In 2006 and 2005, the cash dividend paid was of $0.12 per share for a total amount of $107 million each year.
 
19 — EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE
 
For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, earnings (loss) per share (“EPS”) was calculated as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Basic EPS
                       
Net income (loss)
    (477 )     782       266  
Weighted average shares outstanding
    898,731,154       896,136,969       892,760,520  
Basic EPS
    (0.53 )     0.87       0.30  
Diluted EPS
                       
Net income (loss)
    (477 )     782       266  
Convertible debt interest, net of tax
          17       5  
                         
Net income (loss) adjusted
    (477 )     799       271  
Weighted average shares outstanding
    898,731,154       896,136,969       892,760,520  
Dilutive effect of stock options
          211,770       854,523  
Dilutive effect of nonvested shares
          1,252,996       116,233  
Dilutive effect of convertible debt
          60,941,995       41,880,104  
                         
Number of shares used in calculating diluted EPS
    898,731,154       958,543,730       935,611,380  
Diluted EPS
    (0.53 )     0.83       0.29  
 
At December 31, 2007, if the Company had reported an income, outstanding stock options would have included anti-dilutive shares totalled approximately 46,722,255 shares. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, outstanding stock options included anti-dilutive shares totalled approximately 56,113,482 shares and 59,704,044 shares, respectively.


F-47


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
There was also the equivalent of 42,310,582 common shares outstanding for convertible debt, out of which 74,936 for the 2013 bonds and 42,235,646 for the 2016 bonds. None of these bonds have been converted to shares during 2007.
 
20 — OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSES, NET
 
Other income and expenses, net consisted of the following:
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Research and development funding
    97       54       76  
Start-up costs
    (24 )     (57 )     (56 )
Exchange gain (loss), net
    1       (9 )     (16 )
Patent litigation costs
    (18 )     (22 )     (14 )
Patent pre-litigation costs
    (10 )     (7 )     (8 )
Gain on sale of investment in Accent
          6        
Gain on sale of other non-current assets, net
    2       2       12  
Other, net
          (2 )     (3 )
                         
Total
    48       (35 )     (9 )
                         
 
Patent litigation costs include legal and attorney fees and payment of claims, and patent pre-litigation costs are composed of consultancy fees and legal fees. Patent litigation costs are costs incurred in respect of pending litigation. Patent pre-litigation costs are costs incurred to prepare for licensing discussions with third parties with a view to concluding an agreement.
 
As at December 31, 2007, the caption “Other, net” included a $7 million income, net of attorney and consultancy fees that the Company received in its ongoing pursuit to recover damages related to the case with its former Treasurer as previously disclosed.
 
On June 29, 2006, the Company sold to Sofinnova Capital V its participation in Accent Srl, a subsidiary based in Italy. Accent Srl, in which the Company held a 51% interest, was jointly formed with Cadence Design Systems Inc. and is specialized in hardware and software design and consulting services for integrated circuit design and fabrication. The total consideration amounting to $7 million was received in cash on June 29, 2006. Net of consolidated carrying amount and transactions related expenses, the divestiture resulted in a net pre-tax gain of $6 million which was recorded in “Other income and expenses, net” in the 2006 consolidated statements of income. In addition the Company simultaneously entered into a license agreement with Accent by which the Company granted to Accent, for a total agreed lump sum amount of $3 million, the right to use “as is” and with no right to future development certain specific intellectual property of the Company that are currently used in Accent’s business activities. The total consideration was recognized immediately in 2006 and recorded as “Other revenues” in the consolidated statements of income. The Company was also granted warrants for 6,675 new shares of Accent. Such warrants expire after 15 years and can only be exercised in the event of a change of control or an Initial Public Offering of Accent above a predetermined value.
 
21 — IMPAIRMENT, RESTRUCTURING CHARGES AND OTHER RELATED CLOSURE COSTS
 
In 2007, the Company has incurred impairment and restructuring charges related to the following items: (i) the valuation of assets to be disposed of within Flash memory business deconsolidation under FAS 144 held-for-sale model; (ii) the manufacturing plan committed to by the Company in the second quarter of 2007 (the “2007 restructuring plan”); (iii) the 150mm restructuring plan started in 2003; (iv) the headcount reduction plan announced in the second quarter of 2005; (v) impairment charges on certain financial investments carried at cost and on intangible assets pursuant to the annual impairment test in order to assess recoverability of the carrying value of goodwill and related intangible assets.
 
During the third quarter of 2003, the Company commenced a plan to restructure its 150mm fab operations and part of its back-end operations in order to improve cost competitiveness. The 150mm restructuring plan focuses on cost reduction by migrating a large part of European and U.S. 150mm production to Singapore and by upgrading production to finer geometry 200mm wafer fabs. The plan includes the discontinuation of the 150mm production of


F-48


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
Rennes (France), the closure as soon as operationally feasible of the 150mm wafer pilot line in Castelletto (Italy) and the downsizing by approximately one-half of the 150mm wafer fab in Carrollton, Texas. Furthermore, the 150mm wafer fab productions in Agrate (Italy) and Rousset (France) will be gradually phased-out in favor of 200mm wafer ramp-ups at existing facilities in these locations, which will be expanded or upgraded to accommodate additional finer geometry wafer capacity. The Company incurred the balance of the restructuring charges related to this manufacturing restructuring plan in 2007, later than previously anticipated to accommodate unforeseen qualification requirements of the Company’s customers.
 
In the first quarter of 2005, the Company decided to reduce its Access technology products for Customer Premises Equipment (“CPE”) modem products. This decision was intended to eliminate certain low volume, non-strategic product families whose returns in the current environment did not meet internal targets. Additional restructuring initiatives were also implemented in the first quarter of 2005 such as the closure of a research and development design center in Karlsruhe (Germany) and in Malvern (U.S.A.), and the discontinuation of a development project in Singapore. In May 2005, the Company announced additional restructuring efforts to improve profitability. These initiatives were aimed to reduce the Company’s workforce by 3,000 outside Asia by the second half of 2006, of which 2,300 are planned for Europe. The Company plans to reorganize its European activities by optimizing on a global scale its EWS activities (wafer testing); harmonizing its support functions; streamlining its activities outside its manufacturing areas and by disengaging from certain activities.
 
In the second quarter of 2007, the Company announced it had entered into a definitive agreement with Intel to create a new independent semiconductor company from the key assets of the Company’s and Intel’s Flash memory business as described in details in Note 7. Upon meeting FAS 144 criteria for assets held for sale, the Company reclassified the assets to be transferred pursuant FMG deconsolidation from their original balance sheet classification to the line “Assets held for sale”, reflecting the to-be-contributed assets at fair value less costs to sell based on the net consideration provided for in the agreement and significant estimates. In addition, in the second half of 2007, the Company started to incur certain restructuring charges related to the disposal of FMG business.
 
The Company announced in the third quarter of 2007 that management committed to a new restructuring plan (“the 2007 restructuring plan”). This plan is aimed at redefining the Company’s manufacturing strategy in order to be more competitive in the semiconductor market. In addition to the prior restructuring measures undertaken in the past years, this new manufacturing plan will pursue, among other initiatives: the transfer of 150mm production from Carrollton, Texas to Asia, the transfer of 200mm production from Phoenix, Arizona, to Europe and Asia and the restructuring of the manufacturing operations in Morocco with a progressive phase out of the activities in Ain Sebaa site synchronized with a significant growth in Bouskoura site.
 
In the third quarter of 2007, the Company also performed the yearly impairment test in order to assess the recoverability of the goodwill carrying value.
 
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs incurred in 2007, 2006, and 2005 are summarized as follows:
 
                                 
                      Total impairment,
 
                      restructuring
 
                      charges and other
 
          Restructuring
    Other related
    related closure
 
Year ended December 31, 2007
  Impairment     charges     closure costs     costs  
 
150mm fab plan
          (2 )     (27 )     (29 )
2005 restructuring initiatives
          (6 )     (3 )     (9 )
2007 restructuring plan
    (11 )     (62 )           (73 )
FMG deconsolidation
    (1,107 )           (5 )     (1,112 )
Other
    (5 )                 (5 )
                                 
Total
    (1,123 )     (70 )     (35 )     (1,228 )
                                 
 


F-49


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
                                 
                      Total impairment,
 
                      restructuring
 
                      charges and other
 
          Restructuring
    Other related
    related closure
 
Year ended December 31, 2006
  Impairment     charges     closure costs     costs  
 
150mm fab plan
    (1 )     (7 )     (14 )     (22 )
2005 restructuring initiatives
    (1 )     (36 )     (8 )     (45 )
Other
    (10 )                 (10 )
Total
    (12 )     (43 )     (22 )     (77 )
                                 
 
                                 
                      Total impairment,
 
                      restructuring
 
                      charges and other
 
          Restructuring
    Other related
    related closure
 
Year ended December 31, 2005
  Impairment     charges     closure costs     costs  
 
150mm fab plan
          (4 )     (9 )     (13 )
2005 restructuring initiatives
    (66 )     (46 )     (2 )     (114 )
Other
    (1 )                 (1 )
Total
    (67 )     (50 )     (11 )     (128 )
                                 
 
Impairment charges
 
In 2007, the Company recorded impairment charges as follows:
 
  •  $1,106 million impairment as a result of the signing of the definitive agreement for the FMG deconsolidation and upon meeting FAS 144 criteria for assets held for sale, to adjust the value of the to-be-contributed assets to fair value less costs to sell. Fair value less costs to sell was based on the net consideration provided for in the agreement and significant estimates. The final impairment charge could be different subject to further adjustments due to business and market evolution prior to the closing of the transaction;
 
  •  $1 million impairment charge on certain specific equipment that could not be transferred as part of FMG deconsolidation and for which no alternative future use could be found in the Company;
 
  •  $11 million impairment on certain tangible assets, mainly equipment, that the Company identified without alternative future use following its commitment to the closure of two front-end sites and one back-end site as part of the 2007 restructuring plan;
 
  •  $2 million impairment on technologies without any alternative future use based on the Company’s products’ roadmap;
 
  •  $3 million other-than-temporary impairment charge on a minority equity investment carried at cost. The impairment loss was based on the valuation for the underlying investment of a new round of third party financing
 
In 2006, the Company recorded impairment charges as follows:
 
  •  $6 million impairment of goodwill pursuant to the decision of the Company to cease product development from technologies inherited from Tioga business acquisition. The Company reports Tioga business as part of the Application Specific Product Groups (“ASG”) product segment. Following this decision, the Company recorded the full write-off of Tioga goodwill carrying amount.
 
  •  $4 million impairment on technologies purchased as part of Tioga business acquisition, which were determined to be without any alternative use;
 
  •  $1 million impairment on equipment and machinery pursuant to the decision of the Company to discontinue a production line in one of its back-end sites;
 
  •  $1 million impairment on equipment and machinery identified without any alternative use in one of the Company’s European 150 mm sites.

F-50


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
 
In 2005, the Company recorded impairment charges as follows:
 
  •  $39 million impairment of goodwill pursuant to the decision of the Company to reduce its Access technology products for Customer Premises Equipment (“CPE”) modem products. The Company reports CPE business as part of the Access reporting unit, included in the Application Specific Products Group (“ASG”). Following the decision to discontinue a portion of this reporting unit, the Company, in compliance with FAS 142 reassessed the allocation of goodwill between the Access reporting unit and the business to be disposed of according to their relative fair values using market comparables;
 
  •  $22 million of purchased technologies were identified without any alternative use following the discontinuation of CPE product lines;
 
  •  $6 million for technologies and other intangible assets pursuant to the decision of the Company to close its research and development design centre in Karlsruhe (Germany), the discontinuation of a development project in Singapore, the optimization of its EWS (wafer testing) in the United States and other intangibles determined to be obsolete.
 
The long-lived assets affected by the restructuring plans are owned by the Company and were assessed for impairment using the held-for-use model defined in FAS 144 when they did not satisfy all of the criteria required for held-for-sale status. In 2007, apart from assets held for sale within FMG deconsolidation, the Company did not identify any significant tangible asset to be disposed of by sale. In 2006, the Company identified certain machinery and equipment to be disposed of by sale in one of its back-end sites in Morocco, following the decision of the Company to disengage from SPG activities as part of its latest restructuring initiatives. These assets did not generate any impairment charge and were reflected at their carrying value on the line “Other receivables and assets” of the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2006. These assets were sold in 2007, which generated a gain amounting to $2 million reported on the line “Other income and expenses, net” in the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
In January 2007, NXP Semiconductors B.V. announced that it would withdraw from the alliance the Company operates jointly with Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. for certain research and development activities and the operation of a 300mm wafer pilot line fab in Crolles (France) (“Crolles2 alliance”). Therefore, the Crolles2 alliance expired on December 31, 2007. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. had also notified the Company that it would terminate its participation to the Crolles2 alliance as of such date.
 
Restructuring charges and other related closure costs in 2007, 2006 and 2005 are summarized as follows:
 
                                                         
    150mm fab plan           2005
    2007
          Total restructuring
 
          Other related
          restructuring
    restructuring
    FMG
    & other related
 
    Restructuring     closure costs     Total     initiatives     plan     disposal     closure costs  
 
Provision as at December 31, 2004
    36       1       37                     3       40  
Charges incurred in 2005
    10       9       19       48                     67  
Reversal of provision
    (6 )             (6 )                             (6 )
Amounts paid
    (23 )     (10 )     (33 )     (21 )             (2 )     (56 )
Currency translation effect
    (4 )           (4 )                         (4 )
                                                         
Provision as at December 31, 2005
    13             13       27             1       41  
                                                         
Charges incurred in 2006
    7       14       21       44                     65  
Amounts paid
    —7       —14       —21       —54               —1       —76  
Currency translation effect
    1             1       1                     2  
                                                         
Provision as at December 31, 2006
    14             14       18                   32  
                                                         
Charges incurred in 2007
    4       27       31       9       62       5       107  
Reversal of provision
    (2 )           (2 )                       (2 )
Amounts paid
    (4 )     (27 )     (31 )     (19 )     (2 )     (3 )     (55 )
                                                         
Provision as at December 31, 2007
    12             12       8       60       2       82  
                                                         


F-51


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
150mm fab plan:
 
Restructuring charges incurred in 2007 on this plan amounted to $31 million, primarily related to transfer, maintenance and decontamination associated with the closure and transfer of production for the sites of Rousset (France) and Agrate (Italy). In 2007, the Company reversed a $2 million provision recorded in 2003 to cover the Company’s legal obligation to pay penalties to the French governmental institutions related to the closure of Rennes production site since the French authorities decided in 2007 to waive the payment of such penalties.
 
Restructuring charges incurred in 2006 amounted to $7 million termination benefits, and $14 million of other closure costs mainly related to maintenance and decontamination incurred in Agrate (Italy) and Rousset (France) sites.
 
Restructuring charges incurred in 2005 amounted to $10 million, mainly related to termination benefits, and $9 million of other related closure costs for transfers of production. In 2005 management decided to continue a specific back-end fabrication line in Rennes (France), which had originally been designated for full closure. This decision resulted in a $6 million reversal of the restructuring provision.
 
2005 restructuring initiatives:
 
In 2007, the Company recorded a total restructuring charge amounting to $9 million, detailed as follows: (i) $6 million corresponded to workforce reduction initiatives in Europe; and (ii) $3 million was related to reorganization actions aiming at optimizing the Company’s EWS activities.
 
In 2006, the Company recorded a total restructuring charge amounting to $44 million, of which $37 million corresponded to workforce reduction initiatives in Europe and $7 million were related to reorganization of its EWS activities as part of the plan of reorganization and optimization of its activities as defined in 2005.
 
In 2005, the Company commenced these restructuring initiatives and recorded the following charges:
 
  •  Pursuant to the decision of reducing its Access technology products for Customer Premises Equipment (“CPE”) modem products, the Company committed to an exit plan in Zaventem (Belgium) and recorded in 2005 $4 million of workforce termination benefits.
 
  •  In order to streamline its research and development sites, the Company decided to cease its activities in two locations, Karlsruhe (Germany) and Malvern (U.S.A.). The Company incurred in 2005 $1 million restructuring charges corresponding to employee termination costs and of $1 million of unused lease charges related to the closure of these two sites.
 
  •  In addition, charges totalling $2 million were paid in 2005 by the Company for voluntary termination benefits for certain employees. The Company also incurred a $2 million charge in 2005 related to additional restructuring initiatives, mainly in the United States and Mexico.
 
  •  The Company recorded a total restructuring charge amounting to $38 million related to termination incentives for two of the Company’s subsidiaries in Europe, who accepted special termination arrangements.
 
2007 restructuring plan:
 
The Company recorded a total restructuring charge for its latest restructuring plan amounting to $62 million, mainly related to termination benefits for involuntary leaves. This total charge includes the provision for contractual, legal and past practice termination benefits to be paid for an estimated number of employees primarily in the United States, France and Morocco amounting to $37 million, and $25 million corresponding to one-time termination benefits established by the restructuring plan as communicated in the United States, which specifies certain retention and completion bonuses to be paid to employees who are required to render service until full closure of the manufacturing sites.
 
FMG disposal:
 
In 2007, the Company recorded $5 million restructuring charges related to FMG disposal group of assets, mainly related to transfer, maintenance and decontamination costs.


F-52


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
Total impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs:
 
The 2003 restructuring plan and related manufacturing initiatives were largely completed in 2007. Of the total $330 million expected pre-tax charges to be incurred under the plan, $345 million have been incurred as of December 31, 2007 ($29 million in 2007, $22 in 2006, $13 million in 2005, $76 million in 2004 and $205 million in 2003).
 
The 2005 headcount reduction plan, which was nearly fully completed as at December 31, 2007, was originally expected to result in pre-tax charges of $100 million, out of which $95 million have been incurred as at December 31, 2007 ($9 million in 2007, $45 in 2006 and $41 million in 2005).
 
The 2007 restructuring plan is expected to result in pre-tax charges in the range of $270 to $300 million, of which $62 million have been incurred as of December 31, 2007. This plan is expected to be completed in the second half of 2009.
 
In 2007, total amounts paid for restructuring and related closure costs amounted to $55 million. The total actual costs that the Company will incur may differ from these estimates based on the timing required to complete the restructuring plan, the number of people involved, the final agreed termination benefits and the costs associated with the transfer of equipment, products and processes.
 
22 — INTEREST INCOME (EXPENSE), NET
 
Interest income (expense), net consisted of the following:
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Income
    156       143       53  
Expense
    (73 )     (50 )     (19 )
                         
Total
    83       93       34  
                         
 
No borrowing cost was capitalized in 2007 and 2006, while capitalized interest was $2 million in 2005. Interest income on floating rate notes classified as available-for-sale marketable securities amounted to $41 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 and to $5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Interest income on auction rate securities amounted to $24 million and $9 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 respectively.
 
In 2005, the Company invested available cash in credit-linked deposits issued by several primary banks, which maturity was scheduled before year-end. Interest income on these marketable securities for the years ended December 31, 2005 amounted to $18 million.
 
23 — INCOME TAX
 
Income before income tax expense is comprised of the following:
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Income (loss) recorded in The Netherlands
    (54 )     (12 )     (60 )
Income from foreign operations
    (440 )     776       335  
                         
Income before income tax expense
    (494 )     764       275  
                         
 
STMicroelectronics N.V. and its subsidiaries are individually liable for income taxes in their jurisdictions. Tax losses can only offset profits generated by the taxable entity incurring such loss.


F-53


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
Income tax benefit (expense) is comprised of the following:
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006     2005  
 
The Netherlands taxes — current
    (4 )     (7 )     (6 )
Foreign taxes — current
    (121 )     (47 )     (33 )
                         
Current taxes
    (125 )     (54 )     (39 )
Foreign deferred taxes
    148       74       31  
                         
Income tax benefit (expense)
    23       20       (8 )
                         
 
The principal items comprising the differences in income taxes computed at the Netherlands statutory rate, of 25.5% in 2007, 29.6% in 2006 and 34.5% in 2005 and the effective income tax rate are the following:
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Income tax expense computed at statutory rate
    126       (226 )     (95 )
Permanent and other differences
    (20 )     (27 )     (26 )
Valuation allowance adjustments
    (1 )     (8 )      
Impact of prior years adjustments
    (17 )     63       28  
Effects of change in enacted tax rate on deferred taxes
    (21 )            
Current year credits
    63       49       20  
Other tax and credits
    (3 )     (1 )     (2 )
Benefits from tax holidays
    122       134       48  
Impact of FMG deconsolidation
    (113 )            
Earnings of subsidiaries taxed at different rates
    (113 )     36       19  
                         
Income tax benefit (expense)
    23       20       (8 )
                         
 
The line “Impact of prior years’ adjustments” includes amounts that are further disclosed at “Changes to the uncertain tax positions of prior years” in the uncertain tax position reconciliation table included in this note.
 
The line “Earnings of subsidiaries taxed at different rates” includes a $97 million decrease related to the FMG deconsolidation for amounts that were deductible in tax jurisdictions with statutory tax rates substantially below the Netherlands statutory rate.
 
In 2006, as the result of favourable events that occurred in that year, the Company recognized approximately $23 million in tax benefits related to Research and Development Credits and Extraterritorial Income Exclusions in the United States for prior periods. In addition the Company reversed $90 million in income tax provisions related to a previously received tax assessment in the United States based on a final settlement upon appeals.
 
The tax holidays represent a tax exemption period aimed to attract foreign technological investment in certain tax jurisdictions. The effect of the tax benefits on basic earnings per share was $0.14, $0.15, and $0.05 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively. These agreements are present in various countries and include programs that reduce up to and including 100% of taxes in years affected by the agreements. The Company’s tax holidays expire at various dates through the year ending December 31, 2019.


F-54


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006  
 
Tax loss carryforwards and investment credits
    213       159  
Inventory valuation
    38       25  
Impairment and restructuring charges
    76       18  
Fixed asset depreciation in arrears
    61       81  
Receivables for government funding
    169       116  
Tax allowances granted on past capital investments
    1,054       975  
Pension service costs
    24       29  
Commercial accruals
    10       11  
Other temporary differences
    67       52  
                 
Total deferred tax assets
    1,712       1,466  
Valuation allowances
    (1,123 )     (1,039 )
                 
Deferred tax assets, net
    589       427  
                 
Accelerated fixed asset depreciation
    (110 )     (118 )
Acquired intangible assets
    (11 )     (8 )
Advances of government funding
    (24 )     (25 )
Other temporary differences
    (27 )     (30 )
                 
Deferred tax liabilities
    (172 )     (181 )
                 
Net deferred income tax asset
    417       246  
                 
 
As of December 31, 2007, the Company and its subsidiaries have tax loss carryforwards and investment credits that expire starting 2008, as follows:
 
         
Year
     
 
2007
    1  
2008
    10  
2009
    9  
2010
    21  
Thereafter
    172  
         
Total
    213  
         
 
The “Tax allowances granted on past capital investments” mainly related to a 2003 agreement granting the Company certain tax credits for capital investments purchased through the year ending December 31, 2006. Any unused tax credits granted under the agreement will continue to increase yearly by a legal inflationary index (currently 7% per annum). The credits may be utilized through 2020 or later depending on the Company meeting certain program criteria. In addition to this agreement, the Company will continue to receive tax credits on future years’ capital investments, which may be used to offset that year’s tax liabilities and increases by the legal inflationary rate. However, pursuant to the inability to utilize these credits currently and in future years, the Company did not recognize any deferred tax asset on such tax allowance. As a result, there is no financial impact to the net deferred tax assets of the Company.
 
Tax loss carryforwards include $59 million in net operating losses acquired in business combinations, which continue to be fully provided for at December 31, 2007. Any eventual use of these tax loss carryforwards would result in a reduction of the goodwill recorded in the original business combination.
 
The amount of deferred tax expense recorded as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) was ($8) million and $7 million in 2007 and 2006 respectively and related primarily to the tax effects of the recognized unfunded status on defined benefits plans and unrealized gains on derivatives. The amount of deferred tax expense recorded as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) was $6 million in 2005 and related primarily to the tax effects of unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives as well as minimum pension liability adjustments.


F-55


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
With the adoption of FIN 48 in the first quarter of 2007, the Company applies a two-step process for the evaluation of uncertain income tax positions based on a “more likely than not” threshold to determine if a tax position will be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities. The recognition threshold in step one permits the benefit from an uncertain position to be recognized only if it is more likely than not, or 50 percent assured that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities. The measurement methodology in step two is based on “cumulative probability”, resulting in the recognition of the largest amount that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement with the taxing authority.
 
The Company recorded as of the adoption date an incremental tax liability of $8 million for the difference between the amounts recognized under its previous accounting policies and the income tax benefits determined under the new guidance. Total unrecognized tax benefits as of the date of adoption amounts to $82 million, of which $74 million correspond to tax exposure provisions recorded under accounting principles applicable prior to FIN 48 adoption. The cumulative effect of the change in the accounting principle that the Company applied to uncertain income tax positions was recorded in the first quarter of 2007 as an adjustment to retained earnings. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
 
         
Balance at January 1, 2007
  $ 82  
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
    4  
Additions for tax positions of prior years
    72  
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
    (25 )
Settlements
    (6 )
Reductions for lapse of statute of limitations
    (28 )
         
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $ 99  
         
 
The total amount of these unrecognized tax benefits would affect the effective tax rate, if recognized. It is reasonably possible that certain of the uncertain tax positions disclosed in the table above could increase by up to $64 million based upon tax examinations that are expected to be completed within the next 12 months.
 
Additionally, the Company elected to classify accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as components of income tax expense in its consolidated statements of income. Interest and penalties are not material for the year or on a cumulative basis.
 
The tax years that remain open for review in the Company’s major tax jurisdictions are from 1996 to 2007.
 
24 — COMMITMENTS
 
The Company’s commitments as of December 31, 2007 were as follows:
 
                                                         
    Total     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012     Thereafter  
    In million U.S.$        
 
Operating leases
    300       57       41       30       25       18       129  
Purchase obligations
    1,200       1,100       65       30       5                  
of which:
                                                       
Equipment and other asset purchase
    683       683                                          
Foundry purchase
    266       266                                          
Software, technology licenses and design
    251       151       65       30       5                  
Other obligations
    622       463       92       37       9       8       13  
                                                         
Total
    2,122       1,620       198       97       39       26       142  
                                                         
 
As a consequence of the Company’s July 10 announcement, the future shutdown of the Company’s plants in the United States will lead to negotiations with some of the Company’s suppliers. As no final date has been set, none of the contracts as reported above have been terminated nor do the reported amounts take into account any termination fees. This concerns approximately $51 million commitments (operating leases and purchasing obligations.)


F-56


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
The Company leases land, buildings, plants, and equipment under operating leases that expire at various dates under non-cancellable lease agreements. Operating lease expense was $62 million, $56 million and $61 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
As described in Note 4, the Company and Hynix Semiconductor signed on November 16, 2004 a joint-venture agreement to build a front-end memory-manufacturing facility in Wuxi City, Jiangsu Province, China. The business license was obtained in April 2005 and the Company paid $213 million, including $1 million of deal-related expenses in 2006 and $38 million of capital contributions in 2005. The Company has also entered into a debt guarantee agreement with a third party financial institution which will loan up to $250 million to the joint venture. Repayment of the loan by the joint venture is guaranteed by a deposit from the Company to the bank in an offsetting amount. As of December 31, 2007, $250 million has been loaned to the joint venture and a deposit placed by the Company with the bank in a like amount. Furthermore, the Company has contingent future loading obligations to purchase products from the joint venture, which have not been included in the table above because at this stage the amounts remain contingent and non-quantifiable.
 
Purchase obligations are primarily comprised of purchase commitments for equipment and other assets, for outsourced foundry wafers and for software licenses. Following the termination of the Crolles2 alliance with Freescale Semiconductor and NXP Semiconductors, the Company signed an agreement with its two partners to commit to purchasing their 300-mm equipment during 2008. The timing of the purchase has been agreed on the basis of the Company’s current visibility of the loading for the wafer fab. The contracts provide for the following schedule of purchases of the equipment: $140 million on March 14, 2008; $135 million on April 18, 2008; and, $129 million on June 30, 2008.
 
Other obligations primarily relate to contractual firm commitments with respect to cooperation agreements. Following the agreement signed on December 11, 2007 to acquire Genesis Microchip Inc. (“Genesis Microchip”), the Company committed to a cash tender offer to purchase all of the outstanding shares of Genesis Microchip for $8.65 per share, net to the holder in cash, for a total amount of $345 million approximately. Transaction has been completed in January 2008.
 
Other commitments
 
The Company has issued guarantees totalling $785 million related to its subsidiaries’ debt.
 
25 — CONTINGENCIES
 
The Company is subject to the possibility of loss contingencies arising in the ordinary course of business. These include but are not limited to: warranty cost on the products of the Company, breach of contract claims, claims for unauthorized use of third party intellectual property, tax claims beyond assessed uncertain tax positions, as well as claims for environmental damages. In determining loss contingencies, the Company considers the likelihood of a loss of an asset or the incurrence of a liability as well as the ability to reasonably estimate the amount of such loss or liability. An estimated loss is recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and when the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company regularly reevaluates claims to determine whether provisions need to be readjusted based on the most current information available to the Company. Changes in these evaluations could result in adverse material impact on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows or its financial position for the period in which they occur.
 
26 — CLAIMS AND LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
The Company has received and may in the future receive communications alleging possible infringements, in particular in case of patents and similar intellectual property rights of others. Furthermore, the Company may become involved in costly litigation brought against the Company regarding patents, mask works, copy-rights, trade-marks or trade secrets. In the event that the outcome of any litigation would be unfavorable to the Company, the Company may be required to license the underlying intellectual property right at economically unfavorable terms and conditions, and possibly pay damages for prior use and/or face an injunction, all of which individually or in the aggregate could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows or financial position and ability to compete.
 
The Company is involved in various lawsuits, claims, investigations and proceedings incidental to the normal conduct of its operations, other than external patent utilization. These matters mainly include the risks associated


F-57


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
with claims from customers or other parties and tax disputes beyond assessed uncertain tax positions. The Company has accrued for these loss contingencies when the loss is probable and can be estimated. The Company regularly evaluates claims and legal proceedings together with their related probable losses to determine whether they need to be adjusted based on the current information available to the Company. Legal costs associated with claims are expensed as incurred. In the event of litigation which is adversely determined with respect to the Company’s interests, or in the event the Company needs to change its evaluation of a potential third-party claim, based on new evidence or communications, a material adverse effect could impact its operations or financial condition at the time it were to materialize.
 
The Company is currently a party to legal proceedings with SanDisk Corporation (“SanDisk”) and Tessera Technologies, Inc (“Tessera”). Based on management’s current assumptions made with support of the Company’s outside attorneys, the Company is not currently in a position to evaluate any probable loss, which may arise out of such litigation.
 
27 — FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT
 
27.1 Financial risk factors
 
The Company is exposed to changes in financial market conditions in the normal course of business due to its operations in different foreign currencies and its ongoing investing and financing activities. The Company’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, fair value interest rate risk, cash flow interest rate risk and price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Company’s overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the Company’s financial performance. The Company uses derivative financial instruments to hedge certain risk exposures.
 
Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (Corporate Treasury) reporting to the Chief Financial Officer. Simultaneously, a Treasury Committee was created to steer treasury activities and to ensure compliance with corporate policies approved by the Board of Directors. Treasury activities are thus regulated by the Company’s policies, which define procedures, objectives and controls. The policies focus on the management of financial risk in terms of exposure to market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. Treasury controls are subject to internal audits. Most treasury activities are centralized, with any local treasury activities subject to oversight from head treasury office. Corporate Treasury identifies, evaluates and hedges financial risks in close cooperation with the Company’s operating units. It provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as written policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, use of derivative financial instruments and non-derivative financial instruments, and investment of excess liquidity. The majority of cash and cash equivalent is held in U.S. dollars and Euro and is placed with financial institutions rated at least a single “A” long term rating from two of the major rating agencies, meaning at least A3 from Moody’s Investor Service and A- from Standard & Poor’s and Fitch Ratings. Marginal amounts are held in other currencies. Foreign currency operations and hedging transactions are performed only to hedge exposures deriving from industrial and commercial activities.
 
Market risk
 
Foreign exchange risk
 
The Company conducts its business on a global basis in various major international currencies. As a result, the Company is exposed to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates, primarily with respect to the Euro. Foreign exchange risk mainly arises from future commercial transactions and recognized assets and liabilities at the Company’s subsidiaries.
 
Management has set up a policy to require the Company’s subsidiaries to hedge their entire foreign exchange risk exposure with the Company through financial instruments transacted by Corporate Treasury. To manage their foreign exchange risk arising from recognized assets and liabilities, entities in the Company use forward contracts and purchased currency options, transacted by Corporate Treasury. Foreign exchange risk arises when recognized assets and liabilities are denominated in a currency that is not the entity’s functional currency. These instruments do not qualify as hedging instruments. In addition, forward contracts and currency options are also used by the Company to reduce its exposure to U.S. dollar fluctuations in Euro-denominated forecasted intercompany transactions that cover a large part of its research and development, selling general and administrative expenses


F-58


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
as well as a portion of its front-end manufacturing production costs of semi-finished goods. The derivative instruments used to hedge these forecasted transactions meet the criteria for designation as cash flow hedge. The hedged forecasted transactions are all highly probable of occurrence for hedge accounting purposes.
 
It is the Company’s policy to keep the foreign exchange exposures in all the currency pairs hedged month by month against the monthly standard rate. Each month end, the forecasted flows for the coming month are hedged together with the fixing of the new standard rate. For this reason the hedging transactions will have an exchange rate very close to the standard rate at which the forecasted flows will be recorded on the following month. As such, the foreign exchange exposure of the Company, which consists in the balance sheet positions and other contractually agreed transactions, is always equivalent to zero and any movement of the foreign exchange rates will not therefore influence the exchange effect on consolidated statements of income items. Any discrepancy from the forecasted values and the actual results is constantly monitored and prompt actions are eventually taken.
 
Derivative Instruments Not Designated as a Hedge
 
As described above, the Company enters into foreign currency forward contracts and currency options to reduce its exposure to changes in exchange rates and the associated risk arising from the denomination of certain assets and liabilities in foreign currencies at the Company’s subsidiaries. These include receivables from international sales by various subsidiaries in foreign currencies, payables for foreign currency denominated purchases and certain other assets and liabilities arising in intercompany transactions.
 
The notional amount of these financial instruments totalled $254 million, $232 million and $1,461 million at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The principal currencies covered are the Euro, the Singapore dollar, the Japanese yen, the Swiss franc and the Malaysian ringgit.
 
The risk of loss associated with forward contracts is equal to the exchange rate differential from the time the contract is entered into until the time it is settled. The risk of loss associated with purchased currency options is equal to the premium paid when the option is not exercised.
 
Foreign currency forward contracts and currency options not designated as cash flow hedge outstanding as of December 31, 2007 have remaining terms of 2 days to 5 months, maturing on average after 27 days.
 
Derivative Instruments Designated as a Hedge
 
To further reduce its exposure to U.S. dollar exchange rate fluctuations, the Company hedges certain Euro-denominated forecasted transactions that cover at year-end a large part of its research and development, selling, general and administrative expenses, as well as a portion of its front-end manufacturing costs of semi-finished goods through the use of currency forward contracts and currency options.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2007 the Company recorded a reduction in cost of sales and operating expenses of $16 million and $20 million, respectively, related to the realized gain incurred on such hedged transactions. For the year ended December 31, 2006 the Company recorded a reduction in cost of sales and operating expenses of $5 million and $14 million, respectively, related to the realized gain incurred on such hedged transactions. In addition, no cash flow hedge transaction was discontinued in 2007 and 2006 and, as such, no amount was reclassified as “Other income and expenses, net” into the consolidated statements of income from Accumulated other comprehensive income. For the year ended December 31, 2005 the Company recorded as cost of sales and operating expenses $51 million and $30 million, respectively, related to the realized loss incurred on hedged transactions. In addition, after determining that it was not probable that certain forecasted transactions would occur by the end of the originally specified time period, the Company discontinued in 2005 certain of its cash flow hedges and reclassified a net loss of $37 million as “Other income and expenses, net” into the consolidated statements of income from Accumulated other comprehensive income.
 
The notional amount of foreign currency forward contracts and currency options designated as cash flow hedges totalled $482, $593 and $745 million at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 respectively. The forecasted transactions hedged at December 31, 2007 were determined to be probable of occurrence.
 
As of December 31, 2007, $12 million of deferred gains on derivative instruments, net of tax of $1 million, included in Accumulated other comprehensive income were expected to be reclassified as earnings during the next six months based on the monthly forecasted research and development expenses, corporate costs and semi-finished manufacturing costs. As of December 31, 2006, $13 million of deferred gains on derivative instruments, net of tax


F-59


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
of $2 million, included in Accumulated other comprehensive income were expected to be reclassified as earnings during the next six months based on the monthly forecasted research and development expenses, corporate costs and semi-finished manufacturing costs. As of December 31, 2005, $13 million of deferred losses on derivative instruments, net of tax of $1 million, included in Accumulated other comprehensive income were reclassified as earnings during the next six months based on the monthly forecasted research and development expenses, corporate costs and semi-finished manufacturing costs.
 
Foreign currency forward contracts and currency options designated as cash flow hedges outstanding as of December 31, 2007 have remaining terms of 9 days to 5 months, maturing on average after 43 days.
 
Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk
 
The Company’s interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Company to cash flow interest rate risk. Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose the Company to fair value interest rate risk.
 
The Company analyses its interest rate exposure on a dynamic basis. Various scenarios are simulated taking into consideration refinancing, renewal of existing positions, alternative financing and hedging. Since all the liquidity of the Company is invested in floating rate instruments, the Company’s interest rate risk arises from the mismatch of fixed rate liabilities and floating rate assets.
 
In 2006, the Company entered into cancellable swaps with a combined notional value of $200 million to hedge the fair value of a portion of the convertible bonds due 2016 carrying a fixed interest rate. The cancellable swaps convert the fixed rate interest expense recorded on the convertible bond due 2016 to a variable interest rate based upon adjusted LIBOR. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006 the cancellable swaps met the criteria for designation as a fair value hedge and, as such, both the swaps and the hedged portion of the bonds are reflected at their fair values in the consolidated balance sheets. The criteria for designating a derivative as a hedge include evaluating whether the instrument is highly effective at offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk. Hedged effectiveness is assessed on both a prospective and retrospective basis at each reporting period. At December 31, 2007 and 2006 the cancellable swaps are highly effective at hedging the change in fair value of the hedged bonds attributable to changes in interest rates. Any ineffectiveness of the hedge relationship is recorded as a gain or loss on derivatives as a component of “Other income and expenses, net” in the consolidated statements of income. If the hedge becomes no longer highly effective, the hedged portion of the bonds will discontinue being marked to fair value while the changes in the fair value of the cancellable swaps will continue to be recorded in the consolidated statements of income. The net loss recognized in “Other income and expenses, net” for the year ended December 31, 2007 as a result of the ineffective portion of this fair value hedge amounted to $1 million, while it was not material in 2006.
 
Credit risk
 
The Company selects banks and/or financial institutions that operate with the group based on the criteria of long term rating from at least two major Rating Agencies and keeping a maximum outstanding amount per instrument with each bank group within a threshold of 20%.
 
Due to the credit market turmoil, the Company has decided to further tighten the counterparty concentration and credit risk profile. The maximum outstanding counterparty risk has been reduced and currently does not exceed 15% for major international banks with large market capitalization.
 
The Company monitors the creditworthiness of its customers to which it grants credit terms in the normal course of business. If certain customers are independently rated, these ratings are used. Otherwise, if there is no independent rating, risk control assesses the credit quality of the customer, taking into account its financial position, past experience and other factors. Individual risk limits are set based on internal and external ratings in accordance with limits set by management. The utilisation of credit limits is regularly monitored. Sales to customers are primarily settled in cash. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, one customer, the Nokia Group of companies, represented 26.9% and 26.2% of trade accounts receivable, net respectively. Any remaining concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited due to the large number of customers and their dispersion across many geographic areas.


F-60


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
Liquidity risk
 
Prudent liquidity risk management includes maintaining sufficient cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits and marketable securities, the availability of funding from an adequate of committed credit facilities and the ability to close out market positions. The Company’s objective is to maintain a significant cash position and a low debt to equity ratio, which ensure adequate financial flexibility. Liquidity management policy is to finance the Company’s investments with net cash provided from operating activities.
 
Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Company’s liquidity reserve on the basis of expected cash flows.
 
27.2 Capital risk management
 
The Company’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, or issue new shares.
 
Consistent with others in the industry, the Company monitors capital on the basis of the debt-to-equity ratio. This ratio is calculated as the net financial position of the Company, defined as the difference between total cash position (cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities — current and non-current-, short-term deposits and restricted cash) net of total financial debt (bank overdrafts, current portion of long-term debt and long-term debt), divided by total equity attributable to the shareholders of the Company.
 
27.3 — Fair value estimation
 
The fair values of quoted financial instruments are based on current market prices. The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets is based on quoted market prices at the balance sheet date. The quoted market price used for financial assets held by the Company is the bid price. If the market for a financial asset is not active and if no observable market price is obtainable, the Company measures fair value by using significant assumptions and estimates. In measuring fair value, the Company makes maximum use of market inputs and relies as little as possible on entity-specific inputs.
 
                                 
    2007     2006  
    Carrying
    Estimated
    Carrying
    Estimated
 
    Amount     Fair Value     Amount     Fair Value  
 
Long-term debt
                               
— Bank loans (including current portion)
    472       465       478       466  
— Senior Bonds
    736       734       659       655  
— Convertible debt
    1,012       965       993       1,010  
Marketable securities
                               
— Floating-rate notes
    1,014       1,014       460       460  
— Auction rate securities
    369       369       304       304  
Other receivables and assets
                               
— Foreign exchange forward contracts and currency options
    13       13       14       14  
Other investments and other non current assets
                               
— Cancellable swaps designated as fair value hedge
    8       8       4       4  
— Equity securities classified as available-for-sale
    5       5       5       5  
Other payables and accrued liabilities
                               
— Foreign exchange forward contracts and currency options
    1       1       1       1  
 
The methodologies used to estimate fair value are as follows:
 
Cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, bank overdrafts, short-term borrowings, and accounts payable
 
The carrying amounts reflected in the consolidated financial statements are reasonable estimates of fair value due to the relatively short period of time between the origination of the instruments and their expected realization.


F-61


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
Marketable securities
 
The fair value of floating rate notes is estimated based upon quoted market prices for the same or similar instruments.
 
For auction rate securities, which are debt securities without available observable market price, the Company establishes fair value by reference to public available indexes of securities with the same rating and comparable or similar underlying collaterals or industries’ exposure, using “mark to market” bids and “mark to model” valuations received from the structuring financial institutions.
 
Long-term debt and current portion of long-term debt
 
The fair values of long-term debt were determined based on quoted market prices, and by estimating future cash flows on a borrowing-by-borrowing basis and discounting these future cash flows using the Company’s incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.
 
Foreign exchange forward contracts and currency options
 
The fair values of these instruments are estimated based upon quoted market prices for the same or similar instruments.
 
Cancellable swaps
 
The fair values of these instruments are estimated based upon market prices for similar instruments.
 
Equity securities classified as available-for-sale
 
The fair values of these instruments are estimated based upon market prices for the same instruments.
 
28 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
Transactions with significant shareholders, their affiliates and other related parties were as follows:
 
                         
    December 31,
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Sales & other services
    272       118       158  
Research and development expenses
    (68 )     (43 )     (48 )
Other purchases
    (85 )     (70 )     (16 )
Other income and expenses
    (11 )     (21 )     (12 )
Accounts receivable
    44       20       29  
Accounts payable
    40       20       12  
Other assets
    2             11  
 
For the years ended December 31, 2007, December 31, 2006 and 2005, the related party transactions were primarily with significant shareholders of the Company, or their subsidiaries and companies in which management of the Company perform similar policymaking functions. These include, but are not limited to: Commissariat à l’Energie Atomique (LETI) Areva, France Telecom, Equant, Orange, Finmeccanica, Cassa Depositi e Prestiti and Thomson. For 2007, the related party transactions also include transactions with Flextronics, Oracle and KLA-Tenkor. Additionally the Company incurred in 2007 and 2006 significant amounts from Hynix Semiconductor Inc., with which the Company has a significant equity investment, Hynix ST joint venture, described in detail in note 4. In 2007 and 2006, Hynix Semiconductor Inc. increased its business transactions with the Company in order to supply products on behalf of the joint venture, which was not ready to fully produce and supply the volumes of specific products as requested by the Company. The amount of purchases and other expenses from Hynix Semiconductor Inc. was $161 million in 2007 and $161 million in 2006. The amount of sales and other services made in 2007 was $2 million. The Company had a payable amount of $18 million as at December 31, 2007 and $13 million as at December 31, 2006.
 
Additionally, as detailed in note 8, the Company recorded costs amounting to $26 million to create the infrastructure necessary to prepare Numonyx to operate immediately following the FMG deconsolidation, for which the Company has paid and will be reimbursed by Numonyx following the closing of the transaction.


F-62


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
In addition, the Company participates in an Economic Interest Group (“E.I.G.”) in France with Areva and France Telecom to share the costs of certain research and development activities, which are not included in the table above. The share of income (expense) recorded by the Company as research and development expenses incurred by E.I.G amounted to $1 million expense in 2007 and 2006 and to $5 million expense in 2005. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company had no receivable or payable amount. At December 31, 2005, the Company had a net receivable amount of $1 million.
 
The Company contributed cash amounts totalling $1 million, for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 to the ST Foundation, a non-profit organization established to deliver and coordinate independent programs in line with its mission. Certain members of the Foundation’s Board are senior members of the Company’s management.
 
In addition, pursuant to the Supervisory Board’s approval, the Company paid in 2005 a special contribution amounting to $4 million to a non-profit charitable institution in the field of sustainable development and social responsibility on behalf of its former President and Chief Executive Officer.
 
29 — SEGMENT INFORMATION
 
The Company operates in two business areas: Semiconductors and Subsystems.
 
In the Semiconductors business area, the Company designs, develops, manufactures and markets a broad range of products, including discrete, memories and standard commodity components, application-specific integrated circuits (“ASICs”), full custom devices and semi-custom devices and application-specific standard products (“ASSPs”) for analog, digital, and mixed-signal applications. In addition, the Company further participates in the manufacturing value chain of Smartcard products through its Incard division, which includes the production and sale of both silicon chips and Smartcards.
 
Beginning with the first quarter of 2005, the Company reported until December 31, 2006 its semiconductor sales and operating income in three segments:
 
  •  Application Specific Product Groups (“ASG”) segment, comprised of three product lines — Home, Personal and Communication (“HPC”), Computer Peripherals (“CPG”) and new Automotive Product (“APG”);
 
  •  Memory Products Group (“MPG”) segment; and
 
  •  Micro, Power, Analog (“MPA”) segment.
 
In an effort to better align the Company to meet the requirements of the market, together with the pursuit of strategic repositioning in Flash Memory, the Company announced in December 2006 a reorganization of its product segments into three main segments:
 
  •  Application Specific Product Groups (“ASG”) segment;
 
  •  Industrial and Multisegment Sector (“IMS”) segment; and
 
  •  Flash Memory Group (“FMG”) segment.
 
ASG segment includes the existing APG and CPG product lines and the newly created Mobile, Multimedia and Communications Group and Home, Entertainment and Display Group. IMS segment contains the Microcontrollers, Memories and Smartcards Group and the Analog, Power and MEMS Group. FMG segment incorporates all Flash Memory operations, including research and development and product-related activities, front- and back-end manufacturing, marketing and sales. The new product segments became effective on January 1, 2007. The Company has restated its results in prior periods for illustrative comparisons of its performance by product segment. The preparation of segment information according to the new segment structure requires management to make significant estimates, assumptions and judgments in determining the operating income of the segments for the prior reporting periods. However management believes the 2006 quarter’s presentation is representative of 2007 and is using these comparatives when managing the Company.
 
The Company’s principal investment and resource allocation decisions in the Semiconductor business area are for expenditures on research and development and capital investments in front-end and back-end manufacturing facilities. These decisions are not made by product segments, but on the basis of the Semiconductor Business area.


F-63


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
All these product segments share common research and development for process technology and manufacturing capacity for most of their products.
 
In the Subsystems business area, the Company designs, develops, manufactures and markets subsystems and modules for the telecommunications, automotive and industrial markets including mobile phone accessories, battery chargers, ISDN power supplies and in-vehicle equipment for electronic toll payment. Based on its immateriality to its business as a whole, the Subsystems segment does not meet the requirements for a reportable segment as defined in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information (“FAS 131”).
 
The following tables present the Company’s consolidated net revenues and consolidated operating income by semiconductor product segment. For the computation of the Groups’ internal financial measurements, the Company uses certain internal rules of allocation for the costs not directly chargeable to the Groups, including cost of sales, selling, general and administrative expenses and a significant part of research and development expenses. Additionally, in compliance with the Company’s internal policies, certain cost items are not charged to the Groups, including impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs, start-up costs of new manufacturing facilities, some strategic and special research and development programs or other corporate-sponsored initiatives, including certain corporate level operating expenses and certain other miscellaneous charges.
 
Net revenues by product segment
 
                         
    December 31,
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006     2005  
 
In million of U.S dollars
                       
Net revenues by product segment:
                       
Application Specific Product Groups segment
    5,439       5,395       4,991  
Industrial and Multisegment Sector segment
    3,138       2,842       2,482  
Flash Memory Group segment
    1,364       1,570       1,351  
Others(1)
    60       47       58  
                         
Total consolidated net revenues
    10,001       9,854       8,882  
                         
 
 
(1) Includes revenues from sales of subsystems and other products not allocated to product segments.
 
Operating income (loss) by product segment
 
                         
    December 31,
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Application Specific Product Groups segment
    303       439       355  
Industrial and Multisegment Sector segment
    469       441       336  
Flash Memory Group segment
    (51 )     (53 )     (199 )
Total operating income of product groups
    721       827       492  
Others(1)
    (1,266 )     (150 )     (248 )
                         
Total consolidated operating income (loss)
    (545 )     677       244  
                         
 
 
(1) Operating income (loss) of “Others” includes items such as impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs, start-up costs, and other unallocated expenses, such as: strategic or special research and development programs, certain corporate-level operating expenses, certain patent claims and litigations, and other costs that are not allocated to the product segments, as well as operating earnings or losses of the Subsystems and Other Products Group.


F-64


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
 
Reconciliation to consolidated operating income (loss):
 
                         
    December 31,
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Total operating income of product groups
    721       827       492  
                         
Strategic R&D and other R&D programs
    (20 )     (12 )     (28 )
Start-up costs
    (24 )     (57 )     (56 )
Impairment & restructuring charges
    (1,228 )     (77 )     (128 )
Subsystems and Other Products Group
    6       (1 )     1  
One-time compensation and special contributions(1)
                    (22 )
Seniority awards
    (21 )                
Other non-allocated provisions(2)
    21       (3 )     (15 )
                         
Total operating loss Others(3)
    (1,266 )     (150 )     (248 )
Total consolidated operating income (loss)
    (545 )     677       244  
                         
 
 
(1) One-time compensation and special contributions to the Company’s former CEO and other executives were not allocated to product groups.
 
(2) Includes unallocated expenses such as certain corporate level operating expenses and other costs. .
 
(3) Operating income (loss) of “Others” includes items such as impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs, start-up costs, and other unallocated expenses, such as: strategic or special research and development programs, certain corporate-level operating expenses, certain patent claims and litigations, and other costs that are not allocated to the product groups, as well as operating earnings or losses of the Subsystems and Other Products Group. Certain costs, mainly R&D, formerly in the “Others” category, have been allocated to the groups since 2005; comparable amounts reported in this category have been reclassified accordingly in the above table.
 
The following is a summary of operations by entities located within the indicated geographic areas for 2007, 2006 and 2005. Net revenues represent sales to third parties from the country in which each entity is located. Long-lived assets consist of property, plant and equipment, net (P,P&E, net) and intangible assets, net including goodwill. A significant portion of property, plant and equipment expenditures is attributable to front-end and back-end facilities, located in the different countries in which the Company operates. As such, the Company mainly allocates capital spending resources according to geographic areas rather than along product segment areas.
 
Net revenues
 
                         
    December 31,
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006     2005  
 
The Netherlands
    3,123       3,114       2,864  
France
    223       240       268  
Italy
    220       230       203  
USA
    1,027       1,030       1,066  
Singapore
    4,795       4,698       4,041  
Japan
    483       400       306  
Other countries
    130       142       134  
                         
Total
    10,001       9,854       8,882  
                         


F-65


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)
 
Long-lived assets
 
                         
    December 31,
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006     2005  
 
The Netherlands
    413       318       333  
France
    1,906       1,781       1,618  
Italy
    1,265       1,745       1,698  
Other European countries
    193       204       176  
USA
    393       470       458  
Singapore
    735       1,642       1,684  
Malaysia
    288       356       321  
Other countries
    379       344       332  
                         
Total
    5,572       6,860       6,620  
                         


F-66


Table of Contents

 
STMICROELECTRONICS N.V.
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
                                         
    Balance at
          Charged to
          Balance at
 
    beginning
    Translation
    costs and
          end of
 
Valuation and qualifying accounts deducted from the related asset accounts
  of period     adjustment     expenses     Deductions     period  
    (Currency — millions of U.S. dollars)  
 
2007
                                       
Inventories
    47               72       (80 )     39  
Accounts Receivable
    31               1       (11 )     21  
Deferred Tax Assets
    1,039       6       79       (1 )     1,123  
2006
                                       
Inventories
    51               78       (82 )     47  
Accounts Receivable
    27       1       7       (4 )     31  
Deferred Tax Assets
    854       101       135       (51 )     1,039  
2005
                                       
Inventories
    47               73       (69 )     51  
Accounts Receivable
    21       (1 )     10       (3 )     27  
Deferred Tax Assets
    855       (110 )     109               854  


S-1

exv1w1
 

 
Exhibit 1.1
 
DEED OF AMENDMENT OF THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
STMICROELECTRONICS N.V.
 
On the fifteenth day of May two thousand and seven appears before me, Cornelis Willem de Monchy, notaris (civil-law notary) practicing in Rotterdam: Remco Bosveld, kandidaat-notaris (candidate civil-law notary), employed by De Brauw Blackstone Westbroek N.V., a limited liability company, with corporate seat in The Hague, with address at: 2596 AL The Hague, the Netherlands, Zuid-Hollandlaan 7, at the office in Amsterdam, born in Arnhem on the twenty-ninth day of October nineteen hundred and seventy-five.
 
The person appearing declares that on the twenty-sixth day of April two thousand and seven the general meeting of shareholders of STMicroelectronics N.V., a limited liability company, with corporate seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and address at: Schiphol Boulevard 265, 1118 BH Schiphol Airport, municipality Haarlemmermeer, the Netherlands, registered in the Dutch trade register under number 33194537, upon the proposal of the supervisory board and with the approval of the meeting of holders of ordinary shares of the company, resolved to amend the articles of association of the company and to authorize the person appearing to execute this deed.
 
Pursuant to those resolutions the person appearing declares that he amends the company’s articles of association such that these shall read in full as follows
 
ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION:
 
Name, seat and duration.
 
Article 1.
 
1.1.   The name of the company is: STMicroelectronics N.V.
 
1.2.   The company is established in Amsterdam.
 
1.3.   The company will continue for an indefinite period.
 
Objects.
 
Article 2.
 
The objects of the company shall be to participate or take in any manner any interests in other business enterprises, to manage such enterprises, to carry on the business in semi-conductors and electronic devices, to take and grant licenses and other industrial property interests, assume commitments in the name of any enterprises with which it may be associated within a group of companies, to take financial interests in such enterprises and to take any other action, such as but not limited to the granting of securities or the undertaking of obligations on behalf of third parties, which in the broadest sense of the term, may be related or contribute to the aforesaid objects.
 
Share capital.
 
Article 3.
 
3.1.   The authorized capital of the company amounts to one billion eight hundred nine million six hundred thousand euro (EUR 1,809,600,000), consisting of one billion two hundred million (1,200,000,000) ordinary shares and five hundred forty million (540,000,000) cumulative preference shares, hereinafter referred to as: preference shares, of one euro and four eurocents (EUR 1.04) each.
 
3.2.   Where in these articles of association reference is made to shares and shareholders this shall include the shares of each class as well as the holders of shares of each class respectively, unless explicitly provided otherwise.
 
Issue of shares.
 
Article 4.
 
4.1.   The supervisory board shall have the power to issue shares and to determine the terms and conditions of such issue if and in so far as the supervisory board has been designated by the general meeting of shareholders as the authorized body for this purpose. A designation as referred to above shall only take place for a specific period of no more than five years and may not be extended by more than five years on each occasion.


 

4.2.   If a designation as referred to in the first paragraph is not in force, the general meeting of shareholders shall have the power, upon the proposal of and on the terms and conditions set by the supervisory board to resolve to issue shares.
 
4.3.   In the event of an issue of ordinary shares, shareholders shall have a pre-emptive right in proportion to the number of ordinary shares which they own, notwithstanding the provisions of the law. In respect of the issue of shares there shall be no pre-emptive right to shares issued against a contribution other than in cash or issued to employees of the company or of a group company.
 
In the event of an issue of preference shares none of the shareholders shall have a pre-emptive right.
 
The supervisory board shall have the power to limit or exclude the pre-emptive right accruing to shareholders, if and in so far as the supervisory board has also been designated by the general meeting of shareholders for this purpose as the authorized body for the period of such designation. The provisions in the second sentence of the first paragraph shall equally apply.
 
4.4.   If a designation as referred to in the third paragraph is not in force, the general meeting of shareholders shall have the power, upon the proposal of the supervisory board, to limit or exclude the pre-emptive right accruing to shareholders.
 
4.5.   A resolution of the general meeting of shareholders to limit or exclude pre-emptive rights or to designate the supervisory board as authorized to resolve upon limiting or excluding of pre-emptive rights requires a majority of at least two-thirds of the votes cast in a meeting if in such meeting less than one-half of the issued share capital is present or represented.
 
4.6.   Without prejudice to what has been provided in section 80, paragraph 2, Book 2, Dutch Civil Code shares shall at no time be issued below par.
 
4.7.   Ordinary shares shall be issued only against payment in full; preference shares may be issued against partial payment, provided that the proportion of the nominal amount that must be paid on each preference share, irrespective of when it was issued, shall be the same and that at least one quarter of the nominal amount is paid up in full when the share is subscribed for.
 
4.8.   Payment must be made in cash to the extent that no other contribution has been agreed upon. If the company so consents, payment in cash can be made in a foreign currency.
 
In the event of payment in a foreign currency the obligation to pay is for the amount which can be freely exchanged into Dutch currency. The decisive factor is the rate of exchange on the day of payment, or as the case may be after application of the next sentence, on the day mentioned therein. The company can require payment at the rate of exchange on a certain day within two months prior to the last day when payment shall have to be made provided that the shares or depositary receipts for shares after having been issued — shall immediately be incorporated in the price list of an exchange abroad.
 
4.9.   This article shall equally apply to the granting of rights to subscribe for shares, but shall not apply to the issue of shares to someone who exercises a previously acquired right to subscribe for shares.
 
4.10.   The managing board shall determine, subject to the approval by the supervisory board, when and in what amount further payment is to be made in respect of partially paid preference shares. The managing board shall notify the shareholders concerned thereof in writing at least thirty days before the date on which the payment must finally be made.
 
4.11.   All notifications to shareholders will be made in accordance with the provisions relating to giving of notice to convene a general meeting of shareholders as set out in article 27.2.
 
Repurchase and cancellation of shares.
 
Article 5.
 
5.1.   The company may acquire, for valuable consideration, shares in its own share capital if and in so far as:
 
  a.   its equity less the purchase price of these shares is not less than the aggregate amount of the paid up and called up capital and the reserves which must be maintained pursuant to the law;
 
  b.   the par value of the shares in its capital which the company acquires, holds or holds in pledge, or which are held by a subsidiary company, amounts to no more than one-tenth of the issued share capital; and
 
  c.   the general meeting of shareholders has authorized the managing board to acquire such shares, which authorization may be given for no more than eighteen months on each occasion, notwithstanding the further statutory provisions.


 

5.2.   The company may, without being authorized thereto by the general meeting of shareholders and notwithstanding to what is provided in paragraph 1 under a and b, acquire shares in its own share capital in order to transfer those shares to the employees of the company or a group company under a scheme applicable to such employees.
 
5.3.   Shares thus acquired may again be disposed of. The company shall not acquire shares in its own share capital as referred to in paragraph 1 — if an authorization as referred to in such paragraph is in force — or as referred to in paragraph 2 without the prior approval of the supervisory board. The company shall also not dispose of shares in its own share capital — with the exception of shares in the company’s own share capital acquired pursuant to paragraph 2 — without the prior approval of the supervisory board.
 
If depositary receipts for shares in the company have been issued, such depositary receipts shall for the application of the provisions of this paragraph and the preceding paragraph be treated as shares.
 
5.4.   In the general meeting of shareholders no votes may be cast in respect of (a) share(s) held by the company or a subsidiary company; no votes may be cast in respect of a share the depositary receipt for which is held by the company or a subsidiary company. However, the holders of a right of usufruct and the holders of a right of pledge on shares held by the company and its subsidiary companies, are nonetheless not excluded from the right to vote such shares, if the right of usufruct or the right of pledge was granted prior to the time such share was held by the company or a subsidiary company. Neither the company nor a subsidiary company may cast votes in respect of a share on which it holds a right of usufruct or a right of pledge.
 
Shares in respect of which voting rights may not be exercised by law or by the articles of association shall not be taken into account, when determining to what extent the shareholders cast votes, to what extent they are present or represented or to what extent the share capital is provided or represented.
 
5.5.   Upon the proposal of the supervisory board the general meeting of shareholders shall, with due regard of the provisions of section 99, Book 2, Dutch Civil Code, have the power to decide to reduce the issued share capital by canceling shares or by reducing the par value of shares by an amendment to the articles of association. Cancellation of shares with repayment or partial repayment or a release from the obligation to pay up may also take place solely in respect of preference shares. In case of cancellation of preference shares with repayment, a payment on the relevant shares shall be made in the amount of:
 
  a.   the amount paid up on the relevant shares; increased with
 
  b.   an amount equal to the dividend not yet declared calculated over the period up to and including the day of repayment, such in the manner as determined in article 37, paragraph 2, sub e.
 
Shares, share certificates, share register.
 
Article 6.
 
6.1.   Shares shall be in registered form.
 
6.2.   Ordinary shares shall be available:
 
  •   in the form of an entry in the share register without issue of a share certificate; shares of this type are referred to in these articles of association as type I shares;
 
  •   and — should the supervisory board so decide — in the form of an entry in the share register with issue of a certificate, which certificate shall consist of a main part without dividend coupon; shares of this type and share certificates of this type are referred to in these articles of association as type II shares. Preference shares shall only be made available in the form of type I shares.
 
6.3.   The supervisory board can decide that the registration of type I shares may only take place for one or more quantities of shares — which quantities are to be specified by the supervisory board — at the same time.
 
6.4.   Type II share certificates shall be available in such denominations as the supervisory board shall determine.
 
6.5.   All share certificates shall be signed by or on behalf of a managing director; the signature may be effected by printed facsimile. Furthermore type II share certificates shall, and all other share certificates may, be countersigned by one or more persons designated by the managing board for that purpose.
 
6.6.   All share certificates shall be identified by numbers and/or letters.
 
6.7.   The supervisory board can determine that for the purpose of effecting trading or transfer of shares at foreign exchanges share certificates shall be issued in such form as the supervisory board may determine, complying with the requirements set by said foreign exchange(s) and not provided with any dividend sheet.


 

6.8.   The expression “share certificate” as used in these articles of association shall include a share certificate in respect of more than one share.
 
Article 7.
 
7.1.   Upon written request from a shareholder, missing or damaged share certificates, or parts thereof, may be replaced by new certificates or by duplicates bearing the same numbers and/or letters, provided the applicant proves his title and, in so far as applicable, his loss to the satisfaction of the supervisory board, and further subject to such conditions as the managing board may deem fit.
 
7.2.   In appropriate cases, at its own discretion, the managing board may stipulate that the identifying numbers and/or letters of missing documents be published three times, at intervals of at least one month, in at least three newspapers to be indicated by the managing board announcing the application made; in such a case new certificates or duplicates may not be issued until six months have expired since the last publication, always provided that the original documents have not been produced to the managing board before that time.
 
7.3.   The issue of new certificates or duplicates shall render the original document invalid.
 
Article 8.
 
8.1.   Notwithstanding the statutory provisions in respect of registered shares a register shall be kept by or on behalf of the company, which register shall be regularly updated and, at the discretion of the managing board, may, in whole or in part, be kept in more than one copy and at more than one place.
 
A part of the register may be kept abroad in order to meet requirements set out by foreign statutory provisions or provisions of the foreign exchange.
 
8.2.   Each shareholder’s name, his address and such further data as the managing board deems desirable, whether at the request of a shareholder or not, shall be entered in the register.
 
8.3.   The form and the contents of the share register shall be determined by the managing board with due regard to the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2 of this article.
 
The managing board may determine that the records shall vary as to their form and contents according to whether they relate to type I shares or to type II shares.
 
8.4.   Upon request a shareholder shall be given free of charge a declaration of what is stated in the register with regard to the shares registered in his name, which declaration may be signed by one of the specially authorized persons to be appointed by the managing board for this purpose.
 
8.5.   The provisions of the last four paragraphs shall equally apply to those who hold a right of usufruct or of pledge on one or more registered shares, with the proviso that the other data required by law must be entered in the register.
 
Article 9.
 
9.1.   Subject to the provisions of article 6, the holder of an entry in the share register for one or more type I shares may, upon his request and at his option, have issued to him one or more type II share certificates for the same nominal amount.
 
9.2.   Subject to the provisions of article 6, the holder of a type II share certificate registered in his name may, after lodging the share certificate with the company, upon his request and at his option, either have one or more type I shares entered in the share register for the same nominal amount.
 
9.3.   A request as mentioned in this article shall, if the supervisory board so requires, be made on a form obtainable from the company free of charge, which shall be signed by the applicant.
 
Transfer of shares.
 
Article 10.
 
10.1.   The transfer of a registered share shall be effected either by service upon the company of the instrument of transfer or by written acknowledgement of the transfer by the company, subject however to the provisions of the following paragraphs of this article.
 
10.2.   Where a transfer of a type II share is effected by service of an instrument of transfer on the company, the company shall, at the discretion of the managing board, either endorse the transfer on the share certificate or cancel the share certificate and issue to the transferee one or more new share certificates registered in his name to the same nominal amount.


 

10.3.   The company’s written acknowledgement of a transfer of a type II share shall, at the discretion of the managing board, be effected either by endorsement of the transfer on the share certificates or by the issue to the transferee of one or more new share certificates registered in his name to the same nominal amount.
 
10.4.   The provisions of the foregoing paragraphs of this article shall equally apply to the allotment of registered shares in the event of a judicial partition of any community of property or interests, the transfer of a registered share as a consequence of a judgment execution and the creation of limited rights in rem on a registered share. If a share certificate has been issued, the acknowledgement can only be effected either by putting an endorsement to that effect on this document, signed by or on behalf of the company, or by replacing this document by a new certificate in the name of the acquirer.
 
10.5.   The submission of requests and the lodging of documents referred to in articles 7 to 10 inclusive shall be made at a place to be indicated by the managing board and in any case the places where the company is admitted to a stock exchange.
 
Different places may be indicated for the different classes and types of shares and share certificates.
 
10.6.   The company is authorized to charge amounts to be determined by the managing board not exceeding cost price to those persons who request any services to be carried out by virtue of articles 7 up to and including 10.
 
Usufructuaries, pledgees, holders of depositary receipts.
 
Article 11.
 
11.1.   The usufructuary, who in conformity with the provisions of section 88, Book 2, Dutch Civil Code has no right to vote, and the pledgee who in conformity with the provisions of section 89, Book 2, Dutch Civil Code has no right to vote, shall not be entitled to the rights which by law have been conferred on holders of depositary receipts for shares issued with the cooperation of the company.
 
11.2.   Where in these articles of association persons are mentioned, entitled to attend meetings of shareholders, this shall include holders of depositary receipts for shares issued with the cooperation of the company and persons who in pursuance of paragraph 4 in section 88 or section 89, Book 2, Dutch Civil Code have the rights that by law have been conferred on holders of depositary receipts for shares issued with the cooperation of the company.
 
Managing board.
 
Article 12.
 
12.1.   The company shall be managed by a managing board consisting of one or more managing directors under the supervision of the supervisory board. The number of members of the managing board shall be resolved upon by the general meeting of shareholders upon the proposal of the supervisory board. The members of the managing board shall be appointed for three years, a year being understood as meaning the period between two general meetings of shareholders in which the annual accounts of the previous financial year are adopted.
 
12.2.   Managing directors shall be appointed by the general meeting of shareholders upon the proposal of the supervisory board for each vacancy to be filled.
 
12.3.   Without prejudice to the provisions of article 28, paragraph 2, a proposal to appoint one or more managing directors to the managing board may be placed on the agenda of a general meeting of shareholders by the supervisory board.
 
12.4.   The company has a policy regarding the compensation of the managing board. The policy will be adopted by the general meeting of shareholders upon the proposal of the supervisory board.
 
12.5.   The supervisory board shall determine the compensation of the individual managing directors, within the scope of the compensation policy referred to in the previous paragraph. The supervisory board will submit for approval by the general meeting of shareholders a proposal regarding the compensation in the form of shares or rights to acquire shares. This proposal sets forth at least how many shares or rights to acquire shares may be awarded to the managing board and which criteria apply to an award or a modification.
 
12.6.   The general meeting of shareholders shall decide in accordance with the provisions of article 32, paragraph 1.
 
Votes in respect of persons who have not been so nominated shall be invalid.


 

Article 13.
 
13.1.   The general meeting of shareholders shall be entitled to suspend or dismiss one or more managing directors, provided that at least half of the issued share capital is represented at the meeting. No such quorum shall be required where the suspension or dismissal is proposed by the supervisory board.
 
13.2.   Where a quorum under paragraph 1 is required but is not present, a further meeting shall be convened, to be held within four weeks after the first meeting, which shall be entitled, irrespective of the share capital represented, to pass a resolution in regard to the suspension or dismissal.
 
13.3.   The managing directors can be jointly or individually suspended by the supervisory board. After suspension a general meeting of shareholders shall be convened within three months, at which meeting it shall be decided whether the suspension shall be cancelled or maintained.
 
The person involved shall be given the opportunity to account for his actions at that meeting.
 
Representation.
 
Article 14.
 
14.1.   The entire managing board as well as each managing director may represent the company.
 
14.2.   The managing board may grant powers of attorney to persons, whether or not in the service of the company, to represent the company and shall thereby determine the scope of such powers of attorney and the titles of such persons.
 
14.3.   The managing board shall have power to perform legal acts as specified in section 94, paragraph 1, Book 2, Dutch Civil Code in so far as such power is not expressly excluded or limited by any provision of these articles of association or by any resolution of the supervisory board.
 
Article 15.
 
15.1.   The supervisory board shall appoint one of the managing directors as chairman of the managing board. Appointment of the chairman shall be resolved with the majority mentioned in article 22, paragraph 1.
 
15.2.   Resolutions of the managing board shall be passed by simple majority of votes. In the event of a tie of votes the chairman of the managing board shall have a casting vote.
 
Article 16.
 
16.1.   Without prejudice to provisions made elsewhere in these articles of association, the managing board shall require the prior express approval:
 
  (i)   from the supervisory board for decisions relating to:
 
  1.   all proposals to be submitted to a vote at the general meeting of shareholders;
 
  2.   the formation of all companies, acquisition or sale of any participation, and conclusion of any cooperation and participation agreement;
 
  3.   all pluri-annual plans of the company and the budget for the first coming year, covering the following matters:
 
  •   investment policy;
 
  •   policy regarding research and development, as well as commercial policy and objectives;
 
  •   general financial policy;
 
  •   policy regarding personnel;
 
  4.   all acts, decisions or operations covered by the above list and constituting a significant change with respect to decisions already adopted by the supervisory board or not provided for in the above list and as specifically laid down by the supervisory board by resolution passed by it to that effect.
 
  (ii)   from the general meeting of shareholders with respect to resolutions: regarding a significant change in the identity or nature of the company or the enterprise, including in any event (a) transferring the enterprise or practically the entire enterprise to a third party, (b) entering into or canceling any long-term cooperation between the company or a subsidiary (“dochtermaatschappij”) and any other legal person or company or as a fully liable general partner of a limited partnership or a general partnership, provided that such cooperation or the cancellation thereof is of essential importance to the company,


 

  and (c) the company or a subsidiary (dochtermaatschappij) acquiring or disposing of a participating interest in the capital of a company with a value of at least one-third of the company’s total assets according to the consolidated balance sheet and notes thereto in the most recently adopted annual accounts of the company;
 
the absence of the approval provided for above may not be raised by or against third parties.
 
16.2.   Without prejudice to provisions made elsewhere in these articles of association, the managing board shall require the approval of the general meeting of shareholders according to the law and the provisions of these articles of association as well as such resolutions as are clearly defined by a resolution of the general meeting of shareholders to that effect.
 
Article 17.
 
In the event of the absence or inability to act of one of more managing directors the remaining managing directors or managing director shall temporarily be responsible for the entire management. In the event of the absence or inability to act of all managing directors, one or more persons appointed by the supervisory board for this purpose at any time shall be temporarily responsible for the management.
 
Supervisory board.
 
Article 18.
 
18.1.   The supervisory board shall be responsible for supervising the policy pursued by the managing board and the general course of affairs of the company and the business enterprise which it operates.
 
The supervisory board shall assist the managing board with advice relating to the general policy aspects connected with the activities of the company. In fulfilling their duties the supervisory directors shall serve the interests of the company and the business enterprise which it operates.
 
18.2.   The managing board shall provide the supervisory board in good time with all relevant information as well as the information the supervisory board requests, in connection with the exercise of its duties.
 
18.3.   At least once per year the managing board shall inform the supervisory board in writing of the main features of the strategic policy, the general and financial risks and the management and control systems of the company.
 
The managing board shall then submit to the supervisory board for approval:
 
  a)   the operational and financial objectives of the company;
 
  b)   the strategy designed to achieve the objectives; and
 
  c)   the parameters to be applied in relation to the strategy, inter alia, regarding financial ratios.
 
Article 19.
 
19.1.   The supervisory board shall consist of at least six members, to be appointed by the general meeting of shareholders upon the proposal of the supervisory board for each vacancy to be filled. The number of supervisory directors shall without prejudice to the preceding sentence be resolved upon by the general meeting of shareholders upon the proposal of the supervisory board.
 
19.2.   The general meeting of shareholders shall decide in accordance with the provisions of article 32, paragraph 1.
 
19.3.   Without prejudice to the provisions of article 28, paragraph 2, a proposal to appoint one or more supervisory directors to the supervisory board may be placed on the agenda of the general meeting of shareholders by the supervisory board.
 
19.4.   The supervisory board shall appoint from among their midst a chairman and a vice-chairman of the supervisory board with the majority mentioned in article 22, paragraph 1.
 
19.5.   Upon the appointment of the supervisory directors the particulars as referred to in section 142, paragraph 3, Book 2, Dutch Civil Code shall be made available for prior inspection.
 
Article 20.
 
20.1.   The supervisory board may appoint one or more of its members as delegate supervisory director in charge of supervising the managing board on a regular basis.


 

They shall report their findings to the supervisory board. The offices of chairman of the supervisory board and delegate supervisory director are compatible.
 
20.2.   With due observance of these articles of association, the supervisory board may adopt rules regulating the division of its duties among its various supervisory directors. The supervisory board may also delegate certain of its powers to committees which exclusively consist of members of the supervisory board, such as an audit committee, a compensation committee or any other committee as the supervisory board may resolve to install. In case the authority to resolve upon the issuance of new shares is delegated to the supervisory board, the supervisory board may install a pricing committee which shall exclusively consist of members of the supervisory board and which shall be authorized within the range set in the delegation mentioned above to determine on behalf of the supervisory board the price and conditions for newly issued shares.
 
20.3.   The supervisory board may decide that one or more of its members shall have access to all premises of the company and shall be authorized to examine all books, correspondence and other records and to be fully informed of all actions which have taken place, or may decide that one or more of its supervisory directors shall be authorized to exercise a portion of such powers.
 
20.4.   At the expense of the company, the supervisory board may obtain such advice from experts as the supervisory board deems desirable for the proper fulfillment of its duties.
 
Article 21.
 
21.1.   A supervisory director shall retire no later than at the first ordinary general meeting of shareholders held after a period of three years following his appointment.
 
A retired supervisory director may immediately be re-elected.
 
21.2.   The supervisory board may establish a rotation scheme.
 
21.3.   The supervisory directors may be suspended or dismissed by the general meeting of shareholders. The supervisory board may make a proposal to the general meeting of shareholders for the suspension or dismissal of one or more of its supervisory directors.
 
Article 22.
 
22.1.   The supervisory board may pass resolutions by at least three quarters of the votes of the members in office. Each supervisory director has the right to cast one vote. In case of absence a supervisory director may issue a proxy, however, only to another supervisory director. The proxy should explicitly indicate in which way the vote must be cast. The supervisory board may pass resolutions in writing without holding a meeting provided that the proposals for such resolutions have been communicated in writing to all supervisory directors and no supervisory director is opposed to this method of passing a resolution.
 
22.2.   A certificate signed by two supervisory directors to the effect that the supervisory board has passed a particular resolution shall constitute evidence of such a resolution in dealings with third parties.
 
22.3.   The managing directors shall attend meetings of the supervisory board at the latter’s request.
 
22.4.   The supervisory board shall meet whenever two or more of its members or the managing board so requests. Meetings of the supervisory board shall be convened by the chairman of the supervisory board, either on request of two or more supervisory directors or on request of the managing board, or by the supervisory directors requesting the meeting to be held. If the chairman fails to convene a meeting to be held within four weeks of the receipt of the request, the supervisory board members making the request are entitled to convene the meeting.
 
22.5.   The supervisory board shall draw up standing orders regulating inter alia the manner of convening board meetings and the internal procedure at such meetings. These meetings may be held by telephone as well as by video.
 
Article 23.
 
The general meeting of shareholders determines the compensation of the members of the supervisory board or of one or more of its members. The meeting shall have authority to decide whether such compensation will consist of a fixed amount and/or an amount that is variable in proportion to profits or any other factor. The supervisory board members shall be reimbursed for their expenses.


 

Indemnification.
 
Article 24.
 
24.1.   The company shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the company) by reason of the fact that he is or was a supervisory director, managing director, officer or agent of the company, or was serving at the request of the company as a supervisory director, managing director, officer or agent of another company, a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful or out of his mandate. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by a judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and not in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
 
24.2.   The company shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or proceeding by or in the right of the company to procure a judgment in its favor, by reason of the fact that he is or was a supervisory director, managing director, officer or agent of the company, or is or was serving at the request of the company as a supervisory director, managing director, officer or agent of another company, a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the company and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of his duty to the company, unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or proceeding was brought or any other court having appropriate jurisdiction shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification against such expenses which the court in which such action or proceeding was brought or such other court having appropriate jurisdiction shall deem proper.
 
24.3.   To the extent that a supervisory director, managing director, officer or agent of the company has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit of proceeding, referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorney’s fees) actually and reasonable incurred by him in connection therewith.
 
24.4.   Any indemnification by the company referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 shall (unless ordered by a court) only be made upon a determination that indemnification of the supervisory director, managing director, officer or agent is proper in the circumstances because he had met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in paragraphs 1 and 2. Such determination shall be made:
 
  a.   either by the supervisory board by a majority vote in a meeting in which a quorum as mentioned in article 22, paragraph 1, and consisting of supervisory directors who where not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, is present;
 
  b.   or, if such a quorum is not obtainable or although such a quorum is obtained if the majority passes a resolution to that effect, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion;
 
  c.   or by the general meeting of shareholders.
 
24.5.   Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the company in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon a resolution of the supervisory board with respect to the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the supervisory director, managing director, officer or agent to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that he is entitled to be indemnified by the company as authorized in this article.
 
24.6.   The indemnification provided for by this article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other right to which a person seeking indemnification may be entitled under any by-laws, agreement, resolution of the general meeting of shareholders or of the disinterested supervisory directors or otherwise, both as to actions in his official capacity and as to actions in another capacity while holding such position, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a supervisory director, managing director, officer or agent and shall also inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.


 

24.7.   The company shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a supervisory director, managing director, officer or agent of the company, or is or was serving at the request of the company as a supervisory director, managing director, officer, employee or agent of another company, a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity or arising out of his capacity as such, whether or not the company would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this article.
 
24.8.   Whenever in this article reference is being made to the company, this shall include, in addition to the resulting or surviving company also any constituent company (including any constituent company of a constituent company) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had the power to indemnify its supervisory directors, managing directors, officers and agents, so that any person who is or was a supervisory director, managing director, officer or agent of such constituent company, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent company as a supervisory director, managing director, officer or agent of another company, a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this article with respect to the resulting or surviving company as he would have with respect to such constituent company if its separate existence had continued.
 
General meeting of shareholders.
 
Article 25.
 
25.1.   The ordinary general meeting of shareholders shall be held each year within six months after the close of the financial year.
 
25.2.   At this general meeting of shareholders shall be dealt with:
 
  a.   the written report of the managing board on the course of business of the company and the conduct of its affairs during the past financial year, and the report of the supervisory board on the annual accounts;
 
  b.   adoption of the annual accounts and the declaration of dividend in the manner laid down in article 37;
 
  c.   granting of discharge to the managing directors for their management during the past financial year and to the members of the supervisory board for their supervision on such management;
 
  d.   filling vacancies in the managing board in accordance with the provisions of article 12;
 
  e.   filling vacancies in the supervisory board in accordance with the provisions of article 19;
 
  f.   the proposals placed on the agenda by the managing board or by the supervisory board, together with proposals made by shareholders in accordance with the provisions of these articles of association.
 
Article 26.
 
26.1.   Extraordinary general meetings of shareholders shall be held as often as deemed necessary by the supervisory board and shall be held if one or more shareholders and other persons entitled to attend the meetings of shareholders jointly representing at least one-tenth of the issued share capital make a written request to that effect to the managing board or supervisory board, specifying in detail the business to be dealt with.
 
26.2.   If the managing board or supervisory board fail to comply with a request under paragraph 1 above in such manner that the general meeting of shareholders can be held within six weeks after the request, the persons making the request may be authorized by the President of the Court within whose jurisdiction the company is established to convene the meeting themselves.
 
26.3.   Written requests as referred to in paragraph 1 of this article, section 110, paragraph 1, Book 2, Dutch Civil Code and article 28 paragraphs 2 and 3 may not be submitted electronically.
 
Article 27.
 
27.1.   General meetings of shareholders shall be held in Amsterdam, Haarlemmermeer (Schiphol Airport), Rotterdam or The Hague; the notice convening the meeting shall inform the shareholders and other persons entitled to attend the meetings of shareholders accordingly.
 
27.2.   The notice convening a general meeting of shareholders shall be published by advertisement which shall at least be published in a national daily newspaper and abroad in at least one daily newspaper appearing in each of these countries other than the United States, where, on the application of the company, the shares have been admitted for official quotation. In addition, shareholders and other persons entitled to attend the meetings of shareholders shall be notified by letter that the meeting is being convened.


 

27.3.   The notice convening the meeting shall be issued by the managing board, by the supervisory board or by those who according to the law or these articles of association are entitled thereto.
 
Article 28.
 
28.1.   The notice convening the meeting referred to in the foregoing article shall be issued no later than eight days prior to the registration date, as referred to in article 30, paragraph 4, though in any event no later than on the twenty-first day prior to the meeting.
 
28.2.   The agenda shall contain such business as may be placed thereon by the person(s) entitled to convene the meeting, and furthermore such business as one or more shareholders, representing at least one-tenth of the issued share capital, have requested the managing board or supervisory board to place on the agenda at least five days before the date on which the meeting is convened. Nominations for appointment to the managing board and the supervisory board cannot be placed on the agenda by the managing board. No resolution shall be passed at the meeting in respect of matters not on the agenda.
 
28.3.   Notwithstanding paragraph 2, proposals of persons who are entitled to attend the meetings of shareholders will be included in the agenda, if such proposal is made in writing to the managing board within a period of sixty days before that meeting by persons who are entitled to attend the meetings of shareholders, who solely or jointly, represent at least one per cent (1%) of the company’s issued share capital or a market value of at least fifty million euro (EUR 50,000,000), unless the company determines that such proposal would conflict with substantial interests of the company.
 
28.4.   Without prejudice to the relevant provisions of law, dealing with reduction of share capital and amendments to articles of association, the notice convening the meeting shall either mention the business on the agenda or state that the agenda is open to inspection by the shareholders and other persons entitled to attend the meetings of shareholders at the office of the company.
 
Article 29.
 
29.1.   General meetings of shareholders shall be presided over by the chairman of the supervisory board or in his absence by the vice-chairman of the supervisory board. In case of absence of the chairman and the vice-chairman of the supervisory board the meeting shall be presided by any other person nominated by the supervisory board.
 
29.2.   Minutes shall be kept of the business transacted at a general meeting of shareholders, which minutes shall be drawn up and signed by the chairman and by a person appointed by him immediately after the opening of the meeting.
 
29.3.   Where the minutes are drawn up before a civil-law notary, the chairman’s signature, together with that of the civil-law notary, shall be sufficient.
 
Article 30.
 
30.1.   All shareholders and other persons entitled to attend the meetings of shareholders are entitled to attend the general meetings of shareholders, to address the general meeting of shareholders and, if applicable, to vote. Subject to the approval of the supervisory board, the managing board may resolve that holders of shares and other persons entitled to attend the meetings of shareholders are authorized to directly take note of the business transacted at the meeting via an electronic means of communication.
 
The general meeting of shareholders may lay down rules regulating, inter alia, the length of time for which shareholders may speak. In so far as such rules are not applicable, the chairman may regulate the time for which shareholders may speak if he considers this to be desirable with a view to the orderly conduct of the meeting.
 
30.2.   In order to exercise the rights mentioned in paragraph 1, the holders of shares and other persons entitled to attend the meetings of shareholders shall notify the company in writing of their intention to do so no later than three business days prior to the meeting and furthermore at the place mentioned in the notice convening the meeting, and also — in so far as type II shares are concerned — stating the serial number of the share certificate. They may only exercise said rights at the meeting for the shares from which they can derive said rights both on the day referred to above and on the day of the meeting, unless the corporate body convening the general meeting of shareholders has determined a registration date in accordance with paragraph 4 of this article.
 
30.3.   The company shall send a card of admission to the meeting to holders of shares and other persons entitled to attend the meetings of shareholders who have notified the company of their intention in accordance with the provisions in the foregoing as well as the following paragraph or, if applicable, the company will provide


 

access to the electronic means of communication, as referred to in the second sentence of paragraph 1 of this article, for purposes of directly taking note of the business transacted at the meeting.
 
30.4.   In deviation of the provisions of paragraph 2 of this article, the corporate body convening the general meeting of shareholders may determine that holders of shares and other persons entitled to attend the meetings of shareholders are those persons who have such rights at a determined date and as such are registered in a register designated by the corporate body convening the general meeting of shareholders, regardless of who is a shareholder or otherwise a person entitled to attend the meetings of shareholders at the time of the meeting if a registration date as referred to in this paragraph had not been determined. The registration date cannot be set earlier than on the thirtieth day prior to the meeting.
 
In the notice convening the meeting the time of registration shall be mentioned as well as the manner in which holders of shares and other persons entitled to attend the meetings of shareholders can register themselves and the manner in which they can exercise their rights.
 
30.5.   If and to the extent that the relevant corporate body convening the general meeting of shareholders makes use of the provisions of the preceding paragraph of this article, such corporate body may also resolve that persons entitled to attend and vote at the meetings of shareholders may vote via an electronic means of communication determined by such corporate body within a period to be set by the aforementioned corporate body prior to the general meeting of shareholders, which period cannot commence earlier than the registration date as referred to in the preceding paragraph of this article. Votes cast in accordance with the provisions of the preceding sentence are equal to votes cast at the meeting.
 
Article 31.
 
31.1.   Shareholders and other persons entitled to attend the meetings of shareholders may be represented by proxies with written authority. If the meeting rights are exercised in accordance with article 30, paragraph 2 by a person authorized in writing in addition to the prescribed notification and notwithstanding the requirement of filing, the proxy with written authority must be received by the person designated by the corporate body the general meeting of shareholders no later than the third business day prior to the meeting. If the meeting rights are exercised in accordance with article 30, paragraph 4 by a person authorized in writing, the proxy with written authority must be received by the person designated by the corporate body convening the general meeting of shareholders no later than the relevant registration date as referred to in article 30, paragraph 4.
 
31.2.   All matters regarding the admittance to the general meeting of shareholders, the exercise of voting rights and the result of votings, as well as any other matters regarding the affairs at the general meeting of shareholders shall be decided upon by the chairman of that meeting, with due observance of the provisions of section 13, Book 2, Dutch Civil Code.
 
Article 32.
 
32.1.   Unless otherwise stated in these articles, resolutions shall be adopted by simple majority of votes of the shareholders having the right to vote in a meeting of shareholders where at least fifteen per cent of the issued capital is present or represented. Blank and invalid votes shall not be counted. The chairman shall decide on the method of voting and on the possibility of voting by acclamation.
 
32.2.   Where the voting concerns appointments, further polls shall, if necessary, be taken until one of the nominees has obtained a simple majority, such with due observance of the provision of paragraph 1 of this article. The further poll or polls may, at the chairman’s discretion, be taken at a subsequent meeting.
 
32.3.   Except as provided in paragraph 2, in case of an equality of the votes cast the relevant proposal shall be deemed to have been rejected.
 
Article 33.
 
33.1.   At the general meeting of shareholders each share shall confer the right to cast one vote.
 
33.2.   The managing board may, subject to the approval of the supervisory board, resolve that each person entitled to attend and vote at the meetings of shareholders is authorized to vote via an electronic means of communication, either in person or by a person authorized in writing, provided that such person can be identified via the electronic means of communication and furthermore provided that such person can directly take note of the business transacted at the meeting. The managing board may, subject to the approval of the supervisory board, attach conditions to the use of the electronic means of communication, which conditions shall be announced in the notice convening the general meeting of shareholders and shall posted on the company’s website.


 

Meetings of holders of shares of a particular class.
 
Article 34.
 
34.1.   A meeting of holders of preference shares shall be held whenever required by virtue of the provisions of these articles of association and further whenever the managing board and/or the supervisory board shall decide, and also whenever one or more holders of preference shares so request the managing board and/or the supervisory board in writing, stating the items of business to be transacted.
 
If after receipt of a request as referred to in the preceding sentence neither the managing board nor the supervisory board has called a meeting in such a way that the meeting is held within four weeks of receipt, the applicant(s) shall be authorized to call the meeting themselves, with due observance of the relevant provisions of these articles of association.
 
34.2.   The managing directors and the supervisory directors shall have the right to attend meetings of holders of preference shares; in that capacity they shall have an advisory vote. Notice of a meeting of holders of preference shares shall be given by letters sent to all holders of preference shares. The notice shall state the items of business to be transacted.
 
34.3.   Articles 27 up to and including 33 shall apply mutatis mutandis to meetings of holders of preference shares, with the proviso that the notice convening such a meeting shall only take place by letter or — if the relevant person entitled to attend such meeting so agrees — via a legible and reproducible message sent by electronic mail to the address notified for this purpose to the company by the relevant person entitled to attend such meetings.
 
34.4.   At a meeting of holders of preference shares at which the entire issued capital in shares of that class is represented, valid resolutions may be adopted, provided that they are passed by unanimous vote, even if the requirements in respect of the place of the meeting, the manner of notice, the term of notice and the stating in the notice of the items of business to be transacted, have not been observed.
 
34.5.   All resolutions which may be adopted by the holders of preference shares at a meeting may also be adopted outside a meeting.
 
Resolutions may be adopted outside a meeting only if all holders of preference shares and other persons entitled to vote on preference shares have declared themselves in favor of the proposal by letter or telecopier.
 
The resolution shall be recorded in the minute book of the meeting of holders of preference shares by a managing director.
 
34.6.   The managing board may, subject to the approval of the supervisory board, resolve that written resolutions as referred to in the preceding paragraph of this article may be adopted via an electronic means of communication. The managing board may, subject to the approval of the supervisory board, attach conditions to the use of the electronic means of communication, which conditions shall be notified in writing to all holders of preference shares and other persons entitled to vote on preference shares.
 
34.7.   A meeting of holders of ordinary shares shall be held whenever required by virtue of the provisions of these articles of association. Articles 27 up to and including 33 shall apply mutatis mutandis to meetings of holders of ordinary shares.
 
Annual accounts, annual report and distributions.
 
Article 35.
 
35.1.   The financial year shall run from the first day of January up to and including the thirty-first day of December.
 
35.2.   Annually, within four months after the close of each financial year, the managing board shall draw up the annual accounts. Within this period the managing board shall also draw up the annual report together with the supervisory board.
 
Article 36.
 
36.1.   The supervisory board shall cause the annual accounts to be examined by one or more registered accountant(s) designated for the purposes by the general meeting of shareholders or other experts designated for the purpose in accordance with section 393, Book 2, Dutch Civil Code, and shall report to the general meeting of shareholders on the annual accounts, notwithstanding the provisions of the law. The accountant, as referred to in this paragraph, is authorized to attend the general meeting of shareholders in which a resolution about the adoption of the annual accounts shall be adopted and to address that meeting.


 

36.2.   Annually, no later than four months after the close of the financial year the managing board, in accordance with the statutory obligations to which the company is subject, shall make generally available: (i) the annual accounts, (ii) the annual report, (iii) the accountant’s statement as referred to in paragraph 1 of this article, as well as (iv) other annual financial accounting documents which the company, under or pursuant to the law, must make generally available together with the annual accounts.
 
Profit and loss.
 
Article 37.
 
37.1.   Distribution of profits pursuant to this article shall be made following approval of the annual accounts which show that the distribution is permitted.
 
The company may only make distributions to shareholders and other persons entitled to distributable profits to the extent that its equity exceeds the total amount of its issued capital and the reserves which must be maintained by law.
 
  A deficit may only be offset against the reserves prescribed by law in so far as permitted by law.
 
37.2.  a.   From the profits shall first, if possible, be distributed on the preference shares the percentage as specified hereinafter under b below of the compulsory amount paid up or to be paid up on these shares as at the commencement of the financial year for which the distribution is made or — if the shares are issued during that financial year — as at the day on which such shares are issued.
 
  b.   The percentage as referred to above under a shall be equal to Euribor (Euro Interbank Offered Rate) for deposit loans with a term of one year, established per the day which is two bank business days prior to the day of the first issue of the preference shares, such at eleven o’clock ante meridiem Central European Time, increased with a rise of maximum one hundred and fifty basis points, determined by the managing board, subject to the approval of the supervisory board.
 
If in the course of the financial year for which the distribution is made the compulsory amount to be paid on the preference shares has been decreased or, pursuant to a resolution for additional payments, increased, then the distribution shall be decreased or, if possible, increased by an amount equal to the aforementioned percentage of the amount of the decrease or increase as the case may be, calculated from the date of the decrease or from the day when the additional payment became compulsory, as the case may be.
 
  c.   If and to the extent that the profits are not sufficient to make the distribution as referred to in this article in full, the deficit shall be distributed from the reserves to the extent by doing so paragraph 1 of this article is not contravened.
 
If and to the extent the distribution as referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph also cannot be made out of the reserves, then out of the profits realized in the following years first such a distribution shall be made to the holders of preference shares to make good for the entire deficit before the provisions of the following paragraphs shall apply.
 
  d.   No further distributions shall be made on the preference shares then as determined in this article and article 39.
 
  e.   If the profits for a financial year are being determined and if in that financial year one or more preference shares have been cancelled with repayment, the persons who according to the shareholders’ register as referred to in article 8 at the time of such cancellation were recorded as the holders of these preference shares, shall have an inalienable right to a distribution of profit as described hereinafter. The profits which, if sufficient, shall be distributed to such a person shall be equal to the amount of the distribution to which he would be entitled pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph if at the time of the determination of the profits he had still been the holder of the preference shares as referred to above, calculated on a time-proportionate basis for the period during which he held preference shares in that financial year, which distribution shall be decreased with the amount of the distribution which is made on the preference shares in accordance with article 39 paragraph 1.
 
  f.   If in the course of any financial year preference shares have been issued, the dividend on preference shares for that financial year shall be decreased time-proportionately calculated over the period that the relevant preference shares were not issued.
 
37.3.   Upon proposal of the managing board, the supervisory board shall determine what portion of the remaining profits shall be retained by way of reserve.


 

37.4.   The portion of the profits that remains after application of paragraph 2 and paragraph 3, shall be at the disposal of the general meeting of shareholders, with due observance of the provisions of article 38, paragraph 2.
 
37.5.   The general meeting of shareholders is empowered either to distribute the profits in cash or in kind or to withhold distribution of the said portion of the profit in whole or in part.
 
Article 38.
 
38.1.   Upon the proposal of the supervisory board, the general meeting of shareholders shall be entitled to resolve to make distributions charged to the share premium reserve or charged to the other reserves shown in the annual accounts not prescribed by the law, with due observance of the provisions of paragraph 2 of this article, provided that the balance of the relevant reserve is not required to make the distribution as referred to in article 36, paragraph 2, sub c, first sentence in conjunction with article 36, paragraph 2, sub a.
 
38.2.   The supervisory board shall be entitled to resolve that distributions, the amount of which distributions has been resolved upon by the general meeting of shareholders, to holders of shares under article 37, article 38, paragraph 1 and article 39, paragraph 1 may be made in full or partially in the form of the issue of shares in the share capital of the company. The distribution to a shareholder according to the preceding sentence shall be made to a shareholder in cash or in the form of ordinary shares in the share capital of the company, or partially in cash and partially in the form of shares in the share capital of the company, such, if the supervisory board so resolves, at the option of the relevant shareholder.
 
Article 39.
 
39.1.   At its own discretion and subject to section 105, paragraph 4, Book 2, Dutch Civil Code, the supervisory board may resolve to distribute one or more interim distributions on the shares before the annual accounts for any financial year have been adopted at a general meeting of shareholders.
 
Interim distributions may also be made on either preference shares or ordinary shares.
 
39.2.   In case of a cancellation of preference shares with repayment a distribution on the cancelled shares shall be made on the day of repayment, which distribution shall be calculated in accordance with the provisions of article 37 and over the period up to the day of repayment, such in accordance with section 105, paragraph 4, Book 2, Dutch Civil Code.
 
Article 40.
 
40.1.   Distributions under articles 37, 38 or 39 shall be payable as from a date to be determined by the supervisory board. The date of payment set in respect of shares for which certificates are outstanding or in respect of type I shares may differ from the date of payment set in respect of shares for which type II share certificates are outstanding.
 
40.2.   Distributions under articles 37, 38 or 39 shall be made payable at a place or places, to be determined by the supervisory board; at least one place shall be designated thereto in the Netherlands.
 
40.3.   The supervisory board may determine the method of payment in respect of cash distributions on type I shares.
 
40.4.   Cash distributions under articles 37, 38 or 39 in respect of shares for which a type II share certificate is outstanding shall, if such distributions are made payable only outside the Netherlands, be paid in the currency of a country where the shares of the company are listed on a stock exchange not being the Euro, converted at the rate of exchange determined by the European Central Bank at the close of business on a day to be fixed for that purpose by the supervisory board. If and in so far as on the first day on which a distribution is payable, the company is unable, in consequence of any governmental action or other exceptional circumstances beyond its control, to make payment at the place designated outside the Netherlands or in the relevant currency, the supervisory board may in that event designate one or more places in the Netherlands instead. In such event the provisions of the first sentence of this paragraph shall no longer apply.
 
40.5.   The person entitled to a distribution under articles 37, 38 or 39 on registered shares shall be the person in whose name the share is registered at the date to be fixed for that purpose by the supervisory board in respect of each distribution for the different types of shares.
 
40.6.   Notice of distributions and of the dates and places as referred to in the preceding paragraphs of this article shall at least be published in a national daily newspaper and abroad in at least one daily newspaper appearing in each of those countries other than the United States, where the shares, on the application of the company,


 

have been admitted for official quotation, and further in such manner as the supervisory board may deem desirable.
 
40.7.   Distributions in cash under articles 37, 38 or 39 that have not been collected within five years after they have become due and payable shall revert to the Company.
 
40.8.   In the case of a distribution under article 38, paragraph 2, any shares in the company not claimed within a period to be determined by the supervisory board shall be sold for the account of the persons entitled to the distribution who failed to claim the shares. The period and manner of sale to be determined by the supervisory board, as mentioned in the preceding sentence, shall be notified according to paragraph 6. The net proceeds of such sale shall thereafter be held at the disposal of the above persons in proportion to their entitlement; distributions that have not been collected within five years after the initial distributions in shares have become due and payable shall revert to the company.
 
40.9.   In the case of a distribution in the form of shares in the company under article 38, paragraph 2, on registered shares, those shares shall be added to the share register. A type II share certificate for a nominal amount equal to the number of shares added to the register shall be issued to holders of type II shares.
 
40.10.   The provisions of paragraph 5 shall apply equally in respect of distributions — including pre-emptive subscription rights in the event of a share issue — made otherwise than under articles 37, 38 or 39, provided that in addition thereto in the Dutch Official Gazette (Staatscourant) shall be announced the issue of shares with a pre-emptive subscription right and the period of time within which such can be exercised.Such pre-emptive subscription right can be executed during at least two weeks after the day of notice in the Dutch Official Gazette (Staatscourant).
 
Amendments to the articles of association, winding up, liquidation.
 
Article 41.
 
41.1.   A resolution to alter the articles of association or to wind up the company shall be valid only provided that:
 
  a.   the proposal to such a resolution has been proposed to the general meeting of shareholders by the supervisory board;
 
  b.   the full proposals have been deposited for inspection by shareholders and other persons entitled to attend meetings of shareholders, at the office of the company as from the day on which the notice is served until the close of that meeting.
 
41.2.   A resolution to amend the articles of association by which the rights conferred on holders of shares of a specific class as such are changed shall require the approval of the relevant class meeting.
 
Article 42.
 
42.1.   If the company is wound up, the liquidation shall be carried out by any person designated for that purpose by the general meeting of shareholders, under the supervision of the supervisory board.
 
42.2.   In passing a resolution to wind up the company, the general meeting of shareholders shall upon the proposal of the supervisory board fix the remuneration payable to the liquidators and to those responsible for supervising the liquidation.
 
42.3.   The liquidation shall take place with due observance of the provisions of the law. During the liquidation period these articles of association shall, to the extent possible, remain in full force and effect.
 
42.4.   After settling the liquidation, the liquidators shall render account in accordance with the provisions of the law.
 
42.5.   After the liquidation has ended, the books and records of the company shall remain in the custody of the person designated for that purpose by the liquidators during a seven-year period.
 
Article 43.
 
From what is left of the company’s assets after all debts have been settled, including any debts incurred in connection with the liquidation, first, if possible, all holders of preference shares shall have returned to them the paid up part of the nominal amount of their preference shares, increased with the missing dividend on the relevant preference shares at the time of liquidation calculated over the period up to and including the day on which the balance is made payable. The residue shall be divided amongst the holders of ordinary shares pro rata to the par value of their respective holdings of ordinary shares.


 

Article 44.
 
Any amounts payable to shareholders or due to creditors which have not been claimed within six months after the last distribution was made payable, shall be deposited with the Public Administrator of Unclaimed Debts (consignatiekas).
 
Finally the person appearing declares that at the time of execution of this deed the issued share capital of the company amounts to nine hundred forty-six million six hundred twenty-seven thousand five hundred seventeen euro and sixty-eight eurocents (EUR 946,627,517.68).
 
The required ministerial declaration of no-objection was granted on the second day of May two thousand and seven, number N.V. 319.725.
 
The ministerial declaration of no-objection and a document in evidence of the resolutions, referred to in the head of this deed, are attached to this deed.
 
In witness whereof the original of this deed which will be retained by me, notaris, is executed in Amsterdam, on the date first mentioned in the head of this deed.
 
Having conveyed the substance of the deed and given an explanation thereto and following the statement of the person appearing that he has taken note of the contents of the deed and agrees with the partial reading thereof, this deed is signed, immediately after reading those parts of the deed which the law requires to be read, by the person appearing, who is known to me, notaris, and by myself, notaris.
 
(signed): R. Bosveld, C.W. de Monchy.

exv8w1
 

 
Exhibit 8.1
 
SUBSIDIARIES AND EQUITY INVESTMENTS OF THE COMPANY
 
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of STMicroelectronics N.V. and the following entities as of December 31, 2007:
 
             
        Percentage Ownership
Legal Seat
 
Name
 
(Direct or Indirect)
 
Australia — Sydney
  STMicroelectronics PTY Ltd     100  
Belgium — Zaventem
  STMicroelectronics Belgium N.V.     100  
Belgium — Zaventem
  Proton World International N.V.     100  
Brazil — Sao Paolo
  STMicroelectronics Ltda     100  
Brazil — Sao Paulo
  Incard do Brazil Ltda     50  
Canada — Ottawa
  STMicroelectronics (Canada), Inc.     100  
China — Jiangsu(1)
  Hynix-ST Semiconductor Ltd     17  
China — Shenzhen
  Shenzhen STS Microelectronics Co. Ltd     60  
China — Shenzhen
  STMicroelectronics (Shenzhen) Co. Ltd     100  
China — Shenzhen
  STMicroelectronics (Shenzhen) Manufacturing Co. Ltd     100  
China — Shenzhen
  STMicroelectronics (Shenzhen) R&D Co. Ltd     100  
China — Shanghai
  STMicroelectronics (Shanghai) Co. Ltd     100  
China — Shanghai
  STMicroelectronics (Shanghai) R&D Co. Ltd     100  
China — Shanghai
  Shanghai Blue Media Co. Ltd     65  
China — Shanghai
  STMicroelectronics (China) Investment Co. Ltd     100  
China — Beijing
  STMicroelectronics (Beijing) R&D Co. Ltd     100  
Czech Republic — Prague
  STMicroelectronics Design and Application s.r.o.     100  
Finland — Lohja
  STMicroelectronics OY     100  
Finland — Helsinki
  STMicroelectronics R&D OY     100  
France — Crolles
  STMicroelectronics (Crolles 2) SAS     100  
France — Montrouge
  STMicroelectronics S.A.     100  
France — Rousset
  STMicroelectronics (Rousset) SAS     100  
France — Tours
  STMicroelectronics (Tours) SAS     100  
France — Grenoble
  STMicroelectronics (Grenoble) SAS     100  
Germany — Grasbrunn
  STMicroelectronics GmbH     100  
Germany — Grasbrunn
  STMicroelectronics Design and Application GmbH     100  
Holland — Amsterdam
  STMicroelectronics Finance B.V.     100  
Hong Kong — Hong Kong
  STMicroelectronics LTD     100  
India — Noida
  STMicroelectronics Pvt Ltd     100  
India — New Delhi
  STMicroelectronics Marketing Pvt Ltd     100  
Israel — Netanya
  STMicroelectronics Ltd     100  
Italy — Caivano(1)
  INGAM Srl     20  
Italy — Catania
  CO.RI.M.ME.     100  
Italy — Aosta
  DORA S.p.a.     100  
Italy — Agrate Brianza
  ST Incard S.r.l.     100  
Italy — Naples
  STMicroelectronics Services S.r.l.     100  
Italy — Agrate Brianza
  STMicroelectronics S.r.l.     100  
Italy — Agrate Brianza
  STMicroelectronics (Memory) Srl     100  
Japan — Tokyo
  STMicroelectronics KK     100  
Malaysia — Kuala Lumpur
  STMicroelectronics Marketing SDN BHD     100  
Malaysia — Muar
  STMicroelectronics SDN BHD     100  
Malaysia — Muar
  STMicroelectronics (Memory) Sdn Bhd     100  
Malta — Kirkop
  STMicroelectronics Ltd     100  
Mexico — Guadalajara
  STMicroelectronics Marketing, S. de R.L. de C.V.     100  
Mexico — Guadalajara
  STMicroelectronics Design and Applications, S. de R.L. de C.V.     100  
Morocco — Rabat
  Electronic Holding S.A.     100  
Morocco — Casablanca
  STMicroelectronics S.A.     100  
Singapore — Ang Mo Kio
  STMicroelectronics ASIA PACIFIC Pte Ltd     100  
Singapore — Ang Mo Kio
  STMicroelectronics Pte Ltd     100  
Singapore — Ang Mo Kio
  STMicroelectronics (Memory) Pte Ltd     100  
Singapore — Ang Mo Kio
  STMicroelectronics ASIA PACIFIC (Memory) Pte Ltd     100  
Spain — Madrid
  STMicroelectronics S.A.     100  
Sweden — Kista
  STMicroelectronics A.B.     100  
Switzerland — Geneva
  STMicroelectronics S.A.     100  
Switzerland — Geneva
  INCARD SA     100  
Switzerland — Geneva
  INCARD Sales and Marketing SA     100  
Turkey — Istanbul
  STMicroelectronics Elektronik Arastirma ve Gelistirme Anonim Sirketi     100  
United Kingdom — Marlow
  STMicroelecrtonics Limited     100  
United Kingdom — Marlow
  STMicroelectronics (Research & Development) Limited     100  
United Kingdom — Bristol
  Inmos Limited     100  
United Kingdom — Reading
  Synad Technologies Limited     100  
United States — Carrollton
  STMicroelectronics Inc.     100  
United States — Wilmington
  STMicroelectronics (North America) Holding, Inc.     100  
United States — Wilsonville
  The Portland Group, Inc.     100  
 
 
(1)  Equity Investments


E-1

exv12w1
 

 
Exhibit 12.1
 
CERTIFICATION
 
I, Carlo Bozotti, certify that:
 
1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of STMicroelectronics N.V.;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:
 
  a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5.   The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
  a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
  By:
/s/  Carlo Bozotti
Carlo Bozotti
President and Chief Executive Officer
Date: March 3, 2008

exv12w2
 

 
Exhibit 12.2
 
CERTIFICATION
 
I, Carlo Ferro, certify that:
 
1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of STMicroelectronics N.V.;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:
 
  a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5.   The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
  a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
  By:
/s/  Carlo Ferro
Carlo Ferro
Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer
Date: March 3, 2008

exv13w1
 

 
Exhibit 13.1
 
CERTIFICATION OF CARLO BOZOTTI, PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
OF STMICROELECTRONICS N.V. AND CARLO FERRO, EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT
AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER OF STMICROELECTRONICS N.V.,
PURSUANT TO SECTION 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the annual report of STMicroelectronics N.V. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the period ending December 31, 2007, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned hereby certify that to the best of our knowledge:
 
  1.   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
  2.   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
  By:
/s/  Carlo Bozotti
Name:  Carlo Bozotti
  Title:  President and Chief Executive Officer
Date: March 3, 2008
 
  By:
/s/  Carlo Ferro
Name:  Carlo Ferro
  Title:  Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial
Officer
Date: March 3, 2008

exv14wxay
 

 
Exhibit 14(a)
 
(PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LETTERHEAD)
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (No. 333-7226 and No. 333-109572) of STMicroelectronics N.V. of our report dated March 3, 2008, relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 20-F.
 
PricewaterhouseCoopers SA
 
     
-s- Michael Foley
  -s- Felix Roth
Michael Foley
  Felix Roth
 
Geneva, March 3, 2008
 
With offices in Aarau, Basel, Berne, Chur, Geneva, Lausanne, Lugano, Lucerne, Neuchâtel, Sitten, St. Gallen, Thun, Winterthur, Zug and Zurich, PricewaterhouseCoopers AG is a provider of auditing services and tax, legal and business consultancy services. PricewaterhouseCoopers AG is a partner in a global network of companies that are legally independent of one another and is located in some 150 countries throughout the world.